Wikisource sourceswiki https://wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Main_Page MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.21 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Wikisource Wikisource talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Page Page talk Index Index talk Author Author talk TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Translations Translations talk 0 117017 1365357 1053590 2026-09-24T21:36:45Z ~2026-51488-91 1004718 /* Church Slavonic */ 1365357 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="indent" style="margin:0 auto; text-align:justify; width:36em; font:15px 'Cambria';" > [[w:Nicene_Creed#The Niceno–Constantinopolitan Creed|The Niceno–Constantinopolitan Creed]] in various languages <ref>This multilingual text was evacuated from Russian Wikisource to '''Multilingual Wikisource'''. See [[:ru:s:Викитека:К_удалению#Никео-Цареградский Символ веры на языках мира|discussion]] (in Russian). </ref>. == Original == ; Greek '''α&#884;''' Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεόν, Πατέρα, παντοκράτορα, ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων. '''β&#884;''' Καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, τὸν Ὑιὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ, τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων· φῶς ἐκ φωτός, Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ, γεννηθέντα, οὐ ποιηθέντα, ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρί, δι᾿ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο. '''γ&#884;''' Τὸν δι᾿ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς Παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα. '''δ&#884;''' Σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα. '''ε&#884;''' Καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς. '''ϝ&#884;''' Καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ καθεζόμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρός. '''ζ&#884;''' Καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόμενον μετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς, οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος. '''η&#884;''' Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἁγιον, τὸ κύριον, τὸ ζωοποιόν, τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον, τὸ σὺν Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ συμπροσκυνούμενον καὶ συνδοξαζόμενον, τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν. '''θ&#884;''' Εἰς μίαν, Ἁγίαν, καθολικὴν καὶ ἀποστολικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν. '''ι&#884;''' Ὁμολογοῦμεν ἕν βάπτισμα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἀμαρτιῶν. '''ια&#884;''' Προσδοκοῦμεν ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν '''ιβ&#884;''' καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος. Ἀμήν.</span> ; Latin '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">i</span>''' Crēdimus in ūnum Deum, Patrem omnipotentem, factōrem caelī et terrae, vīsibilium omnium et invīsibilium. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">ii</span>''' Et in ūnum Dominum Iēsum Chrīstum, Fīlium Dei ūnigenitum, et ex Patre nātum ante omnia saecula. Deum de Deō, lūmen de lūmine, Deum vērum de Deō vērō, genitum, nōn factum, cōnsubstantiālem Patrī, per quem omnia facta sunt. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">iii</span>''' Quī propter nōs, hominēs, et propter nostram salūtem dēscendit dē caelīs. Et incarnātus est dē Spiritū Sānctō ex Marīā Virgine et Homō factus est. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">iv</span>''' Crucifīxus etiam prō nōbīs sub Pontiō Pīlātō, passus et sepultus est. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">v</span>''' et resurrēxit tertiā diē secundum Scrīptūrās, '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">vi</span>''' et ascendit in caelum, sedet ad dexteram Patris. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">vii</span>''' Et iterum ventūrus est cum glōriā iūdicāre vīvōs et mortuōs, cuius rēgnī nōn erit fīnis. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">viii</span>''' Et in Spiritum Sānctum, Dominum et vīvificantem, quī ex Patre prōcēdit. Quī cum Patre et Fīliō simul adōrātur et conglōrificātur: quī locūtus est per prophētās. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">ix</span>''' Et ūnam sānctam catholicam et apostolicam Ecclēsiam. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">x</span>''' Cōnfitemur ūnum baptisma in remissiōnem peccātōrum. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">xi</span>''' Et expectamus resurrēctiōnem mortuōrum '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">xii</span>''' et vītam ventūrī saeculī. Amen. </span> == Afrikaans == Ons glo in een God, die Almagtige Vader, die Skepper van die hemel en die aarde, van alle sigbare en onsigbare dinge; en in een Here Jesus Christus, sy eniggebore Seun van God, voor al die eeue uit die Vader gebore: Hy is God uit God, lig uit lig, ware God uit ware God, gebore, nie gemaak nie, een in wese met die Vader, deur wie alles tot stand gekom het. Hy het ter wille van ons, mense, en ons saligheid uit die hemel neergedaal en het deur die Heilige Gees uit die maagd Maria vlees geword, hy het mens geword; onder Pontius Pilatus is Hy gekruisig; Hy het gely en is begrawe. Op die derde dag het Hy volgens die Skrifte opgestaan, en Hy het na die hemel opgevaar. Hy sit aan die regterhand van die Vader, en Hy sal met heerlikheid terugkom om die lewendes en die dooies te oordeel. Aan sy koningskap sal daar geen einde wees nie. Ons glo in die Heilige Gees wat Here is en lewend maak. Hy gaan van die Vader (en die Seun) uit, en Hy word saam met die Vader en die Seun aanbid en verheerlik. Hy het deur die profete gespreek. Ek glo aan een heilige, algemene en apostoliese kerk. Ons bely een doop tot vergifnis van die sondes. Ons verwag die opstanding van die dooies en die lewe van die toekomstige bedeling. Amen. == Albanian == Besonj në një Perëndi, Atë të tërëpushtetshëm, krijues të qiellit e të dheut e të gjithë të dukaravet e të padukuravet. Dhe në një Zot, Jisu Krishtin, Birin e Perëndisë, të vetemlindurin, që leu prej Atit para gjithë jetëvet. Dritë prej Dritje, Perëndì të vertetë prej Perëndije të vërtetë, të lerë, jo të bërë, të njëqënëshëm me Atin, me anën e të cilit u bënë të gjitha. Që për ne njerëzit e për shpëtimin tonë zbriti prej qielvet dhe mori kurm prej Shpiritit të Shejtë edhe Virgjërës Mari e u bë njerì. Dhe u kryqëzua për ne nën Ponc Pillatin dhe pësoi dhe u varrëzua. Dhe u ngjall të tretën ditë sipas Shkronjavet. Dhe u hyp në qiell dhe rri në të djathtën e Atit. Dhe do të vinjë përsëri me lavdi të gjykonjë të gjallët e të vdekurit, rregjëria e të cilit nuk do të ketë mbarim. Dhe në Shpirtin e Shejtë, Zot e jetëbërës, që buron prej Atit, që adhurohet e lavdërohet bashkë me Atin e me Birin, që foli me anën e Profitëvet. Në një Kishë të shejtë, katholike dhe apostolike. Rrëfenj një pagëzim për ndjesën e mëkatevet. Pres ngjalljen e të vdekurvet. Dhe gjellën e jetës s’ardhshme. Amìn. == Arabic == <div lang="ar" dir="rtl" style="font:25px 'Scheherazade New'"> نُؤَمِّنُ بِإِلَٰهِ وَاحِدِ ٱلْأَبِ ضَابِطِ ٱلْكُلِّ وَخَالِقِ ٱلسَّمَاءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَكُلِّ مَا يُرَى وَمَا لَايُرَى ۝١ وَبِرَبِّ وَاحِدِ يَسُوعِ ٱلْمَسِيحِ اِبْنِ ٱللَّٰهِ ٱلْوَحِيدِ ٱلْمَوْلُودِ مِنَ ٱلْأَبِ قَبْلَ كُلِّ ٱلدُّهُورِ إِلَٰهٌ مِنَ إِلَٰهِ نُورٌ مَنْ نُورِ إِلَٰهٌ حَقٌّ مِنَ إِلَٰهِ حَقِّ مَوْلُودِ غَيْرِ مَخْلُوقِ مَسَاوِي ٱلْأَبِ فِي ٱلْجَوْهَرِ ٱلَّذِي عَلَى يَدِهِ صَارَ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ ۝٢ ٱلَّذِي مِنَ أَجْلِنَا نَحْنُ ٱلْبَشَرُ وَمِنَ أَجْلِ خَلَاصُنَا نَزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَاءِ وَتَجَسَّدَ مِنَ ٱلرَّوحِ ٱلْقُدُسِ وَوَلَدَ مِنْۢ مَرْيَمَ ٱلْعَذْرَاءِ وَصَارَ إِنْسَانًا ۝٣ وَصَلَبَ عِوَضَنَا فِي عَهْدِ بِيلَاطُسَ ٱلْبُنْطِيِّ تِأْلَمْ وَمَاتَ وَدَفَنَ ۝٤ وقام في اليوم الثالث كما في الكتب ۝٥ وصعد إلى السماء وجلس على يمين الله الأب ۝٦ وأيضا سيأتي بمجده العظيم، ليدين الأحياء والأموات، الذي ليس لملكه انقضاء ۝٧ ونؤمن بالروح القدس الرب المحيي المنبثق من الأب ومع الأب والإبن يُسجَد له ويُمجد الناطق بالأنبياء ۝٨ وبكنيسة واحدة جامعة مقدسة رسولية ۝٩ قرُّ ونعترف بمعمودية واحدة لمغفرة الخطايا ۝١٠ وننتظر قيامة الموتى ۝١١ وحياة جديدة في العالم العتيد ۝١٢ آمين </div> == Basque == Sinisten dot Jaungoiko bat bakarra, Aita guztiz altsu, zeru-lurren Egille, agiri diran eta ez diran guztiena. Sinisten dot Jaun bat bakarra, Jesukristo, Jainkoaren Seme bakar, mende guztiak baino len Aitagandik sortua, Jainkoagandik Jainko, argitik argi, egiazko Jainkoagandik egiazko Jainko; sortua, ez egina; Aitaren izate berekoa, Aren bidez dira eginak gauza guztiak; gu gizonokaitik eta gu salbatzeko jatsi zan zerutik eta Espiritu Santuaren egitez, Maria Birjinagandik gorputz-arturik, gizon egin zan, Pontzio Pilatoren menpean gugaitik gurutzeratua izan zan, oinazetan illa eta obiratua; irugarren egunean biztu zan, liburu santuak esan ebenez; zerura igo eta Aitaren eskui-aldean jarririk dago; aintzaz etorriko da barriz, biziak eta illak epaitzera eta Aren Erregetzak ez dau azkenik izango. Sinisten dot Espiritu Santua, Jaun eta bizi-emoillea, Aitagandik eta Semeagandik dana, Aitarekin eta Semearekin batean agur eta gorespen ber-bera artzen dauana eta Profeten agoz itz egin ebana. Sinisten dot Eliza, bat, santu, katoliku ta apostoluena; autortzen dot bateo bakarra, pekatuak parkatzeko; itxaroten dot illen biztuera eta datorren munduko bizitza. Amen. == Bulgarian == '''1.''' Вярваме в един Бог Отец, Вседържител, Творец на небето и земята, на всичко видимо и невидимо. '''2.''' И в един Господ Иисус Христос, Сина Божий, Единородния, Който e роден от Отца преди всички векове: Светлина от Светлина, Бог истинен от Бог истинен, роден, несътворен, единосъщен с Отца и чрез Когото всичко e станало; '''3.''' Който заради нас, човеците, и заради нашето спасение слезе от небесата и се въплъти от Дух Светий и Дева Мария, и стана човек; '''4.''' и бе разпнат за нас при Понтия Пилата, и страда, и бе погребан; '''5.''' и възкръсна в третия ден, според Писанията; '''6.''' и се възнесе на небесата, и седи отдясно на Отца; '''7.''' и пак ще дойде със слава да съди живи и мъртви и царството Му не ще има край. '''8.''' И в Духа Светаго, Господа, Животворящия, Който от Отца изхожда, Комуто се покланяме и Го славим наравно с Отца и Сина, и Който e говорил чрез пророците. '''9.''' В една света вселенска и апостолска Църква. '''10.''' Изповядаме едно кръщение за опрощаване на греховете. '''11.''' Чакаме въскресение на мъртвите '''12.''' и живот в бъдещия век! Амин! == Catalan == Crec en un sol Déu, Pare totpoderós, creador del cel i de la terra, de totes les coses visibles i invisibles. I en un sol Senyor, Jesucrist, Fill Unigènit de Déu, nascut del Pare abans de tots els segles. Déu nat de Déu, Llum resplendor de la Llum, Déu veritable nascut del Déu veritable, engendrat, no pas creat, de la mateixa naturalesa del Pare: per ell tota cosa fou creada. El qual per nosaltres, els homes, i per la nostra salvació davallá del cel. I, per obra de I’Esperit Sant, s’encarnà de la Verge Maria, i es féu home. Crucificat després per nosaltres sota el poder de Ponç Pilat; patí i fou sepultat, i ressuscità el tercer dia, com deien ja les Escriptures, i se’n pujà al cel, on seu a la dreta del Pare. I tornarà gloriós a judicar els vius i els morts, i el seu regnat no tindrà fi. Crec en l’Esperit Sant, que és Senyor i infon la vida, que procedeix del Pare. I juntament amb el Pare i el Fill és adorat i glorificat; que parlà per boca dels profetes. I en una sola Església, santa, catòlica i apostòlica. Professo que hi ha un sol baptisme per perdonar el pecat. I espero la resurreccíó dels morts, i la vida de la glória. Amén. == Church Slavonic == <span lang="chu" style="font:20px 'Triodion Unicode'"> {{Буквица|font-size=5em|margin-right=0.05em|margin-bottom=-0.1em|В}}ѣ́рꙋю во є҆ди́наго бг҃а ѻ҆ц҃а̀ вседержи́телѧ, творца̀ нб҃ꙋ и҆ землѝ, ви̑димымъ же всѣ̑мъ и҆ неви̑димымъ. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||в҃}}}} И҆ во є҆ди́наго гдⷭ҇а і҆и҃са хрⷭ҇та̀, сн҃а бж҃їѧ, є҆диноро́днаго, и҆́же ѿ ѻ҆ц҃а̀ рожде́ннаго пре́жде всѣ́хъ вѣ̑къ: свѣ́та ѿ свѣ́та, бг҃а и҆́стинна ѿ бг҃а и҆́стинна, рожде́нна, не сотворе́нна, є҆диносꙋ́щна ѻ҆ц҃ꙋ̀, и҆́мже всѧ̑ бы́ша. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||г҃}}}} На́съ ра́ди человѣ̑къ, и҆ на́шегѡ ра́ди сп҃се́нїѧ сше́дшаго съ нб҃съ, и҆ воплоти́вшагосѧ ѿ дх҃а ст҃а и҆ мр҃і́и дв҃ы, и҆ вочл҃вѣ́чшасѧ. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||д҃}}}} Распѧ́таго же за ны̀ при понті́йстѣмъ пїла́тѣ, и҆ страда́вша, и҆ погребе́на. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||є҃}}}} И҆ воскрⷭ҇шаго въ тре́тїй де́нь, по писа́нїємъ. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||ѕ҃}}}} И҆ возше́дшаго на нб҃са̀, и҆ сѣдѧ́ща ѡ҆деснꙋ́ю ѻ҆ц҃а̀. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||з҃}}}} И҆ па́ки грѧдꙋ́щаго со сла́вою сꙋди́ти живы̑мъ и҆ мє́ртвымъ, є҆гѡ́же црⷭ҇твїю не бꙋ́детъ конца̀. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||и҃}}}} И҆ въ дх҃а ст҃а́го, гдⷭ҇а животворѧ́щаго, и҆́же ѿ ѻ҆ц҃а̀ и҆сходѧ́щаго, и҆́же со ѻ҆ц҃е́мъ и҆ сн҃омъ спокланѧ́ема и҆ ссла́вима, глаго́лавшаго прⷪ҇ро́ки. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||ѳ҃}}}} Во є҆ди́нꙋ ст҃ꙋ́ю, собо́рнꙋю и҆ а҆пⷭ҇льскꙋю цр҃ковь. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||і҃}}}} И҆сповѣ́дꙋю є҆ди́но кр҃ще́нїе, во ѡ҆ставле́нїе грѣхѡ́въ. {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||а҃і}}}} Ча́ю воскрⷭ҇нїѧ ме́ртвыхъ: {{Smaller|{{Colors|#B22222||в҃і}}}} и҆ жи́зни бꙋ́дꙋщагѡ вѣ́ка. А҆ми́нь. </span> ;Russian Transliteration '''1.''' Ве́рую во Еди́наго Бо́га Отца́ Вседержи́теля, Творца́ не́бу и земли́, ви́димым же все́м и неви́димым. '''2.''' И во Еди́наго Го́спода Иису́са Христа́, Сы́на Бо́жия, Единоро́днаго, и́же от Отца́ рожде́ннаго пре́жде все́х ве́к; Све́та от Све́та, Бо́га и́стинна от Бо́га и́стинна, рожде́нна, не сотворе́нна, единосу́щна Отцу́, и́мже вся бы́ша. '''3.''' Нас ра́ди челове́к, и на́шего ра́ди спасе́ния сше́дшаго с Небе́с, и воплоти́вшагося от Ду́ха Свя́та и Мари́и Де́вы, и вочелове́чшася. '''4.''' Распя́таго же за ны́ при Понти́йстем Пила́те, и страда́вша, и погребе́на. '''5.''' И воскре́сшаго в тре́тий де́нь, по писа́нием. '''6.''' И возше́дшаго на Небеса́, и седя́ща одесну́ю Отца́. '''7.''' И па́ки гряду́щаго со сла́вою суди́ти живы́м и ме́ртвым, Его́же Ца́рствию не бу́дет конца́. '''8.''' И в Ду́ха Свята́го, Го́спода Животворя́щаго, И́же от Отца́ исходя́щаго, И́же со Отце́м и Сы́ном спокланя́ема и ссла́вима, глаго́лавшаго проро́ки. '''9.''' Во еди́ну Святу́ю, Собо́рную и Апо́стольскую Це́рковь. '''10.''' Испове́дую еди́но креще́ние, во оставле́ние грехо́в. '''11.''' Ча́ю воскресе́ния ме́ртвых; '''12.''' и жи́зни бу́дущаго ве́ка. Ами́нь. ;Ukrainian Transliteration '''1.''' Ві́рую во Єди́наго Бо́га Отця́ Вседержи́теля, Творця́ не́бу и землі́, ви́димим же всі́м и неви́димим. '''2.''' І во Єди́наго Го́спода Ісу́са Христа́, Си́на Бо́жия, Єдиноро́днаго, і́же от Отця́ рожде́ннаго пре́жде всі́х ві́к; Сві́та от Сві́та, Бо́га і́стинна от Бо́га і́стинна, рожде́нна, не сотворе́нна, єдиносу́щна Отцю́, і́мже вся́ би́ша. '''3.''' Нас ра́ди челові́к, і на́шего ра́ди спасе́нія сше́дшаго с Не́бес, і воплоти́вшагося от Ду́ха Свя́та і Марі́ї Ді́ви, і вочелові́чшася. '''4.''' Расп’я́таго же за ни́ при Понті́йстім Пила́ті, і страда́вша, і погребе́нна. '''5.''' І воскре́сшаго в тре́тій де́нь, по писа́нієм. '''6.''' І возше́дшаго на Небеса́, и сидя́ща одесну́ю Отця́. '''7.''' І па́ки гряду́щаго со сла́вою суди́ти живи́м и ме́ртвим, Єго́же Ца́рствію не бу́деть конця́. '''8.''' І в Ду́ха Свята́го, Го́спода Животворя́щаго, І́же от Отця́ ісходя́щаго, І́же со Отце́м і Си́ном спокланя́єма і ссла́вима, глаго́лавшаго про́роки. '''9.''' Во єди́ну Святу́ю, Собо́рную і Апо́стольськую Це́рков. '''10.''' Іспові́дую єди́но креще́ніє, во оставле́ніє гріхо́в. '''11.''' Ча́ю воскресе́нія ме́ртвих; '''12.''' і жи́зні бу́дущаго ві́ка. Амі́нь. == Croatian == Verujem u jednoga Boga. Oca svemogućega, stvoritelja neba i zemlje, svega vidljivoga i nevidljivoga. I u jednog Gospodina Isusa Krista, jedinorođenoga Sina Božjega. Rođenog od Oca prije svih vjekova. Boga od Boga, svjetlo od svjetla, pravoga Boga od pravoga Boga. Rođena, ne stvorena, istobitna s Ocem, po kome je sve stvoreno. Koji je radi nas Ijudi i radi našega spasenja sišao s -nebesa. I utjelovio se po Duhu Svetom od Marije Djevice: i postao čovjekom. Raspet također za nas: pod Poncijem Pilatom mučen i pokopan. I uskrsnuo treći dan, po Svetom pismu. I uzašao na nebo: sjedi s desne Ocu. I opet će doći suditi žive i mrtve, i njegovu kraljevstvu neće biti kraja. I u Duha Svetoga, Gospodina i životvorca; koji izlazi od Oca. Koji se s Ocem i Sinom skupa časti i zajedno slavi; koji je govorio po prorocima. I u jednu svetu katoličku i apostolsku Crkvu. Ispovijedam jedno krštenje za oproštenje grijeha. I iščekujem uskrsnuće mrtvih. I život budućega vijeka. Amen. == Czech == Věřím v jednoho Boha, Otce všemohoucího, Stvořitele nebe i země, všech bytostí viditelných a neviditelných. I v jednoho Pána Ježíše Krista, Syna Božího jednorozeného. A zrozeného z Otce před všemi věky. Boha z Boha, Světlo ze Světla, Boha pravého z Boha pravého. Zplozeného, nestvořeného, téže podstaty s Otcem, skrze něhož všecko učiněno jest. Jenž pro nás lidi a pro naši spásu sestoupil s nebes. A vtělil se duchem svatým z Marie Panny; a člověkem se stal. Ukřižován také za nás pod Pontským Pilátem, trpěl a pohřben byl. A vstal z mrtvých třetího dne podle Písem. A vstoupil do nebe; sedí na pravici Otcově. A zase přijde se slávou soudit živých i mrtvých, jehož království nebude konce. I Ducha svatého, Pana a Oživovatele, jenž z Otce vychází. Jenž z Otcem i Synem zároveň jest uctíván a oslavován, jenž mluvil skrze proroky. A jednu, svatou, obecnou a apoštolskou Církev. Vyznávám jeden křest na odpuštění hříchů. A očekávám vzkříšení mrtvých. A život příštího věku. Amen. == Danish == '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">i</span>''' Vi tror på én Gud, den almægtige Fader, himmelens og jordens, alt det synliges og usynliges skaber. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">ii</span>''' Og på én Herre, Jesus Kristus, Guds enbårne Søn, som er født af Faderen før alle tider, Gud af Gud, lys af lys, sand Gud af sand Gud, født, ikke skabt, af samme væsen som Faderen, ved hvem alt er skabt, '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">iii</span>''' som for os mennesker og for vor frelse steg ned fra himlene og blev kød ved Helligånden af Jomfru Maria og blev menneske, '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">iv</span>''' som også blev korsfæstet for os under Pontius Pilatus, blev pint og begravet '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">v</span>''' og opstod på tredje dagen ifølge skrifterne '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">vi</span>''' og opfor til himmels, sidder ved Faderens højre hånd '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">vii</span>''' og skal komme igen i herlighed for at dømme levende og døde, og der skal ikke være ende på hans rige. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">viii</span>''' Og på Helligånden, som er Herre, og som levendegør, som udgår fra Faderen, som tilbedes og æres tillige med Faderen og Sønnen, som har talt ved profeterne. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">ix</span>''' Og på én, hellig, almindelig og apostolisk kirke. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">x</span>''' Vi bekender én dåb til syndernes forladelse '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">xi</span>''' og forventer de dødes opstandelse '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">xii</span>''' og den kommende verdens liv. == Dutch == Ik geloof in één God: De Vader, de Albeheerser, de Schepper van hemel en aarde, van al het zichtbare en onzichtbare. En in één heer, Jezus Christus, de eniggeboren Zoon van God, Die uit de Vader geboren is vóór alle eeuwen. Licht uit Licht, ware God uit de ware God, geboren, niet geschapen, wesenseen met de Vader; En door Wie alles geworden isL Die voor ons mensen en om onze redding uit de hemelen is nedergegaald en vlees heeft aangenomen door de heilige Geist uit de Maagd Maria, en mens is geworden. Die voor ons gekruisigd is onder Pontius Pilatus, en geleden heeft en begraven is; Die opgestaan is op de derde dag volgens de Schriften, en opgevaren is naar de hemelen; Die zetelt aan de rechterhand van de Vader, en zal wederkomen met heerlijkheid om levenden en doden te oordelen; aan Wiens Rijk geen einde zal zijn. En in de Heilige Geest, Die Heer is, de levendmakende, Die uitgaat van de Vader; Die samen met de Vader en de Zoon aanbeden en verheerlijkt wordt, Die gesproken heeft door de profeten. In één heilige, katholieke en apostolische Kerk; Ik belijd één doop toto vergeving van zonden; Ik verwacht de opstanding van de doden, en het leven in de komende eeuwigheid. Amen. == English == We believe in one God, the Father the Almighty, maker of heaven and earth, of all that is, seen and unseen. We believe in one Lord, Jesus Christ, the only Son of God, eternally begotten of the Father, God from God, Light from Light, true God from true God, begotten, not made, of one Being, with the Father. Through him all things were made. For us men and for our salvation he came down from heaven: by the power of the Holy Spirit he became incarnate from the Virgin Mary, and was made men. For our sake he was crucified under Pontius Pilate; he suffered death and was buried. On the third day he rose again in accordance with the Scriptures; he ascended into heaven and is seated at the right hand of the Father. He will come again in glory to judge the living and the dead, and his kingdom has no end. We believe in the Holy Spirit, the Lord, the giver of life, who proceeds from the Father. With the Father and the Son he is worshipped and glorified. He has spoken through the Prophets. We believe in one holy catholic and apostolic Church. We acknowledge one baptism for the forgiveness of sins. We look for the resurrection of the dead, and the life of the world to come. Amen. == Esperanto == Mi kredas je unu Dio, la Patro ĉiopova, Kreinto de ĉielo kaj tero, de videbla ĉio kaj nevidebla. Kaj je unu Sinjoro Jesuo Kristo, La Filo de Dio solenaskita, kaj de Patro naskita antaŭ ĉiuj epokoj. Dio el Dio, Lumo el Lumo, Dio vera el Dio vera, Naskita ne kreita, kunsubstanca kun la Patro; per kiu ĉio kreita estas. Kiu por ni homoj kaj nia savo, subiris el la ĉielo. Kaj enkarnigita estas de Spirito Sankta el la Maria Virga, kaj homo farita estas. Krucumite ankaŭ pro ni sub Poncio Pilato, suferis kaj entombigita estis, Kaj releviĝis la trian tagon, laŭ la Skriboj, Kaj superiris en la ĉielon, sidas dekstre de la Patro. Kaj denove venos kun gloro, por juĝi la vivantajn kaj mortintajn, De kies regno ne estos fino. Kaj je la Spirito Sankta, Sinjoro kaj viviganto, Kiu el la Patro elvenis. Kiu kun la Patro kaj la Filo kune estas adorata kaj kunglorigata; Kiu paroladis per la profetoj. Kaj je unu sankta, katolika kaj apostola Eklezio. Mi konfesas unu bapton por pardono de pekoj. Kaj atendas la releviĝon de mortintoj. Kaj la vivon de la venonta epoko. Amen. == Estonian == Mina usun ainsasse Jumalasse, kõigeväelisesse Isasse, taeva ja maa, kõige nähtava ja nähtamatu Loojasse. Ja ainsasse Issandasse, Jeesusesse Kristusesse, Jumala Ainusündinud Pojasse, Kes enne aegade algust Isast on sündinud. Jumal Jumalast, Valgus Valgusest, tõeline Jumal tõelisest Jumalast, Sündinud, mitte loodud, olemuselt üks Oma Isaga, Kelle läbi kõik on loodud. Meie, inimeste pärast ja meie õndsuseks on Ta taevast tulnud, Püha Vaimu läbi ja Neitsist Maarjast lihaks saanud, ja on saanud inimeseks. Kes meie eest on risti löödud Pontsius Pilaatuse ajal, kannatanud ja maetud, kolmandal päeval surnuist üles tõusnud, nagu ütlevad Pühad Kirjad, taevasse läinud, istub Isa paremal käel ja tuleb taas Oma kirkuses kohut mõistma elavate ja surnute üle, ning Tema riigil ei ole lõppu. Mina usun Pühasse Vaimusse, Issandasse, Kes elu annab, Kes Isast ja Pojast lähtub, Keda koos Isa ja Pojaga kummardatakse ja austatakse, ning Kes on kõnelenud prohvetite läbi. Mina usun ühtainsat, Püha, Üleilmset ja Apostellikku Kirikut, tunnistan ühtainsat ristimist pattude andeksandmiseks, ootan surnute ülestõusmist ja igavest elu tulevasel ajastul, Aamen. == Finnish == Uskon yhteen Jumalaan, Isään kaikkivaltiaaseen, taivaan ja maan, kaikkien näkyväisten ja näkymättömien Luojaan. Ja yhteen Herraan, Jeesukseen Kristukseen, Jumalan ainosyntyiseen Poikaan, joka ennen aikojen alkua on Isästä syntynyt, Jumala Jumalasta, valkeus valkeudesta, tosi Jumala tosi Jumalasta, syntynyt eikä luotu, joka on samaa olemusta kuin Isä ja jonka kautta kaikki on tehty.Meidän ihmisten tähden ja meidän pelastuksemme tähden hän astui alas taivaista, tuli lihaksi Pyhästä Hengestä ja Neitsyt Mariasta ja tuli ihmiseksi; meidän edestämme ristiinnaulittiin Pontius Pilatuksen aikana, kärsi ja haudattiin, nousi kuolleista kolmantena päivänä kirjoitusten mukaan, astui ylös taivaisiin, istuu Isän oikealla puolella ja on kunniassa tuleva takaisin tuomitsemaan elävät ja kuolleet ja hänen valtakunnallaan ei ole loppua. Ja Pyhään Henkeen, Herraan ja eläväksi tekijään, joka Isästä ja Pojasta lähtee, jota yhdessä Isän ja Pojan kanssa palvotaan ja kunnioitetaan ja joka on puhunut profeettojen kautta. Ja yhteen, pyhään, katoliseen ja apostoliseen kirkkoon. Tunnustan yhden kasteen syntien anteeksi antamiseksi, odotan kuolleiden ylösnousemusta ja tulevaisen maailman elämää. Aamen. == French == Je crois en un seul Dieu, le Père tout-puissant, créateur du ciel et de la terre, de l’univers visible et invisible. Je crois en un seul Seigneur, Jésus-Christ, le Fils unique de Dieu, né du Père avant tous les siècles : Il est lumière, née de la lumière, vrai Dieu, né du vrai Dieu, Engendré, non pas créé, de même nature que le Père; et par Lui tout a été fait. Pour nous les hommes, et pour notre salut, Il descendit du ciel ; Par l’Esprit Saint, Il a pris chair de la Vierge Marie, et S’est fait homme. Crucifié pour nous sous Ponce Pilate, Il souffrit Sa passion et fut mis au tombeau. Il ressuscita le troisième jour, conformément aux Écritures, et Il monta au ciel ; Il est assis à la droite du Père. Il reviendra dans la gloire, pour juger les vivants et les morts; et son règne n’aura pas de fin. Je crois en l’Esprit Saint, qui est Seigneur et qui donne la vie ; Il procède du Père; Avec le Père et le Fils, Il reçoit même adoration et même gloire ; Il a parlé par les Prophètes. Je crois en l'Église, une, sainte, catholique et apostolique. Je reconnais un seul baptême pour le pardon des péchés. J’attends la résurrection des morts, et la vie du monde à venir. Amen. == Georgian == ;Nuskhuri '''ⴀ''' Ⴋⴐⴜⴀⴋⴑ ⴄⴐⴇⴈ ⴖⴋⴄⴐⴇⴈ, ⴋⴀⴋⴀⴢ, ⴗⴍⴅⴊⴈⴑⴀ-ⴋⴎⴗⴐⴍⴁⴄⴊⴈ, ⴘⴄⴋⴍⴕⴋⴄⴃⴈ ⴚⴀⴇⴀ ⴃⴀ ⴕⴓⴄⴗⴀⴌⴈⴑⴀⴢ, ⴞⴈⴊⴓⴊⴇⴀ ⴗⴍⴅⴄⴊⴇⴀ ⴃⴀ ⴀⴐⴀ ⴞⴈⴊⴓⴊⴇⴀⴢ. '''ⴁ''' Ⴃⴀ ⴄⴐⴇⴈ ⴓⴔⴀⴊⴈ Ⴈⴄⴑⴓ Ⴕⴐⴈⴑⴒⴄ, ⴛⴄ ⴖⴋⴐⴇⴈⴑⴀ ⴋⴞⴍⴊⴍⴃⴘⴍⴁⴈⴊⴈ, ⴋⴀⴋⴈⴑⴀⴂⴀⴌ ⴘⴍⴁⴈⴊⴈ ⴓⴜⴈⴌⴀⴐⴄⴑ ⴗⴍⴅⴄⴊⴇⴀ ⴑⴀⴓⴉⴓⴌⴄⴇⴀ. Ⴌⴀⴇⴄⴊⴈ ⴌⴀⴇⴊⴈⴑⴀⴂⴀⴌ, ⴖⴋⴄⴐⴇⴈ ⴝⴄⴘⴋⴀⴐⴈⴒⴈ ⴖⴋⴐⴇⴈⴑⴀⴂⴀⴌ ⴝⴄⴘⴋⴀⴐⴈⴒⴈⴑⴀ, ⴘⴍⴁⴈⴊⴈ ⴃⴀ ⴀⴐⴀⴕⴋⴌⴈⴊⴈ, ⴇⴀⴌⴀⴀⴐⴑⴈ ⴋⴀⴋⴈⴑⴀⴢ, ⴐⴍⴋⴊⴈⴑⴀⴂⴀⴌ ⴗⴍⴅⴄⴊⴈ ⴘⴄⴈⴕⴋⴌⴀ. '''ⴂ''' Ⴐⴍⴋⴄⴊⴈ ⴙⴅⴄⴌⴇⴅⴈⴑ, ⴉⴀⴚⴇⴀⴇⴣⴑ ⴃⴀ ⴙⴅⴄⴌⴈⴑⴀ ⴚⴞⴍⴅⴐⴄⴁⴈⴑⴀⴇⴣⴑ ⴂⴀⴐⴃⴀⴋⴍⴤⴃⴀ ⴆⴄⴚⴈⴇ, ⴃⴀ ⴤⴍⴐⴚⴌⴈ ⴘⴄⴈⴑⴞⴌⴀ ⴑⴓⴊⴈⴑⴀⴂⴀⴌ ⴜⴋⴈⴃⴈⴑⴀ ⴃⴀ Ⴋⴀⴐⴈⴀⴋⴈⴑⴀⴂⴀⴌ ⴕⴀⴊⴜⴓⴊⴈⴑⴀ, ⴃⴀ ⴂⴀⴌⴉⴀⴚⴌⴀ. '''ⴃ''' Ⴃⴀ ⴟⴓⴀⴐⴑ-ⴄⴚⴅⴀ ⴙⴅⴄⴌⴇⴣⴑ Ⴎⴍⴌⴒⴍⴄⴊⴈⴑⴀ Ⴎⴈⴊⴀⴒⴄⴑ ⴆⴄ ⴃⴀ ⴈⴅⴌⴍ, ⴃⴀ ⴃⴀⴄⴔⴊⴀ. '''ⴄ''' Ⴃⴀ ⴀⴖⴃⴂⴀ ⴋⴄⴑⴀⴋⴄⴑⴀ ⴃⴖⴄⴑⴀ ⴋⴑⴂⴀⴅⴑⴀⴃ ⴜⴄⴐⴈⴊⴈⴑⴀ. '''ⴅ''' Ⴃⴀ ⴀⴋⴀⴖⴊⴃⴀ ⴆⴄⴚⴀⴃ, ⴋⴟⴃⴍⴋⴀⴐⴄ ⴀⴐⴑ ⴋⴀⴐⴟⴅⴄⴌⴈⴇ ⴋⴀⴋⴈⴑⴀ. '''ⴆ''' Ⴃⴀ ⴉⴓⴀⴊⴀⴃ ⴋⴍⴋⴀⴅⴀⴊ ⴀⴐⴑ ⴃⴈⴃⴄⴁⴈⴇ, ⴂⴀⴌⴑⴟⴀⴃ ⴚⴞⴍⴅⴄⴊⴇⴀ ⴃⴀ ⴋⴉⴓⴃⴀⴐⴇⴀ, ⴐⴍⴋⴊⴈⴑⴀ ⴑⴓⴔⴄⴅⴈⴑⴀ ⴀⴐⴀ ⴀⴐⴑ ⴃⴀⴑⴀⴑⴐⴓⴊ. '''ⴡ''' Ⴃⴀ ⴑⴓⴊⴈ ⴜⴋⴈⴃⴀⴢ, ⴓⴔⴀⴊⴈ ⴃⴀ ⴚⴞⴍⴅⴄⴊⴑⴋⴗⴍⴔⴄⴊⴈ, ⴐⴍⴋⴄⴊⴈ ⴋⴀⴋⴈⴑⴀⴂⴀⴌ ⴂⴀⴋⴍⴅⴀⴊⴑ, ⴋⴀⴋⴈⴑⴀ ⴇⴀⴌⴀ ⴃⴀ ⴛⴈⴑⴀ ⴇⴀⴌⴀ ⴇⴀⴗⴓⴀⴌⴈⴑ-ⴈⴚⴄⴋⴄⴁⴈⴑ ⴃⴀ ⴈⴃⴈⴃⴄⴁⴈⴑ, ⴐⴍⴋⴄⴊⴈ ⴈⴒⴗⴍⴃⴀ ⴜⴈⴌⴀⴢⴑⴜⴀⴐⴋⴄⴒⴗⴓⴄⴊⴇⴀ ⴋⴈⴄⴐ. '''ⴇ''' Ⴄⴐⴇⴈ, ⴜⴋⴈⴃⴀ, ⴉⴀⴇⴍⴊⴈⴉⴄ ⴃⴀ ⴑⴀⴋⴍⴚⴈⴕⴓⴊⴍ ⴄⴉⴊⴄⴑⴈⴀ. '''ⴈ''' Ⴀⴖⴅⴈⴀⴐⴄⴁ ⴄⴐⴇⴑⴀ ⴌⴀⴇⴊⴈⴑⴖⴄⴁⴀⴑⴀ ⴋⴍⴑⴀⴒⴄⴅⴄⴁⴄⴊⴀⴃ ⴚⴍⴃⴅⴀⴇⴀ. '''ⴀⴈ''' Ⴋⴍⴅⴄⴊⴈ ⴀⴖⴃⴂⴍⴋⴀⴑⴀ ⴋⴉⴓⴃⴐⴄⴇⴈⴇ. '''ⴁⴈ''' Ⴃⴀ ⴚⴞⴍⴅⴐⴄⴁⴀⴑⴀ ⴋⴄⴐⴋⴈⴑⴑⴀ ⴋⴈⴑ ⴑⴀⴓⴉⴓⴌⴄⴑⴀⴑⴀ. Ⴀⴋⴈⴌ == German == Wir glauben an den einen Gott, den Vater, den Allmächtigen, der alles geschaffen hat, Himmel und Erde, die sichtbare und die unsichtbare Welt. Und an den einen Herrn Jesus Christus, Gottes eingeborenen Sohn, aus dem Vater geboren vor aller Zeit: Gott von Gott, Licht vom Licht, wahrer Gott vom wahren Gott, gezeugt, nicht geschaffen, eines Wesens mit dem Vater; durch ihn ist alles geschaffen. Für uns Menschen und zu unserem Heil, ist er vom Himmel gekommen, hat Fleisch angenommen durch den Heiligen Geist von der Jungfrau Maria und ist Mensch geworden. Er wurde für uns gekreuzigt unter Pontius Pilatus, hat gelitten und ist begraben worden, ist am dritten Tage auferstanden nach der Schrift und aufgefahren in den Himmel. Er sitzt zur Rechten des Vaters und wird wiederkommen in Herrlichkeit, zu richten die Lebenden und die Toten; seiner Herrschaft wird kein Ende sein. Wir glauben an den Heiligen Geist, der Herr ist und lebendig macht, der aus dem Vater hervorgeht, der mit dem Vater und dem Sohn angebetet und verherrlicht wird, der gesprochen hat durch die Propheten; und die eine, heilige, katholische und apostolische Kirche. Wir bekennen die eine Taufe zur Vergebung der Sünden. Wir erwarten die Auferstehung der Toten, und das Leben der kommenden Welt. Amen. == Hebrew == <div lang="he" dir="rtl" style="font:20px 'Shlomo'"> ^{{{Colors|#00F||א}}} מַאֲמִינִים בְּאֱלֹהִים אֶחָד הָאָב הַשַׁדַּי, בּוֹרֵא הַשָּׁמַיִם וְהָאָרֶץ, כֹּל הָגָלוּי וְכֹּל הָסָמוּי. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ב}}} וְבְּאָדוֹן אֶחָד יֵשׁוּעַ הַמָּשִׁיחַ בֵּן יָחִיד לְאֱלֹהִים, אֲשֶׁר נוֹלַד מִן הָאָב לִפְנֵי כֹּל הַדּוֹרוֹת, אֵל מִאֵל, אוֹר מִאוֹר, אֵל אֱמֶת מִאֵל אֱמֶת, לֹא נִבְרָא כִּי אִם מוּלָד, עַצמוֹ עֶצֶם הָאָב וְעַל יָדוֹ נַעֲשָׂה הַכֹּל. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ג}}} בְּעִבּוּרְנוּ בְּנֵי הָאָדָם וְלְמַעַן יְשַׁעֲנוּ יָרַד מִן הַשָּׁמַיִם, וְבְמַעֲשֵׂה רוּחַ הַקֹּדֶשׁ נוֹלַד מִמִרְיָם הַבְּתוּלָה וְהָיָה לָאָדָם. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ד}}} נִצְלַב לְמַעֲנֵנוּ סָבַל בְּיְמֵי פֹּנטִיוּס פִּילָאטוּס וּנִקְבַּר. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ה}}} בְּיוֹם הַשְׁלִישִׁי קָם לְתְּחִיָּה כַּכָּתוּב. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ו}}} וְעָלָה הָשָׁמַיִםָה וְהֱוֵא יוֹשֵׁב לִיָמִין הָאָב. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ז}}} וישוב בהוד לשפוט את החיים ואת המתים ולא יהיה קץ למלכותו. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ח}}} אני מאמין ברוח הקודש, האדון, המחייה, הנובע מהאב, לו סוגדים ולו נותנים יקר כלאב וכלבן, כפי שנאמר על ידי הנביאים. ^{{{Colors|#00F||ט}}} וְבְּכְּנֵסִיָּה הַאַחַת הַקְדוֹשָׁה הַקָּתוֹלִית וְהַשְׁלִיחִית. ^{{{Colors|#00F||י}}} ⁧מַכִּירִים אֵת טְבִילָה אַחַת לִמְחִילָת הַחֲטָאִים, ^{{{Colors|#00F||יא}}} ומצפה לתחיית המתים ^{{{Colors|#00F||יב}}} ולחיי העולם הבא. אמן. </div> == Hungarian == Hiszek az egy istenben, mindenható Atyában, mennynek és földnek Teremtőjében. Hiszek az egy Úrban, Jézus Krisztusban, Isten egyszülött Fiában, aki az Atyától született az idő kezdete előtt. Isten az Istentől, világosság a világosságtól, valóságos Isten a valóságos Istentől. Született, de nem teremtmény, az Atyával egylényegű és minden általa lett. Értünk emberekért, a mi üdvösségünkért, leszállott a mennyből. Megtestesült a Szentlélek erjéből Szűz Máriától és emberré lett. Poncius Pilátus alatt keresztre feszítették, kínhalált szenvedett és eltemették. Harmadnapra föltámadott az Írások szerint, fölment a mennybe, ott ül az Atyának jobbján, de újra eljön dicsőségben ítélni élőket és holtakat és országának nem lesz vége. Hiszek a Szentlélekben, Urunkban és éltetőnkben, aki az Atyától származik, akit éppúgy imádunk és dicsőítünk mint az atyát és a Fiút, Ő szólt a próféták szavával. Hiszek az egy, szent, katolikus és apostoli Anyaszentegyházban. Vallom az egy keresztséget a bűnök bocsánatára. Várom a holtak föltámadását és az eljövendő örök életet. Amen. == Icelandic == Ég trúi á einn Guð Föður almáttugan, skapara himins og jarðar, alls hins sýnilega og ósýnilega. Og á einn Drottin Jesúm Krist, Guðs son eingetinn og af föðrunum fæddur fyrir allar aldir. Guð af Guði, ljós af ljósi, sannan Guð af sönnum Guði, getinn, ekki gjörðan, sameðlis Föðurnum; sem hefur gjört allt. Sem vor mannanna vegna og vegna sáluhjálpar vorrar sté niður af himnum. Og fyrir Heilagan Anda íklæddist holdi af Maríu mey og gjörðist maður. Hann var einnig krossfestur vor vegna undir valdi Pontíusar Pílatusar, leið og var grafinn. Og reis upp á þriðja degi samkvæmt ritningunum. Sté upp til himna og situr Föðurnum til hægri handar. Og mun koma aftur í dýrð, til þess að dæma lifendur og dauða, og á hans ríki mun enginn endir verða. Og á Heilagan Anda, Drottin og lífgara, Sem útgengur frá Föðurnum og Syninum, og er tilbeðinn og dýrkaður ásamt Föðurnum og syninum, og hefur talað fyrir munn spámannanna; og á eina, heilaga, kaþólska og postulega kirkju. Ég játa eina skírn til fyrirgefningar syndanna. Og vænti upprisu dauðra, og lífs um ókomnar aldir. Amen. == Interlingua == Io crede in un Deo, Patre omnipotente, creator del celo e del terra, de toto visibile e invisibile. E in un Senior, Jesus Christo, Filio unigenite de Deo, nascite ex le Patre ante omne seculos. Deo de Deo, Lumine de Lumine, ver Deo de ver Deo, genite non facite, consubstantial del Patre per qui toto esseva facite; qui pro nos homines e pro nostre sanitate descendeva del celo. Incarnate del Spirito Sancte ex le Virgine Maria, facite homine, crucifigite pro nos sub Pontio Pilato, ille pativa e esseva inhumate, e se resurrigeva le tertie die, secundo le Scripturas, e ascendeva in celo, pro seder al dextera del Patre. E ille revenira con gloria pro judicar le viventes e le mortos: su regno non habera fin. E in le Spirito Sancte, Senior e vivificante, qui proveni del Patre, qui con le Patre e le Filio insimul es adorate e glorificate; qui parlava per le prophetas. E in un Ecclesia, sancte, catholic e apostolic. Io admitte un sol baptismo in remission del peccatos. E io expecta le resurrection del mortos, e le vita del seculos futur. Amen. == Irish == Creidim in aon Dia amháin, an tAthair uilechumhachtach, a rinne neamh agus talamh agus an uile ní sofheicthe agus dofheicthe. Agus in aon Tiarna amháin, Íosa Críost, AonMhac Dé, an té a rugadh ón Athair sula raibh aon saol ann, Dia ó Dhia, solas ó sholas, fíorDhia ó fhíorDhia; an té a gineadh agus nach ndearnadh, agus atá d’aon substaint leis an Athair; is tríd a rinneadh an uile ní. Ar ár son-na an cine daonna, agus ar son ár slánaithe, thuirling sé ó neamh.Ionchollaíodh le cumhacht an Spioraid Naoimh é i mbroinn na Maighdine Muire agus ghlac sé nádúr daonna. Céasadh ar an gcrois é freisin ar ár son; d’fhulaing sé páis faoi Phontius Píoláit agus adhlacadh é. D’aiséirigh an treas lá de réir na scrioptúr; chuaigh suas ar neamh; tá ina a shuí ar dheis an Athar. Tiocfaigh sé an athuair faoi ghlóir le breighiúnas a thabhairt ar bheo agus ar mhairbh, agus ní bheidh deireadh lena ríocht. Creidim sa Spiorad Naomh, Tiarna agus bronntóir na beatha, an té a ghluaiseann ón Athair agus ón Mac. Tugtar dó adhradh agus glóir mar aon leis an Athair agus leis an Mac: ba é a labhair trí na fáithe. Creidim san aon Eaglais naofa, chaitliceach, aspalda. Admhaím an t-aon bhaisteadh amháin chun maithiúnas na bpeacaí. Agus táim ag súil le haiséirí na marbh agus le beatha an tsaoil atá le teacht. Amen. == Italian == Credo in un solo Dio, Padre omnipotente, creatore del cielo e della terra, di tutto ciò che si vede e non si vede. E credo in un solo Signore, Gesù Cristo, unico Figlio di Dio e nato dal Padre prima di tutti i secoli. Credo che egli è Dio da Dio, luce da luce, Dio vero da Dio vero, generato ma non creato, consustanziale al Padre, per il quale sono state tutte le cose. Ed egli discese dai cieli per noi uomini e per la nostra salvezza, e si è incarnato in Maria Vergine per opera dello Santo Spirito e si è fatto uomo. E' stato anche crocifisso per noi, è morto ed è stato sepolto sotto Ponzio Pilato, e il terzo giorno è risuscitato conformemente alle Scritture ed è asceso al cielo; sta assiso alla destra del Padre. E tornerà di nuovo nella gloria a giudicare i vivi e i morti e il suo regno non avrà fine. E credo nello Spirito Santo, Signore e vivificatore, che procede dal Padre, che insieme al Padre e al Figlio è adorato e glorificato e che ha parlato per bocca dei profeti. E credo che la Chiesa è una, santa, cattolica e apostolica. Professo che c'è un solo battesimo per la remissione dei peccati e aspetto la risurrezione dei morti e la vita del mondo che verrà. Così sia. == Japanese == '''Bungo Translation by Japanese Orthodox Church''' <big> <span lang=ja>{{Ruby|我|われ}}{{Ruby|信|しん}}ず、{{Ruby|一|ひとつ}}の{{Ruby|&#xfa19;|かみ}}・{{Ruby|父|ちち}}・{{Ruby|全|ぜん}}{{Ruby|能|のう}}{{Ruby|&#xfa5b;|しゃ}}、{{Ruby|天|てん}}と{{Ruby|地|ち}}、{{Ruby|見|み}}ゆると{{Ruby|見|み}}えざる{{Ruby|萬物|ばんぶつ}}を{{Ruby|造|つく}}りし{{Ruby|主|しゅ}}を。</span> <span lang=ja>また{{Ruby|信|しん}}ず、{{Ruby|一|ひとつ}}の{{Ruby|主|しゅ}}イイスス ハリストス、{{Ruby|&#xfa19;|かみ}}の{{Ruby|独生|どくせい}}の{{Ruby|子|こ}}、{{Ruby|萬世|よろずよ}}の{{Ruby|前|さき}}に{{Ruby|父|ちち}}より{{Ruby|生|うま}}れ、{{Ruby|光|ひかり}}よりの{{Ruby|光|ひかり}}、{{Ruby|真|まこと}}の{{Ruby|&#xfa19;|かみ}}よりの{{Ruby|真|まこと}}の{{Ruby|&#xfa19;|かみ}}、{{Ruby|生|うま}}れし{{Ruby|&#xfa5b;|もの}}にて{{Ruby|造|つく}}られしに{{Ruby|非|あら}}ず、{{Ruby|父|ちち}}と{{Ruby|一|いつ}}{{Ruby|體|たい}}にして、{{Ruby|萬物|ばんぶつ}}{{Ruby|彼|かれ}}に{{Ruby|造|つく}}られ。 {{Ruby|我等|われら}}{{Ruby|人々|ひと〴〵}}のため、また{{Ruby|我等|われら}}の{{Ruby|救|す}}いのために{{Ruby|天|てん}}より{{Ruby|降|くだ}}り、{{Ruby|聖&#xfa19;゜|せいしん}}{{Ruby|及|およ}}び{{Ruby|童貞女|どうていじょ}}マリヤより{{Ruby|身|み}}を{{Ruby|取|と}}り{{Ruby|人|ひと}}となり。 {{Ruby|我等|われら}}のために、ポンティイ・ピラトの{{Ruby|時|とき}}、{{Ruby|十字架|じふじか}}に{{Ruby|釘|くぎ}}うたれ、{{Ruby|苦|くるしみ}}を{{Ruby|受|う}}け{{Ruby|葬|はうむ}}られ。 {{Ruby|第三日|だいさんじつ}}に{{Ruby|聖書|せいしょ}}にかのうて{{Ruby|復活|ふつかつ}}し。{{Ruby|天|てん}}にのぼり、{{Ruby|父|ちち}}の{{Ruby|右|みぎ}}に{{Ruby|坐|ざ}}し。 {{Ruby|光榮|くわうえい}}を{{Ruby|顕|あら}}わして{{Ruby|生|い}}ける{{Ruby|&#xfa5b;|もの}}と{{Ruby|死|し}}せし{{Ruby|&#xfa5b;|もの}}を{{Ruby|審判|しんぱん}}するために{{Ruby|還|ま}}た{{Ruby|来|きた}}り、その{{Ruby|國|くに}}{{Ruby|終|おわ}}りなからん、を。</span> <span lang=ja>また{{Ruby|信|しん}}ず{{Ruby|聖&#xfa19;゜|せいしん}}・{{Ruby|主|しゅ}}、{{Ruby|生命|いのち}}を{{Ruby|施|ほどこ}}す{{Ruby|&#xfa5b;|もの}}、{{Ruby|父|ちち}}より{{Ruby|出|い}}で、{{Ruby|父|ちち}}{{Ruby|及|およ}}び{{Ruby|子|こ}}と{{Ruby|共|とも}}に{{Ruby|拝|おが}}まれ{{Ruby|讃|ほ}}められ{{Ruby|預言&#xfa5b;|よげんしゃ}}をもってかつて{{Ruby|言|い}}いしを。</span> <span lang=ja>また{{Ruby|信|しん}}ず、{{Ruby|一|ひとつ}}の{{Ruby|聖|せい}}なる{{Ruby|公|おほやけ}}なる{{Ruby|使徒|しと}}の{{Ruby|教会|けうくわい}}を。 {{Ruby|我|われ}}{{Ruby|認|のぞ}}む、{{Ruby|一|ひとつ}}の{{Ruby|洗&#63926;|せんれい}}、もって{{Ruby|罪|つみ}}の{{Ruby|赦|ゆる}}しを{{Ruby|得|う}}るを。 {{Ruby|我|われ}}{{Ruby|認|のぞ}}む、{{Ruby|死&#xfa5b;|ししゃ}}の{{Ruby|復活|ふつかつ}}。 {{Ruby|並|ならび}}に{{Ruby|来世|らいせい}}の{{Ruby|生命|いのち}}を、アミン。</span> </big> '''Catholic translation''' <big> <span lang=ja>わたしは信じます。唯一の神、全能の父、天と地、見えるもの、見えないもの、すべてのものの造り主を。</span> <span lang=ja>わたしは信じます。唯一の主イエス・キリストを。主は神のひとり子、すべてに先立って父より生まれ、神よりの神、光よりの光、まことの神よりのまことの神、造られることなく生まれ、父と一体。 すべては主によって造られました。 主は、わたしたち人類のため、わたしたちの救いのために天からくだり、聖霊によって、おとめマリアよりからだを受け、人となられました。 ポンティオ・ピラトのもとで、わたしたちのために十字架につけられ、苦しみを受け、葬られ、聖書にあるとおり三日目に復活し、天に昇り、父の右の座に着いておられます。 主は、<ruby><rb>生者</rb><rp>（</rp><rt>せいしゃ</rt><rp>）</rp></ruby>と死者を裁くために栄光のうちに再び来られます。 その国は終わることがありません。</span> <span lang=ja>わたしは信じます。主であり、いのちの与え主である聖霊を。 聖霊は、父と子から出て、父と子とともに礼拝され、栄光を受け、また預言者をとおして語られました。</span> <span lang=ja>わたしは、聖なる、普遍の、使徒的、唯一の教会を信じます。 罪のゆるしをもたらす唯一の洗礼を認め、死者の復活と 来世のいのちを待ち望みます。 アーメン。</span> </big> ==Ladin (badiot)== I crëii te n Dî su, Pere onipotënt, che à cherié le cil y la tera, döt ći ch’i odun y ne n’odun. I crëii te n Signur su, Gejù Crist, Fi su de Dî, nasciü dal Pere dan da düć i secui. Dî da Dî, lominus da lominus, dër Dî da dër Dî. Generè y nia cherié, dla medema sostanza dl Pere. Tres ël él gnü cherié döt cant. Por nos y por nosta salvëza él gnü dal cil. Por opra dl Spirit Sant s’àl fat ćern tl gremo dla Viria Maria y é gnü porsona umana. Al é gnü metü söla crusc por nos sot a Pontius Pilatus; al é mort y é gnü sopolì y le terzo dé él ressorì, do les Scritöres. Al é jü sö al Cil y sta sentè a man dërta dl Pere. Al gnarà tla gloria a iudiché i vis y i morć, y so rëgn n’arà mai na fin. I crëii tl Spirit Sant che é Signur y dà la vita, y vëgn dal Pere y dal Fi. Cun le Pere y le Fi vëgnel adorè y glorifiché. Al à baié por boćia di profeć. I crëii tla Dlijia: öna, santa, catolica y apostolica. I reconësci n bato su por le pordonn di pićià y aspeti la ressoreziun di morć y la vita dl ater monn. Amen. ==Ladin (gherdëina)== I crëii te n Dî su, Pere onipotënt, che à cherié le cil y la tera, döt ći ch’i odun y ne n’odun. I crëii te n Signur su, Gejù Crist, Fi su de Dî, nasciü dal Pere dan da düć i secui. Dî da Dî, lominus da lominus, dër Dî da dër Dî. Generè y nia cherié, dla medema sostanza dl Pere. Tres ël él gnü cherié döt cant. Por nos y por nosta salvëza él gnü dal cil. Por opra dl Spirit Sant s’àl fat ćern tl gremo dla Viria Maria y é gnü porsona umana. Al é gnü metü söla crusc por nos sot a Pontius Pilatus; al é mort y é gnü sopolì y le terzo dé él ressorì, do les Scritöres. Al é jü sö al Cil y sta sentè a man dërta dl Pere. Al gnarà tla gloria a iudiché i vis y i morć, y so rëgn n’arà mai na fin. I crëii tl Spirit Sant che é Signur y dà la vita, y vëgn dal Pere y dal Fi. Cun le Pere y le Fi vëgnel adorè y glorifiché. Al à baié por boćia di profeć. I crëii tla Dlijia: öna, santa, catolica y apostolica. I reconësci n bato su por le pordonn di pićià y aspeti la ressoreziun di morć y la vita dl ater monn. Amen. == Latvian == Mēs ticam uz vienu Dievu, Tēvu, Visuvaldītāju, debess un zemes, visa redzamā un neredzamā Radītāju. Un uz vienu Kungu Jēzu Kristu, Dieva vienpiedzimušo Dēlu, pirms visiem mūžiem no Tēva dzimušu , Dievu no Dieva, gaismu no gaismas, patiesu Dievu no patiesa Dieva, dzimušu, ne radītu, vienādu ar Tēvu būtībā; caur kuru viss ir radīts, kurš priekš mums cilvēkiem un mūsu pestīšanas labad ir nācis no debesīm, iemiesojies no Svētā Gara un Jaunavas Marijas un tapis cilvēks; par mums sists krustā, Poncijam Pilātam valdot, un cietis un guldīts kapā; trešajā dienā augšāmcēlies saskaņā ar Rakstiem, uzkāpis debesīs un sēž pie Tēva labās rokas, un godībā atkal nāk tiesāt dzīvos un mirušos; viņa valstībai nebūs gala. Un uz Svēto Garu, Kungu un Dzīvudarītāju, kurš no Tēva iziet, kurš ar Tēvu un Dēlu vienlīdz pielūdzams un godājams, kurš runājis caur praviešiem; uz vienu svētu, kafolisku un apustulisku Baznīcu. Mēs apliecinām vienu kristību uz grēku piedošanu un gaidām uz mirušo augšāmcelšanos un dzīvi nākošajā mūžībā. Āmen. == Lithuanian == Tikiu vieną Dievą, visagalį Tėvą, dangaus ir žemės, regimosios ir neregimosios visatos Kūrėją. Tikiu vieną Viešpatį Jėzų Kristų, vienatinį Dievo Sūnų, prieš visus amžius gimusį iš Tėvo: Dievą iš Dievo, šviesą iš šviesos, tikrą Dievą iš tikro Dievo; gimusį, bet ne sukurtą, esantį vienos prigimties su Tėvu. Per Jį visa yra padaryta. Jis dėl mūsų žmonių, dėl mūsų išganymo nužengė iš dangaus. Šventosios Dvasios veikimu priėmė kūną iš Mergelės Marijos ir tapo žmogumi. Valdant Poncijui Pilotui, jis dėl mūsų buvo prikaltas prie kryžiaus, nukankintas ir palaidotas. Kaip Šventajame Rašte išpranašauta, trečiąją dieną prisikėlė iš numirusių. Įžengė į dangų ir sėdi Dievo Tėvo dešinėje. Jis vėl garbingai ateis gyvųjų ir mirusiųjų teisti ir viešpataus per amžius. Tikiu Šventąją Dvasią, Viešpatį Gaivintoją, kylančią iš Tėvo, su Tėvu ir Sūnumi garbinamą ir šlovinamą, kalbėjusią per pranašus. Tikiu vieną, šventą, visuotinę, apaštalinę Bažnyčią. Pripažįstu vieną Krikštą nuodėmėms atleisti. Laukiu mirusiųjų prisikėlimo ir būsimo amžinojo gyvenimo. Amen. == Macedonian == Верувам во единиот Бог Отец, Седржител, Творец на небото и земјата и на се видливо и невидливо. И во единиот Господ Исус Христос, Син Божји, единороден, Кој од Отецот е роден пред сите векови; Светлина од Светлина, Бог вистински од Бога вистински, роден, не створен, единосуштен на Отецот, преку Кого се настанало; Кој заради нас луѓето и заради нашето спасение, слезе од небото и се воплоти од Светиот Дух и од Марија Дева и стана човек. И беше распнат заради нас во времето на Понтиј Пилат, и страдаше и беше погребен; И воскресна во третиот ден, според Писмото и се вознесе на небото и седи оддесно на Отецот. И пак ќе дојде со слава да им суди на живите и мртвите и Неговото Царство не ќе има крај; И во Светиот Дух, Господ, Животворец, Кој исходи од Отецот, Кому заедно со Отецот Му се поклонуваме и го славиме и Кој говорел преку пророците. Во една, света, соборна и апостолска Црква. Исповедам едно Крштение за простување на гревовите; Го чекам воскресението на мртвите, И животот на идниот век. Амин. == Maltese == Nemmen f’Alla wieħed il-Missier li jista' kollox, Ħallieq tas-sema u l-art, u l-ħwejjeġ kollha viżibbli u inviżibbli. U f’Mulej wieħed Ġesu’ Kristu, l-Iben uniġenitu t’Alla, imnissel minn Missieru qabel kull żmien; Alla minn Alla, Dawl minn Dawl, Alla veru minnn Alla veru, imnissel mhux magħmul, natura waħda mal-Missier; li bih sar kollox. Għalina l-bnedmin u għas-salvazzjoni tagħna niżel mis-smewwiet, u kien inkarnat mill-verġni Marija bl-Ispirtu s-Santu, u kien magħmul bniedem; mislub, ukoll għalina, taħt Ponzju Pilatu. Bata u kien midfun; u t-tielet jum qam minn bejn l-imwiet skond l-Iskritturi. Tela' fis-smewwiet, u qiegħed fuq il-leminija tal-Missier. U għad jerġa' jiġi fil-glorja biex jagħmel ħaqq mill-ħajjin u l-mejtin; is-saltna tiegħu ma jkollhiex tmiem. U nemmen fl-Ispirtu s-Santu, il-Mulej li jagħti l-ħajja, li jipproċiedi mill-Missier u mill-Iben, li hu meqjum u glorifikat flimkien mal-Missier u ma' l-Iben, li tkellem permezz tal-profeti. U nemmen fi knisja waħda kattolika u appostolika; nistqarr magħmudija waħda għall-maħfra tad-dnubiet; u nistenna l-qawmien mill-imwiet, u l-ħajja taż-żmien li ġej. == Manx == Ta mee credjal ayns un Jee, yn Ayr Ooilley-niartal, Chroo niau as thalloo, as dy chooilley nhee t’ayns fakin as gyn fakin: As ayns un Chiarn Yeesey Creest, yn ynrycan Mac er-ny-gheddyn dy Yee, Er-ny-gheddyn jeh e Ayr roish dy chooilley heihll, Jee jeh Jee, Soilshey jeh Soilshey, Jee firrinagh jeh Jeec firrinagh, Er-ny-gheddyn, cha nee er ny yannoo, Jeh’n un vree marish yn Ayr, Liorishyn va dy chooilley nhee er ny yannoo. Er nyn son ainyn deiney, as son y taualtys ain, haink eh neose veih niau, As ghow eh er feill liorish y Spyrryd Noo jeh’n Voidin Moirrey, as v’eh er ny yannoo ny ghooinney, as v’eh er ny chrossey myrgeddin er nyn son fo Pontius Pilate. Ren eh surranse, as v’eh er ny oanluckey, as y trass laa dirree eh reesht cordail rish ny Scriptyryn, as hie eh seose gys niau, as t’eh ny hoie er laue yesh yn Ayr. As hig chreesht lesh gloyr dy vriwnys chammah ny bio as ny merriu: er e reeriaght cha bee jerrey erbee. As ta mee credjal ayns y Spyrryd Noo, yn Chiarn as Fer-toyrt y vea, ta cheet magh veih’n Ayr as y Mac; ta marish yn Ayr as y Mac cooidjagh ammyssit as er ny ghloyraghey, eh ren loayrt liorish ny phadeyryn. As ta mee credjal un Agglish Cadjin (Creestee) as Ostyllagh, Ta mee goaill-rish un Vashtey son leih Pecca-ghyn, as ta mee jeeaghyn son irree-seose-reesht ny merriu, as bea yn theill ta ry heet. Amen. == Norwegian (Bokmål) == Jeg tror på én Gud, den allmektige Fader, som har skapt himmel og jord, alle synlige og usynlige ting. Jeg tror på én Herre, Jesus Kristus, Guds enbårne Sønn, født av Faderen fra evighet. Gud av Gud, lys av lys, sann Gud av den sanne Gud, født, ikke skapt, av samme vesen som Faderen. Ved ham er alt blitt skapt. For oss mennesker og for vår frelses skyld steg han ned fra himmelen. Han er blitt kjød ved Den Hellige Ånd av Jomfru Maria, og er blitt menneske. Han ble korsfestet for oss, pint under Pontius Pilatus og gravlagt. Han oppstod den tredje dag, etter Skriften, fór opp til himmelen, og sitter ved Faderens høyre hånd. Han skal komme igjen med herlighet og dømme levende og døde, og på hans rike skal det ikke være ende. Jeg tror på Den Hellige Ånd, Herre og livgiver, som utgår fra Faderen, som med Faderen og Sønnen tilbes og forherliges, og som har talt ved profetene. Jeg tror på én, hellig, allmenn/katolsk og apostolisk Kirke. Jeg bekjenner én dåp til syndenes forlatelse. Jeg venter de dødes oppstandelse og det evige liv. Amen. == Norwegian (Nynorsk) == Vi trur på ein Gud, den allmektige Far, som har skapt himmel og jord, alt synleg og usynleg. Vi trur på ein Herre, Jesus Kristus, Guds einborne Son, fødd av Faderen før alle tider, Gud av Gud, ljos av ljos, sann Gud av sann Gud, fødd, ikkje skapt, av same vesen som Faderen. Ved han er alt skapt. For oss menneske og til vår frelse steig han ned frå himmelen, og ved Den Heilage Ande og av Maria møy vart han menneske av kjøt og blod. Han vart krossfest for oss under Pontius Pilatus, leid og vart gravlagd, oppstod tredje dagen etter skriftene og fór opp til himmelen, sit ved høgre handa åt Faderen, skal komme att i herlegdom og døma levande og døde, og hans rike skal vera utan ende. Vi trur på Den Heilage Ande, som er Herre og gjer levande, som går ut frå Faderen, som vert tilbeden og æra saman med Faderen og Sonen, og som har tala gjennom profetane. Vi trur på ei heilag, allmenn og apostolisk kyrkje. Vi vedkjennest ein dåp til forlating for syndene og ser fram til oppstoda av dei døde og eit liv i den kommande verda. Amen. == Ossetian == Уырны мæ Иунæг Хуыцау, Фыд, Æппæтылхæцæг, арв æмæ зæххы, кæй уынæм æмæ кæй нæ уынæм, уыдон æппæты Сфæлдисæг. Æмæ иунæг Хицау Йæсо Чырысти, Хуыцауы Фырт, Иунæггуырд, Фыдæй гуырд чи у афонты æппæты фыццаг. Рухс Рухсæй, æцæг Хуыцау æцæг Хуыцауæй гуырд, æнæсфæлдыст Фыдимæ Иууон æппæт Кæмæй систы. Мах, адæмы тыххæй æмæ нæ фервæзыны тыххæй уæлæрвтæй Чи 'рцыди æмæ Сыгъдæг Удæй æмæ Чызг Мариамæй буарджын Чи сси; æмæ адæймаг Чи сси; Æмæ мах тыххæй дзуарыл тыгъд Чи уыд Понти Пилаты рæстæджы æмæ фыдæбон Чи фæкодта æмæ ныгæд Чи уыди; Æмæ Чи райгас æртыккæгæм бон, Фыстытæм гæсгæ; Æмæ Чи ссыди уæлæрвтæм æмæ Фыдæн рахизфарсæрдыгæй Чи бады; Æмæ ноджыдæр æрцæуинаг Чи у стырадимæ, æгæстæн æмæ мæрдтæн тæрхон кæныны тыххæй, Кæй Паддзахадæн нæ уыдзæн кæрон. Æмæ Сыгъдæг Уд, Æгæсгæнæг Хицау, Фыдæй цæуæг, Фыдимæ æмæ Фыртимæ æмкувинаг æмæ æмкадджын кæнинаг Чи у æмæ пахуымпарты дзурынгæнæг. Иунæг Сыгъдæг, Æмбырдон æмæ Минæварон Аргъуан. Æргомæй исын донæйаргъуыд иунæг хатт, тæригъæдтæ ныббарыны тыххæй. Æнхъæлмæ кæсын мæрдты райгасмæ æмæ суинаг æнусмæйы цардмæ. Аммен. == Polish == Wierzę w jednego Boga, Ojca wszechmogącego, Stworzyciela nieba i ziemi, wszystkich rzeczy widzialnych i niewidzialnych. I w jednego Pana Jezusa Chrystusa, Syna Bożego Jednorodzonego, który z Ojca jest zrodzony przed wszystkimi wiekami. Bóg z Boga, światłość ze światłości, Bóg prawdziwy z Boga prawdziwego. Zrodzony, a nie stworzony, współistotny Ojcu, a przez Niego wszystko się stało. On to dla nas, ludzi, i dla naszego zbawienia zstąpił z niebia. I za sprawą Ducha Świętego przyjął ciało z Maryi Dziewicy i stał się człowiekiem. Ukrzyżowany również za nas, pod Poncjuszem Piłatem został umęczony i pogrzebany. I zmartwychwstał trzeciego dnia, jak oznajmia Pismo. I wstąpił do nieba; siedzi po prawicy Ojca. I powtórnie przyjdzie w chwale sądzić żywych i umarłych: A Królestwu Jego nie będzie końca. Wierzę w Ducha Świętego, Pana i Ożywiciela, który od Ojca (i Syna) pochodzi. Który z Ojcem i Synem wspólnie odbiera uwielbienie i chwałę. Który mówił przez Proroków. Wierzę w jeden, święty, powszechny i apostolski Kościół. Wyznaję jeden chrzest na odpuszczenie grzechów. I oczekuję wskrzeszenia umarłych. I życia wiecznego w przyszłym świecie. Amen. == Portuguese == Cremos em um único Deus, Pai todo-poderoso, criador do céu e da terra, e de todas as coisas visíveis e invisíveis. Cremos em um só Senhor, Jesus Cristo, Filho Unigênito de Deus, nascido do Pai antes de todos os séculos: Deus de Deus, luz da luz, Deus verdadeiro de Deus verdadeiro, gerado, não criado; consubstancial ao Pai. Por Ele todas as coisas foram feitas. E por nós, homens, e para nossa salvação, desceu dos céus e se encarnou, pelo Espírito Santo, no seio da Virgem Maria, e se fez homem. Também foi por nós crucificado sob Pôncio Pilato; padeceu e foi sepultado. Ressuscitou ao terceiro dia, conforme as Escrituras, e subiu aos céus, onde está sentado à direita do Pai. E de novo há de vir, em sua glória, para julgar os vivos e os mortos; e o Seu reino não terá fim. Cremos no Espírito Santo, Senhor que dá a vida, e procede do Pai; e com o Pai e o Filho é adorado e glorificado: Ele que falou pelos profetas. Cremos na Igreja, una, santa, católica e apostólica. Professamos um só batismo para a remissão dos pecados. E esperamos a ressurreição dos mortos e a vida do mundo que há de vir. Amem. == Romani == Paćav ando jekh Del Dad, Sainćarimatari, savo ćerda sa so si po opralipe thaj pe phuv thaj sa dikhavimasko thaj bi dikhavimasko. Thaj ando jekh Devlikano Isuso Hristos, Čhavo Devlestar, Ječhebijandimasko, savo si bijando Dadestar majsig saste vrjamatar, Khamipe Khamavimatar, Čačimaske Devles Čačimaske Devlestar bijandes, na ćerdes jećhimaske Dadesa, maškar kaste sa ćerdape; Savo pale amen manuša thaj palo amaro metisaripe fuljardilo opralimatar thaj ćerdape te avel mas amnušalo Sumnale Ođatar thaj Marijatar Čhejatar thaj ćerdape ando manuš; Thaj Savo si inzardo palo amende ande vrjama Pontje Pilatoski, savo peradilo thaj sas prahosardo; Thaj Savo vazdape mulendar ando trito des po Lil; Thaj Savo vazdape po oralipe thaj bešel čače Dadeske rigatar; Thaj Savo palem avela abjavimasa te ktisikarel džudenđe, Leske Thagarimaske či avela agora. Thaj ande Sumnali Ođi, Džudimaske Devlikanestar, Savo inklel Dadestar, savo e Dadesa thaj Čhavesa jećhimava inćarelpe thaj adjarelpe, Savo motholas maškar anglunarja. Ande jekh sumnali ćidimaski thaj apostolonđi Khanđiri. Motharav jekh bolavipe palo mulkipe bezahalimatar. Ažućarav vazdipe mulengo. Thaj trajo vrjamatar savi avela. Amin. == Romanian == '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">i</span>''' Cred întru Unul Dumnezeu, Tatăl Atotțiitorul, Făcătorul cerului și al pământului, al tuturor celor văzute și nevăzute. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">ii</span>''' Și întru Unul Domn Iisus Hristos, Fiul lui Dumnezeu, Unul-Născut, Care din Tatăl S-a născut mai înainte de toți vecii. Lumină din Lumină, Dumnezeu adevărat din Dumnezeu adevărat, născut, iar nu făcut; Cel de o ființă cu Tatăl, prin Care toate s-au făcut. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">iii</span>''' Care pentru noi, oamenii, și pentru a noastră mântuire, S-a pogorât din ceruri și S-a întrupat de la Duhul Sfânt și din Fecioara Maria, și S-a făcut om. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">vi</span>''' Și S-a răstignit pentru noi în zilele lui Ponțiu Pilat și a pătimit și S-a îngropat. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">v</span>''' Și a înviat a treia zi, după Scripturi. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">vi</span>''' Și S-a înălțat la ceruri și șade de-a dreapta Tatălui. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">vii</span>''' Și iarăși va să vină cu slavă, să judece viii și morții, a Cărui împărăție nu va avea sfârșit. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">viii</span>''' Și întru Duhul Sfânt, Domnul de viață Făcătorul, Care din Tatăl purcede, Cel ce împreună cu Tatăl și cu Fiul este închinat și slăvit, Care a grăit prin prooroci. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">ix</span>''' Întru una, sfântă, sobornicească și apostolească Biserică. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">x</span>''' Mărturisesc un botez spre iertarea păcatelor. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">xi</span>''' Aștept învierea morților. '''<span style="font-variant: small-caps;">xii</span>''' Și viața veacului ce va să vie. Amin. == Scottish (Gaelic) == Tha sinn a' creidsinn ann an aon Dia, an t-Athair, an uile-chumhachdach, cruithear nèimh agus talmhainn, de na h-uile a tha faicsinneach is neo-fhaicsinneach. Tha sinn a' creidsinn ann an aon Tighearna, Iosa Crìosd, aon mhac Dhe, gu siorraidh ginte den Athair, Dia o Dhia, Solas o Sholas, fìor Dhia o fhìor Dhia, ginte, chan ann deante, den aon susbaintris anAthair. Leis an do rinneadh a h-uile nì. Air ar son-ne agus airson ar saoraidh thàinig e a-nuas o nèamh; le cumhachd an Spioraid Naoimh ghabh e colann daonna den Oigh Moire agus rinneadh na dhuine e. Air ar son-ne cheusadh e fo Phointius Pìlat; dh’fhulaing e bàs agus dh’adhlaiceadh e. Air an treas latha dh’eirich e a-rithist a-reir nan Sgriobtairean; chaidh e suas gu nèamh agus tha e na shuidhe aig deas-laimh an Athar. Thig e a-rithist ann anglòira thoirt breith air na beothaibh agus air na mairbh, agus air a rìoghachd cha bhi crìoch. Tha sinn a’creidsinn anns an Spiorad Naomh, an Tighearna, tabhartair beatha, a tha a' tighinn on Athair (agus on Mhac). Leis an Athair agus leis a' Mhac, tha e air adhradh agus air a ghlòrachadh, a labhair tro na Fàidhean. Tha sinn a creidsinn ann an aon Eaglais naomh chaitligeach agus abstolach. Tha sinn ag aideachadh aon bhaistidh gu maitheanas pheacannan. Tha dùil againn ri aiseirigh nam marbh, agus ri beatha an t-saoghail a tha ri teachd. Amen. == Serbian == Верујем у једнога Бога Оца, Сведржитеља, Творца неба и земље и свега видљивог и невидљивог. И у једнога Господа Исуса Христа, Сина Божијег, Јединородног, од Оца рођеног пре свих векова; Светлост од Светлости, Бога истинитог од Бога истинитог; рођеног, а не створеног, једносуштног Оцу, кроз Кога је све постало; Који је ради нас људи и ради нашег спасења сишао с небеса, и оваплотио се од Духа Светога и Марије Дјеве, и постао човек; и Који је распет за нас у време Понтија Пилата, и страдао и погребен; и Који је васкрсао у трећи дан, по Писму; И Који се вазнео на небеса и седи са десне стране Оца; И Који ће опет доћи са славом, да суди живима и мртвима, Његовом царству неће бити краја. И у Духа Светога, Господа, Животворног, Који од Оца исходи, Који се са Оцем и Сином заједно поштује и заједно слави, Који је говорио кроз пророке. У једну, свету, саборну и апостолску Цркву. Исповедам једно крштење за опроштење грехова. Чекам васкрсење мртвих. И живот будућег века. Амин. == Slovak == Verím v jedného Boha, Otca všemohúceho, Stvoriteľa neba i zeme, sveta viditeľného i neviditeľného. Verím v jedného Pána Ježiša Krista, jednorodeného Syna Božieho, zrodeného z Otca pred všetkými vekmi; Boha z Boha, svetlo zo svetla, pravého Boha z Boha pravého, splodeného, nie stvoreného, jednej podstaty s Otcom, skrze Neho bolo všetko stvorené, On pre nás ľudí a pre našu spásu zostúpil z nebies. A mocou Ducha Svätého vzal si telo z Márie Panny a stal se človekom. Za nás bol aj ukrižovaný za vlády Poncia Piláta, bol umučený a pochovaný, ale tretieho dňa vstal z mŕtvych podľa Svätého Písma. A vstúpil do neba, sedí po pravici Otca. A zasa príde v sláve súdiť živých i mŕtvych, a Jeho Kráľovstvu nebude konca. Verím v Ducha Svätého, Pána a Oživovateľa, ktorý vychádza od Otca, Jemu sa zároveň vzdáva tá istá poklona a sláva ako Otcovi a Synovi, On hovoril ústami Prorokov. Verím v jednu, svätú, všeobecnú, apoštolskú Cirkev. Vyznavám jeden krst na odpustenie hriechov. A očakávam vskriesenie mŕtvych a život budúceho veku. Amen. == Slovenian == Verujem v enega Boga, Očeta vsemogočnega, stvarnika nebes in zemlje, vseh vidnih in nevidnih stvari. In v enega Gospoda Jezusa Kristusa, edinorojenega Sina božjega; ki je iz Očeta rojen pred vsemi veki in je Bog od Boga, luč od luči, pravi Bog od pravega Boga; rojen, ne ustvarjen, enega bistva z Očetom, in je po njem vse ustvarjeno; ki je zaradi nas ljudi in zaradi našega zveličanja prišel iz nebes. In se je utelesil po Svetem Duhu iz Marije Device in postat človek. Bil je tudi križan za nas, pod Poncijem Pilatom je trpel in bil v grob položen. In tretji dan je od mrtvih vstal, po pričevanju Pisma. In je šel v nebesa, sedi na desnici Očetovi. In bo spet prišel v slavi sodit žive in mrtve; in njegovemu kraljestvu ne bo konca. In v Svetega Duha, Gospoda, ki oživlja; ki izhaja iz Očeta; ki ga z Očetom in Sinom molimo in slavimo; ki je govoril po prerokih. In v eno, sveto, katoliško in apostolsko Cerkev. Priznavam en krst v odpuščanje grehov. In pričakujem vstajenja mrtvih in življenja v prihodnjem veku. Amen. == Spanish == Creo en un solo Dios, Padre todopoderoso, Creador del cielo y de la tierra, de todo lo visible y lo invisible. Creo en un solo Señor Jesucristo, Hijo único de Dios, nacido del Padre antes de todos los siglos: Dios de Dios, Luz de Luz, Dios verdadero de Dios verdadero, engendrado, no creado, de la misma naturaleza del Padre, por quien todo fue hecho; que por nosotros los hombres, y por nuestra salvación bajó del cielo y por obra del Espíritu Santo se encarnó de María, la Virgen, y se hizo hombre y por nuestra causa fue crucificado en tiempos de Poncio Pilato: padeció y fue sepultado y resucitó al tercer día según las Escrituras, y subió al cielo y está sentado a la derecha del Padre; y de nuevo vendrá con gloria para juzgar a vivos y muertos, y su reino no tendrá fin. Creo en el Espíritu Santo, Señor y dador de vida, que procede del Padre, que con el Padre y el Hijo recibe una misma adoración y gloria, y que habló por los profetas. Creo en la Iglesia, que es una, santa, católica y apostólica. Confieso que hay un solo Bautismo para el perdón de los pecados. Espero la resurrección de los muertos y la vida del mundo futuro. Amén. == Swedish == Jag tror på en Gud, allsmäktig Fader, skapare av himmel och jord, av allt vad synligt och osynligt är. Och på en Herre, Jesus Kristus, Guds enfödde Son, född av Fadern före all tid, Gud av Gud, ljus av ljus, sann Gud av sann Gud, född och icke skapad, av samma väsen som Fadern, på honom genom vilken allting är skapat; som för oss människor och för vår frälsnings skull har nedstigit från himmelen. Och han har antagit kött genom den helige Ande av jungfrun Maria och blivit människa. Han har ock blivit korsfäst för oss under Pontius Pilatus, lidit och blivit begraven. På tredje dagen har han uppstått efter skrifterna och uppstigit till himmelen. Han sitter på Faderns högra sida och skall igenkomma i härlighet för att döma levande och döda, och på hans rike skall icke vara någon ände. Och på den helige Ande, Herren och livgivaren, som utgår av Fadern, som tillika med Fadern och Sonen tillbedes och förhärligas, och som har talat genom profeterna. Och på en, helig, katolsk och apostolisk kyrka. Jag bekänner ett dop till syndernas förlåtelse och förväntar de dödas uppståndelse och den kommande världens liv. Amen. == Swahili == Ninamwamini Mungu mumoja, Baba Mwenyezi, Muumba wa mbingu na dunia, na vitu vyote vinavyoonekana na visivyoonekana. Ninamwamini Bwana mumoja, Yesu Kristo, Mwana wa pekee wa Mungu, amezaliwa na Baba mbele ya kuwa ulimwengu, Mungu kutoka Mungu, Nuru kwa Nuru, Mungu kweli kwa Mungu kweli, amezaliwa, hakuumbwa, Mwenye umungu mumoja na Baba. Vitu vyote viliumbwa naye. Alishuka toka mbinguni, kwa ajili ya sisi watu, na kwa ajili ya wokovu wetu; alitwaa mwili kwa tendo la Roho Mutakatifu, katika Bikira Maria, akawa mutu. Akasulibiwa kwa ajili yetu, wakati wa Pontio Pilato, akateswa, akazikwa, Akafufuka kisha siku tatu, kama ilivyoandikwa; akapanda mbinguni, anakaa kwa mukono wa kuume kwa Baba. Ndipo atarudi kwa utukufu, kuwahukumu wazima na wafu, na ufalme wake hautakuwa na mwisho. Ninamwamini Roho Mutakatifu, Bwana na Mutoa uzima, aliyetoka kwa Baba (na Mwana), anayeabudiwa na kutukuzwa, pamoja na Baba na Mwana, aliyesema kwa manabii. Ninaamini Kanisa, moja, takatifu, katolika, lililotoka kwa Mitume. Ninasadikia ubatizo mumoja kwa kuondolewa kwa zambi. Ninangojea ufufuko wa wafu na uzima wa milele utakaokuja. Amina. == Tagalog == Sumasampalataya ako sa iisang Diyos,<br> ang Amang makapangyarihan,<br> lumalang ng langit at lupa,<br> ng lahat ng nakikita at hindi nakikita. Sumasampalataya ako sa iisang Panginoong Hesukristo,<br> ang Tanging Bugtong na Anak ng Diyos,<br> ipinangak ng Ama bago pa lahat ng kapanahunan.<br> Diyos galing sa Diyos, Liwanag galing sa Liwanag,<br> totoong Diyos na galing sa totoong Diyos,<br> pinanganak, hindi nilalang, pareho sa diwa ng Ama;<br> sa pamamagitan niya ang lahat ng bagay ay nalalang.<br> Para sa ating mga tao at sa ating kaligtasan<br> dumating siya pababa galing langit,<br> at sa pamamagitan ng Espiritu Santo ay nagkatawangtao kay Birheng Maria<br> at naging tao.<br> Para sa atin, siya ay ipinako sa krus sa ilalim ni Poncio Pilato,<br> nagpakasakit siya sa kamatayan at inilibing,<br> At nabuhay na mag-uli sa ikatlong araw<br> na umaayon sa nasusulat.<br> umakyat siya sa langit<br> at naluluklok sa kanan ng Ama.<br> Paparito siyang mag-uli puspos ng kaluwalhatian<br> upang hatulan ang nabubuhay at ang nangamatay<br> at ang kanyang kaharian ay walang hanggan. Sumasampalataya ako sa Espiritu Santo, ang Panginoon, ang nagbibigay ng buhay,<br> na pumapatuloy mula sa Ama at ng Anak,<br> na kasama ng Ama at ng Anak ay sinasamba at niluluwalhati,<br> na nagwika sa pamamagitan ng mga propeta. Sumasampalataya ako sa iisa, banal, laganap at apostolikong Iglesya.<br> Sumasampalataya ako sa iisang pagbibinyag para sa kapatawaran ng mga kasalanan<br> at umaasa ako sa pagkabuhay na mag-uli ng mga nangamatay<br> at sa buhay ng sanlibutang darating. Siya nawa. == Ukrainian == Вірую в Єдиного Бога Отця, Вседержителя, Творця неба і землі, всього видимого і невидимого. І в Єдиного Господа Ісуса Христа, Сина Божого, Єдинородного, що від Отця народився перше всіх віків; Світло від Світла, Бога істиного від Бога істиного, рожденого, несотвореного, єдиносущного з Отцем, що через Нього все сталося. Він для нас, людей, і для нашого спасіння зійшов з небес, і тіло прийняв від Духа Святого і Марії Діви, і став людиною. І розп'ятий був за нас при Понтії Пилаті, і страждав, і був похований. І воскрес на третій день, як було написано. І вознісся на небо, і сидить праворуч Отця. І знову прийде у славі судити живих і мертвих, і Царству Його не буде кінця. І в Духа Святого, Господа Животворчого, що від Отця походить, що Йому з Отцем і Сином однакове поклоніння і однакова слава, що говорив через пророків. В єдину Святу, Соборну і Апостольску Церкву. Визнаю одне хрещення на відпущення гріхів. Чекаю воскресіння мертвих і життя будучого віку. Амінь. == Vietnamese == Chúng tôi tin kính một Thiên Chúa duy nhất, là Chúa Cha toàn năng, là Đấng tạo dựng nên trời và đất. muôn vật hữu hình và vô hình. Chúng tôi tin kính một Chúa duy nhất là Đức Giêsu Kitô, Con Độc sanh của Thiên Chúa, sinh bởi Chúa Cha từ trước muôn đời. Người là Thiên Chúa bởi Thiên Chúa, ánh sáng bởi ánh sáng, Thiên Chúa thật bởi Thiên Chúa thật, được sinh ra mà không phải được tạo thành. đồng Bản Thể với Chúa Cha: nhờ Người mà muôn vật được tạo thành. Vì loài người chúng ta, và để cứu độ chúng ta, Người đã từ trời xuống thế. Bởi phép Chúa Thánh Thần, Người đã nhập thể trong lòng trinh nữ Mari. và đã làm người. Vì chúng ta, Người chịu đóng đinh vào thập giá dưới thời Phong-xi-ô Phi-la-tô; Người chịu khổ hình và mai táng, ngày thứ ba Người sống lại đúng như lời Thánh Kinh. Người lên trời, ngự bên hữu Chúa Cha, và Người sẽ lại đến trong vinh quang để phán xét kẻ sống và kể chết, triều đại Người sẽ vô cùng tận. Chúng tôi tin kính Chúa Thánh Thần, Người là Chúa và là Đấng ban sự sống, Người phát xuất từ Chúa Cha và Chúa Con. Người cùng được phụng thờ và tôn vinh với Chúa Cha và Chúa Con. Người đã dùng các ngôn sứ mà phán dạy. với Chúa Cha và Chúa Con. Chúng tôi tin kính một Hội Thánh duy nhất, thánh thiện, công giáo, và tông truyền. Chúng tôi tuyên xưng có một phép rửa duy nhất để tha tội. Chúng tôi đợi trông ngày kẻ chết sống lại, và sự sống đời sau. Amen. == Welsh == Credwn yn un Duw, Y Tad hollalluog, gwneuthurwr nef a daear, a phob peth gweledig ac anweledig. Credwn yn un Arglwydd Iesu Grist, unig Fab Duw, a genhedlwyd gan y Tad cyn yr holl oesoedd, Duw o Dduw, Llewyrch o Lewyrch, gwir Dduw o wir Dduw, wedi ei genhedlu, nid wedi ei wneuthur, yn un hanfod â'r Tad, a thrwyddo ef y gwnaed pob peth: yr hwn er ein mwyn ni ac er ein hiachawdwriaeth a ddisgynnodd o’r nefoedd, ac a wnaed yn gnawd trwy’r Ysbryd Glân o Fair Forwyn, ac a wnaethpwyd yn ddyn, ac a groeshoeliwyd hefyd drosom dan Pontius Pilat. Dioddefodd angau ac fe’i claddwyd. Atgyfododd y trydydd dydd yn ôl yr Ysgrythurau, ac esgynnodd i’r nef, ac y mae’n eistedd ar ddeheulaw’r Tad. A daw drachefn mewn gogoniant i farnu’r byw a’r meirw: ac ar ei deyrnas ni bydd diwedd. Credwn yn yr Ysbryd Glân, yr Arglwydd, rhoddwr bywyd, sy’n deillio o’r Tad a’r Mab, yr hwn gyda’r Tad a’r Mab a gydaddolir ac a gydogoneddir, ac a lefarodd trwy’r proffwydi. Credwn yn un Eglwys lân gatholig ac apostolig. Cydnabyddwn un Bedydd er maddeuant pechodau. A disgwyliwn am atgyfodiad y meirw, a bywyd y byd sydd i ddyfod. Amen. == Xhosa == Ndiyakolwa ku-Tixo omnye, u-Yise u-Somandla, u-Mdali wezulu nomhlaba, Nento zonke ezibonakalayo nezingabonakaliyo: Nakuyo i-Nkosi inye u-Yesu Kristu, okupèla kozelweyo u-Nyana ka-Tixo, Owazalwa ngu-Yise kungekabikò mhlaba, u-Tixo owazalwa ngu-Tixo, Olu-Kànyiso owazalwa nguye Olu-Kànyiso, u-Tixo wenene owazalwa ngu-Tixo wenene, Owazalwa, engadalwanga, Emmo nye no-Yise, Zaye zonke izinto zidalwe ngaye: Owati ngenxa yetu tina bantu, nangenxa yosindiso lwetu, wehla ezulwini, Wenziwa waba yinyama ngo-Moya Oyingcwele ngayo i-Ntombi u-Mariya, Wenziwa waba ngumntu: Waza wabetelelwa emnqamlezweni ngenxa yetu ngo-Pontiyus Pilato, Weva ubunzima, wancwàtywa. Wati ngomhla wesitatu wabuya wavuka ngokwezi-Bàlo, Wenyukela ezulwini, Uhleli ngasekunene kuka-Yise; Wobuya ezo enobuqaqauli agwebe abahleliyo nabafileyo: Obukumkani bungasayikupèla. Ndiyakolwa naku-Moya Oyingcwele, oyi-Nkosi, ongu-Mdlisi wobomi, Opuma ku-Yise naku-Nyana, Onqulwayo edunyiswa kunye no-Yise no-Nyana, Owateta ngaba-Profite. Ndiyakòlwa yi-Kerike inye, eyi-Katolika, eyaba-Postile. Ndivuma u-Bàptizo lunye lokuxolelwa kwezono. Ndikangela nokuvuka kwabafileyo, nobomi belizwe elizayo. Amen. == Zulu == Ngiyakolwa kuNkulunkulu Munye uYise umNinimandhla onke, umEnzi wezulu nomhlaba, nowako konke okubonakalayo nokungabonakaliyo. Nakuyo inKosi inye uJesu Kristu, inDodana eyodwa ezelwe uNkulunkulu, izelwe uYise kungakabiko izikati zonke; inguNkulunkulu ivela kuNkulunkulu, ingukuKanya ivela kuko ukuKanya, inguNkulunkulu impela ivela kuNkulunkulu impela, Eyazalwa, engenziwanga, iSubstansi layo linye nelikaYise, Okwenziwa iyo konke: Eyehla ezulwini ngati tina abantu nangokusisindisa, Yenziwa inyama ngoMoya oy’iNgcwele kuyo inTombi uMaria, Yaba umuntu, Futi yabetelwa esipambanweni ngenxa yetu kuPontiu Pilatu, Yahlupeka, Yabekwa elibeni, Ngosuku lobutatu yabuya yavuka njengokulotshiweyo, yenyuka yaya ezulwini, Isahlezi kona ngasekunene kukaYise. Iyakupinda ize nobukosi ukwahlulela abasekona nabafileyo: Umbuso wayo suyikupela. Ngiyakolwa nakuMoya oy’iNgcwele, oy’inKosi, opilisayo, Opuma kuYise nakunDodana, Obongwayo edunyiswa kanye noYise nenDodana, Owashumayela ngabaProfeti. Ngiyakolwa nakulo iChurch linye eliKatolika elab’Apostoli. Ngivuma umBapatizo munye wokutetelela izono, Ngibheka ukuvuka kwabafileyo, Nokupila kvvezikati ezizayo. Amen. </div> [[Category:mul (Multiple languages)]] bulwsf81v9qhuyxmelave2yqwohd7e5 0 290098 1365373 995468 2026-09-25T03:58:44Z ~2026-51449-85 1004771 1365373 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Yana She’rimga | author = Usmon Nosir | translator = | section = | previous = | previous2 = | next = | next2 = | year = | notes = | categories = O‘zbek | portal = }} <poem> She’rim! Yana o‘zing yaxshisan, Boqqa kirsang, gullar sharmanda. Bir men emas, hayot shaxsisan, Jonim kabi yashaysan manda. Yuragimning dardi - naqshisan, Qilolmayman seni hech kanda! O’t bo‘lurmi ishqi yo‘q tanda? Dardimsanki, she’rim yaxshisan. Sen orada ko‘prik bo‘lding-da, Geyne bilan o‘rtoq tutindim. Lermontovdan ko‘mak o‘tindim. Butun umrim sening bag'ringda. Saharda qon tupursam, mayli. Men - Majnunman, she’rim, sen – Layli! </poem> {{PD-Uzbekistan}} kaarx5ssdiimvm9uq0a4ysa4lrixn68 0 371514 1365361 1088629 2026-09-25T02:56:10Z Liwuxin1 978751 fixed typo 1365361 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title =反对统一 | author =毛泽东 | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year =1920 | month =10 | day =10 | notes = | edition = }} 一九二〇年十月十日 上海《时事新报》 中国的事，不是统一能够办得好的，到现在算是大明白了。中国也不是全无热心国事的人，也不是全然没有知识和能力。然而办不好者，中国之大，太没有基础，太没有下层的组织。在沙渚上建筑层楼，不待建成，便要倾倒了。中国二十四朝，算是二十四个建在沙渚上的楼，个个要倾倒，就是因为个个没基础。四千年的中国只是一个空架子，多少政治家的经营，多少学者的论究，都只在一个空架子上面描写。每朝有几十年或百多年的太平。全靠住一个条件得来，就是杀人多流血多。人口少了，不相杀了，就太平了，全不靠有真实的基础。因此我们这四千年文明古国，简直等于没有国。国只是一个空的架子，其内面全没有什么东西。说有人民罢，人民只是散的，‘ 一盘散沙’，实在形容得真冤枉！ 　　中国人生息了四千多年，不知干甚么去了？ 　　一点没有组织，一个有组织的社会看不见，一块有组织的地方看不见。中国这块土地内，有中国人和没中国人有甚么多大的区别？ 　　在人类中要中国人，和不要中国人，又有甚么大不了的关系？推究原因，吃亏就在这‘中国’二字，就在这中国的统一。现在唯一救济的方法，就在解散中国，反对统一。 　　中国人没有科学脑筋，不知分析与概括的关系，有小的细胞才有大的有机体，有分子的个体才有团体。中国人多有一种拿大帽子盖的虚荣心，遇事只张 眼望 着前头，望着笼统的地方。 　　大帽子戴上头了，他的心便好过了。 　现在的和议，就是这样。一些人捧着一个‘和议’北跑到南，南跑到北，没希望的时候，便皱着眉，有一点希望，便笑起来了。我是极端反对和议的，我认为和议是一个顶大的危险。　 　　我的理由，不是段琪瑞的统一论，也不是章太炎孙洪伊的法律论，我只为要建设一个将来的真中国，其手段便要打破现在的假中国。起码一点，就是南北不应复合，进一层则为各省自决自治。 　　各省自决自治，为该建真中国唯一的法子，好多人业已明白了。这是这次南北战役的一个意外的收果。 　　现在虽然只有湖南，广东，江苏，湖北几个省发动，事势必然成为一道洪流。全国各省，都将要纳到这个流里，是一个极可喜的现象。 　　现在所要讨论的有两个问题：一个是各省自治内部的事，即如何促使各省自治成立；一是各省自治外部的事，即如何将妨碍各各省自治的障碍物，减杀其效力 或阻止其进行。 　　关于前一个问题，我有二个意见： 　　（一）像湖南，广东两省用兵力驱去旧势力的，算是一种革命，应由各该革命政府，召集两省的‘人民宪法会议’，制定湖南宪法及广东宪法，再依照宪法，建设一个新湖南及新广东。这两省的人民最要努力。其宪法要采一种澈底革新的精神，务以尽量发挥两省的特性为标准。 　　（二）像湖北，江苏两省不能有革命的行动，只好从鄂人治鄂苏人治苏（省长）一点入手，等到事权归了本省人，便进而为地方自治的组织。 　　以上二种方法，各依各的情势去改造。于前一种可树各省自治的模范，实有‘国’的性质，可实行一种‘全自治’，所以最有希望。于后一种，虽然暂时只能实现‘半自治’，然根据这种自治，便可进而做废督运动。只要督军废了，则全自治便即刻到了手了。方法虽然和平一点，不十分痛快，然为适应环境，采这种方法，也是好的。 　　关于如何去除各省自治的障碍物，我以为这障碍不在督军，而在许多人要求的‘统一’。我以为至少要南北对立，这是促成各省自治的一大关系点。倘若统一成了，新组国会，制定宪法，各省自治必多少受宪法束缚。（无论中央政府永办不好）像湖南广东，便断不能发挥其特性。又人才奔赴中央政府，地方必有才难之 叹。更有一个大不好处，假如中央政府成了，全国视线又都集注中央，中国人看上不看下务虚不务实的老癖必要大大发作，而各省自治，又变成不足轻重的了。我觉得中国现在的政象，竟如清末一样，国人对之，不要望他改良，要望他越糟越坏。 　　我看此际尚未坏到极处，我们不能用自力增加其坏度，却尽可不必替他减少坏度。我们最好采不理主义，和议再不要说了，国民大会解决国事之说，再不要提倡了。要提倡国民大会，也要如孙东荪先生的主张，用国民大会去解决省事。 　　胡适之先生有二十年不谈政治的主张，我现在主张二十年不谈中央政治，各省人用全力注意到自己的省，采省门罗主义，各省关上各省的大门，大门以外，一概不理。 　　 　　国庆是庆中华民国，我实在老不高兴他。特为趁这国庆，表示我一点反对统一的意见，而希望有一种‘省庆’发生。” 　　根据1920年10月10日上海《时事新报》副刊《学灯》刊印。 {{PD-US-1923-abroad/ZH|2027}} 3rpkdndd2fhvv8scwalgs3nqffsfiyn 1365362 1365361 2026-09-25T02:57:51Z Liwuxin1 978751 /* */ fixed typo 1365362 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title =反对统一 | author =毛泽东 | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year =1920 | month =10 | day =10 | notes = | edition = }} 一九二〇年十月十日 上海《时事新报》 中国的事，不是统一能够办得好的，到现在算是大明白了。中国也不是全无热心国事的人，也不是全然没有知识和能力。然而办不好者，中国之大，太没有基础，太没有下层的组织。在沙渚上建筑层楼，不待建成，便要倾倒了。中国二十四朝，算是二十四个建在沙渚上的楼，个个要倾倒，就是因为个个没基础。四千年的中国只是一个空架子，多少政治家的经营，多少学者的论究，都只在一个空架子上面描写。每朝有几十年或百多年的太平。全靠住一个条件得来，就是杀人多流血多。人口少了，不相杀了，就太平了，全不靠有真实的基础。因此我们这四千年文明古国，简直等于没有国。国只是一个空的架子，其内面全没有什么东西。说有人民罢，人民只是散的，‘ 一盘散沙’，实在形容得真冤枉！ 　　中国人生息了四千多年，不知干甚么去了？ 　　一点没有组织，一个有组织的社会看不见，一块有组织的地方看不见。中国这块土地内，有中国人和没中国人有甚么多大的区别？ 　　在人类中要中国人，和不要中国人，又有甚么大不了的关系？推究原因，吃亏就在这‘中国’二字，就在这中国的统一。现在唯一救济的方法，就在解散中国，反对统一。 　　中国人没有科学脑筋，不知分析与概括的关系，有小的细胞才有大的有机体，有分子的个体才有团体。中国人多有一种拿大帽子盖的虚荣心，遇事只张 眼望 着前头，望着笼统的地方。 　　大帽子戴上头了，他的心便好过了。 　现在的和议，就是这样。一些人捧着一个‘和议’北跑到南，南跑到北，没希望的时候，便皱着眉，有一点希望，便笑起来了。我是极端反对和议的，我认为和议是一个顶大的危险。　 　　我的理由，不是段琪瑞的统一论，也不是章太炎孙洪伊的法律论，我只为要建设一个将来的真中国，其手段便要打破现在的假中国。起码一点，就是南北不应复合，进一层则为各省自决自治。 　　各省自决自治，为该建真中国唯一的法子，好多人业已明白了。这是这次南北战役的一个意外的收果。 　　现在虽然只有湖南，广东，江苏，湖北几个省发动，事势必然成为一道洪流。全国各省，都将要纳到这个流里，是一个极可喜的现象。 　　现在所要讨论的有两个问题：一个是各省自治内部的事，即如何促使各省自治成立；一是各省自治外部的事，即如何将妨碍各各省自治的障碍物，减杀其效力 或阻止其进行。 　　关于前一个问题，我有二个意见： 　　（一）像湖南，广东两省用兵力驱去旧势力的，算是一种革命，应由各该革命政府，召集两省的‘人民宪法会议’，制定湖南宪法及广东宪法，再依照宪法，建设一个新湖南及新广东。这两省的人民最要努力。其宪法要采一种澈底革新的精神，务以尽量发挥两省的特性为标准。 　　（二）像湖北，江苏两省不能有革命的行动，只好从鄂人治鄂苏人治苏（省长）一点入手，等到事权归了本省人，便进而为地方自治的组织。 　　以上二种方法，各依各的情势去改造。于前一种可树各省自治的模范，实有‘国’的性质，可实行一种‘全自治’，所以最有希望。于后一种，虽然暂时只能实现‘半自治’，然根据这种自治，便可进而做废督运动。只要督军废了，则全自治便即刻到了手了。方法虽然和平一点，不十分痛快，然为适应环境，采这种方法，也是好的。 　　关于如何去除各省自治的障碍物，我以为这障碍不在督军，而在许多人要求的‘统一’。我以为至少要南北对立，这是促成各省自治的一大关系点。倘若统一成了，新组国会，制定宪法，各省自治必多少受宪法束缚。（无论中央政府永办不好）像湖南广东，便断不能发挥其特性。又人才奔赴中央政府，地方必有才难之 叹。更有一个大不好处，假如中央政府成了，全国视线又都集注中央，中国人看上不看下务虚不务实的老癖必要大大发作，而各省自治，又变成不足轻重的了。我觉得中国现在的政象，竟如清末一样，国人对之，不要望他改良，要望他越糟越坏。 　　我看此际尚未坏到极处，我们不能用自力增加其坏度，却尽可不必替他减少坏度。我们最好采不理主义，和议再不要说了，国民大会解决国事之说，再不要提倡了。要提倡国民大会，也要如张东荪先生的主张，用国民大会去解决省事。 　　胡适之先生有二十年不谈政治的主张，我现在主张二十年不谈中央政治，各省人用全力注意到自己的省，采省门罗主义，各省关上各省的大门，大门以外，一概不理。 　　 　　国庆是庆中华民国，我实在老不高兴他。特为趁这国庆，表示我一点反对统一的意见，而希望有一种‘省庆’发生。” 　　根据1920年10月10日上海《时事新报》副刊《学灯》刊印。 {{PD-US-1923-abroad/ZH|2027}} oiimxrh5865oq1gzaoqkkc1bagir7wk 104 450757 1365384 1336456 2026-09-25T11:08:07Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365384 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>{{c|ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ}} {{c|ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ}}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 055zh85u8mpkx9vrmgh7wgg4d7lqrnk 104 450758 1365383 1336459 2026-09-25T11:07:55Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude><noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 6v0dvtprhqxtazqbvjstwzn1ayg8o82 104 450759 1365382 1336458 2026-09-25T11:07:37Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365382 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>{{Css image crop |Image = ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ - ᱵᱳᱭᱫᱚᱱᱟᱛᱷ ᱢᱩᱨᱢᱩ (᱒᱐᱒᱑).pdf |Page = 1 |bSize = 440 |cWidth = 444 |cHeight = 700 |oTop = 3 |oLeft = 5 |Location = center |Description = }}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 3purann5g715df7wnyo39e0oeqvy8l7 104 450760 1365385 1336460 2026-09-25T11:08:21Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365385 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude><noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 6v0dvtprhqxtazqbvjstwzn1ayg8o82 104 450761 1365389 1336461 2026-09-25T11:09:34Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365389 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude><noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 6v0dvtprhqxtazqbvjstwzn1ayg8o82 104 450883 1365390 1336783 2026-09-25T11:10:14Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365390 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>{{center|{{larger|'''ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ'''}}}} ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱟᱜ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱛᱮ ᱫᱷᱟᱹᱨᱛᱤ ᱯᱩᱨᱤ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱟ ᱫᱷᱟᱹᱨᱛᱤ ᱯᱩᱨᱤ ᱥᱟᱡᱟᱣ ᱞᱟᱹᱜᱤᱫ ᱞᱟᱦᱟ ᱛᱟᱭᱚᱢ ᱢᱟᱹᱱᱢᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱛᱮ ᱟᱹᱰᱤ ᱞᱮᱠᱟᱱ ᱡᱤᱵᱽ-ᱡᱤᱭᱟᱹᱞᱤ ᱠᱚ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱞᱮᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱮᱱᱠᱷᱟᱱ ᱜᱮ ᱟᱲᱟᱝ ᱠᱚ ᱧᱟᱢ ᱞᱮᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱟᱲᱟᱝ ᱜᱮ ᱢᱚᱱᱮ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱨᱚᱲ, ᱨᱚᱲ ᱜᱮ ᱯᱟᱹᱨᱥᱤ ᱟᱨ ᱯᱟᱹᱨᱥᱤ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱜᱮ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱫᱚ ᱾ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱵᱟᱵᱚᱛ ᱵᱚᱜᱚᱫᱚᱱᱟᱛᱷ ᱢᱟᱱᱰᱤ ᱫᱚᱭ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ – ‘ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱯᱟᱹᱨᱥᱤ ᱛᱮᱜᱮ ᱵᱷᱟᱵᱽ ᱯᱷᱚᱴᱮᱞ ᱟᱨ ᱮᱯᱮᱢ ᱪᱟᱯᱟᱞ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱢᱤᱫᱴᱟᱝ ᱜᱚᱴᱟ ᱵᱩᱴᱟᱹ ᱢᱩᱴᱷᱟᱹᱱ ᱜᱮ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱫᱚ ᱾’ ᱢᱟᱹᱱᱢᱤ ᱠᱚ ᱵᱟᱹᱫ ᱤᱫᱤ ᱮᱱᱟ, ᱢᱮᱱᱠᱷᱟᱱ ᱟᱹᱰᱤ ᱞᱮᱠᱟᱱ ᱡᱟᱹᱛ ᱯᱟᱹᱨᱤᱥ ᱨᱮᱠᱚ ᱦᱟᱹᱴᱤᱧ ᱞᱮᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱥᱟᱱᱟᱢ ᱡᱟᱹᱛᱤᱣᱟᱜ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱞᱟᱠᱪᱟᱨ, ᱦᱚᱨᱚᱜ-ᱵᱟᱸᱫᱮ, ᱡᱚᱢ-ᱧᱩ ᱡᱩᱫᱩ ᱞᱮᱱ ᱛᱟᱠᱚᱣᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱠᱟᱜᱮ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱪᱟᱨᱪᱟ ᱦᱚᱸ ᱞᱟᱦᱟ ᱛᱟᱭᱚᱢ ᱟᱨ ᱵᱷᱤᱱᱟᱹ ᱵᱷᱤᱱᱟᱹ ᱦᱩᱭ ᱞᱮᱱ ᱛᱟᱠᱚᱣᱟ ᱾ ᱢᱮᱱᱠᱷᱟᱱ ᱡᱚᱛᱚ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱤᱛᱟᱹ ᱫᱚ ᱨᱚᱲ ᱜᱮ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱟᱛᱮ ᱦᱟᱯᱲᱟᱢ ᱠᱚ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ‘ᱚᱞ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱫᱚ ᱛᱷᱩᱛᱤ ᱜᱮ ᱥᱚᱨᱮᱥᱟ’ ᱾ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱦᱟᱹᱴᱤᱧ ᱫᱚ ᱵᱟᱨ ᱞᱮᱠᱟᱛᱮ ᱦᱩᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ (᱑) ᱦᱚᱲ/ᱨᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ (᱒) ᱚᱞ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱾ ᱯᱟᱹᱦᱤᱞ ᱵᱤᱫᱟᱹᱞ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ {{right|ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ / 1}}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 4g68u8829jk51rupmyg3ayj4di6z5ll 104 450884 1365391 1336787 2026-09-25T11:10:26Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365391 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱦᱚᱲ ᱠᱚ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱨᱮ ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱠᱚ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱞᱟᱹᱠᱛᱤᱭ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱜᱩᱨᱩ—ᱪᱮᱞᱟ ᱟᱛᱮ ᱯᱤᱲᱦᱤ ᱛᱟᱭᱚᱢ ᱯᱤᱲᱦᱤ ᱪᱟᱨᱪᱷᱟ ᱦᱮᱡ ᱟᱹᱜᱩ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱟᱨ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱡᱩᱜᱽ ᱨᱮᱦᱚᱸ ᱪᱟᱨᱪᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ, ᱚᱱᱜᱮ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱛᱮᱫᱚ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ, ᱤᱝᱜᱽᱨᱮᱡᱤ ᱛᱮᱫᱚ Folk literature, ᱵᱟᱝᱞᱟ ᱛᱮᱫᱚ ᱞᱳᱠᱥᱟᱦᱤᱛᱭᱚ, ᱦᱤᱱᱫᱤ ᱛᱮᱫᱚ लोकसाहित्य ᱠᱚ ᱞᱟᱹᱭᱟ ᱾ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱚᱞ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱦᱚᱸ ᱯᱩᱭᱞᱩ ᱨᱮᱫᱚ ᱨᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱞᱮᱠᱟᱛᱮᱜᱮ ᱪᱟᱨᱪᱟᱜ ᱛᱟᱦᱮᱸᱫ ᱾ ᱥᱚᱸᱥᱠᱨᱤᱛ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱦᱚᱸ ᱮᱛᱚᱦᱚᱵ ᱨᱮᱫᱚ ᱜᱩᱨᱩ ᱪᱮᱞᱟ ᱟᱛᱮ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱨ ᱟᱸᱡᱚᱢ ᱛᱟᱞᱟ ᱛᱮᱠᱚ ᱥᱮᱸᱲᱚᱭᱮᱫ ᱛᱟᱦᱮᱸ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱟᱛᱮ ‘ᱵᱮᱫᱽ’ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱟᱨ ᱢᱤᱫ ᱧᱩᱛᱩᱢ ᱫᱚ ‘ᱥᱨᱩᱛᱤ’ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱡᱮᱞᱮᱠᱟ— ᱵᱮᱫᱽ, ᱨᱟᱢᱟᱭᱚᱱ, ᱢᱚᱦᱟᱵᱷᱟᱨᱚᱛ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱠᱚᱫᱚ ᱜᱩᱨᱩ ᱠᱚ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱨ ᱪᱮᱞᱟ ᱠᱚ ᱟᱸᱡᱚᱢ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱜᱮ ᱪᱟᱨᱪᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱱ ᱛᱟᱦᱮᱸᱱ ᱾ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱠᱚᱫᱚ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱨ ᱟᱸᱡᱚᱢ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱯᱤᱲᱦᱤ ᱛᱟᱭᱚᱢ ᱯᱤᱲᱦᱤ ᱦᱮᱡ ᱟᱹᱜᱩ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱯᱟᱨᱛᱩᱞ ᱫᱚ— ᱥᱮᱨᱮᱧ, ᱠᱟᱹᱦᱱᱤ, ᱠᱩᱫᱩᱢ, ᱢᱮᱱ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ, ᱵᱷᱮᱱᱛᱟ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ, ᱜᱤᱫᱽᱨᱟᱹ ᱵᱟᱣᱞᱤ, ᱵᱤᱱᱛᱤ—ᱵᱟᱠᱷᱮᱬ, ᱡᱷᱟᱹᱨᱱᱤ, ᱢᱟᱱᱛᱟᱨ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱠᱚ ᱾ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱜᱟᱵᱮ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱠᱚᱫᱚ ᱟᱛᱚ ᱴᱚᱞᱟ ᱯᱩᱨᱩᱫᱷᱩᱞ ᱦᱟᱲᱟᱢ, ᱵᱩᱰᱷᱤ ᱠᱚᱴᱷᱮᱱ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱵᱟᱹᱲᱛᱤ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱵᱟᱹᱲᱛᱤ ᱵᱟᱰᱟᱭ ᱧᱟᱢᱚᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ ᱱᱚᱣᱟ ᱠᱚᱨᱮᱱ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱠᱚᱣᱟᱜ ᱧᱩᱛᱩᱢ ᱫᱚ ᱵᱟᱝ ᱵᱟᱰᱟᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱱᱤᱛ ᱫᱷᱟᱹᱵᱤᱡ ᱾ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱫᱚ ᱢᱟᱹᱱᱢᱤ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱮᱦᱚᱵ ᱠᱟᱛᱮ ᱵᱤᱨ–ᱵᱩᱨᱩ, ᱪᱮᱬᱮ–ᱪᱤᱯᱨᱩ, ᱡᱤᱵᱽ—ᱡᱤᱭᱟᱹᱞᱤ, ᱫᱟᱨᱮ–ᱫᱷᱤᱨᱤ, ᱜᱟᱰᱟ—ᱢᱩᱰᱩ, ᱤᱯᱤᱞ–ᱮᱸᱜᱮᱞ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱠᱚ ᱥᱮᱨᱮᱧ, ᱠᱟᱹᱦᱱᱤ, ᱠᱩᱫᱩᱢ, ᱢᱮᱱ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ, ᱵᱷᱮᱱᱛᱟ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ, ᱜᱤᱫᱽᱨᱟᱹ ᱵᱟᱣᱞᱤ, ᱵᱤᱱᱛᱤ—ᱵᱟᱠᱷᱮᱬ, ᱡᱷᱟᱹᱨᱱᱤ, ᱢᱟᱱᱛᱟᱨ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱠᱚ ᱢᱚᱪᱟ ᱢᱚᱪᱟ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱠᱚ --- {{left|2 / ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ}}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 8hlenm2zpiibnqn6sw4ydy766dtvc4c 104 450885 1365392 1336786 2026-09-25T11:10:39Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365392 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱜᱮᱢᱮᱨ ᱟᱹᱭᱩ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱱᱚᱣᱟ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱵᱤᱥᱲᱤ ᱞᱮᱠᱷᱟᱱ ᱥᱮᱫᱟᱭ ᱢᱟᱹᱱᱢᱤᱭᱟᱜ ᱡᱤᱣᱟᱱ ᱫᱚᱨᱥᱚᱱ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱱᱟᱜᱟᱢ ᱢᱮᱫ ᱥᱟᱢᱟᱝ ᱨᱮ ᱡᱷᱟᱞᱠᱟᱣ ᱨᱟᱠᱟᱵ-ᱟ ᱾ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱯᱩᱥᱴᱟᱣ ᱞᱟᱹᱜᱤᱫ ᱟᱹᱰᱤ ᱜᱟᱱ ᱜᱟᱹᱠᱷᱩᱲᱟᱱ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱠᱚᱣᱟᱜ ᱢᱚᱛ ᱠᱚ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱥᱚᱫᱚᱨ ᱟᱠᱟᱫ-ᱟ ᱾ ᱡᱮᱢᱚᱱ— William John Thoms “᱑᱘᱔᱖ ᱠᱨᱤᱥᱴᱟᱵᱽᱫᱮ ᱑᱒ ᱟᱜᱚᱥᱴ ᱥᱚᱝᱠᱷᱭᱟᱭ ᱫᱤ ᱮᱛᱷᱮᱱᱤᱭᱟᱢ (The Athenaeum) ᱯᱚᱛᱨᱤᱠᱟᱭ ᱞᱳᱠ ᱥᱚᱝᱥᱠᱨᱤᱛᱤᱨ ᱯᱨᱟᱪᱤᱱ ᱳᱭᱛᱤᱦᱭᱚ ᱫᱷᱟᱨᱟᱠᱮ ᱵᱳᱡᱷᱟᱛᱮ “ᱯᱷᱳᱠᱞᱳᱨ” (Folk lore) ᱥᱚᱵᱽᱫᱚᱴᱤ ᱯᱨᱚᱛᱷᱚᱢ ᱵᱭᱚᱵᱚᱦᱟᱨ ᱠᱚᱨᱮᱱ ᱾ ᱯᱷᱳᱠᱞᱳᱨ ᱥᱚᱵᱽᱫᱚᱴᱤ ᱟᱭᱟᱝᱞᱳᱥᱭᱟᱠᱥᱚᱱ ᱥᱚᱵᱽᱫᱚ ᱾ ᱡᱚᱱ ᱛᱷᱚᱢᱥ ᱯᱷᱳᱠᱞᱳᱨ ᱵᱚᱞᱛᱮ - Manners, customs, Observances, Superstitions, Ballads ᱮᱵᱚᱝ Proverb ᱠᱮ ᱵᱭᱚᱵᱚᱦᱟᱨ ᱠᱚᱨᱮᱪᱷᱤᱞᱮᱱ ᱾” Folk বা লোক বলতে কোন একজন নয়, একদল মানুষকে বোঝায়, যার কোন একটি ভৌগোলিক অঞ্চলেগোষ্ঠীবদ্ধভাবে বসবাস করে। একই রকম ভাবে জীবন-যাপন করে তাদেরকে লোক Folk বলে। লোক বা Folk এর এই ধারণা বর্তমানের যদিও কিছুটা পরিবর্তিত হয়েছে।” (William John Thoms-The Athenaeum ᱯᱚᱛᱨᱤᱠᱟᱭ ᱑᱒ ᱟᱜᱚᱥᱴ ᱑᱘᱔᱖ ᱥᱟᱞᱮ ᱯᱨᱚᱛᱷᱚᱢ ᱯᱨᱚᱠᱟᱥ ᱾ Folk lore ᱱᱟᱣᱟ ᱧᱩᱛᱩᱢ ᱮ ᱫᱚᱦᱚ ᱠᱮᱫᱟ) সর্বভারতীয় ও আন্তর্জাতিক অনুষঙ্গ বিচার করে ইউনেস্কো ফোকলোর এর সংজ্ঞা প্রণয়ন করেন তা হলো- “Folklore (in a border since traditional and popular folk culture) is a group-oriented and tradition- based creation of groups on in dividends reflecting the expectation of the community as an adequate expression of its culture and social identify; its standards and values are transmitted orally, by imitation or by other means. its forms include, among others, language, literature, music, dance, games, mythology, rituals, custom, handicrafts, architecture and other arts.” Mr. A.R. Wright, F.S.A ᱢᱤᱫ ᱯᱚᱛᱚᱵ England ‘Folklore’ {{right|ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ/ 3}}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> atg43rcbjtmffz435iflwqh6o9y6ajv 104 451016 1365393 1337051 2026-09-25T11:11:01Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365393 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱨᱮᱱ ᱯᱟᱨᱥᱮᱛ ᱞᱮᱠᱟᱛᱮ ᱛᱟᱦᱮᱸ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱩᱱᱤᱭ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ - "It (Folklore) might be defined as the science which studies the expression, in popular beliefs, institutions, practices, oral literature, and arts and pastimes of the mental and spiritual life of the folk, the people in general in every stage of barbarism and cultural. It is at the base of all other science, and appears in all of them at their early stages and often survives to a told one; thus, astronomy has evolved out of astrology, and chemistry out of alchemy. Scientific medicine is the child of medical folklore"³ Dundes ᱫᱚ ᱢᱮᱱ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ - "Since materials other than Folklore are also orally transmitted, the criterion of oral transmission by itself is not sufficient to distinguish folklore from non-folklore."⁴ श्री आर. आर. मैरिट, जिनकी परिभाषा देकर पाश्चात्य विद्वानों की परिभाषाओं का दौर समाप्त किया जायेगा। यह परिभाषा इस प्रकार है – "Folklore may be said to include the culture for the people which has not been packet into the official religion and history but which is and has always been of the self-growth."⁵ इसी लोक शब्द की परिभाषा कृष्णदेव उपाध्याय ने यह मत प्रकट किया है 'कि जो लोग संस्कृत या परिष्कृत वर्ग से प्रभावित न होकर अपनी पुरातन स्थितियों में ही रहते हैं, वे लोक होते हैं।"⁶ ᱵᱚᱨᱩᱱ ᱠᱩᱢᱟᱨ ᱪᱚᱠᱨᱚᱵᱚᱨᱛᱤ, ᱵᱟᱝᱞᱟ ᱞᱳᱠᱥᱟᱦᱤᱛᱭᱚ ᱪᱚᱨᱪᱟᱨ ᱤᱛᱤᱦᱟᱥ (᱑᱙᱐᱙) ᱨᱮ ᱟᱡ ᱢᱮᱱ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ — "Folklore is the Material that is handed on by tradition, either by word or mouth or by custom and practice. It may be folksongs, folktales, riddles, proverbs or other materials preserved in words. It may tradition, riddles, proverbs of other materials preserved<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> ruk20w0o00pm2dwnkcohjparq84624u 104 451017 1365394 1337054 2026-09-25T11:11:16Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365394 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>in word. It may be traditional tools and physical objects like fences of knots, hot cross buns or Easter eggs; traditional ornamentation like the walls or Troy or traditional symbols like the Swastika. It may be traditional procedures like the throwing salt over one’s shoulder or knocking on woods. It may be traditional beliefs like the notion that elder good for ailments of the eye. All these are folklore.”^7 বাংলা লোকসাহিত্য চর্চা ইতিহাস ᱯᱚᱛᱷᱤ ᱨᱮ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱵᱟᱨᱮᱛᱮ ᱚᱞ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱡᱮ - “Folk literature is simply literature transmitted orally.” ^8 Archer Tayler ᱦᱚᱸ ᱟᱣᱟᱜ ᱢᱚᱛ ᱞᱮᱠᱟᱛᱮᱭ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ – “Folklore is the material that is handed on by tradition either word of mouth or by custom and practices. It may be folk songs, folk tales, riddles, proverbs or other materials preserved in words. It may be traditional tools and physical objects. It may be traditional belief.”^9 ᱢᱟᱱᱚᱛᱟᱱ ᱥᱚᱱᱚᱛ ᱦᱟᱸᱥᱫᱟ ᱫᱚ ᱨᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱵᱟᱵᱚᱛ ᱮ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ – “ᱨᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱥᱮ Folk literature ᱫᱚ ᱚᱱᱟ ᱵᱚᱱ ᱢᱮᱛᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ– ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱫᱚ ᱟᱠᱤᱞᱟᱱ ᱯᱩᱨᱩᱫᱷᱩᱞ ᱠᱚ ᱟᱠᱚᱣᱟᱜ ᱡᱤᱭᱚᱱ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱱᱟᱱᱟ ᱦᱩᱱᱟᱹᱨ ᱠᱟᱹᱢᱤ ᱠᱟᱹᱥᱱᱤ ᱠᱚ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱦᱟᱢᱮᱴ ᱟᱠᱟᱫ ᱟᱹᱠᱤᱞ, ᱵᱩᱨᱫᱷᱤ, ᱫᱤᱥᱟᱹ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱠᱚ ᱠᱩᱫᱩᱢ, ᱠᱟᱹᱦᱱᱤ, ᱵᱷᱮᱱᱛᱟ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ, ᱵᱤᱱᱛᱤ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱦᱚᱨᱟ ᱛᱮᱠᱚ ᱥᱟᱹᱛ ᱥᱟᱯᱟᱣ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱫᱚ ᱢᱟᱱᱢᱤ ᱟᱹᱠᱤᱞᱮ ᱮᱢᱟᱠᱚᱣᱟ, ᱫᱤᱥᱟᱹᱭ ᱩᱫᱩᱜ ᱟᱠᱚᱣᱟ ᱟᱨ ᱢᱚᱱᱮᱭ ᱱᱤᱨᱱᱚᱭ ᱛᱟᱠᱚᱣᱟ ᱾ ᱨᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱢᱤᱫ ᱢᱟᱨᱟᱝ Character ᱫᱚ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ–ᱱᱚᱣᱟ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱚᱠᱚᱭᱮ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ, ᱛᱤᱥᱮ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ᱚᱱᱟ ᱫᱚ ᱵᱟᱝ ᱵᱟᱰᱟᱭᱚᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ ᱨᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱫᱚ ᱢᱤᱫ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱴᱷᱮᱱ {{right|ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ / 5}}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> srw9wlbopfrkm4q6kgq6nimisltslc1 104 451018 1365395 1337056 2026-09-25T11:11:28Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365395 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱟᱨ ᱢᱤᱫ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱴᱷᱮᱱ ᱛᱮ ᱩᱪᱟᱹᱲᱚᱜᱼᱟ, ᱯᱟ- ᱞ.ᱯ.ᱟ.ᱭ ᱛᱮ, ᱜᱟᱞᱚᱪ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱯᱟᱥᱱᱟᱣᱚᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ ᱱᱚᱣᱟ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ (ᱯᱟ.ᱦᱤᱞ ᱵᱤᱫᱟᱹᱞ ᱫᱚ) ᱚᱠᱟᱨᱮᱦᱚᱸ ᱚᱞ ᱛᱚᱞ ᱫᱚ ᱵᱟᱝ ᱛᱟᱦᱮᱸᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾”10 পরিমল হেমব্রুম লোক সাহিত্যের সংজ্ঞায় বলেছেন যে - “নিরক্ষর গ্রামীণ জনসমাজে প্রচলিত সাহিত্য ধারায় লোক সাহিত্য। সাধারণ মানুষের সুখ-দুঃখ আনন্দ বেদনা নিয়ে মুখে মুখে যে সমস্ত ছড়া গান ব্রতকথা উপকাহিনী রূপকথার প্রচলন ছিল বা এখনও রয়েছে যাকে পণ্ডিতগণ বলেন Oral literature বা মৌখিক সাহিত্য। Dr. K.C. Tudu ᱣᱟᱜ ‘ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ’ ᱯᱩᱛᱷᱤ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱨᱮ ᱱᱚᱝᱠᱟ ᱢᱤᱫ ᱮ ᱥᱚᱫᱚᱨ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱡᱮᱞᱮᱠᱟ — “লোক সাহিত্য - সন্তালী লোক সাহিত্য অধিকাংশঃ মৌখিক রূপ মে মিলতে হৈঁ। লোক সাহিত্য মে লোক জীবন কে ভাবোঁ, বিচারোঁ ঔর ঘটনাওঁ কে বিষয় হৈ। সন্তালী ভাষা মে লোক শব্দ কা অর্থ হোড় হৈ, অর্থাত্ ইসে মানব জাতি কা বোধ হোতা হৈ। লোক সাহিত্য যা হোড় সাঁওহেত্ কা শাব্দিক অর্থ হৈ ‘গ্রাম কে লোগোঁ কা জ্ঞান’।”11 ᱢᱚᱣᱠᱷᱤᱠ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ (Oral literature) ᱯᱷᱳᱠᱞᱳᱨ ᱵᱟ ᱞᱳᱠᱥᱚᱝᱥᱠᱨᱤᱛᱤᱨ ᱚᱱᱭᱚᱛᱚᱢ ᱯᱨᱚᱫᱷᱟᱱ ᱫᱷᱟᱨᱟ ᱦᱚᱞᱳ ᱢᱚᱣᱠᱷᱤᱠ ᱥᱟᱦᱤᱛᱭᱮᱨ ᱫᱷᱟᱨᱟ ᱾ ᱞᱳᱠᱥᱟᱦᱤᱛᱭᱮᱨ ᱥᱚᱝᱡᱽᱧᱟᱭ ᱛᱟᱭ ᱵᱚᱞᱟ ᱡᱟᱭ, ᱠᱳᱱ ᱮᱠᱴᱤ ᱚᱧᱪᱚᱞᱮᱨ ᱜᱳᱥᱴᱷᱤᱵᱚᱫᱷᱚ ᱢᱟᱱᱩᱥᱮᱨ ᱮᱠᱚᱠ ᱥᱨᱤᱥᱴᱤ ᱮᱵᱚᱝ ᱥᱚᱢᱚᱥᱴᱤᱜᱚᱛᱚ ᱯᱩᱱᱚᱥᱨᱤᱥᱴᱤᱨ ᱢᱚᱫᱷᱭᱮ ᱵᱚᱝᱥᱚ ᱯᱚᱨᱚᱢᱯᱚᱨᱟᱭ ᱢᱩᱠᱷᱮ ᱯᱨᱚᱵᱷᱟᱵᱤᱛ ᱥᱟᱦᱤᱛᱭᱚ ᱫᱷᱟᱨᱟᱠᱮᱭ ᱞᱳᱠᱥᱟᱦᱤᱛᱭᱚ ᱱᱟᱢᱮ ᱚᱵᱷᱤᱦᱤᱛᱚ ᱠᱚᱨᱟ ᱦᱚᱭ ᱾”^{12} ᱢᱤᱞᱚᱱ ᱠᱟᱱᱛᱤ ᱵᱤᱥᱣᱟᱥ, ᱯᱨᱚᱥᱚᱝᱜᱚ ᱞᱳᱠᱥᱚᱝᱥᱠᱨᱤᱛᱤ ᱯᱩᱛᱷᱤ ᱨᱮ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱫ ᱞᱳᱠᱥᱟᱦᱤᱛᱭᱮᱨ ᱠᱚᱛᱚᱜᱩᱞᱤ ᱵᱳᱭᱥᱤᱥᱴᱚ ᱦᱚᱞᱳ - :ক ᱠᱳᱱ ᱮᱠᱴᱤ ᱚᱧᱪᱚᱞᱮᱨ ᱜᱳᱥᱴᱷᱤᱵᱚᱫᱷᱚ ᱢᱟᱱᱩᱥ, ᱡᱟᱨᱟ ᱮᱠᱭᱤ ᱨᱚᱠᱚᱢᱵᱷᱟᱵᱮ ᱡᱤᱵᱚᱱ-ᱡᱟᱯᱚᱱᱮ ᱚᱵᱷᱭᱚᱥᱛᱚ ᱾ :খ ᱮᱠᱚᱠ ᱥᱨᱤᱥᱴᱤ (Personal Creation) ᱮᱵᱚᱝ ᱥᱚᱢᱚᱥᱴᱤᱜᱚᱛᱚ ᱯᱩᱱᱚᱥᱨᱤᱥᱴᱤ (Communal recreation) ᱦᱚᱭ ᱾ :গ ᱵᱚᱝᱥᱚ-ᱯᱚᱨᱚᱢᱯᱚᱨᱟᱜᱚᱛᱚ (Traditionally) ᱾ :ঘ ᱢᱩᱠᱷᱮ-ᱢᱩᱠᱷᱮ (Orally) ᱯᱨᱚᱵᱟᱦᱤᱛᱚ ᱦᱚᱭᱮ ᱪᱚᱞᱮ ᱾ {{left|6 / ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ}}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> j6b2yzwzuhwy8v53723p0uq8ynu1s88 104 451624 1365396 1338633 2026-09-25T11:11:42Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365396 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>Dr. K.C. Tudu ᱚᱞ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ - "प्राचीन काल सन् 1854 ई. से पूर्व को लोक युग या होड़ ओबोतार काल कहा जाता है। इस काल में संताली को होड़ तथा उनके पूर्वजों को भी होड़ नाम से जाना जाता था। होड़ का अर्थ है 'आदमी' या 'लोक'। इसलिए प्राचीन काल के साहित्य को होड़ सोहेतु या लोक साहित्य कहते हैं। इस काल में लिखित साहित्य नहीं मिला है।"¹⁰ (१८९४ साल मराठांय ही सनताळी माण सवाहुए तरीकेर ललअ सओदर अकदाह) । डा. कृष्ण चंद्र टुडू, सनताड़ी होड़ सावहेतू पुथिरेले अल अक्कल पबळोते संताली लोक साहित्य की मुख्य विशेषताएं निम्नलिखित है - क) प्रकृतिक तत्वों का मानवीकरण ख) देश काल घटना और पात्रों की अनुरूप कथा सूत्र का विकास। ग) संदेश वाहक के रूप में जीव जानवर पशु पक्षी आदि का प्रयोग। घ) जादू एवं जादुई शक्ति का प्रयुक्त होना। ङ) संताली लोक संगीत में लय गती छंद तथा नृत्य द्वारा इनकी लोक साहित्य में एक अद्भुत रहस्यशाक्ति उत्पन्न होती है। च) संताली आदिवासी सूर्य, चंद्र, बादल, हवा, अग्नि, पानी आदि की सामूहिक रूप से अनुभव करता है। सामूहिक उद्वेग द्वारा ही आन्तरिक भाव जगत की अभिव्यक्ति मिलती है। ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ / 7<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 067ktw2vku8vxoeiqoz9yo1j1nhsxob 104 451625 1365397 1338634 2026-09-25T11:11:57Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365397 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>(᱙) ᱛᱤᱥ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱟᱨ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱟᱹᱱᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱠᱚᱣᱟᱜ ᱧᱩᱛᱩᱢ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱫᱚ ᱵᱟᱝ ᱧᱟᱢᱚᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ (᱖) ᱵᱚᱸᱜᱟ ᱵᱩᱨᱩ, ᱡᱤᱵᱽ–ᱡᱤᱭᱟᱹᱞᱤ, ᱫᱟᱨᱮ–ᱱᱟᱹᱲᱤ, ᱫᱷᱤᱨᱤ ᱮᱢᱟᱱ ᱠᱚ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱫᱚ ᱠᱚ ᱨᱚᱲ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱫᱚ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱞᱟᱹᱯᱟᱹᱭ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱡᱩᱜᱽ ᱫᱷᱟᱹᱵᱤᱡ ᱥᱮᱴᱮᱨ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱫᱚ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱜᱮ ᱚᱞ ᱢᱩᱴᱷᱟᱹᱱ ᱨᱩᱯᱮ ᱧᱟᱢ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱞ ᱠᱚ ᱦᱩᱭ ᱟᱠᱟᱱ ᱨᱮᱦᱚᱸ ᱚᱱᱟ ᱨᱮᱱ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱟᱹᱱ ᱫᱟᱛᱟ ᱠᱚᱣᱟᱜ ᱧᱩᱛᱩᱢ ᱫᱚ ᱵᱟᱭ ᱧᱟᱢ ᱟᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱟᱛᱮ ᱯᱩᱥᱟᱹᱜᱼᱟ ᱡᱮ, ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱱ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱟᱹᱱᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱠᱚᱣᱟᱜ ᱧᱩᱛᱩᱢ ᱱᱤᱛ ᱫᱷᱟᱹᱵᱤᱡ ᱵᱟᱝ ᱧᱟᱢᱚᱜᱼᱟ, ᱚᱱᱟᱜᱮ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱟ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱚᱫᱷᱤᱠᱟᱨ (ᱟᱹᱭᱫᱟᱹᱨᱤ) ᱫᱚ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱚᱱᱚᱞᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱵᱟᱝᱠᱚ ᱫᱟᱹᱵᱤ ᱫᱟᱲᱮᱭᱟᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱜᱚᱲᱦᱚᱱ ᱫᱚ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱪᱮᱛᱟᱱ ᱨᱮ ᱛᱤᱸᱜᱩ ᱠᱮᱴᱮᱡ ᱢᱮᱱᱟᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱟᱛᱮ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱛᱟᱞᱟ ᱛᱮᱜᱮ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱦᱟᱨᱟ ᱵᱩᱨᱩᱜ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮ ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱠᱚ ᱟᱸᱡᱚᱢ ᱧᱟᱢᱚᱜᱼᱟ, ᱚᱱᱟ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱦᱩᱫᱤᱥ, ᱜᱮᱭᱟᱱ, ᱱᱟᱜᱟᱢ, ᱯᱩᱨᱩᱠᱤᱛ ᱪᱤᱛᱟᱹᱨ, ᱢᱟᱹᱱᱢᱤ ᱡᱤᱭᱚᱱ ᱠᱮᱱᱫᱚᱨᱤᱠ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ–ᱞᱟᱯᱟᱹᱭ ᱟᱨ ᱟᱸᱡᱚᱢ ᱛᱟᱞᱟ ᱛᱮᱜᱮ ᱥᱮᱫᱟᱭ ᱡᱩᱜᱽ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱱᱟᱜᱟᱢ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱡᱩᱜᱽ ᱨᱮᱦᱚᱭ ᱯᱷᱩᱴᱮᱞ ᱨᱟᱠᱟᱼᱟ ᱾ ᱱᱟᱦᱟᱜ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱞᱮᱠᱟ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱵᱚᱫᱚᱞ ᱫᱚ ᱵᱟᱭ ᱦᱩᱭᱩᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱟᱛᱮ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱫᱚ ᱱᱤᱛ ᱦᱚᱸ ᱪᱟᱨᱪᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱪᱟᱨᱪᱟ ᱟᱠᱟ ᱜᱮ ᱛᱟᱦᱮᱸᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱞᱟᱹᱭ ᱜᱟᱱᱚᱜᱼᱟ ᱢᱟᱹᱱᱢᱤ ᱡᱟᱱᱟᱢ ᱠᱷᱚᱱ ᱜᱩᱡᱩᱜ ᱫᱷᱟᱹᱵᱤᱡ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱛᱷᱟ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮᱜᱮ ᱥᱚᱫᱚᱨᱚᱜᱼᱟ ᱾ 8 / ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 7cqb1d2m3sk6hmk9bq4lhspffm6a9nd 104 451626 1365398 1338635 2026-09-25T11:12:17Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365398 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>সউতৃগ সউতৃগ./ Reference - 1. মিলন কান্তি বিশ্বাস, প্রসঙ্গ লোকসংস্কৃতি - 10 2. মিলন কান্তি বিশ্বাস, প্রসঙ্গ লোকসংস্কৃতি - 11 3. Dr. Ashraf Siddiqui লোকসাহিত্য - 01 4. ডঃ মযাহারুল ইসলাম ফোকলোর পরিচিতি ও পঠন-পাঠন - 03 5. ডাক্তার শ্রীরাম শর্ম্মা, লোক সাহিত্য তত্ত্ব এবং প্রয়োগ - 06 6. ডাক্তার শ্রীরাম শর্ম্মা, লোক সাহিত্য তত্ত্ব এবং প্রয়োগ - 03 7. বরুণ কুমার চক্রবর্তী, বাংলা লোকসাহিত্য চর্চার ইতিহাস - 01 8. বরুণ কুমার চক্রবর্তী, বাংলা লোকসাহিত্য চর্চার ইতিহাস - 04 9. গওগগধওরা হং‌সদ, লার লপকচায় - 02 10. সনাতন হং‌সদ, হাওড় রয় আর ডালহদৈয়ের গাগম - 02 11. ডা. কৃষ্ণ চঁহ্রু হুহু, সানতাড়ী হোঁড় সাবষ্টেন - 11 12. মিলন কান্তি বিশ্বাস, প্রসঙ্গ লোকসংস্কৃতি - 16 সানতᱟᱲী সাওয়হেদ মোহোক / 9<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> cuzt8r4sf3o1w7qgw4j69ezqjpj7u5t 104 451627 1365399 1338636 2026-09-25T11:12:31Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365399 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱥᱟᱹᱫᱷᱩ ᱨᱟᱢᱪᱟᱸᱫᱽ ᱢᱩᱨᱢᱩᱣᱟᱜ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱨᱮ ᱥᱟᱶᱛᱟ ᱩᱫᱽᱜᱟᱹᱣ ᱵᱚᱛᱚᱞᱚ : ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱦᱟᱨᱟ ᱵᱩᱨᱩ ᱞᱟᱹᱜᱤᱫ ᱥᱤᱥᱤᱨᱡᱟᱣᱤᱭᱟᱜ ᱥᱤᱨᱡᱚᱱ ᱛᱮ ᱢᱤᱼᱢᱤᱫ ᱚᱠᱛᱚ ᱨᱮ ᱟᱹᱰᱤ ᱟᱭᱢᱟ ᱚᱱᱚᱞᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱚᱱᱚᱲᱦᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱠᱚ ᱡᱟᱱᱟᱢ ᱞᱮᱱᱟ ᱾ ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸᱭ ᱫᱚ ᱟᱠᱚ ᱟᱜ ᱠᱟᱹᱢᱤ ᱠᱟᱹᱥᱱᱤ ᱛᱟᱞᱟᱛᱮ ᱫᱤᱥᱚᱢ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱴᱷᱮᱱ ᱟᱠᱳ ᱟᱜ ᱧᱩᱛᱩᱢ ᱠᱚ ᱪᱷᱟᱹᱴᱭᱟᱹᱨ ᱚᱴᱚ ᱟᱠᱟᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱠᱟ ᱜᱮ ᱧᱩᱢ ᱟᱱᱤᱡ ᱮ ᱦᱩᱭᱩᱜ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ, ᱚᱱᱚᱲᱦᱤᱭᱟᱹ ᱥᱟᱹᱫᱷᱩ ᱨᱟᱢᱪᱟᱸᱫᱽ ᱢᱩᱨᱢᱩ ᱾ ᱚᱱᱵᱤᱝᱥᱚ ᱫᱚᱥᱚᱠ ᱢᱟᱨᱟᱝ ᱥᱮᱫ ᱨᱮᱭᱟᱜ ᱱᱟᱜᱟᱢ ᱧᱮᱞ ᱞᱮᱠᱷᱟᱱ ᱧᱮᱞᱚᱜᱼᱟ, ᱟᱹᱫᱤᱵᱟᱹᱥᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱛᱟ ᱵᱤᱥᱮᱥ ᱞᱮᱠᱟᱛᱮ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲ ᱪᱮᱛᱟᱱ ᱪᱷᱟᱹᱴᱭᱟᱹᱨ ᱠᱚᱣᱟᱜ ᱟᱪᱟᱨᱼᱵᱮᱵᱦᱟᱨ, ᱨᱚᱝᱼᱨᱚᱯᱚ, ᱨᱚᱰᱳᱡᱼᱠᱚᱪᱞᱚᱱ ᱥᱟᱶᱛᱮ ᱢᱤᱥᱚᱱᱟᱨᱤ ᱟᱨ ᱠᱷᱤᱥᱪᱟᱱ ᱢᱤᱥᱚᱱ ᱦᱚᱛᱮᱛᱮ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲ ᱠᱚ ᱪᱮᱛᱟᱱ ᱵᱮᱼᱵᱟᱹᱲᱤᱡ ᱵᱮᱣᱦᱟᱨ ᱠᱚ ᱮᱛᱚᱦᱚᱵ ᱞᱮᱫᱟ ᱾ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲ ᱡᱟᱹᱛᱤᱭᱟᱜ ᱦᱟᱞᱚᱛ ᱱᱚᱝᱠᱟ ᱰᱟᱢᱟᱰᱳᱞ ᱞᱮᱱᱟ ᱡᱟᱦᱟᱸ ᱛᱮᱫᱚ ᱡᱟᱹᱛᱤ, ᱯᱟᱹᱨᱥᱤ, ᱫᱷᱚᱨᱚᱢ, ᱞᱟᱭᱼᱞᱟᱪᱟᱨ ᱢᱟᱞᱴᱚᱜ ᱠᱟᱱ ᱛᱟᱦᱮᱸ ᱠᱟᱱᱟ ᱾ᱩᱱ ᱚᱠᱛᱚ ᱨᱮ ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲ ᱡᱟᱹᱛᱤ ᱦᱚᱲ ᱦᱚᱸ ᱟᱸᱫᱷᱟᱼᱯᱟᱹᱛᱭᱟᱹᱣ, ᱦᱟᱺᱰᱤᱼ 10 / ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> lx2qnrxf4pjb8vmjeg89sybwc8c5t9g 104 458572 1365333 1364310 2026-09-24T19:42:36Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Proofread */ 1365333 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|63}}</noinclude>Nanne likhicqui Jesus laptonep: Quewulakenimellan Wtochemellan, Nihillataman Awossagame, woak Pemhakamike, ktelli gandhattauwanep julil Lepoatschik, woak Wewoatangik, woak ktelli gemitachcaniechtauwanep Amementittak. Gohan Wtochemellan! nitechquo ktelgiqui wulinamenep elinquechinan. Wemi koecu nihillatelukgun untschi Nochunk; woak matta auwen owoahawi Wequisink, na schuk Wetochwink, woak matta auwen owoahawi Wetochwink na schuk Wequisink, woak Wequisink ta Elitehat auwenitsch owoatellan. Paak ni Nhakenk wemi Uschuwamallsijek woak Schachwelemuijek, nitsch tschitanilawemellohumo. Kakewawunk natenumook, Ni Wehocquenink, woak gatta lissin ni elsija, ntite ntukauwussi, woak tangelensi untschi Ndehenk: nantsch gemochgamenewo Ktschitschanguwawunk li Allachimoatenamoa gan. Ntitechquo Nhocquenia wulamamquot, woak Niwaschon langinaquot, {{c|{{sc|Section 39.}}}} Schuk mauchsu Pharisee gattalep wtellitsch wipoman. Woak ndemikep Pharisee Wikit, woak lemattachpop mauwi mizite. Woak schela, Ochque achpop talli Utenink Metschilissit. Pendanke wtelli Pharisee Wikit mauwi mizite, petonep Mhokhak ehattek welhik Pomih, tschitschink Wsitenk wunipop woak lepakop; woak guschiechtonep Wsitall nachpi Suppinquall, woak Milach wtauwekenep penquiquammawall, mosktonawawall Wsitall, woak schomawawall nachpi Pomi. Nanne Pharisee Wentschimat nenke elek, nihillatschi Wdehenk laptonep: Wonni Lenno niganiweuchsite, owoaton a Ewenikit wo Ochque, woak Elinaxit na Meschenat, ntite machtschilissu. Jesus nachgutem wtellawall: Simon, hatte koecu lellane Laptonep: Rabbi, luel. Mauchsu Lenno nischowall Lennowall lekhammapanil: mauchsiluwall lekhamawap palenach tcha pachki<noinclude></noinclude> r915cgjo5zyrivsqbzhb1a9g4hrdpta 104 458573 1365363 1364311 2026-09-25T03:44:15Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Proofread */ 1365363 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|64}}</noinclude>Pennisall; tacquoak palenach-tchenachki. Schuk quila enhikechtit, eliwi miwelendamauwoapanil. Luel, auwen juk nischowak allowiwitsch wdahowalan? Simon nachgutem luep: Ntiteha, necama eli allowi mecheli miwelendamauwap. Wtellapanil: Gulamoc nanne leu. Woak gluppoqueu Ochquewunk li, Simonall wtellawall: Knewoa wo Ochque? Wikian ndemikep, matta Mbi gemiliwi Nsitink li. Schuk necama guschiechton Nsitall untschi Suppinguall, woak Milachk wtauwekenep penquiquamapanil. Matta quawangomiwip, schuk necama seki jun paja, matta iala mostonamen Nsitall. Matta kschammenuwiwip Nil nachpi Pomih, schuk necama schammenummenep Nsitall nachpi wingimakhoki Mbeson. Newentschi ktellel: necama pakitatamauwan mcheli Pallawewoaganall, eli machi ahoalep. Schuk auwen tatchitto pakitatamauwan, na woak kechittik ahoaleu. Ochquewall wtellapanil: kpakitatamagun Gematschilissowoaganall. Nanne Wipunditschik nutschi litehepanik Wdehuwawunk: Auwen eet won, Pakitatamat Matschilissowoaganall? Schuk necama wtellapanil Ochquewall: Golsittamoewoagan quitahhemgun, allumsgal, Wulangundowoagan ktappitagun. {{c|{{sc|Section 40.}}}} Woak ngutten Sabbathdeke nesquo wusken Gischuch achpop eschoochwete Ehagihenk, woak Gegegimatschil pachgenummenall Saquemall, pikenummenall Wunachguwawunk, woak mizopanik eli gattopuichtit. Nanne alende Pharisœitschik nemhittite, wtellapanil: Loquel, Gegegimquonnik mikindamenewo matta Lelenink Wtappandewoaganink Sabbathdeke, wentschi lissin. Schuk wtellapanil: Matta eet ktakindamowunewo David elissitup, necama woak Witawematschik gattopuichtite? Eli Patamoewigawanik eep, Abjathar enda Pipemetonhetup: woak mizop wulik Achpoan, woak milapanil Witawema-<noinclude></noinclude> izmvm1jzzoqo2amdkwkm36vz4otbywv 104 458854 1365293 1365197 2026-09-24T14:39:53Z ~2026-51254-20 1004144 1365293 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="60.70.161.126" /></noinclude>tradacionali, on povas donar ad la substitucanto la formo di adjektivo. Do metano klora signifikas metano, CH₄, substitucata da kloro (D. ''gechlortes Methan''). La nombro di la atomi substitucata povas anke indikesar: ''Metano triklora'' esas ''kloroformo'', CHCl₃. Por obtenar pua ordino en la vortolibri, la nombri povas skribesar per cifri vice literi ex. ''metano 3-klora''; do omna klor-substitucata metani trovesas en una loko segun la nombri di sa kloratomi. La distingo di la izomeri en aromatala komninaji ''ortho, meta, para'', trovas loko ye fino di la nomo: ''Benzino 2-kloram.'' esas D. ''Meta-dichlorbenzol''. La nomi di la saturita karbohidi finas per ''-ano'': ''metano, etano, propano, butano, pentano, hexano'' e c. De ''pentano'' la nomi formacesas per la greka nombri. Quankam la finalo ''-ano'' havas altra senco en lingu generala, ni ne povas vicigar ol per altra, pro ke ol esas tote internaciona. Do ni devas admisar en ciencala linguo, ke la sufixi povas aquirar altra senco kam en generala linguo. Tamen on devas uzar ca libereso kun maxima prudenteso ed nur en tala kazi, ube la principo di internacioneso postulas ol impereme. La nomi di la aromatala karbohidi finas per ''-ino'': ''benzino'', ''toluino'', ''xilino'', ''naftalino'', ''acetilino'', e c. Co korespondas kun la franxa skribmaniero ed kun la pronunco di la angla vorti, qui finas en ''-ene''. La germana fino ''-ol'' en ''Benzol'' esas tote neposibla pro ke ''hidoxo-'' kombinuro. Anke en Germana existas nur du simila nomi en ''-ol'': ''Toluol'' ed ''Xyrol'', dum ke la altra aromatala karbohidi finas altramaiere. Do esas tote posibla regulizar la nomizado per la fino en ''-ino'', se on ne preferos adopter la fino ''-ano'' anke en la aromata kombinuri. La questiono di la heterociklika kombinuri povas ajornesar. Existas hike la posibleso inventar adaptata sufixi por la diferanta tipi segun la nombro di membri en la ringo, la naturo di la elementi exter la karbono e do la relativa loko, se plu kam un altra atomo existas. Ma semblas plu oportuna nun simple adoptar existanta nomi (''pirolo'', ''pirazolo'', ''piridino'', ''pirazino'', ''tiofeno'', ''kinolino'' e c.) qui esas ja internaciona, ed lasar ad futura komisitaro, qua kompozesos ek specalisti pri organika kemio, la laborado di tota sistemala nomizado.<noinclude></noinclude> jhkiufj32yapjjl2z5qik46sfxq8bpl 1365296 1365293 2026-09-24T14:48:21Z ~2026-51254-20 1004144 1365296 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="60.70.161.126" /></noinclude>tradacionali, on povas donar ad la substitucanto la formo di adjektivo. Do metano klora signifikas metano, CH₄, substitucata da kloro (D. ''gechlortes Methan''). La nombro di la atomi substitucata povas anke indikesar: ''Metano triklora'' esas ''kloroformo'', CHCl₃. Por obtenar plua ordino en la vortolibri, la nombri povas skribesar per cifri vice literi ex. ''metano 3-klora''; do omna klor-substitucata metani trovesas en una loko segun la nombri di sa kloratomi. La distingo di la izomeri en aromatala komninaji ''ortho, meta, para'', trovas loko ye fino di la nomo: ''Benzino 2-kloram.'' esas D. ''Meta-dichlorbenzol''. La nomi di la saturita karbohidi finas per ''-ano'': ''metano, etano, propano, butano, pentano, hexano'' e c. De ''pentano'' la nomi formacesas per la greka nombri. Quankam la finalo ''-ano'' havas altra senco en lingu generala, ni ne povas vicigar ol per altra, pro ke ol esas tote internaciona. Do ni devas admisar en ciencala linguo, ke la sufixi povas aquirar altra senco kam en generala linguo. Tamen on devas uzar ca libereso kun maxima prudenteso ed nur en tala kazi, ube la principo di internacioneso postulas ol impereme. La nomi di la aromatala karbohidi finas per ''-ino'': ''benzino'', ''toluino'', ''xilino'', ''naftalino'', ''acetilino'', e c. Co korespondas kun la franxa skribmaniero ed kun la pronunco di la angla vorti, qui finas en ''-ene''. La germana fino ''-ol'' en ''Benzol'' esas tote neposibla pro ke ''hidoxo-'' kombinuro. Anke en Germana existas nur du simila nomi en ''-ol'': ''Toluol'' ed ''Xyrol'', dum ke la altra aromatala karbohidi finas altramaiere. Do esas tote posibla regulizar la nomizado per la fino en ''-ino'', se on ne preferos adopter la fino ''-ano'' anke en la aromata kombinuri. La questiono di la heterociklika kombinuri povas ajornesar. Existas hike la posibleso inventar adaptata sufixi por la diferanta tipi segun la nombro di membri en la ringo, la naturo di la elementi exter la karbono e do la relativa loko, se plu kam un altra atomo existas. Ma semblas plu oportuna nun simple adoptar existanta nomi (''pirolo'', ''pirazolo'', ''piridino'', ''pirazino'', ''tiofeno'', ''kinolino'' e c.) qui esas ja internaciona, ed lasar ad futura komisitaro, qua kompozesos ek specalisti pri organika kemio, la laborado di tota sistemala nomizado.<noinclude></noinclude> 4asi7yf1tlguxu07pcrs8s6bsvc7jzb 1365297 1365296 2026-09-24T14:53:00Z ~2026-51254-20 1004144 1365297 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="60.70.161.126" /></noinclude>tradacionali, on povas donar ad la substitucanto la formo di adjektivo. Do metano klora signifikas metano, CH₄, substitucata da kloro (D. ''gechlortes Methan''). La nombro di la atomi substitucata povas anke indikesar: ''Metano triklora'' esas ''kloroformo'', CHCl₃. Por obtenar plua ordino en la vortolibri, la nombri povas skribesar per cifri vice literi ex. ''metano 3-klora''; do omna klor-substitucata metani trovesas en una loko segun la nombri di sa kloratomi. La distingo di la izomeri en aromatala kombinaji ''ortho, meta, para'', trovas loko ye fino di la nomo: ''Benzino 2-kloram.'' esas D. ''Meta-dichlorbenzol''. La nomi di la saturita karbohidi finas per ''-ano'': ''metano, etano, propano, butano, pentano, hexano'' e c. De ''pentano'' la nomi formacesas per la greka nombri. Quankam la finalo ''-ano'' havas altra senco en lingu generala, ni ne povas vicigar ol per altra, pro ke ol esas tote internaciona. Do ni devas admisar en ciencala linguo, ke la sufixi povas aquirar altra senco kam en generala linguo. Tamen on devas uzar ca libereso kun maxima prudenteso ed nur en tala kazi, ube la principo di internacioneso postulas ol impereme. La nomi di la aromatala karbohidi finas per ''-ino'': ''benzino'', ''toluino'', ''xilino'', ''naftalino'', ''acetilino'', e c. Co korespondas kun la franxa skribmaniero ed kun la pronunco di la angla vorti, qui finas en ''-ene''. La germana fino ''-ol'' en ''Benzol'' esas tote neposibla pro ke ''hidoxo-'' kombinuro. Anke en Germana existas nur du simila nomi en ''-ol'': ''Toluol'' ed ''Xyrol'', dum ke la altra aromatala karbohidi finas altramaiere. Do esas tote posibla regulizar la nomizado per la fino en ''-ino'', se on ne preferos adopter la fino ''-ano'' anke en la aromata kombinuri. La questiono di la heterociklika kombinuri povas ajornesar. Existas hike la posibleso inventar adaptata sufixi por la diferanta tipi segun la nombro di membri en la ringo, la naturo di la elementi exter la karbono e do la relativa loko, se plu kam un altra atomo existas. Ma semblas plu oportuna nun simple adoptar existanta nomi (''pirolo'', ''pirazolo'', ''piridino'', ''pirazino'', ''tiofeno'', ''kinolino'' e c.) qui esas ja internaciona, ed lasar ad futura komisitaro, qua kompozesos ek specalisti pri organika kemio, la laborado di tota sistemala nomizado.<noinclude></noinclude> 5bmcmnwkhbrzfi3dyiyxz1hrnrcnwbk 1365298 1365297 2026-09-24T14:53:50Z ~2026-51254-20 1004144 1365298 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="60.70.161.126" /></noinclude>tradacionali, on povas donar ad la substitucanto la formo di adjektivo. Do metano klora signifikas metano, CH₄, substitucata da kloro (D. ''gechlortes Methan''). La nombro di la atomi substitucata povas anke indikesar: ''Metano triklora'' esas ''kloroformo'', CHCl₃. Por obtenar plua ordino en la vortolibri, la nombri povas skribesar per cifri vice literi ex. ''metano 3-klora''; do omna klor-substitucata metani trovesas en una loko segun la nombri di sa kloratomi. La distingo di la izomeri en aromatala kombinaji ''ortho, meta, para'', trovas loko ye fino di la nomo: ''Benzino 2-klora m.'' esas D. ''Meta-dichlorbenzol''. La nomi di la saturita karbohidi finas per ''-ano'': ''metano, etano, propano, butano, pentano, hexano'' e c. De ''pentano'' la nomi formacesas per la greka nombri. Quankam la finalo ''-ano'' havas altra senco en lingu generala, ni ne povas vicigar ol per altra, pro ke ol esas tote internaciona. Do ni devas admisar en ciencala linguo, ke la sufixi povas aquirar altra senco kam en generala linguo. Tamen on devas uzar ca libereso kun maxima prudenteso ed nur en tala kazi, ube la principo di internacioneso postulas ol impereme. La nomi di la aromatala karbohidi finas per ''-ino'': ''benzino'', ''toluino'', ''xilino'', ''naftalino'', ''acetilino'', e c. Co korespondas kun la franxa skribmaniero ed kun la pronunco di la angla vorti, qui finas en ''-ene''. La germana fino ''-ol'' en ''Benzol'' esas tote neposibla pro ke ''hidoxo-'' kombinuro. Anke en Germana existas nur du simila nomi en ''-ol'': ''Toluol'' ed ''Xyrol'', dum ke la altra aromatala karbohidi finas altramaiere. Do esas tote posibla regulizar la nomizado per la fino en ''-ino'', se on ne preferos adopter la fino ''-ano'' anke en la aromata kombinuri. La questiono di la heterociklika kombinuri povas ajornesar. Existas hike la posibleso inventar adaptata sufixi por la diferanta tipi segun la nombro di membri en la ringo, la naturo di la elementi exter la karbono e do la relativa loko, se plu kam un altra atomo existas. Ma semblas plu oportuna nun simple adoptar existanta nomi (''pirolo'', ''pirazolo'', ''piridino'', ''pirazino'', ''tiofeno'', ''kinolino'' e c.) qui esas ja internaciona, ed lasar ad futura komisitaro, qua kompozesos ek specalisti pri organika kemio, la laborado di tota sistemala nomizado.<noinclude></noinclude> emsr3q1k6h9q8ip22835jf7vwpj0x83 1365358 1365298 2026-09-24T22:19:07Z ~2026-51464-69 1004408 1365358 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="60.70.161.126" /></noinclude>tradacionali, on povas donar ad la substitucanto la formo di adjektivo. Do metano klora signifikas metano, CH₄, substitucata da kloro (D. ''gechlortes Methan''). La nombro di la atomi substitucata povas anke indikesar: ''Metano triklora'' esas ''kloroformo'', CHCl₃. Por obtenar plua ordino en la vortolibri, la nombri povas skribesar per cifri vice literi ex. ''metano 3-klora''; do omna klor-substitucata metani trovesas en una loko segun la nombri di sa kloratomi. La distingo di la izomeri en aromatala kombinaji ''ortho, meta, para'', trovas loko ye fino di la nomo: ''Benzino 2-klora m.'' esas D. ''Meta-dichlorbenzol''. La nomi di la saturita karbohidi finas per ''-ano'': ''metano, etano, propano, butano, pentano, hexano'' e c. De ''pentano'' la nomi formacesas per la greka nombri. Quankam la finalo ''-ano'' havas altra senco en linguo generala, ni ne povas vicigar ol per altra, pro ke ol esas tote internaciona. Do ni devas admisar en ciencala linguo, ke la sufixi povas aquirar altra senco kam en generala linguo. Tamen on devas uzar ca libereso kun maxima prudenteso ed nur en tala kazi, ube la principo di internacioneso postulas ol impereme. La nomi di la aromatala karbohidi finas per ''-ino'': ''benzino'', ''toluino'', ''xilino'', ''naftalino'', ''acetilino'', e c. Co korespondas kun la franxa skribmaniero ed kun la pronunco di la angla vorti, qui finas en ''-ene''. La germana fino ''-ol'' en ''Benzol'' esas tote neposibla pro ke ''hidoxo-'' kombinuro. Anke en Germana existas nur du simila nomi en ''-ol'': ''Toluol'' ed ''Xyrol'', dum ke la altra aromatala karbohidi finas altramaiere. Do esas tote posibla regulizar la nomizado per la fino en ''-ino'', se on ne preferos adopter la fino ''-ano'' anke en la aromata kombinuri. La questiono di la heterociklika kombinuri povas ajornesar. Existas hike la posibleso inventar adaptata sufixi por la diferanta tipi segun la nombro di membri en la ringo, la naturo di la elementi exter la karbono e do la relativa loko, se plu kam un altra atomo existas. Ma semblas plu oportuna nun simple adoptar existanta nomi (''pirolo'', ''pirazolo'', ''piridino'', ''pirazino'', ''tiofeno'', ''kinolino'' e c.) qui esas ja internaciona, ed lasar ad futura komisitaro, qua kompozesos ek specalisti pri organika kemio, la laborado di tota sistemala nomizado.<noinclude></noinclude> buus1xmzbz6ui87f0jes9ek06tn33jp 1365359 1365358 2026-09-24T23:00:03Z ~2026-51464-69 1004408 1365359 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="60.70.161.126" /></noinclude>tradacionali, on povas donar ad la substitucanto la formo di adjektivo. Do metano klora signifikas metano, CH₄, substitucata da kloro (D. ''gechlortes Methan''). La nombro di la atomi substitucata povas anke indikesar: ''Metano triklora'' esas ''kloroformo'', CHCl₃. Por obtenar plua ordino en la vortolibri, la nombri povas skribesar per cifri vice literi ex. ''metano 3-klora''; do omna klor-substitucata metani trovesas en una loko segun la nombri di sa kloratomi. La distingo di la izomeri en aromatala kombinaji ''ortho, meta, para'', trovas loko ye fino di la nomo: ''Benzino 2-klora m.'' esas D. ''Meta-dichlorbenzol''. La nomi di la saturita karbohidi finas per ''-ano'': ''metano, etano, propano, butano, pentano, hexano'' e c. De ''pentano'' la nomi formacesas per la greka nombri. Quankam la finalo ''-ano'' havas altra senco en linguo generala, ni ne povas vicigar ol per altra, pro ke ol esas tote internaciona. Do ni devas admisar en ciencala linguo, ke la sufixi povas aquirar altra senco kam en generala linguo. Tamen on devas uzar ca libereso kun maxima prudenteso ed nur en tala kazi, ube la principo di internacioneso postulas ol impereme. La nomi di la aromatala karbohidi finas per ''-ino'': ''benzino'', ''toluino'', ''xilino'', ''naftalino'', ''acetilino'', e c. Co korespondas kun la franca skribmaniero ed kun la pronunco di la angla vorti, qui finas en ''-ene''. La germana fino ''-ol'' en ''Benzol'' esas tote neposibla pro ke ''hidoxo-'' kombinuro. Anke en Germana existas nur du simila nomi en ''-ol'': ''Toluol'' ed ''Xyrol'', dum ke la altra aromatala karbohidi finas altramaiere. Do esas tote posibla regulizar la nomizado per la fino en ''-ino'', se on ne preferos adopter la fino ''-ano'' anke en la aromata kombinuri. La questiono di la heterociklika kombinuri povas ajornesar. Existas hike la posibleso inventar adaptata sufixi por la diferanta tipi segun la nombro di membri en la ringo, la naturo di la elementi exter la karbono e do la relativa loko, se plu kam un altra atomo existas. Ma semblas plu oportuna nun simple adoptar existanta nomi (''pirolo'', ''pirazolo'', ''piridino'', ''pirazino'', ''tiofeno'', ''kinolino'' e c.) qui esas ja internaciona, ed lasar ad futura komisitaro, qua kompozesos ek specalisti pri organika kemio, la laborado di tota sistemala nomizado.<noinclude></noinclude> s914u72jot0nkzjw73t5req08v29g17 0 458878 1365251 1365204 2026-09-24T14:00:08Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365251 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, á lats’its – Sutslhmclhh t’ayc s7á lats’is. ''Well then, I will tell a story – this story is from the village of Sutslh.'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alaayk’ s7aymis s7alh7alhtsimtim waqiqipi syanaw skatl’inaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw sklhs tisnxt’ayc. ''A long time ago, children were always told that it was best for them to hurry back home at sunset.'' 3 Wics ts si7mts tikulhkwlhulmct’ayc. ''Because that’s when this spirit world rises to the surface.'' 4 Wics ts wainacwaw s7mtaw s7ixq’maw skstimutaw s7alh7aynawtuu clhmilh stl’mstanalusilhts. ''That is their morning, as they rise, walk around, and go about their business, behaving exactly like us mortal beings.'' 5 Suncwskuks alhlhmilh slht’ms tisnxt’ayc. ''But our day begins when the sun rises.'' 6 Wic7its’ik sklhs tisnxt’ayc slht’mtim wakulhkwlhulmcats. ''And when the sun sets, ghosts experience sunrise.'' 7 Ayutsawts’ skatl’ilh skaustcwilh. ''That’s when they told us to hurry back home.'' 8 Alh7aynakw’its’ik waqiqipi sxwismaw alhNutl’l. ''Once, some children were playing at Nutl’l.'' 9 Aynaw s7icuq’xtmacwaw skatl’apaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw txw, skakamalhaluuxams tikaaluuxam skaanuxupaaxs. ''They were calling to each other that they should start going home, and that if somebody would lag behind, that same one would be poked in the rear.'' 10 Anuxupaaxkw’its’ik tanumawtx. ''And then one of them was reportedly poked in the rear.'' 11 Aluuxamskwts’ tanumawtx sticsts’n tx tianuxupaax. ''This one was lagging behind, and he’s the one who was poked in the rear.'' 12 Kaltmacwmiskwts’ t’ayc titl’mstat’ayc. ''Now he encountered this man.'' 13 Waycí skw s7atmas tatl’mstatx. ''This man had died recently.'' 14 Lhkw’mim taqiqtitx ctatl’mstatx. ''That man loved the young boy.'' 15 Alh7aystuu taqiqtitx slhkw’mis tatl’mstatx. ''And the young boy, too, loved the man.'' 16 Nunanicikmists’ t’ayc skaalh7atmas t’ayc. ''He had forgotten that this man was dead.'' 17 Ip’imkwts’ skatqw’im. ''He was grabbed and placed on his lap.'' 18 Alhtqw’imkw’its’ik alaamats s7alhtqw’im alhtxw. ''And now he was being held on his lap, where he had been placed.'' 19 Alawayci scwpakmis. ''After a little while, the man let go of him.'' 20 Alh7alhtsimtmacwawtu. ''They talked to each other.'' 21 Xltumts’ ctx syas skaustcws ulhtusulhawtxw skawalim ctx. ''Then he was told that it was best for him to go back home, and to leave him.'' 22 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik taqiqtitx stl’aps ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtstxw. ''And the boy did eventually go to his parents’ house.'' 23 Ustcwaycskw taqiqtitx. ''And he went inside.'' 24 Alats’amktsutskwts’ sk’cis tatl’mstatx. ''And he told his story about seeing that man.'' 25 Tm7alhk’clhakw’iluts’ik tuamatalaaxtstxw ulhtx n tulhlkw’lctxw. ''But his parents just kept looking at him, and so did the elders.'' 26 Axtsms taqiqtitx. ''The boy went to sleep.'' 27 Kwtl’aycs t’ayc skakmalaycs. ''And he caught an illness.'' 28 Sti7atmnusamkw’its’ik t’ayc alhtatcalhyanktx úlhtakulhkwlhulmctx; tisti7atmnuskwts’ alhtaqiqtitx. ''And he became paralyzed on the side that had been turned towards the ghost; that side of the boy was now dead.'' 29 Wic7its’ika ts si7alh7ayutsmtinilhts’ s7aymis syalh skatl’ilh skaustcwilh ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtilhtxw spusilhts’ sqiqipiilh. ''And so this is why we were always told to be good and hurry back home to our parents when we were children growing up.'' 30 Alaalhkp watsay kulhulmc s7alh7ayutsmtim cats, wicsts’ s7alh7ays s7aynicim tatl’mstatx ctatl’mstatuutx. ''In every part of the entire region they were told this, because that person had had this experience with that very man.'' 31 Way, cwplxs t’ayc. ''Well, that’s the end of this story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc|Creative Commons BY]] 7xnjlan6sg8nkwmypcvm66tgy0j2idd 1365252 1365251 2026-09-24T14:00:41Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365252 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, á lats’its – Sutslhmclhh t’ayc s7á lats’is. ''Well then, I will tell a story – this story is from the village of Sutslh.'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alaayk’ s7aymis s7alh7alhtsimtim waqiqipi syanaw skatl’inaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw sklhs tisnxt’ayc. ''A long time ago, children were always told that it was best for them to hurry back home at sunset.'' 3 Wics ts si7mts tikulhkwlhulmct’ayc. ''Because that’s when this spirit world rises to the surface.'' 4 Wics ts wainacwaw s7mtaw s7ixq’maw skstimutaw s7alh7aynawtuu clhmilh stl’mstanalusilhts. ''That is their morning, as they rise, walk around, and go about their business, behaving exactly like us mortal beings.'' 5 Suncwskuks alhlhmilh slht’ms tisnxt’ayc. ''But our day begins when the sun rises.'' 6 Wic7its’ik sklhs tisnxt’ayc slht’mtim wakulhkwlhulmcats. ''And when the sun sets, ghosts experience sunrise.'' 7 Ayutsawts’ skatl’ilh skaustcwilh. ''That’s when they told us to hurry back home.'' 8 Alh7aynakw’its’ik waqiqipi sxwismaw alhNutl’l. ''Once, some children were playing at Nutl’l.'' 9 Aynaw s7icuq’xtmacwaw skatl’apaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw txw, skakamalhaluuxams tikaaluuxam skaanuxupaaxs. ''They were calling to each other that they should start going home, and that if somebody would lag behind, that same one would be poked in the rear.'' 10 Anuxupaaxkw’its’ik tanumawtx. ''And then one of them was reportedly poked in the rear.'' 11 Aluuxamskwts’ tanumawtx sticsts’n tx tianuxupaax. ''This one was lagging behind, and he’s the one who was poked in the rear.'' 12 Kaltmacwmiskwts’ t’ayc titl’mstat’ayc. ''Now he encountered this man.'' 13 Waycí skw s7atmas tatl’mstatx. ''This man had died recently.'' 14 Lhkw’mim taqiqtitx ctatl’mstatx. ''That man loved the young boy.'' 15 Alh7aystuu taqiqtitx slhkw’mis tatl’mstatx. ''And the young boy, too, loved the man.'' 16 Nunanicikmists’ t’ayc skaalh7atmas t’ayc. ''He had forgotten that this man was dead.'' 17 Ip’imkwts’ skatqw’im. ''He was grabbed and placed on his lap.'' 18 Alhtqw’imkw’its’ik alaamats s7alhtqw’im alhtxw. ''And now he was being held on his lap, where he had been placed.'' 19 Alawayci scwpakmis. ''After a little while, the man let go of him.'' 20 Alh7alhtsimtmacwawtu. ''They talked to each other.'' 21 Xltumts’ ctx syas skaustcws ulhtusulhawtxw skawalim ctx. ''Then he was told that it was best for him to go back home, and to leave him.'' 22 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik taqiqtitx stl’aps ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtstxw. ''And the boy did eventually go to his parents’ house.'' 23 Ustcwaycskw taqiqtitx. ''And he went inside.'' 24 Alats’amktsutskwts’ sk’cis tatl’mstatx. ''And he told his story about seeing that man.'' 25 Tm7alhk’clhakw’iluts’ik tuamatalaaxtstxw ulhtx n tulhlkw’lctxw. ''But his parents just kept looking at him, and so did the elders.'' 26 Axtsms taqiqtitx. ''The boy went to sleep.'' 27 Kwtl’aycs t’ayc skakmalaycs. ''And he caught an illness.'' 28 Sti7atmnusamkw’its’ik t’ayc alhtatcalhyanktx úlhtakulhkwlhulmctx; tisti7atmnuskwts’ alhtaqiqtitx. ''And he became paralyzed on the side that had been turned towards the ghost; that side of the boy was now dead.'' 29 Wic7its’ika ts si7alh7ayutsmtinilhts’ s7aymis syalh skatl’ilh skaustcwilh ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtilhtxw spusilhts’ sqiqipiilh. ''And so this is why we were always told to be good and hurry back home to our parents when we were children growing up.'' 30 Alaalhkp watsay kulhulmc s7alh7ayutsmtim cats, wicsts’ s7alh7ays s7aynicim tatl’mstatx ctatl’mstatuutx. ''In every part of the entire region they were told this, because that person had had this experience with that very man.'' 31 Way, cwplxs t’ayc. ''Well, that’s the end of this story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] e3czjz14jlrrivul97ufgq73en5w729 1365265 1365252 2026-09-24T14:04:34Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365265 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, á lats’its – Sutslhmclhh t’ayc s7á lats’is. ''Well then, I will tell a story – this story is from the village of Sutslh.'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alaayk’ s7aymis s7alh7alhtsimtim waqiqipi syanaw skatl’inaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw sklhs tisnxt’ayc. ''A long time ago, children were always told that it was best for them to hurry back home at sunset.'' 3 Wics ts si7mts tikulhkwlhulmct’ayc. ''Because that’s when this spirit world rises to the surface.'' 4 Wics ts wainacwaw s7mtaw s7ixq’maw skstimutaw s7alh7aynawtuu clhmilh stl’mstanalusilhts. ''That is their morning, as they rise, walk around, and go about their business, behaving exactly like us mortal beings.'' 5 Suncwskuks alhlhmilh slht’ms tisnxt’ayc. ''But our day begins when the sun rises.'' 6 Wic7its’ik sklhs tisnxt’ayc slht’mtim wakulhkwlhulmcats. ''And when the sun sets, ghosts experience sunrise.'' 7 Ayutsawts’ skatl’ilh skaustcwilh. ''That’s when they told us to hurry back home.'' 8 Alh7aynakw’its’ik waqiqipi sxwismaw alhNutl’l. ''Once, some children were playing at Nutl’l.'' 9 Aynaw s7icuq’xtmacwaw skatl’apaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw txw, skakamalhaluuxams tikaaluuxam skaanuxupaaxs. ''They were calling to each other that they should start going home, and that if somebody would lag behind, that same one would be poked in the rear.'' 10 Anuxupaaxkw’its’ik tanumawtx. ''And then one of them was reportedly poked in the rear.'' 11 Aluuxamskwts’ tanumawtx sticsts’n tx tianuxupaax. ''This one was lagging behind, and he’s the one who was poked in the rear.'' 12 Kaltmacwmiskwts’ t’ayc titl’mstat’ayc. ''Now he encountered this man.'' 13 Waycí skw s7atmas tatl’mstatx. ''This man had died recently.'' 14 Lhkw’mim taqiqtitx ctatl’mstatx. ''That man loved the young boy.'' 15 Alh7aystuu taqiqtitx slhkw’mis tatl’mstatx. ''And the young boy, too, loved the man.'' 16 Nunanicikmists’ t’ayc skaalh7atmas t’ayc. ''He had forgotten that this man was dead.'' 17 Ip’imkwts’ skatqw’im. ''He was grabbed and placed on his lap.'' 18 Alhtqw’imkw’its’ik alaamats s7alhtqw’im alhtxw. ''And now he was being held on his lap, where he had been placed.'' 19 Alawayci scwpakmis. ''After a little while, the man let go of him.'' 20 Alh7alhtsimtmacwawtu. ''They talked to each other.'' 21 Xltumts’ ctx syas skaustcws ulhtusulhawtxw skawalim ctx. ''Then he was told that it was best for him to go back home, and to leave him.'' 22 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik taqiqtitx stl’aps ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtstxw. ''And the boy did eventually go to his parents’ house.'' 23 Ustcwaycskw taqiqtitx. ''And he went inside.'' 24 Alats’amktsutskwts’ sk’cis tatl’mstatx. ''And he told his story about seeing that man.'' 25 Tm7alhk’clhakw’iluts’ik tuamatalaaxtstxw ulhtx n tulhlkw’lctxw. ''But his parents just kept looking at him, and so did the elders.'' 26 Axtsms taqiqtitx. ''The boy went to sleep.'' 27 Kwtl’aycs t’ayc skakmalaycs. ''And he caught an illness.'' 28 Sti7atmnusamkw’its’ik t’ayc alhtatcalhyanktx úlhtakulhkwlhulmctx; tisti7atmnuskwts’ alhtaqiqtitx. ''And he became paralyzed on the side that had been turned towards the ghost; that side of the boy was now dead.'' 29 Wic7its’ika ts si7alh7ayutsmtinilhts’ s7aymis syalh skatl’ilh skaustcwilh ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtilhtxw spusilhts’ sqiqipiilh. ''And so this is why we were always told to be good and hurry back home to our parents when we were children growing up.'' 30 Alaalhkp watsay kulhulmc s7alh7ayutsmtim cats, wicsts’ s7alh7ays s7aynicim tatl’mstatx ctatl’mstatuutx. ''In every part of the entire region they were told this, because that person had had this experience with that very man.'' 31 Way, cwplxs t’ayc. ''Well, that’s the end of this story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 0nlm7ao4l2lee0snaqwz0bfw9ka4zpl 1365281 1365265 2026-09-24T14:18:53Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365281 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, álats’its – Sutslhmclhh t’ayc s7álats’is. ''Well then, I will tell a story – this story is from the village of Sutslh.'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alaayk’ s7aymis s7alh7alhtsimtim waqiqipi syanaw skatl’inaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw sklhs tisnxt’ayc. ''A long time ago, children were always told that it was best for them to hurry back home at sunset.'' 3 Wics ts si7mts tikulhkwlhulmct’ayc. ''Because that’s when this spirit world rises to the surface.'' 4 Wics ts wainacwaw s7mtaw s7ixq’maw skstimutaw s7alh7aynawtuu clhmilh stl’mstanalusilhts. ''That is their morning, as they rise, walk around, and go about their business, behaving exactly like us mortal beings.'' 5 Suncwskuks alhlhmilh slht’ms tisnxt’ayc. ''But our day begins when the sun rises.'' 6 Wic7its’ik sklhs tisnxt’ayc slht’mtim wakulhkwlhulmcats. ''And when the sun sets, ghosts experience sunrise.'' 7 Ayutsawts’ skatl’ilh skaustcwilh. ''That’s when they told us to hurry back home.'' 8 Alh7aynakw’its’ik waqiqipi sxwismaw alhNutl’l. ''Once, some children were playing at Nutl’l.'' 9 Aynaw s7icuq’xtmacwaw skatl’apaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw txw, skakamalhaluuxams tikaaluuxam skaanuxupaaxs. ''They were calling to each other that they should start going home, and that if somebody would lag behind, that same one would be poked in the rear.'' 10 Anuxupaaxkw’its’ik tanumawtx. ''And then one of them was reportedly poked in the rear.'' 11 Aluuxamskwts’ tanumawtx sticsts’n tx tianuxupaax. ''This one was lagging behind, and he’s the one who was poked in the rear.'' 12 Kaltmacwmiskwts’ t’ayc titl’mstat’ayc. ''Now he encountered this man.'' 13 Waycí skw s7atmas tatl’mstatx. ''This man had died recently.'' 14 Lhkw’mim taqiqtitx ctatl’mstatx. ''That man loved the young boy.'' 15 Alh7aystuu taqiqtitx slhkw’mis tatl’mstatx. ''And the young boy, too, loved the man.'' 16 Nunanicikmists’ t’ayc skaalh7atmas t’ayc. ''He had forgotten that this man was dead.'' 17 Ip’imkwts’ skatqw’im. ''He was grabbed and placed on his lap.'' 18 Alhtqw’imkw’its’ik alaamats s7alhtqw’im alhtxw. ''And now he was being held on his lap, where he had been placed.'' 19 Alawayci scwpakmis. ''After a little while, the man let go of him.'' 20 Alh7alhtsimtmacwawtu. ''They talked to each other.'' 21 Xltumts’ ctx syas skaustcws ulhtusulhawtxw skawalim ctx. ''Then he was told that it was best for him to go back home, and to leave him.'' 22 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik taqiqtitx stl’aps ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtstxw. ''And the boy did eventually go to his parents’ house.'' 23 Ustcwaycskw taqiqtitx. ''And he went inside.'' 24 Alats’amktsutskwts’ sk’cis tatl’mstatx. ''And he told his story about seeing that man.'' 25 Tm7alhk’clhakw’iluts’ik tuamatalaaxtstxw ulhtx n tulhlkw’lctxw. ''But his parents just kept looking at him, and so did the elders.'' 26 Axtsms taqiqtitx. ''The boy went to sleep.'' 27 Kwtl’aycs t’ayc skakmalaycs. ''And he caught an illness.'' 28 Sti7atmnusamkw’its’ik t’ayc alhtatcalhyanktx úlhtakulhkwlhulmctx; tisti7atmnuskwts’ alhtaqiqtitx. ''And he became paralyzed on the side that had been turned towards the ghost; that side of the boy was now dead.'' 29 Wic7its’ika ts si7alh7ayutsmtinilhts’ s7aymis syalh skatl’ilh skaustcwilh ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtilhtxw spusilhts’ sqiqipiilh. ''And so this is why we were always told to be good and hurry back home to our parents when we were children growing up.'' 30 Alaalhkp watsay kulhulmc s7alh7ayutsmtim cats, wicsts’ s7alh7ays s7aynicim tatl’mstatx ctatl’mstatuutx. ''In every part of the entire region they were told this, because that person had had this experience with that very man.'' 31 Way, cwplxs t’ayc. ''Well, that’s the end of this story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} gelwytv4kdfj5dasyr41lrqyy4jzxgp 1365288 1365281 2026-09-24T14:28:55Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365288 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, álats’its – Sutslhmclhh t’ayc s7álats’is. ''Well then, I will tell a story – this story is from the village of Sutslh.'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alaayk’ s7aymis s7alh7alhtsimtim waqiqipi syanaw skatl’inaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw sklhs tisnxt’ayc. ''A long time ago, children were always told that it was best for them to hurry back home at sunset.'' 3 Wics ts si7mts tikulhkwlhulmct’ayc. ''Because that’s when this spirit world rises to the surface.'' 4 Wics ts wainacwaw s7mtaw s7ixq’maw skstimutaw s7alh7aynawtuu clhmilh stl’mstanalusilhts. ''That is their morning, as they rise, walk around, and go about their business, behaving exactly like us mortal beings.'' 5 Suncwskuks alhlhmilh slht’ms tisnxt’ayc. ''But our day begins when the sun rises.'' 6 Wic7its’ik sklhs tisnxt’ayc slht’mtim wakulhkwlhulmcats. ''And when the sun sets, ghosts experience sunrise.'' 7 Ayutsawts’ skatl’ilh skaustcwilh. ''That’s when they told us to hurry back home.'' 8 Alh7aynakw’its’ik waqiqipi sxwismaw alhNutl’l. ''Once, some children were playing at Nutl’l.'' 9 Aynaw s7icuq’xtmacwaw skatl’apaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw txw, skakamalhaluuxams tikaaluuxam skaanuxupaaxs. ''They were calling to each other that they should start going home, and that if somebody would lag behind, that same one would be poked in the rear.'' 10 Anuxupaaxkw’its’ik tanumawtx. ''And then one of them was reportedly poked in the rear.'' 11 Aluuxamskwts’ tanumawtx sticsts’n tx tianuxupaax. ''This one was lagging behind, and he’s the one who was poked in the rear.'' 12 Kaltmacwmiskwts’ t’ayc titl’mstat’ayc. ''Now he encountered this man.'' 13 Waycískw s7atmas tatl’mstatx. ''This man had died recently.'' 14 Lhkw’mim taqiqtitx ctatl’mstatx. ''That man loved the young boy.'' 15 Alh7aystuu taqiqtitx slhkw’mis tatl’mstatx. ''And the young boy, too, loved the man.'' 16 Nunanicikmists’ t’ayc skaalh7atmas t’ayc. ''He had forgotten that this man was dead.'' 17 Ip’imkwts’ skatqw’im. ''He was grabbed and placed on his lap.'' 18 Alhtqw’imkw’its’ik alaamats s7alhtqw’im alhtxw. ''And now he was being held on his lap, where he had been placed.'' 19 Alawayci scwpakmis. ''After a little while, the man let go of him.'' 20 Alh7alhtsimtmacwawtu. ''They talked to each other.'' 21 Xltumts’ ctx syas skaustcws ulhtusulhawtxw skawalim ctx. ''Then he was told that it was best for him to go back home, and to leave him.'' 22 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik taqiqtitx stl’aps ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtstxw. ''And the boy did eventually go to his parents’ house.'' 23 Ustcwaycskw taqiqtitx. ''And he went inside.'' 24 Alats’amktsutskwts’ sk’cis tatl’mstatx. ''And he told his story about seeing that man.'' 25 Tm7alhk’clhakw’iluts’ik tuamatalaaxtstxw ulhtx n tulhlkw’lctxw. ''But his parents just kept looking at him, and so did the elders.'' 26 Axtsms taqiqtitx. ''The boy went to sleep.'' 27 Kwtl’aycs t’ayc skakmalaycs. ''And he caught an illness.'' 28 Sti7atmnusamkw’its’ik t’ayc alhtatcalhyanktx úlhtakulhkwlhulmctx; tisti7atmnuskwts’ alhtaqiqtitx. ''And he became paralyzed on the side that had been turned towards the ghost; that side of the boy was now dead.'' 29 Wic7its’ika ts si7alh7ayutsmtinilhts’ s7aymis syalh skatl’ilh skaustcwilh ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtilhtxw spusilhts’ sqiqipiilh. ''And so this is why we were always told to be good and hurry back home to our parents when we were children growing up.'' 30 Alaalhkp watsay kulhulmc s7alh7ayutsmtim cats, wicsts’ s7alh7ays s7aynicim tatl’mstatx ctatl’mstatuutx. ''In every part of the entire region they were told this, because that person had had this experience with that very man.'' 31 Way, cwplxs t’ayc. ''Well, that’s the end of this story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} puzic2of6fwbduzq65r2qpue0iz84bu 1365339 1365288 2026-09-24T20:25:07Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365339 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A Ghost Story | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, álats’its – Sutslhmclhh t’ayc s7álats’is. ''Well then, I will tell a story – this story is from the village of Sutslh.'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alaayk’ s7aymis s7alh7alhtsimtim waqiqipi syanaw skatl’inaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw sklhs tisnxt’ayc. ''A long time ago, children were always told that it was best for them to hurry back home at sunset.'' 3 Wics ts si7mts tikulhkwlhulmct’ayc. ''Because that’s when this spirit world rises to the surface.'' 4 Wics ts wainacwaw s7mtaw s7ixq’maw skstimutaw s7alh7aynawtuu clhmilh stl’mstanalusilhts. ''That is their morning, as they rise, walk around, and go about their business, behaving exactly like us mortal beings.'' 5 Suncwskuks alhlhmilh slht’ms tisnxt’ayc. ''But our day begins when the sun rises.'' 6 Wic7its’ik sklhs tisnxt’ayc slht’mtim wakulhkwlhulmcats. ''And when the sun sets, ghosts experience sunrise.'' 7 Ayutsawts’ skatl’ilh skaustcwilh. ''That’s when they told us to hurry back home.'' 8 Alh7aynakw’its’ik waqiqipi sxwismaw alhNutl’l. ''Once, some children were playing at Nutl’l.'' 9 Aynaw s7icuq’xtmacwaw skatl’apaw skaustcwaw ulasulhaw txw, skakamalhaluuxams tikaaluuxam skaanuxupaaxs. ''They were calling to each other that they should start going home, and that if somebody would lag behind, that same one would be poked in the rear.'' 10 Anuxupaaxkw’its’ik tanumawtx. ''And then one of them was reportedly poked in the rear.'' 11 Aluuxamskwts’ tanumawtx sticsts’n tx tianuxupaax. ''This one was lagging behind, and he’s the one who was poked in the rear.'' 12 Kaltmacwmiskwts’ t’ayc titl’mstat’ayc. ''Now he encountered this man.'' 13 Waycískw s7atmas tatl’mstatx. ''This man had died recently.'' 14 Lhkw’mim taqiqtitx ctatl’mstatx. ''That man loved the young boy.'' 15 Alh7aystuu taqiqtitx slhkw’mis tatl’mstatx. ''And the young boy, too, loved the man.'' 16 Nunanicikmists’ t’ayc skaalh7atmas t’ayc. ''He had forgotten that this man was dead.'' 17 Ip’imkwts’ skatqw’im. ''He was grabbed and placed on his lap.'' 18 Alhtqw’imkw’its’ik alaamats s7alhtqw’im alhtxw. ''And now he was being held on his lap, where he had been placed.'' 19 Alawayci scwpakmis. ''After a little while, the man let go of him.'' 20 Alh7alhtsimtmacwawtu. ''They talked to each other.'' 21 Xltumts’ ctx syas skaustcws ulhtusulhawtxw skawalim ctx. ''Then he was told that it was best for him to go back home, and to leave him.'' 22 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik taqiqtitx stl’aps ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtstxw. ''And the boy did eventually go to his parents’ house.'' 23 Ustcwaycskw taqiqtitx. ''And he went inside.'' 24 Alats’amktsutskwts’ sk’cis tatl’mstatx. ''And he told his story about seeing that man.'' 25 Tm7alhk’clhakw’iluts’ik tuamatalaaxtstxw ulhtx n tulhlkw’lctxw. ''But his parents just kept looking at him, and so did the elders.'' 26 Axtsms taqiqtitx. ''The boy went to sleep.'' 27 Kwtl’aycs t’ayc skakmalaycs. ''And he caught an illness.'' 28 Sti7atmnusamkw’its’ik t’ayc alhtatcalhyanktx úlhtakulhkwlhulmctx; tisti7atmnuskwts’ alhtaqiqtitx. ''And he became paralyzed on the side that had been turned towards the ghost; that side of the boy was now dead.'' 29 Wic7its’ika ts si7alh7ayutsmtinilhts’ s7aymis syalh skatl’ilh skaustcwilh ulhtusulhaw tuamatalaaxtilhtxw spusilhts’ sqiqipiilh. ''And so this is why we were always told to be good and hurry back home to our parents when we were children growing up.'' 30 Alaalhkp watsay kulhulmc s7alh7ayutsmtim cats, wicsts’ s7alh7ays s7aynicim tatl’mstatx ctatl’mstatuutx. ''In every part of the entire region they were told this, because that person had had this experience with that very man.'' 31 Way, cwplxs t’ayc. ''Well, that’s the end of this story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 1ocv0t15o5ujiu1e7rxf6ugnc7vij1h 0 458879 1365264 1365206 2026-09-24T14:03:04Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365264 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, á lats’itssuts’ ctiTl’xwtsaytxwlhts’ tis’á lats’it’ayc. ''Let me now tell you another story; this one is from Kitlope.'' 2 Alaayk’ alhTl’xwtsaytxw ssmsmayamkimkwk’u ats. ''A long time ago, this story would be told at Kitlope.'' 3 Ticsts’ takukwpilhtstx tismsmayamk(t)t’ayc ulhnts alapatsalhilhtsk alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''In this case, it is my grandfather who told me the story that I believe he passed on from our ancestors at Kitlope.'' 4 Alaayk’kw sqwlxulhtsutaw wacnasuks skatl’apaw skalhqw’maw cailk, ulaumataw slhqw’maw cailk. ''He said that once upon a time, a group of women assembled and started off in order to gather Indian rice, and they went to a location where they started gathering this rice.'' 5 Alh7naycskwts’ ilhmnamim7ilh alalhqw’m7ats. ''And one chief’s daughter accompanied these harvesters.'' 6 Lhqw’mskw ilha7ilh. ''And she started harvesting.'' 7 Tl’apskw skalhqw’aynicis timatskw’. ''And while doing this, she happened to dig up a frog.'' 8 Tayamkis tamatskw’tx. ''She discarded the frog.'' 9 Scuucwtsmiskw tamatskw’tx stayamkis. ''She swore at the frog as she discarded him.'' 10 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik ctsialh7awlhimtsc ctamatskw’tx slhqw’ayniciskwtuts’. ''But all the time, it seemed as if she was being followed around by the frog, as she kept happening upon him while digging.'' 11 Alh7ayutsmiskwtuts’, tatyamkis s7icscuucwtsmis. ''And over and again, she spoke to him, she kept discarding him and insulting him.'' 12 Icuq’xtmacwakw’its’ik tucnasukstxw sts’usmsts alaats. ''Then, dusk came, and the women called out to each other.'' 13 Tl’apsts’ skaklhs tasnxtx. ''Now the sun began to set.'' 14 Icuq’xtmacwawts’ skalip’tsutaw ulhtasulhtx. ''They called to each other, saying it was time to return to the village.'' 15 K’ciskwts’ ts’ayc, hii, tiyayaasi titsaatsti syayaliwaskwtuu titsaatstit’ayc! ''And, hey, then she saw a handsome young man – was he ever good-looking!'' 16 Ayutskwts’ t’ayc skaalhkwnis skakawalhis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he said that he would walk with her, and accompany her on her way home.'' 17 K’ilhtcumattumkwmakuts’ ts’ayc ctamatskw’ tatsaatstitx. ''But it appears that the frog, the young man, made her lose her way.'' 18 Tickwmakuts’ taictatyamkis tamatskw’tx, tatsaatstitx stl’mstnamtimuts ulhilh. ''Apparently, this had been the frog she had been discarding, the young man having transformed himself into a human being to her.'' 19 Alhkwnists’ ú lhtasulhstx, ulhtaamatstx s7apsulhs tiMatskw’mc alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And now he led her to his house, to the location where the Frog People were living at Kitlope.'' 20 Talawsts’ ulhilh. ''Then he married her.'' 21 Clhmnalcskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh calhnú s wamnmnntskw’i. ''And shortly, the girl delivered two frog babies.'' 22 Alats’itutiskw’itk’uk, way, tumnmntsstxw: ''Well, she kept telling her children:'' 23 “Lhay t’axw wasulhs tamanlhts, lhay t’axw.” ''“Over yonder is my father’s house, over yonder.”'' 24 “Lhnú s waasqayalhts alaasuutsts.” ''“Two totem poles are standing in front of it.”'' 25 “Q’lumap7its’ik alhtimnmntatc, katl’apap skaanaykap skak’cip takukwpilhap, tamanlhts n lhastanlhts,” tsutsutskwtuu ts’ayc ulhtxw. ''“And soon, you will go up the road, if you are going to want to see your grandfather, my father and mother,” she was telling them.'' 26 Aynakw’iluts’ik tumnmnntskw’í txw skatl’apaw. ''And after a while, the frog children were on their way.'' 27 K’citkwalu takukwpinawtx. ''They were going to try and see their grandfather.'' 28 Q’lumakwaluk’u t’axw alhtamnmnntatx utl’uk’. ''Many times, they tried to climb up the steps.'' 29 Ts’xlhnntimkwk’u t’axw. ''And they were kicked down over and over.'' 30 “Alh7alh7aynawtu ats, qixyu matskw’7ats!” tsutsutmtimkwkw’. ''“They keep coming, these damned frogs!” they were saying to them.'' 31 Q’lú makwalukw’. ''Yet they kept trying to climb up.'' 32 Áytutimkwkw’. ''But they were treated the same way again and again.'' 33 Xapatiskwaluts’ taqw’almtx ilhsusqwiis7ilh. ''Then, the older one tried to pack his little sister on his back.'' 34 Alh7aytutimkwtuts’ sts’xlhntim skaklhtim. ''And again, they were kicked repeatedly and fell down.'' 35 Inica7iinakwalulukw’ skats’ktaw ulhtakulhiixwtx s7aytutim. ''Many times, they almost made it to the top of the stairs, but then they were treated the same way.'' 36 Lip’tsutlcakw ats ulhilhstanaw7ilh. ''And they had no choice but to return to their mother.'' 37 Alats’amktsutaw s7alh7ays wats’ktatutim. ''And they told her what had been done to them.'' 38 “Ay, kaalhkwntulhapma.” ''“Well, then, maybe I will take you there myself.”'' 39 Tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, stanaw7ilh, stl’mstanalusamtimutskwts’ ilha7ilh. ''That’s what she, their mother, then said, and she now assumed the shape of a human being.'' 40 Its’amayanms skatl’aps skaalhkwntis. ''And she wrapped herself in a blanket, and started off with her children.'' 41 Ts’ktsku ú lhtiapsulht’ayc sk’cimts’ stsics ilh. ''And when she arrived at the village, they saw that it was her.'' 42 Was7alhk’ilhtcumats ts’ayc alhtasulhtx. ''Because she was the one who had strayed from the village.'' 43 Ayutsskw ts’ayc skanut’cwalsmaw skanu7ayawalsmaw alakapatsalh skaustcws ulhtxw. ''And she told them to sweep the house and change the sand on the floor before she would go inside.'' 44 Aynakw’iluts’ik snut’cwalsmaw. ''And they did sweep the house.'' 45 Ustcws. ''And she went in.'' 46 “Xlxltutits wamnmntstsalu7ats ulhinu skak’ctap cts.” ''“I sent these children of mine to you for them to see you.”'' 47 “Ts’xlhntimkw’itk’uk alhtimnmnntat’ayc si7aynaw slip’tsutaw ulhnts.” ''“But they were kicked down these steps so many times, they came back to me.”'' 48 “Alats’amktsutaw.” ''“They told me what had happened to them.”'' 49 “Alhkwntits7its’ik ulhinu skak’cticw.” ''“So I brought them to you, for you to see them.”'' 50 Tsutskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtamanstx. ''That is what the young woman said to her father.'' 51 Sk’uulhmskwts’ ilha7ilh skakwtl’tis tumatskw’ tumnmntsstxw ulhtakulhulmctx. ''Then she removed her blanket, and placed her frog-children on the floor.'' 52 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] 1lwwchtdkghzsfeoojok1vfz36tk9c3 1365276 1365264 2026-09-24T14:07:11Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365276 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, á lats’itssuts’ ctiTl’xwtsaytxwlhts’ tis’á lats’it’ayc. ''Let me now tell you another story; this one is from Kitlope.'' 2 Alaayk’ alhTl’xwtsaytxw ssmsmayamkimkwk’u ats. ''A long time ago, this story would be told at Kitlope.'' 3 Ticsts’ takukwpilhtstx tismsmayamk(t)t’ayc ulhnts alapatsalhilhtsk alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''In this case, it is my grandfather who told me the story that I believe he passed on from our ancestors at Kitlope.'' 4 Alaayk’kw sqwlxulhtsutaw wacnasuks skatl’apaw skalhqw’maw cailk, ulaumataw slhqw’maw cailk. ''He said that once upon a time, a group of women assembled and started off in order to gather Indian rice, and they went to a location where they started gathering this rice.'' 5 Alh7naycskwts’ ilhmnamim7ilh alalhqw’m7ats. ''And one chief’s daughter accompanied these harvesters.'' 6 Lhqw’mskw ilha7ilh. ''And she started harvesting.'' 7 Tl’apskw skalhqw’aynicis timatskw’. ''And while doing this, she happened to dig up a frog.'' 8 Tayamkis tamatskw’tx. ''She discarded the frog.'' 9 Scuucwtsmiskw tamatskw’tx stayamkis. ''She swore at the frog as she discarded him.'' 10 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik ctsialh7awlhimtsc ctamatskw’tx slhqw’ayniciskwtuts’. ''But all the time, it seemed as if she was being followed around by the frog, as she kept happening upon him while digging.'' 11 Alh7ayutsmiskwtuts’, tatyamkis s7icscuucwtsmis. ''And over and again, she spoke to him, she kept discarding him and insulting him.'' 12 Icuq’xtmacwakw’its’ik tucnasukstxw sts’usmsts alaats. ''Then, dusk came, and the women called out to each other.'' 13 Tl’apsts’ skaklhs tasnxtx. ''Now the sun began to set.'' 14 Icuq’xtmacwawts’ skalip’tsutaw ulhtasulhtx. ''They called to each other, saying it was time to return to the village.'' 15 K’ciskwts’ ts’ayc, hii, tiyayaasi titsaatsti syayaliwaskwtuu titsaatstit’ayc! ''And, hey, then she saw a handsome young man – was he ever good-looking!'' 16 Ayutskwts’ t’ayc skaalhkwnis skakawalhis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he said that he would walk with her, and accompany her on her way home.'' 17 K’ilhtcumattumkwmakuts’ ts’ayc ctamatskw’ tatsaatstitx. ''But it appears that the frog, the young man, made her lose her way.'' 18 Tickwmakuts’ taictatyamkis tamatskw’tx, tatsaatstitx stl’mstnamtimuts ulhilh. ''Apparently, this had been the frog she had been discarding, the young man having transformed himself into a human being to her.'' 19 Alhkwnists’ ú lhtasulhstx, ulhtaamatstx s7apsulhs tiMatskw’mc alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And now he led her to his house, to the location where the Frog People were living at Kitlope.'' 20 Talawsts’ ulhilh. ''Then he married her.'' 21 Clhmnalcskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh calhnú s wamnmnntskw’i. ''And shortly, the girl delivered two frog babies.'' 22 Alats’itutiskw’itk’uk, way, tumnmntsstxw: ''Well, she kept telling her children:'' 23 “Lhay t’axw wasulhs tamanlhts, lhay t’axw.” ''“Over yonder is my father’s house, over yonder.”'' 24 “Lhnú s waasqayalhts alaasuutsts.” ''“Two totem poles are standing in front of it.”'' 25 “Q’lumap7its’ik alhtimnmntatc, katl’apap skaanaykap skak’cip takukwpilhap, tamanlhts n lhastanlhts,” tsutsutskwtuu ts’ayc ulhtxw. ''“And soon, you will go up the road, if you are going to want to see your grandfather, my father and mother,” she was telling them.'' 26 Aynakw’iluts’ik tumnmnntskw’í txw skatl’apaw. ''And after a while, the frog children were on their way.'' 27 K’citkwalu takukwpinawtx. ''They were going to try and see their grandfather.'' 28 Q’lumakwaluk’u t’axw alhtamnmnntatx utl’uk’. ''Many times, they tried to climb up the steps.'' 29 Ts’xlhnntimkwk’u t’axw. ''And they were kicked down over and over.'' 30 “Alh7alh7aynawtu ats, qixyu matskw’7ats!” tsutsutmtimkwkw’. ''“They keep coming, these damned frogs!” they were saying to them.'' 31 Q’lú makwalukw’. ''Yet they kept trying to climb up.'' 32 Áytutimkwkw’. ''But they were treated the same way again and again.'' 33 Xapatiskwaluts’ taqw’almtx ilhsusqwiis7ilh. ''Then, the older one tried to pack his little sister on his back.'' 34 Alh7aytutimkwtuts’ sts’xlhntim skaklhtim. ''And again, they were kicked repeatedly and fell down.'' 35 Inica7iinakwalulukw’ skats’ktaw ulhtakulhiixwtx s7aytutim. ''Many times, they almost made it to the top of the stairs, but then they were treated the same way.'' 36 Lip’tsutlcakw ats ulhilhstanaw7ilh. ''And they had no choice but to return to their mother.'' 37 Alats’amktsutaw s7alh7ays wats’ktatutim. ''And they told her what had been done to them.'' 38 “Ay, kaalhkwntulhapma.” ''“Well, then, maybe I will take you there myself.”'' 39 Tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, stanaw7ilh, stl’mstanalusamtimutskwts’ ilha7ilh. ''That’s what she, their mother, then said, and she now assumed the shape of a human being.'' 40 Its’amayanms skatl’aps skaalhkwntis. ''And she wrapped herself in a blanket, and started off with her children.'' 41 Ts’ktsku ú lhtiapsulht’ayc sk’cimts’ stsics ilh. ''And when she arrived at the village, they saw that it was her.'' 42 Was7alhk’ilhtcumats ts’ayc alhtasulhtx. ''Because she was the one who had strayed from the village.'' 43 Ayutsskw ts’ayc skanut’cwalsmaw skanu7ayawalsmaw alakapatsalh skaustcws ulhtxw. ''And she told them to sweep the house and change the sand on the floor before she would go inside.'' 44 Aynakw’iluts’ik snut’cwalsmaw. ''And they did sweep the house.'' 45 Ustcws. ''And she went in.'' 46 “Xlxltutits wamnmntstsalu7ats ulhinu skak’ctap cts.” ''“I sent these children of mine to you for them to see you.”'' 47 “Ts’xlhntimkw’itk’uk alhtimnmnntat’ayc si7aynaw slip’tsutaw ulhnts.” ''“But they were kicked down these steps so many times, they came back to me.”'' 48 “Alats’amktsutaw.” ''“They told me what had happened to them.”'' 49 “Alhkwntits7its’ik ulhinu skak’cticw.” ''“So I brought them to you, for you to see them.”'' 50 Tsutskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtamanstx. ''That is what the young woman said to her father.'' 51 Sk’uulhmskwts’ ilha7ilh skakwtl’tis tumatskw’ tumnmntsstxw ulhtakulhulmctx. ''Then she removed her blanket, and placed her frog-children on the floor.'' 52 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} inn8gqm58si9q81dv6ylmps6edmng0u 1365284 1365276 2026-09-24T14:24:35Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365284 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, álats’itssuts’ ctiTl’xwtsaytxwlhts’ tis’álats’it’ayc. ''Let me now tell you another story; this one is from Kitlope.'' 2 Alaayk’ alhTl’xwtsaytxw ssmsmayamkimkwk’u ats. ''A long time ago, this story would be told at Kitlope.'' 3 Ticsts’ takukwpilhtstx tismsmayamk(t)t’ayc ulhnts alapatsalhilhtsk alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''In this case, it is my grandfather who told me the story that I believe he passed on from our ancestors at Kitlope.'' 4 Alaayk’kw sqwlxulhtsutaw wacnasuks skatl’apaw skalhqw’maw cailk, ulaumataw slhqw’maw cailk. ''He said that once upon a time, a group of women assembled and started off in order to gather Indian rice, and they went to a location where they started gathering this rice.'' 5 Alh7naycskwts’ ilhmnamim7ilh alalhqw’m7ats. ''And one chief’s daughter accompanied these harvesters.'' 6 Lhqw’mskw ilha7ilh. ''And she started harvesting.'' 7 Tl’apskw skalhqw’aynicis timatskw’. ''And while doing this, she happened to dig up a frog.'' 8 Tayamkis tamatskw’tx. ''She discarded the frog.'' 9 Scuucwtsmiskw tamatskw’tx stayamkis. ''She swore at the frog as she discarded him.'' 10 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik ctsialh7awlhimtsc ctamatskw’tx slhqw’ayniciskwtuts’. ''But all the time, it seemed as if she was being followed around by the frog, as she kept happening upon him while digging.'' 11 Alh7ayutsmiskwtuts’, tatyamkis s7icscuucwtsmis. ''And over and again, she spoke to him, she kept discarding him and insulting him.'' 12 Icuq’xtmacwakw’its’ik tucnasukstxw sts’usmsts alaats. ''Then, dusk came, and the women called out to each other.'' 13 Tl’apsts’ skaklhs tasnxtx. ''Now the sun began to set.'' 14 Icuq’xtmacwawts’ skalip’tsutaw ulhtasulhtx. ''They called to each other, saying it was time to return to the village.'' 15 K’ciskwts’ ts’ayc, hii, tiyayaasi titsaatsti syayaliwaskwtuu titsaatstit’ayc! ''And, hey, then she saw a handsome young man – was he ever good-looking!'' 16 Ayutskwts’ t’ayc skaalhkwnis skakawalhis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he said that he would walk with her, and accompany her on her way home.'' 17 K’ilhtcumattumkwmakuts’ ts’ayc ctamatskw’ tatsaatstitx. ''But it appears that the frog, the young man, made her lose her way.'' 18 Tickwmakuts’ taictatyamkis tamatskw’tx, tatsaatstitx stl’mstnamtimuts ulhilh. ''Apparently, this had been the frog she had been discarding, the young man having transformed himself into a human being to her.'' 19 Alhkwnists’ úlhtasulhstx, ulhtaamatstx s7apsulhs tiMatskw’mc alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And now he led her to his house, to the location where the Frog People were living at Kitlope.'' 20 Talawsts’ ulhilh. ''Then he married her.'' 21 Clhmnalcskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh calhnú s wamnmnntskw’i. ''And shortly, the girl delivered two frog babies.'' 22 Alats’itutiskw’itk’uk, way, tumnmntsstxw: ''Well, she kept telling her children:'' 23 “Lhay t’axw wasulhs tamanlhts, lhay t’axw.” ''“Over yonder is my father’s house, over yonder.”'' 24 “Lhnú s waasqayalhts alaasuutsts.” ''“Two totem poles are standing in front of it.”'' 25 “Q’lumap7its’ik alhtimnmntatc, katl’apap skaanaykap skak’cip takukwpilhap, tamanlhts n lhastanlhts,” tsutsutskwtuu ts’ayc ulhtxw. ''“And soon, you will go up the road, if you are going to want to see your grandfather, my father and mother,” she was telling them.'' 26 Aynakw’iluts’ik tumnmnntskw’í txw skatl’apaw. ''And after a while, the frog children were on their way.'' 27 K’citkwalu takukwpinawtx. ''They were going to try and see their grandfather.'' 28 Q’lumakwaluk’u t’axw alhtamnmnntatx utl’uk’. ''Many times, they tried to climb up the steps.'' 29 Ts’xlhnntimkwk’u t’axw. ''And they were kicked down over and over.'' 30 “Alh7alh7aynawtu ats, qixyu matskw’7ats!” tsutsutmtimkwkw’. ''“They keep coming, these damned frogs!” they were saying to them.'' 31 Q’lúmakwalukw’. ''Yet they kept trying to climb up.'' 32 Áytutimkwkw’. ''But they were treated the same way again and again.'' 33 Xapatiskwaluts’ taqw’almtx ilhsusqwiis7ilh. ''Then, the older one tried to pack his little sister on his back.'' 34 Alh7aytutimkwtuts’ sts’xlhntim skaklhtim. ''And again, they were kicked repeatedly and fell down.'' 35 Inica7iinakwalulukw’ skats’ktaw ulhtakulhiixwtx s7aytutim. ''Many times, they almost made it to the top of the stairs, but then they were treated the same way.'' 36 Lip’tsutlcakw ats ulhilhstanaw7ilh. ''And they had no choice but to return to their mother.'' 37 Alats’amktsutaw s7alh7ays wats’ktatutim. ''And they told her what had been done to them.'' 38 “Ay, kaalhkwntulhapma.” ''“Well, then, maybe I will take you there myself.”'' 39 Tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, stanaw7ilh, stl’mstanalusamtimutskwts’ ilha7ilh. ''That’s what she, their mother, then said, and she now assumed the shape of a human being.'' 40 Its’amayanms skatl’aps skaalhkwntis. ''And she wrapped herself in a blanket, and started off with her children.'' 41 Ts’ktsku ú lhtiapsulht’ayc sk’cimts’ stsics ilh. ''And when she arrived at the village, they saw that it was her.'' 42 Was7alhk’ilhtcumats ts’ayc alhtasulhtx. ''Because she was the one who had strayed from the village.'' 43 Ayutsskw ts’ayc skanut’cwalsmaw skanu7ayawalsmaw alakapatsalh skaustcws ulhtxw. ''And she told them to sweep the house and change the sand on the floor before she would go inside.'' 44 Aynakw’iluts’ik snut’cwalsmaw. ''And they did sweep the house.'' 45 Ustcws. ''And she went in.'' 46 “Xlxltutits wamnmntstsalu7ats ulhinu skak’ctap cts.” ''“I sent these children of mine to you for them to see you.”'' 47 “Ts’xlhntimkw’itk’uk alhtimnmnntat’ayc si7aynaw slip’tsutaw ulhnts.” ''“But they were kicked down these steps so many times, they came back to me.”'' 48 “Alats’amktsutaw.” ''“They told me what had happened to them.”'' 49 “Alhkwntits7its’ik ulhinu skak’cticw.” ''“So I brought them to you, for you to see them.”'' 50 Tsutskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtamanstx. ''That is what the young woman said to her father.'' 51 Sk’uulhmskwts’ ilha7ilh skakwtl’tis tumatskw’ tumnmntsstxw ulhtakulhulmctx. ''Then she removed her blanket, and placed her frog-children on the floor.'' 52 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} ok7vw4hxnextxlpn3k2j5skxi5cr9dk 1365291 1365284 2026-09-24T14:34:17Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365291 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, álats’itssuts’ ctiTl’xwtsaytxwlhts’ tis’álats’it’ayc. ''Let me now tell you another story; this one is from Kitlope.'' 2 Alaayk’ alhTl’xwtsaytxw ssmsmayamkimkwk’u ats. ''A long time ago, this story would be told at Kitlope.'' 3 Ticsts’ takukwpilhtstx tismsmayamk(t)t’ayc ulhnts alapatsalhilhtsk alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''In this case, it is my grandfather who told me the story that I believe he passed on from our ancestors at Kitlope.'' 4 Alaayk’kw sqwlxulhtsutaw wacnasuks skatl’apaw skalhqw’maw cailk, ulaumataw slhqw’maw cailk. ''He said that once upon a time, a group of women assembled and started off in order to gather Indian rice, and they went to a location where they started gathering this rice.'' 5 Alh7naycskwts’ ilhmnamim7ilh alalhqw’m7ats. ''And one chief’s daughter accompanied these harvesters.'' 6 Lhqw’mskw ilha7ilh. ''And she started harvesting.'' 7 Tl’apskw skalhqw’aynicis timatskw’. ''And while doing this, she happened to dig up a frog.'' 8 Tayamkis tamatskw’tx. ''She discarded the frog.'' 9 Scuucwtsmiskw tamatskw’tx stayamkis. ''She swore at the frog as she discarded him.'' 10 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik ctsialh7awlhimtsc ctamatskw’tx slhqw’ayniciskwtuts’. ''But all the time, it seemed as if she was being followed around by the frog, as she kept happening upon him while digging.'' 11 Alh7ayutsmiskwtuts’, tatyamkis s7icscuucwtsmis. ''And over and again, she spoke to him, she kept discarding him and insulting him.'' 12 Icuq’xtmacwakw’its’ik tucnasukstxw sts’usmsts alaats. ''Then, dusk came, and the women called out to each other.'' 13 Tl’apsts’ skaklhs tasnxtx. ''Now the sun began to set.'' 14 Icuq’xtmacwawts’ skalip’tsutaw ulhtasulhtx. ''They called to each other, saying it was time to return to the village.'' 15 K’ciskwts’ ts’ayc, hii, tiyayaasi titsaatsti syayaliwaskwtuu titsaatstit’ayc! ''And, hey, then she saw a handsome young man – was he ever good-looking!'' 16 Ayutskwts’ t’ayc skaalhkwnis skakawalhis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he said that he would walk with her, and accompany her on her way home.'' 17 K’ilhtcumattumkwmakuts’ ts’ayc ctamatskw’ tatsaatstitx. ''But it appears that the frog, the young man, made her lose her way.'' 18 Tickwmakuts’ taictatyamkis tamatskw’tx, tatsaatstitx stl’mstnamtimuts ulhilh. ''Apparently, this had been the frog she had been discarding, the young man having transformed himself into a human being to her.'' 19 Alhkwnists’ úlhtasulhstx, ulhtaamatstx s7apsulhs tiMatskw’mc alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And now he led her to his house, to the location where the Frog People were living at Kitlope.'' 20 Talawsts’ ulhilh. ''Then he married her.'' 21 Clhmnalcskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh calhnú s wamnmnntskw’i. ''And shortly, the girl delivered two frog babies.'' 22 Alats’itutiskw’itk’uk, way, tumnmntsstxw: ''Well, she kept telling her children:'' 23 “Lhay t’axw wasulhs tamanlhts, lhay t’axw.” ''“Over yonder is my father’s house, over yonder.”'' 24 “Lhnús waasqayalhts alaasuutsts.” ''“Two totem poles are standing in front of it.”'' 25 “Q’lumap7its’ik alhtimnmntatc, katl’apap skaanaykap skak’cip takukwpilhap, tamanlhts n lhastanlhts,” tsutsutskwtuu ts’ayc ulhtxw. ''“And soon, you will go up the road, if you are going to want to see your grandfather, my father and mother,” she was telling them.'' 26 Aynakw’iluts’ik tumnmnntskw’ítxw skatl’apaw. ''And after a while, the frog children were on their way.'' 27 K’citkwalu takukwpinawtx. ''They were going to try and see their grandfather.'' 28 Q’lumakwaluk’u t’axw alhtamnmnntatx utl’uk’. ''Many times, they tried to climb up the steps.'' 29 Ts’xlhnntimkwk’u t’axw. ''And they were kicked down over and over.'' 30 “Alh7alh7aynawtu ats, qixyu matskw’7ats!” tsutsutmtimkwkw’. ''“They keep coming, these damned frogs!” they were saying to them.'' 31 Q’lúmakwalukw’. ''Yet they kept trying to climb up.'' 32 Áytutimkwkw’. ''But they were treated the same way again and again.'' 33 Xapatiskwaluts’ taqw’almtx ilhsusqwiis7ilh. ''Then, the older one tried to pack his little sister on his back.'' 34 Alh7aytutimkwtuts’ sts’xlhntim skaklhtim. ''And again, they were kicked repeatedly and fell down.'' 35 Inica7iinakwalulukw’ skats’ktaw ulhtakulhiixwtx s7aytutim. ''Many times, they almost made it to the top of the stairs, but then they were treated the same way.'' 36 Lip’tsutlcakw ats ulhilhstanaw7ilh. ''And they had no choice but to return to their mother.'' 37 Alats’amktsutaw s7alh7ays wats’ktatutim. ''And they told her what had been done to them.'' 38 “Ay, kaalhkwntulhapma.” ''“Well, then, maybe I will take you there myself.”'' 39 Tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, stanaw7ilh, stl’mstanalusamtimutskwts’ ilha7ilh. ''That’s what she, their mother, then said, and she now assumed the shape of a human being.'' 40 Its’amayanms skatl’aps skaalhkwntis. ''And she wrapped herself in a blanket, and started off with her children.'' 41 Ts’ktsku ú lhtiapsulht’ayc sk’cimts’ stsics ilh. ''And when she arrived at the village, they saw that it was her.'' 42 Was7alhk’ilhtcumats ts’ayc alhtasulhtx. ''Because she was the one who had strayed from the village.'' 43 Ayutsskw ts’ayc skanut’cwalsmaw skanu7ayawalsmaw alakapatsalh skaustcws ulhtxw. ''And she told them to sweep the house and change the sand on the floor before she would go inside.'' 44 Aynakw’iluts’ik snut’cwalsmaw. ''And they did sweep the house.'' 45 Ustcws. ''And she went in.'' 46 “Xlxltutits wamnmntstsalu7ats ulhinu skak’ctap cts.” ''“I sent these children of mine to you for them to see you.”'' 47 “Ts’xlhntimkw’itk’uk alhtimnmnntat’ayc si7aynaw slip’tsutaw ulhnts.” ''“But they were kicked down these steps so many times, they came back to me.”'' 48 “Alats’amktsutaw.” ''“They told me what had happened to them.”'' 49 “Alhkwntits7its’ik ulhinu skak’cticw.” ''“So I brought them to you, for you to see them.”'' 50 Tsutskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtamanstx. ''That is what the young woman said to her father.'' 51 Sk’uulhmskwts’ ilha7ilh skakwtl’tis tumatskw’ tumnmntsstxw ulhtakulhulmctx. ''Then she removed her blanket, and placed her frog-children on the floor.'' 52 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} rk7uxz1mjov7falefpnwxtlxbapvkeq 1365299 1365291 2026-09-24T14:56:38Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365299 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, álats’itssuts’ ctiTl’xwtsaytxwlhts’ tis’álats’it’ayc. ''Let me now tell you another story; this one is from Kitlope.'' 2 Alaayk’ alhTl’xwtsaytxw ssmsmayamkimkwk’u ats. ''A long time ago, this story would be told at Kitlope.'' 3 Ticsts’ takukwpilhtstx tismsmayamk(t)t’ayc ulhnts alapatsalhilhtsk alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''In this case, it is my grandfather who told me the story that I believe he passed on from our ancestors at Kitlope.'' 4 Alaayk’kw sqwlxulhtsutaw wacnasuks skatl’apaw skalhqw’maw cailk, ulaumataw slhqw’maw cailk. ''He said that once upon a time, a group of women assembled and started off in order to gather Indian rice, and they went to a location where they started gathering this rice.'' 5 Alh7naycskwts’ ilhmnamim7ilh alalhqw’m7ats. ''And one chief’s daughter accompanied these harvesters.'' 6 Lhqw’mskw ilha7ilh. ''And she started harvesting.'' 7 Tl’apskw skalhqw’aynicis timatskw’. ''And while doing this, she happened to dig up a frog.'' 8 Tayamkis tamatskw’tx. ''She discarded the frog.'' 9 Scuucwtsmiskw tamatskw’tx stayamkis. ''She swore at the frog as she discarded him.'' 10 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik ctsialh7awlhimtsc ctamatskw’tx slhqw’ayniciskwtuts’. ''But all the time, it seemed as if she was being followed around by the frog, as she kept happening upon him while digging.'' 11 Alh7ayutsmiskwtuts’, tatyamkis s7icscuucwtsmis. ''And over and again, she spoke to him, she kept discarding him and insulting him.'' 12 Icuq’xtmacwakw’its’ik tucnasukstxw sts’usmsts alaats. ''Then, dusk came, and the women called out to each other.'' 13 Tl’apsts’ skaklhs tasnxtx. ''Now the sun began to set.'' 14 Icuq’xtmacwawts’ skalip’tsutaw ulhtasulhtx. ''They called to each other, saying it was time to return to the village.'' 15 K’ciskwts’ ts’ayc, hii, tiyayaasi titsaatsti syayaliwaskwtuu titsaatstit’ayc! ''And, hey, then she saw a handsome young man – was he ever good-looking!'' 16 Ayutskwts’ t’ayc skaalhkwnis skakawalhis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he said that he would walk with her, and accompany her on her way home.'' 17 K’ilhtcumattumkwmakuts’ ts’ayc ctamatskw’ tatsaatstitx. ''But it appears that the frog, the young man, made her lose her way.'' 18 Tickwmakuts’ taictatyamkis tamatskw’tx, tatsaatstitx stl’mstnamtimuts ulhilh. ''Apparently, this had been the frog she had been discarding, the young man having transformed himself into a human being to her.'' 19 Alhkwnists’ úlhtasulhstx, ulhtaamatstx s7apsulhs tiMatskw’mc alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And now he led her to his house, to the location where the Frog People were living at Kitlope.'' 20 Talawsts’ ulhilh. ''Then he married her.'' 21 Clhmnalcskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh calhnús wamnmnntskw’i. ''And shortly, the girl delivered two frog babies.'' 22 Alats’itutiskw’itk’uk, way, tumnmntsstxw: ''Well, she kept telling her children:'' 23 “Lhay t’axw wasulhs tamanlhts, lhay t’axw.” ''“Over yonder is my father’s house, over yonder.”'' 24 “Lhnús waasqayalhts alaasuutsts.” ''“Two totem poles are standing in front of it.”'' 25 “Q’lumap7its’ik alhtimnmntatc, katl’apap skaanaykap skak’cip takukwpilhap, tamanlhts n lhastanlhts,” tsutsutskwtuu ts’ayc ulhtxw. ''“And soon, you will go up the road, if you are going to want to see your grandfather, my father and mother,” she was telling them.'' 26 Aynakw’iluts’ik tumnmnntskw’ítxw skatl’apaw. ''And after a while, the frog children were on their way.'' 27 K’citkwalu takukwpinawtx. ''They were going to try and see their grandfather.'' 28 Q’lumakwaluk’u t’axw alhtamnmnntatx utl’uk’. ''Many times, they tried to climb up the steps.'' 29 Ts’xlhnntimkwk’u t’axw. ''And they were kicked down over and over.'' 30 “Alh7alh7aynawtu ats, qixyu matskw’7ats!” tsutsutmtimkwkw’. ''“They keep coming, these damned frogs!” they were saying to them.'' 31 Q’lúmakwalukw’. ''Yet they kept trying to climb up.'' 32 Áytutimkwkw’. ''But they were treated the same way again and again.'' 33 Xapatiskwaluts’ taqw’almtx ilhsusqwiis7ilh. ''Then, the older one tried to pack his little sister on his back.'' 34 Alh7aytutimkwtuts’ sts’xlhntim skaklhtim. ''And again, they were kicked repeatedly and fell down.'' 35 Inica7iinakwalulukw’ skats’ktaw ulhtakulhiixwtx s7aytutim. ''Many times, they almost made it to the top of the stairs, but then they were treated the same way.'' 36 Lip’tsutlcakw ats ulhilhstanaw7ilh. ''And they had no choice but to return to their mother.'' 37 Alats’amktsutaw s7alh7ays wats’ktatutim. ''And they told her what had been done to them.'' 38 “Ay, kaalhkwntulhapma.” ''“Well, then, maybe I will take you there myself.”'' 39 Tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, stanaw7ilh, stl’mstanalusamtimutskwts’ ilha7ilh. ''That’s what she, their mother, then said, and she now assumed the shape of a human being.'' 40 Its’amayanms skatl’aps skaalhkwntis. ''And she wrapped herself in a blanket, and started off with her children.'' 41 Ts’ktsku úlhtiapsulht’ayc sk’cimts’ stsics ilh. ''And when she arrived at the village, they saw that it was her.'' 42 Was7alhk’ilhtcumats ts’ayc alhtasulhtx. ''Because she was the one who had strayed from the village.'' 43 Ayutsskw ts’ayc skanut’cwalsmaw skanu7ayawalsmaw alakapatsalh skaustcws ulhtxw. ''And she told them to sweep the house and change the sand on the floor before she would go inside.'' 44 Aynakw’iluts’ik snut’cwalsmaw. ''And they did sweep the house.'' 45 Ustcws. ''And she went in.'' 46 “Xlxltutits wamnmntstsalu7ats ulhinu skak’ctap cts.” ''“I sent these children of mine to you for them to see you.”'' 47 “Ts’xlhntimkw’itk’uk alhtimnmnntat’ayc si7aynaw slip’tsutaw ulhnts.” ''“But they were kicked down these steps so many times, they came back to me.”'' 48 “Alats’amktsutaw.” ''“They told me what had happened to them.”'' 49 “Alhkwntits7its’ik ulhinu skak’cticw.” ''“So I brought them to you, for you to see them.”'' 50 Tsutskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtamanstx. ''That is what the young woman said to her father.'' 51 Sk’uulhmskwts’ ilha7ilh skakwtl’tis tumatskw’ tumnmntsstxw ulhtakulhulmctx. ''Then she removed her blanket, and placed her frog-children on the floor.'' 52 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} nweq6sou5n0ojjpxz3fyyf5c21z5fct 1365353 1365299 2026-09-24T20:36:51Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365353 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Frog Children | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, álats’itssuts’ ctiTl’xwtsaytxwlhts’ tis’álats’it’ayc. ''Let me now tell you another story; this one is from Kitlope.'' 2 Alaayk’ alhTl’xwtsaytxw ssmsmayamkimkwk’u ats. ''A long time ago, this story would be told at Kitlope.'' 3 Ticsts’ takukwpilhtstx tismsmayamk(t)t’ayc ulhnts alapatsalhilhtsk alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''In this case, it is my grandfather who told me the story that I believe he passed on from our ancestors at Kitlope.'' 4 Alaayk’kw sqwlxulhtsutaw wacnasuks skatl’apaw skalhqw’maw cailk, ulaumataw slhqw’maw cailk. ''He said that once upon a time, a group of women assembled and started off in order to gather Indian rice, and they went to a location where they started gathering this rice.'' 5 Alh7naycskwts’ ilhmnamim7ilh alalhqw’m7ats. ''And one chief’s daughter accompanied these harvesters.'' 6 Lhqw’mskw ilha7ilh. ''And she started harvesting.'' 7 Tl’apskw skalhqw’aynicis timatskw’. ''And while doing this, she happened to dig up a frog.'' 8 Tayamkis tamatskw’tx. ''She discarded the frog.'' 9 Scuucwtsmiskw tamatskw’tx stayamkis. ''She swore at the frog as she discarded him.'' 10 Alh7aykw’iluts’ik ctsialh7awlhimtsc ctamatskw’tx slhqw’ayniciskwtuts’. ''But all the time, it seemed as if she was being followed around by the frog, as she kept happening upon him while digging.'' 11 Alh7ayutsmiskwtuts’, tatyamkis s7icscuucwtsmis. ''And over and again, she spoke to him, she kept discarding him and insulting him.'' 12 Icuq’xtmacwakw’its’ik tucnasukstxw sts’usmsts alaats. ''Then, dusk came, and the women called out to each other.'' 13 Tl’apsts’ skaklhs tasnxtx. ''Now the sun began to set.'' 14 Icuq’xtmacwawts’ skalip’tsutaw ulhtasulhtx. ''They called to each other, saying it was time to return to the village.'' 15 K’ciskwts’ ts’ayc, hii, tiyayaasi titsaatsti syayaliwaskwtuu titsaatstit’ayc! ''And, hey, then she saw a handsome young man – was he ever good-looking!'' 16 Ayutskwts’ t’ayc skaalhkwnis skakawalhis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he said that he would walk with her, and accompany her on her way home.'' 17 K’ilhtcumattumkwmakuts’ ts’ayc ctamatskw’ tatsaatstitx. ''But it appears that the frog, the young man, made her lose her way.'' 18 Tickwmakuts’ taictatyamkis tamatskw’tx, tatsaatstitx stl’mstnamtimuts ulhilh. ''Apparently, this had been the frog she had been discarding, the young man having transformed himself into a human being to her.'' 19 Alhkwnists’ úlhtasulhstx, ulhtaamatstx s7apsulhs tiMatskw’mc alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And now he led her to his house, to the location where the Frog People were living at Kitlope.'' 20 Talawsts’ ulhilh. ''Then he married her.'' 21 Clhmnalcskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh calhnús wamnmnntskw’i. ''And shortly, the girl delivered two frog babies.'' 22 Alats’itutiskw’itk’uk, way, tumnmntsstxw: ''Well, she kept telling her children:'' 23 “Lhay t’axw wasulhs tamanlhts, lhay t’axw.” ''“Over yonder is my father’s house, over yonder.”'' 24 “Lhnús waasqayalhts alaasuutsts.” ''“Two totem poles are standing in front of it.”'' 25 “Q’lumap7its’ik alhtimnmntatc, katl’apap skaanaykap skak’cip takukwpilhap, tamanlhts n lhastanlhts,” tsutsutskwtuu ts’ayc ulhtxw. ''“And soon, you will go up the road, if you are going to want to see your grandfather, my father and mother,” she was telling them.'' 26 Aynakw’iluts’ik tumnmnntskw’ítxw skatl’apaw. ''And after a while, the frog children were on their way.'' 27 K’citkwalu takukwpinawtx. ''They were going to try and see their grandfather.'' 28 Q’lumakwaluk’u t’axw alhtamnmnntatx utl’uk’. ''Many times, they tried to climb up the steps.'' 29 Ts’xlhnntimkwk’u t’axw. ''And they were kicked down over and over.'' 30 “Alh7alh7aynawtu ats, qixyu matskw’7ats!” tsutsutmtimkwkw’. ''“They keep coming, these damned frogs!” they were saying to them.'' 31 Q’lúmakwalukw’. ''Yet they kept trying to climb up.'' 32 Áytutimkwkw’. ''But they were treated the same way again and again.'' 33 Xapatiskwaluts’ taqw’almtx ilhsusqwiis7ilh. ''Then, the older one tried to pack his little sister on his back.'' 34 Alh7aytutimkwtuts’ sts’xlhntim skaklhtim. ''And again, they were kicked repeatedly and fell down.'' 35 Inica7iinakwalulukw’ skats’ktaw ulhtakulhiixwtx s7aytutim. ''Many times, they almost made it to the top of the stairs, but then they were treated the same way.'' 36 Lip’tsutlcakw ats ulhilhstanaw7ilh. ''And they had no choice but to return to their mother.'' 37 Alats’amktsutaw s7alh7ays wats’ktatutim. ''And they told her what had been done to them.'' 38 “Ay, kaalhkwntulhapma.” ''“Well, then, maybe I will take you there myself.”'' 39 Tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, stanaw7ilh, stl’mstanalusamtimutskwts’ ilha7ilh. ''That’s what she, their mother, then said, and she now assumed the shape of a human being.'' 40 Its’amayanms skatl’aps skaalhkwntis. ''And she wrapped herself in a blanket, and started off with her children.'' 41 Ts’ktsku úlhtiapsulht’ayc sk’cimts’ stsics ilh. ''And when she arrived at the village, they saw that it was her.'' 42 Was7alhk’ilhtcumats ts’ayc alhtasulhtx. ''Because she was the one who had strayed from the village.'' 43 Ayutsskw ts’ayc skanut’cwalsmaw skanu7ayawalsmaw alakapatsalh skaustcws ulhtxw. ''And she told them to sweep the house and change the sand on the floor before she would go inside.'' 44 Aynakw’iluts’ik snut’cwalsmaw. ''And they did sweep the house.'' 45 Ustcws. ''And she went in.'' 46 “Xlxltutits wamnmntstsalu7ats ulhinu skak’ctap cts.” ''“I sent these children of mine to you for them to see you.”'' 47 “Ts’xlhntimkw’itk’uk alhtimnmnntat’ayc si7aynaw slip’tsutaw ulhnts.” ''“But they were kicked down these steps so many times, they came back to me.”'' 48 “Alats’amktsutaw.” ''“They told me what had happened to them.”'' 49 “Alhkwntits7its’ik ulhinu skak’cticw.” ''“So I brought them to you, for you to see them.”'' 50 Tsutskwts’ ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtamanstx. ''That is what the young woman said to her father.'' 51 Sk’uulhmskwts’ ilha7ilh skakwtl’tis tumatskw’ tumnmntsstxw ulhtakulhulmctx. ''Then she removed her blanket, and placed her frog-children on the floor.'' 52 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} tkhjejl63zpx1whr7lwq4xblv6wji0h 0 458880 1365257 1365207 2026-09-24T14:01:46Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365257 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 S7alats’i t’ayc alhtiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''This is a story about Dipper and Raven.'' 2 Tl’apkwsu t’ax, Qwaxw, skaic7ilaaxaycs ú lhtiMaxwat’alaqatc. ''For a change, he, Raven, went to pay Dipper a visit.'' 3 “Ilaaxaycts ulhinu,” tsutsutkw t’ayc, way. ''“I have come to visit you,” he said.'' 4 Ustcwtumkw skamttum cMaxwat’alaqa. ''And Dipper let him in, and offered him a seat.'' 5 Tl’apskw Maxwat’alaqa skakwnis tiam7amatuuts. ''And Dipper went to get a dish.'' 6 Tl’aps skanut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''And he proceeded to rap on his anklebone.'' 7 Nut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''He was rapping on his anklebone.'' 8 Tl’apskw skausqas tuscwilmtxw alhtaspulhanalhs taMaxwat’alaqatx. ''And salmon roe began to issue forth from Dipper’s anklebone.'' 9 Wicskwts’ ats was7alhpstum Qwaxw, way. ''And this is what Raven was offered to eat now.'' 10 Alhpss Qwaxw. ''And Raven ate.'' 11 Ayutskwts’ t’ax, way, skaalhkwnis taam7amatutstx skalip’tsuttustuts’. ''Then he surely said he was going to take the dish with him, and that he would return it later.'' 12 Lq’aylaycskwmasuku tx, way, skaalh7ays skanunuusq’xis taMaxwat’alaqatx skanut’tsulhanalhms. ''Somehow, it must have occurred to him that somehow he should imitate Dipper, that he should rap on his anklebone.'' 13 Anayks alakasculmtuts’. ''He wanted some more salmon roe.'' 14 Putl’kw’iluk waacwlh wasculm stsayliwas t’axw. ''For a while, some roe was coming, but then it stopped.'' 15 Utsi ct’axw, tiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''That’s all (I can tell) about them, Dipper and Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] boz3fuhz2wkr92fa5m81vuza4kieb93 1365270 1365257 2026-09-24T14:05:39Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365270 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 S7alats’i t’ayc alhtiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''This is a story about Dipper and Raven.'' 2 Tl’apkwsu t’ax, Qwaxw, skaic7ilaaxaycs ú lhtiMaxwat’alaqatc. ''For a change, he, Raven, went to pay Dipper a visit.'' 3 “Ilaaxaycts ulhinu,” tsutsutkw t’ayc, way. ''“I have come to visit you,” he said.'' 4 Ustcwtumkw skamttum cMaxwat’alaqa. ''And Dipper let him in, and offered him a seat.'' 5 Tl’apskw Maxwat’alaqa skakwnis tiam7amatuuts. ''And Dipper went to get a dish.'' 6 Tl’aps skanut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''And he proceeded to rap on his anklebone.'' 7 Nut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''He was rapping on his anklebone.'' 8 Tl’apskw skausqas tuscwilmtxw alhtaspulhanalhs taMaxwat’alaqatx. ''And salmon roe began to issue forth from Dipper’s anklebone.'' 9 Wicskwts’ ats was7alhpstum Qwaxw, way. ''And this is what Raven was offered to eat now.'' 10 Alhpss Qwaxw. ''And Raven ate.'' 11 Ayutskwts’ t’ax, way, skaalhkwnis taam7amatutstx skalip’tsuttustuts’. ''Then he surely said he was going to take the dish with him, and that he would return it later.'' 12 Lq’aylaycskwmasuku tx, way, skaalh7ays skanunuusq’xis taMaxwat’alaqatx skanut’tsulhanalhms. ''Somehow, it must have occurred to him that somehow he should imitate Dipper, that he should rap on his anklebone.'' 13 Anayks alakasculmtuts’. ''He wanted some more salmon roe.'' 14 Putl’kw’iluk waacwlh wasculm stsayliwas t’axw. ''For a while, some roe was coming, but then it stopped.'' 15 Utsi ct’axw, tiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''That’s all (I can tell) about them, Dipper and Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} clnsfh9ymhey7xbbbogae6aygq0q52c 1365303 1365270 2026-09-24T14:58:23Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365303 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 S7alats’i t’ayc alhtiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''This is a story about Dipper and Raven.'' 2 Tl’apkwsu t’ax, Qwaxw, skaic7ilaaxaycs úlhtiMaxwat’alaqatc. ''For a change, he, Raven, went to pay Dipper a visit.'' 3 “Ilaaxaycts ulhinu,” tsutsutkw t’ayc, way. ''“I have come to visit you,” he said.'' 4 Ustcwtumkw skamttum cMaxwat’alaqa. ''And Dipper let him in, and offered him a seat.'' 5 Tl’apskw Maxwat’alaqa skakwnis tiam7amatuuts. ''And Dipper went to get a dish.'' 6 Tl’aps skanut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''And he proceeded to rap on his anklebone.'' 7 Nut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''He was rapping on his anklebone.'' 8 Tl’apskw skausqas tuscwilmtxw alhtaspulhanalhs taMaxwat’alaqatx. ''And salmon roe began to issue forth from Dipper’s anklebone.'' 9 Wicskwts’ ats was7alhpstum Qwaxw, way. ''And this is what Raven was offered to eat now.'' 10 Alhpss Qwaxw. ''And Raven ate.'' 11 Ayutskwts’ t’ax, way, skaalhkwnis taam7amatutstx skalip’tsuttustuts’. ''Then he surely said he was going to take the dish with him, and that he would return it later.'' 12 Lq’aylaycskwmasuku tx, way, skaalh7ays skanunuusq’xis taMaxwat’alaqatx skanut’tsulhanalhms. ''Somehow, it must have occurred to him that somehow he should imitate Dipper, that he should rap on his anklebone.'' 13 Anayks alakasculmtuts’. ''He wanted some more salmon roe.'' 14 Putl’kw’iluk waacwlh wasculm stsayliwas t’axw. ''For a while, some roe was coming, but then it stopped.'' 15 Utsi ct’axw, tiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''That’s all (I can tell) about them, Dipper and Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} ho1n66vctyqo1qyir5c6nyv8zpe5eop 1365345 1365303 2026-09-24T20:29:43Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365345 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven and Dipper | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 S7alats’i t’ayc alhtiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''This is a story about Dipper and Raven.'' 2 Tl’apkwsu t’ax, Qwaxw, skaic7ilaaxaycs úlhtiMaxwat’alaqatc. ''For a change, he, Raven, went to pay Dipper a visit.'' 3 “Ilaaxaycts ulhinu,” tsutsutkw t’ayc, way. ''“I have come to visit you,” he said.'' 4 Ustcwtumkw skamttum cMaxwat’alaqa. ''And Dipper let him in, and offered him a seat.'' 5 Tl’apskw Maxwat’alaqa skakwnis tiam7amatuuts. ''And Dipper went to get a dish.'' 6 Tl’aps skanut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''And he proceeded to rap on his anklebone.'' 7 Nut’tsulhanalhmskw. ''He was rapping on his anklebone.'' 8 Tl’apskw skausqas tuscwilmtxw alhtaspulhanalhs taMaxwat’alaqatx. ''And salmon roe began to issue forth from Dipper’s anklebone.'' 9 Wicskwts’ ats was7alhpstum Qwaxw, way. ''And this is what Raven was offered to eat now.'' 10 Alhpss Qwaxw. ''And Raven ate.'' 11 Ayutskwts’ t’ax, way, skaalhkwnis taam7amatutstx skalip’tsuttustuts’. ''Then he surely said he was going to take the dish with him, and that he would return it later.'' 12 Lq’aylaycskwmasuku tx, way, skaalh7ays skanunuusq’xis taMaxwat’alaqatx skanut’tsulhanalhms. ''Somehow, it must have occurred to him that somehow he should imitate Dipper, that he should rap on his anklebone.'' 13 Anayks alakasculmtuts’. ''He wanted some more salmon roe.'' 14 Putl’kw’iluk waacwlh wasculm stsayliwas t’axw. ''For a while, some roe was coming, but then it stopped.'' 15 Utsi ct’axw, tiMaxwat’alaqatc in tiQwaxwtc. ''That’s all (I can tell) about them, Dipper and Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 7dvmjufueq627p99do4b6nx67rzes09 0 458892 1365256 1365231 2026-09-24T14:01:38Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365256 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’its alhtiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatsktc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and the one that I figure is Cormorant.'' 2 Stam7apsulhmtmacwakw t’axw, tiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatc. ''They, Raven and Cormorant, lived in the same neighborhood.'' 3 Lq’aylaycakw t’axw skawnts’lhtaw kap’wi. ''It occurred to them that they should go fishing for halibut.'' 4 Tl’apakw skawnts’lhtaw. ''And they did go halibut-fishing.'' 5 Us7atsyanmaw swnts’lhtaw. ''They boarded a canoe and went fishing.'' 6 Numawikw’iluts’ik t’ax, taTl’upanatx, sputl’aylaycs cap’wi. ''But as time passed, only he, Cormorant, managed to catch a number of halibut.'' 7 Ticslaxskw t’ax cap’wi. ''He caught a lot of halibut.'' 8 Tick’acwskwts’ t’ax, tiQwaxwtc. ''But the other one, Raven, caught none at all.'' 9 “Tl’alhina, tl’alhina!” tsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, way. ''“Come here, come here!” Raven then said.'' 10 Lq’aylaycskwmats’ alakats’ktatus Tl’upana. ''He must have thought of something he could do to Cormorant.'' 11 Ayskwtutuu tx, Tl’upana, stl’aps ulhtx. ''And he, Cormorant, did indeed go to him.'' 12 “Tsqmna!” ''“Open your mouth!”'' 13 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''That’s what he said.'' 14 Tsqmskwtutuu tx. ''And indeed, he opened his mouth.'' 15 Hii, tcaliitsimkw tx! ''And, hey, his tongue was cut off!'' 16 Ts’ktakw t’axw ú lhtaamatawtxw s7apsulhaw. ''Later on, they arrived at the village where they lived.'' 17 Tl’aputskwaluts’ Tl’upana skaalats’amktsuts alhtuts’ktatumtxw cQwaxw. ''Now Cormorant started to attempt telling what Raven had done to him.'' 18 “Aa, alawicanaw waalhputl’aynictits7ats wastl’yuks t’ayc.” ''“Oh, it is about the ones that I caught, that’s what he is talking about.”'' 19 “Numawí ts sputl’aylaycts.” ''“Only I have been lucky.”'' 20 “Wic ats wastl’yuks t’awtc s7alats’í salu alh7aysts.” ''“That’s what he’s saying, that’s what he’s trying to tell us now.”'' 21 Tsutsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, alhtialh7alhtsimkwaluts’, tiaxkwts’t’ayc alh7alhtsimaylayc Tl’upana. ''That’s what he, Raven, then said about the one who was trying to talk, this Cormorant who was now unable to talk.'' 22 Wickw ats si7alh7ays tiTl’upanat’ayc alhtisuncwt s7axw alh7alhtsimaylaycs, wic stcaliitsim ctiQwaxw alaayk’. ''This is why Cormorant is like that today, being unable to speak, because his tongue was cut off by Raven long ago.'' 23 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] n1aloklyy9m0m2zhj35ye2pnbc8it99 1365269 1365256 2026-09-24T14:05:31Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365269 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’its alhtiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatsktc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and the one that I figure is Cormorant.'' 2 Stam7apsulhmtmacwakw t’axw, tiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatc. ''They, Raven and Cormorant, lived in the same neighborhood.'' 3 Lq’aylaycakw t’axw skawnts’lhtaw kap’wi. ''It occurred to them that they should go fishing for halibut.'' 4 Tl’apakw skawnts’lhtaw. ''And they did go halibut-fishing.'' 5 Us7atsyanmaw swnts’lhtaw. ''They boarded a canoe and went fishing.'' 6 Numawikw’iluts’ik t’ax, taTl’upanatx, sputl’aylaycs cap’wi. ''But as time passed, only he, Cormorant, managed to catch a number of halibut.'' 7 Ticslaxskw t’ax cap’wi. ''He caught a lot of halibut.'' 8 Tick’acwskwts’ t’ax, tiQwaxwtc. ''But the other one, Raven, caught none at all.'' 9 “Tl’alhina, tl’alhina!” tsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, way. ''“Come here, come here!” Raven then said.'' 10 Lq’aylaycskwmats’ alakats’ktatus Tl’upana. ''He must have thought of something he could do to Cormorant.'' 11 Ayskwtutuu tx, Tl’upana, stl’aps ulhtx. ''And he, Cormorant, did indeed go to him.'' 12 “Tsqmna!” ''“Open your mouth!”'' 13 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''That’s what he said.'' 14 Tsqmskwtutuu tx. ''And indeed, he opened his mouth.'' 15 Hii, tcaliitsimkw tx! ''And, hey, his tongue was cut off!'' 16 Ts’ktakw t’axw ú lhtaamatawtxw s7apsulhaw. ''Later on, they arrived at the village where they lived.'' 17 Tl’aputskwaluts’ Tl’upana skaalats’amktsuts alhtuts’ktatumtxw cQwaxw. ''Now Cormorant started to attempt telling what Raven had done to him.'' 18 “Aa, alawicanaw waalhputl’aynictits7ats wastl’yuks t’ayc.” ''“Oh, it is about the ones that I caught, that’s what he is talking about.”'' 19 “Numawí ts sputl’aylaycts.” ''“Only I have been lucky.”'' 20 “Wic ats wastl’yuks t’awtc s7alats’í salu alh7aysts.” ''“That’s what he’s saying, that’s what he’s trying to tell us now.”'' 21 Tsutsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, alhtialh7alhtsimkwaluts’, tiaxkwts’t’ayc alh7alhtsimaylayc Tl’upana. ''That’s what he, Raven, then said about the one who was trying to talk, this Cormorant who was now unable to talk.'' 22 Wickw ats si7alh7ays tiTl’upanat’ayc alhtisuncwt s7axw alh7alhtsimaylaycs, wic stcaliitsim ctiQwaxw alaayk’. ''This is why Cormorant is like that today, being unable to speak, because his tongue was cut off by Raven long ago.'' 23 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 8se39vx9u6t3r71654ft6d2wsykhwl1 1365289 1365269 2026-09-24T14:29:59Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365289 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’its alhtiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatsktc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and the one that I figure is Cormorant.'' 2 Stam7apsulhmtmacwakw t’axw, tiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatc. ''They, Raven and Cormorant, lived in the same neighborhood.'' 3 Lq’aylaycakw t’axw skawnts’lhtaw kap’wi. ''It occurred to them that they should go fishing for halibut.'' 4 Tl’apakw skawnts’lhtaw. ''And they did go halibut-fishing.'' 5 Us7atsyanmaw swnts’lhtaw. ''They boarded a canoe and went fishing.'' 6 Numawikw’iluts’ik t’ax, taTl’upanatx, sputl’aylaycs cap’wi. ''But as time passed, only he, Cormorant, managed to catch a number of halibut.'' 7 Ticslaxskw t’ax cap’wi. ''He caught a lot of halibut.'' 8 Tick’acwskwts’ t’ax, tiQwaxwtc. ''But the other one, Raven, caught none at all.'' 9 “Tl’alhina, tl’alhina!” tsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, way. ''“Come here, come here!” Raven then said.'' 10 Lq’aylaycskwmats’ alakats’ktatus Tl’upana. ''He must have thought of something he could do to Cormorant.'' 11 Ayskwtutuu tx, Tl’upana, stl’aps ulhtx. ''And he, Cormorant, did indeed go to him.'' 12 “Tsqmna!” ''“Open your mouth!”'' 13 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''That’s what he said.'' 14 Tsqmskwtutuu tx. ''And indeed, he opened his mouth.'' 15 Hii, tcaliitsimkw tx! ''And, hey, his tongue was cut off!'' 16 Ts’ktakw t’axw ú lhtaamatawtxw s7apsulhaw. ''Later on, they arrived at the village where they lived.'' 17 Tl’aputskwaluts’ Tl’upana skaalats’amktsuts alhtuts’ktatumtxw cQwaxw. ''Now Cormorant started to attempt telling what Raven had done to him.'' 18 “Aa, alawicanaw waalhputl’aynictits7ats wastl’yuks t’ayc.” ''“Oh, it is about the ones that I caught, that’s what he is talking about.”'' 19 “Numawíts sputl’aylaycts.” ''“Only I have been lucky.”'' 20 “Wic ats wastl’yuks t’awtc s7alats’ísalu alh7aysts.” ''“That’s what he’s saying, that’s what he’s trying to tell us now.”'' 21 Tsutsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, alhtialh7alhtsimkwaluts’, tiaxkwts’t’ayc alh7alhtsimaylayc Tl’upana. ''That’s what he, Raven, then said about the one who was trying to talk, this Cormorant who was now unable to talk.'' 22 Wickw ats si7alh7ays tiTl’upanat’ayc alhtisuncwt s7axw alh7alhtsimaylaycs, wic stcaliitsim ctiQwaxw alaayk’. ''This is why Cormorant is like that today, being unable to speak, because his tongue was cut off by Raven long ago.'' 23 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} peiez74xgxgp9fu30i80zmopyia0h2q 1365344 1365289 2026-09-24T20:29:41Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365344 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven and Cormorant | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Alats’its alhtiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatsktc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and the one that I figure is Cormorant.'' 2 Stam7apsulhmtmacwakw t’axw, tiQwaxwtc in tiTl’upanatc. ''They, Raven and Cormorant, lived in the same neighborhood.'' 3 Lq’aylaycakw t’axw skawnts’lhtaw kap’wi. ''It occurred to them that they should go fishing for halibut.'' 4 Tl’apakw skawnts’lhtaw. ''And they did go halibut-fishing.'' 5 Us7atsyanmaw swnts’lhtaw. ''They boarded a canoe and went fishing.'' 6 Numawikw’iluts’ik t’ax, taTl’upanatx, sputl’aylaycs cap’wi. ''But as time passed, only he, Cormorant, managed to catch a number of halibut.'' 7 Ticslaxskw t’ax cap’wi. ''He caught a lot of halibut.'' 8 Tick’acwskwts’ t’ax, tiQwaxwtc. ''But the other one, Raven, caught none at all.'' 9 “Tl’alhina, tl’alhina!” tsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, way. ''“Come here, come here!” Raven then said.'' 10 Lq’aylaycskwmats’ alakats’ktatus Tl’upana. ''He must have thought of something he could do to Cormorant.'' 11 Ayskwtutuu tx, Tl’upana, stl’aps ulhtx. ''And he, Cormorant, did indeed go to him.'' 12 “Tsqmna!” ''“Open your mouth!”'' 13 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''That’s what he said.'' 14 Tsqmskwtutuu tx. ''And indeed, he opened his mouth.'' 15 Hii, tcaliitsimkw tx! ''And, hey, his tongue was cut off!'' 16 Ts’ktakw t’axw ú lhtaamatawtxw s7apsulhaw. ''Later on, they arrived at the village where they lived.'' 17 Tl’aputskwaluts’ Tl’upana skaalats’amktsuts alhtuts’ktatumtxw cQwaxw. ''Now Cormorant started to attempt telling what Raven had done to him.'' 18 “Aa, alawicanaw waalhputl’aynictits7ats wastl’yuks t’ayc.” ''“Oh, it is about the ones that I caught, that’s what he is talking about.”'' 19 “Numawíts sputl’aylaycts.” ''“Only I have been lucky.”'' 20 “Wic ats wastl’yuks t’awtc s7alats’ísalu alh7aysts.” ''“That’s what he’s saying, that’s what he’s trying to tell us now.”'' 21 Tsutsutkw’ists’ik t’ax, Qwaxw, alhtialh7alhtsimkwaluts’, tiaxkwts’t’ayc alh7alhtsimaylayc Tl’upana. ''That’s what he, Raven, then said about the one who was trying to talk, this Cormorant who was now unable to talk.'' 22 Wickw ats si7alh7ays tiTl’upanat’ayc alhtisuncwt s7axw alh7alhtsimaylaycs, wic stcaliitsim ctiQwaxw alaayk’. ''This is why Cormorant is like that today, being unable to speak, because his tongue was cut off by Raven long ago.'' 23 Cwplxs t’ax. ''That’s the end of that story.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} szgt87czcqr1id3dry2f4401o3mz39t 0 458893 1365232 2026-09-24T12:17:01Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365232 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’itutits waanayk7awa skasmsmayuustits alats’ktatsk alaayk’ skamalhkw’alhtnim wasuncw7ats. ''Well, I will try to tell a story to these people who want me to tell about things that happened a long time ago, whenever this world was created.'' 2 Lhwaaslxsaaxkw wasuncw si7alhwlalhs alhtxw sq’slí was s7alhwlalhs. ''It is said that it rained for forty days, and that it was raining hard.'' 3 Aysts’ alhtxw stl’palhmliwastski alhtxw. ''And I gather that it stopped raining then.'' 4 Putl’sts’ tiqlat’ayc skaputsutsts’ alhtxw. ''Now the water came, and it started to rise then.'' 5 Alh7aysts’ ctisatl’suutstc. ''It looked like the tide coming in.'' 6 Ays alhtxw sqw’smulmcs tikulhulmct’ayc. ''That’s when the land was flooded.'' 7 Tl’apakwts’ tutl’mstatxw skakwnit tusatl’atxw ulhtukulhuutstxw skaaytut ulhtuasuutsawtxw. ''Then the people proceeded to take the canoes to the beach, placing them in front of their houses.'' 8 Umatstut tusts’laaxlhtxw. ''They brought the boards over.'' 9 Xulikitts’ tusulhawtxw s7alh7aysts’ntsk ctaayutsmim stamsawanaaxkwim. ''They pushed them off their houses, and I figure it looked like something that they said was being made into a raft.'' 10 Sawanaaxkw tsutakwts’ ú lhtx. ''A raft is what they called it.'' 11 Uts’alulhamtum wasts’laaxlh alhtusatl’atxw. ''The boards were placed on top of the canoes.'' 12 Tamsxmxmpim alhtxw caq’lscw. ''Then they were fastened with ropes.'' 13 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw s7icp’iixlanaw alh txw alhtikulhulmct’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, they were drifting around, right over this land.'' 14 Aynaw ctxw stm7iclisusiilhit taamataw txw. ''They just kept pushing (their vessels) out of the tight spots.'' 15 Q’sts’ skasatl’suutsmtim ctiqlat’ayc. ''They were entirely overwhelmed by this mass of water.'' 16 Aynawts’ alhtxw stm7alh7aylhaw ctxw s7alh7aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they were doing then, that’s all they could do at the time.'' 17 Sxmxmpimtu tutsay tusts’laaxlhtxw alhtxw ulasininitsaw alhtxw waacwlh. ''All the boards were fastened, so that at least a few of them would survive.'' 18 Atmanakwlukukstuu tuacwlhtxw. ''Nevertheless, as time passed, some people did die.'' 19 Axw tikasq’lhkwaw. ''They had no possessions.'' 20 Aynawts’ ctxw snupusmaw. ''That’s how they were, floating around.'' 21 Axw7its’ik alhnapits smaaskaaxs alhtxw s7ayalhawts’ alhtxw úlhNusq’lst. ''And I don’t know who many days went by before they reached Nusq’lst.'' 22 Sxmxmptsutawts’ ú lhtismtt’ayc alhtxw alhNusq’lst. ''That’s when they moored their vessels at this mountain at Nusq’lst.'' 23 Aynawts’ ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''And then they stayed there.'' 24 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7aynaw ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''They must have stayed there for several days.'' 25 Tilcuuts tiqlat’ayc alhtxw s7axwts’n muus skaqw’xwms. ''Then the water settled, and the flood subsided.'' 26 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw, way, s7axwts’ iq’tsutaw. ''And that is how things kind of were with them, for sure, they weren’t moving anymore.'' 27 Tm7alh7aylhawts’ ctxw. ''That’s just how things were with them.'' 28 Tl’apskwts’ taqlatx skaqnklcuutsstuts’. ''And then the water began to recede again.'' 29 Nutakansts’ alhtxw. ''And the tide was low.'' 30 Aynawtuts’ ctxw s7alhlistsutaw alhtismtt’ayc tuacwlhtxw scwpaycaw uuxnk ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''And again, some people were pushing away from this mountain, and they made their way down towards this land then.'' 31 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 32 Slá xs wap’iixla wakniclhit tuacwlh alhtxw. ''And some of them had much of their food floating away from them.'' 33 Alh7aystuu tialhi alhNutl’l alhtxw. ''That is exactly what happened to the people who lived at Nutl’l.'' 34 Alh7aystuu tialhituu alhKw’alhnatuu alhtxw, n waAts’aaxlh, n tiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''And the same thing happened to the ones living at Kw’alhna too, and to the ones at Ats’aaxlh, and this Bella Bella population.'' 35 Tmmú slh ats s7alhnapits. ''These are the only four that I know of.'' 36 Yalaclhaytum alhtiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''Yalaclhay (Goose Island) is what they call the one at Bella Bella.'' 37 Swak’c7its’ik alhNutl’l. ''And Swak’c is the one (mountain) at Nutl’l.'' 38 Pakwana7its’ik alhKw’alhna. ''And Pakwana is the one (mountain) at Kw’alhna.'' 39 Asts’lniiklhtum7its’ik alhAts’aaxlh, tialh7aykwtuu alhtxw tiaxw nuqw’smiixw alhtxw. ''And the one (mountain) at Ats’aaxlh is called Asts’lniiklh, the one that was at the time not inundated either.'' 40 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanawtuts’ ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''Now they were ready again to go to these regions.'' 41 Tl’apliwanawts’ skaq’lhkwtsutaw alhtxw. ''And they began to provide for themselves then.'' 42 Tamsulhtimutiinawtuts’ alhtxw. ''They built a few new houses for themselves then.'' 43 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanaw. ''Now they were settled.'' 44 Axw alhnapits s7alh7alatsicwstski ats alasuncw, katxuq’amstuu kaamlhanmistuu; axw alhnapits s7alh7ays alhtxw. ''I don’t know what time of the year it would have been, whether it was fall or spring; I don’t know how things were back them.'' 45 Way, utsi7iluts’ik ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw s7alh7ays. ''So, to date, that’s all I know about how things were back then.'' 46 Wickw’its’ika ts st’qalcs wastamtsk ú lhtialhit’ayc alh7na, alhNutl’lhiixw, tiSatsk’ayxwtumtc. ''And it was at this time that something must have stuck to this one located at the one, at Nutl’lhiixw, the one (mountain) called Satsk’ayxw.'' 47 Satsk’ayxw tsutaw ulhtismtt’ayc. ''Satsk’ayxw is what they call this mountain.'' 48 Ayutsawts’ t’axw st’qalcs ats, waq’akwtskw, ú lhtitictc, ulhtismtt’ayc alhNutl’lhiixw. ''They said that these things, lupines, stuck to this one, to this mountain at Nutl’lhiixw.'' 49 Alhpaaxtum7iluts’iktuts’ t’ayc casQ’akwtsulhik, tismttc alhSatsk’ayxw. ''And ever since, they have been calling this one Q’akwtsulhik, this elevation at Satsk’ayxw.'' 50 Alh7aykw’ituk tiNusimutstatumtuut’ayc alatpyaax7ats. ''And there is also this one, called Nusimutsta, across from here.'' 51 Tayamkiskw t’ax tit’nxws ú lhtitxaaxlhaaxutst’ayc. ''It is said that that one threw its top towards this one located further upstream.'' 52 Alh7ay7iluts’ik t’ayc stispulhankiiqwliwasts’ alhtxw. ''And since then, this one has looked like it has a lump on one side of its top.'' 53 Smsmalhhmsts’ s7alh7aystski ctxw. ''And now it is legendary, because of what must have happened then.'' 54 Alh7ays wasuncw7ats alhtxw. ''That’s how this world was back then.'' 55 Scwtl’utslhtsma alht’axw alaasaqw’slhh7ats wasmlhk7ats alaalh7aysts’ntski alhtxw. ''I may not have said enough about the fish that dwell on the bottom, when things were the way they must have been back then.'' 56 Nutl’lhlctimts’ntski alhtxw wasulutlhh wasmlhk7ats. ''These sea fish must have been stuck on dry land back then.'' 57 Aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw alaaaxlh7ats, alasmsmt7ats. ''Eventually, they became fossils further upstream, in these mountains.'' 58 Alh7aynaw7iluts’ik s7alhkw’alhtnaw, k’ulttuu7ats, ay7ats, ic7iixwtuu7ats. ''And since that time, they have been imprinted there, as well as these porpoises, various other species, including red cod.'' 59 Alh7aynaw ctxw st’qalcaw s7aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw. ''That’s what happened to them: they got stuck, and eventually, they became fossils.'' 60 Alh7aynaw7iluk alatsay kulhulmc alasqw’sm. ''And they are still there in all the areas that were flooded.'' 61 Alh7aynawtuu alhKw’alhna. ''They are at Kw’alhna too.'' 62 Alhlxwtilhk’u alhtikulhalstc alhKw’alhna alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats. ''We used to observe them, on the cliff at Kw’alhna, at the bank of the river.'' 63 Alh7aynaw cts s7alhkw’alhtnawluts’: kw’ni, wap’wituu7ats waalhi alhts. ''To this day, they are still imprinted there: fur seals, and these halibut, too, that are there.'' 64 Qulhaycawts’ alat’xt7ats. ''They have left their marks on these rocks.'' 65 Alh7aysts’tuu ctxw tismawt’ayc: alhnik’apsmskw t’ayc. ''This one in particular is just like them: its head has been cut off.'' 66 T’qalcs ulaats. ''It got stuck towards this area.'' 67 Alhtxuq’iixw7its’ik t’ayc alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats alhtit’xttc alhKw’alhna. ''And its head is located further downstream, at the bank of the river, on a rock at Kw’alhna.'' 68 Alhi7iluk alhts. ''And it is still there.'' 69 S7aymis s7alhilh s7alhlxwtilh alhts alhtuayk’t’axw s7alh7alh7aylhtxw alhts. ''We stayed there all the time and looked at them, a long time ago, when we used to be there.'' 70 Way. ''That’s all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] 0mpclg0cjytctuk11zlu2v1p60knqq5 1365263 1365232 2026-09-24T14:02:56Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365263 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’itutits waanayk7awa skasmsmayuustits alats’ktatsk alaayk’ skamalhkw’alhtnim wasuncw7ats. ''Well, I will try to tell a story to these people who want me to tell about things that happened a long time ago, whenever this world was created.'' 2 Lhwaaslxsaaxkw wasuncw si7alhwlalhs alhtxw sq’slí was s7alhwlalhs. ''It is said that it rained for forty days, and that it was raining hard.'' 3 Aysts’ alhtxw stl’palhmliwastski alhtxw. ''And I gather that it stopped raining then.'' 4 Putl’sts’ tiqlat’ayc skaputsutsts’ alhtxw. ''Now the water came, and it started to rise then.'' 5 Alh7aysts’ ctisatl’suutstc. ''It looked like the tide coming in.'' 6 Ays alhtxw sqw’smulmcs tikulhulmct’ayc. ''That’s when the land was flooded.'' 7 Tl’apakwts’ tutl’mstatxw skakwnit tusatl’atxw ulhtukulhuutstxw skaaytut ulhtuasuutsawtxw. ''Then the people proceeded to take the canoes to the beach, placing them in front of their houses.'' 8 Umatstut tusts’laaxlhtxw. ''They brought the boards over.'' 9 Xulikitts’ tusulhawtxw s7alh7aysts’ntsk ctaayutsmim stamsawanaaxkwim. ''They pushed them off their houses, and I figure it looked like something that they said was being made into a raft.'' 10 Sawanaaxkw tsutakwts’ ú lhtx. ''A raft is what they called it.'' 11 Uts’alulhamtum wasts’laaxlh alhtusatl’atxw. ''The boards were placed on top of the canoes.'' 12 Tamsxmxmpim alhtxw caq’lscw. ''Then they were fastened with ropes.'' 13 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw s7icp’iixlanaw alh txw alhtikulhulmct’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, they were drifting around, right over this land.'' 14 Aynaw ctxw stm7iclisusiilhit taamataw txw. ''They just kept pushing (their vessels) out of the tight spots.'' 15 Q’sts’ skasatl’suutsmtim ctiqlat’ayc. ''They were entirely overwhelmed by this mass of water.'' 16 Aynawts’ alhtxw stm7alh7aylhaw ctxw s7alh7aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they were doing then, that’s all they could do at the time.'' 17 Sxmxmpimtu tutsay tusts’laaxlhtxw alhtxw ulasininitsaw alhtxw waacwlh. ''All the boards were fastened, so that at least a few of them would survive.'' 18 Atmanakwlukukstuu tuacwlhtxw. ''Nevertheless, as time passed, some people did die.'' 19 Axw tikasq’lhkwaw. ''They had no possessions.'' 20 Aynawts’ ctxw snupusmaw. ''That’s how they were, floating around.'' 21 Axw7its’ik alhnapits smaaskaaxs alhtxw s7ayalhawts’ alhtxw úlhNusq’lst. ''And I don’t know who many days went by before they reached Nusq’lst.'' 22 Sxmxmptsutawts’ ú lhtismtt’ayc alhtxw alhNusq’lst. ''That’s when they moored their vessels at this mountain at Nusq’lst.'' 23 Aynawts’ ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''And then they stayed there.'' 24 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7aynaw ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''They must have stayed there for several days.'' 25 Tilcuuts tiqlat’ayc alhtxw s7axwts’n muus skaqw’xwms. ''Then the water settled, and the flood subsided.'' 26 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw, way, s7axwts’ iq’tsutaw. ''And that is how things kind of were with them, for sure, they weren’t moving anymore.'' 27 Tm7alh7aylhawts’ ctxw. ''That’s just how things were with them.'' 28 Tl’apskwts’ taqlatx skaqnklcuutsstuts’. ''And then the water began to recede again.'' 29 Nutakansts’ alhtxw. ''And the tide was low.'' 30 Aynawtuts’ ctxw s7alhlistsutaw alhtismtt’ayc tuacwlhtxw scwpaycaw uuxnk ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''And again, some people were pushing away from this mountain, and they made their way down towards this land then.'' 31 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 32 Slá xs wap’iixla wakniclhit tuacwlh alhtxw. ''And some of them had much of their food floating away from them.'' 33 Alh7aystuu tialhi alhNutl’l alhtxw. ''That is exactly what happened to the people who lived at Nutl’l.'' 34 Alh7aystuu tialhituu alhKw’alhnatuu alhtxw, n waAts’aaxlh, n tiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''And the same thing happened to the ones living at Kw’alhna too, and to the ones at Ats’aaxlh, and this Bella Bella population.'' 35 Tmmú slh ats s7alhnapits. ''These are the only four that I know of.'' 36 Yalaclhaytum alhtiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''Yalaclhay (Goose Island) is what they call the one at Bella Bella.'' 37 Swak’c7its’ik alhNutl’l. ''And Swak’c is the one (mountain) at Nutl’l.'' 38 Pakwana7its’ik alhKw’alhna. ''And Pakwana is the one (mountain) at Kw’alhna.'' 39 Asts’lniiklhtum7its’ik alhAts’aaxlh, tialh7aykwtuu alhtxw tiaxw nuqw’smiixw alhtxw. ''And the one (mountain) at Ats’aaxlh is called Asts’lniiklh, the one that was at the time not inundated either.'' 40 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanawtuts’ ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''Now they were ready again to go to these regions.'' 41 Tl’apliwanawts’ skaq’lhkwtsutaw alhtxw. ''And they began to provide for themselves then.'' 42 Tamsulhtimutiinawtuts’ alhtxw. ''They built a few new houses for themselves then.'' 43 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanaw. ''Now they were settled.'' 44 Axw alhnapits s7alh7alatsicwstski ats alasuncw, katxuq’amstuu kaamlhanmistuu; axw alhnapits s7alh7ays alhtxw. ''I don’t know what time of the year it would have been, whether it was fall or spring; I don’t know how things were back them.'' 45 Way, utsi7iluts’ik ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw s7alh7ays. ''So, to date, that’s all I know about how things were back then.'' 46 Wickw’its’ika ts st’qalcs wastamtsk ú lhtialhit’ayc alh7na, alhNutl’lhiixw, tiSatsk’ayxwtumtc. ''And it was at this time that something must have stuck to this one located at the one, at Nutl’lhiixw, the one (mountain) called Satsk’ayxw.'' 47 Satsk’ayxw tsutaw ulhtismtt’ayc. ''Satsk’ayxw is what they call this mountain.'' 48 Ayutsawts’ t’axw st’qalcs ats, waq’akwtskw, ú lhtitictc, ulhtismtt’ayc alhNutl’lhiixw. ''They said that these things, lupines, stuck to this one, to this mountain at Nutl’lhiixw.'' 49 Alhpaaxtum7iluts’iktuts’ t’ayc casQ’akwtsulhik, tismttc alhSatsk’ayxw. ''And ever since, they have been calling this one Q’akwtsulhik, this elevation at Satsk’ayxw.'' 50 Alh7aykw’ituk tiNusimutstatumtuut’ayc alatpyaax7ats. ''And there is also this one, called Nusimutsta, across from here.'' 51 Tayamkiskw t’ax tit’nxws ú lhtitxaaxlhaaxutst’ayc. ''It is said that that one threw its top towards this one located further upstream.'' 52 Alh7ay7iluts’ik t’ayc stispulhankiiqwliwasts’ alhtxw. ''And since then, this one has looked like it has a lump on one side of its top.'' 53 Smsmalhhmsts’ s7alh7aystski ctxw. ''And now it is legendary, because of what must have happened then.'' 54 Alh7ays wasuncw7ats alhtxw. ''That’s how this world was back then.'' 55 Scwtl’utslhtsma alht’axw alaasaqw’slhh7ats wasmlhk7ats alaalh7aysts’ntski alhtxw. ''I may not have said enough about the fish that dwell on the bottom, when things were the way they must have been back then.'' 56 Nutl’lhlctimts’ntski alhtxw wasulutlhh wasmlhk7ats. ''These sea fish must have been stuck on dry land back then.'' 57 Aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw alaaaxlh7ats, alasmsmt7ats. ''Eventually, they became fossils further upstream, in these mountains.'' 58 Alh7aynaw7iluts’ik s7alhkw’alhtnaw, k’ulttuu7ats, ay7ats, ic7iixwtuu7ats. ''And since that time, they have been imprinted there, as well as these porpoises, various other species, including red cod.'' 59 Alh7aynaw ctxw st’qalcaw s7aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw. ''That’s what happened to them: they got stuck, and eventually, they became fossils.'' 60 Alh7aynaw7iluk alatsay kulhulmc alasqw’sm. ''And they are still there in all the areas that were flooded.'' 61 Alh7aynawtuu alhKw’alhna. ''They are at Kw’alhna too.'' 62 Alhlxwtilhk’u alhtikulhalstc alhKw’alhna alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats. ''We used to observe them, on the cliff at Kw’alhna, at the bank of the river.'' 63 Alh7aynaw cts s7alhkw’alhtnawluts’: kw’ni, wap’wituu7ats waalhi alhts. ''To this day, they are still imprinted there: fur seals, and these halibut, too, that are there.'' 64 Qulhaycawts’ alat’xt7ats. ''They have left their marks on these rocks.'' 65 Alh7aysts’tuu ctxw tismawt’ayc: alhnik’apsmskw t’ayc. ''This one in particular is just like them: its head has been cut off.'' 66 T’qalcs ulaats. ''It got stuck towards this area.'' 67 Alhtxuq’iixw7its’ik t’ayc alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats alhtit’xttc alhKw’alhna. ''And its head is located further downstream, at the bank of the river, on a rock at Kw’alhna.'' 68 Alhi7iluk alhts. ''And it is still there.'' 69 S7aymis s7alhilh s7alhlxwtilh alhts alhtuayk’t’axw s7alh7alh7aylhtxw alhts. ''We stayed there all the time and looked at them, a long time ago, when we used to be there.'' 70 Way. ''That’s all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] 5qcfbuetrax8vhu8dzluncdq6lkfrxv 1365275 1365263 2026-09-24T14:07:01Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365275 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’itutits waanayk7awa skasmsmayuustits alats’ktatsk alaayk’ skamalhkw’alhtnim wasuncw7ats. ''Well, I will try to tell a story to these people who want me to tell about things that happened a long time ago, whenever this world was created.'' 2 Lhwaaslxsaaxkw wasuncw si7alhwlalhs alhtxw sq’slí was s7alhwlalhs. ''It is said that it rained for forty days, and that it was raining hard.'' 3 Aysts’ alhtxw stl’palhmliwastski alhtxw. ''And I gather that it stopped raining then.'' 4 Putl’sts’ tiqlat’ayc skaputsutsts’ alhtxw. ''Now the water came, and it started to rise then.'' 5 Alh7aysts’ ctisatl’suutstc. ''It looked like the tide coming in.'' 6 Ays alhtxw sqw’smulmcs tikulhulmct’ayc. ''That’s when the land was flooded.'' 7 Tl’apakwts’ tutl’mstatxw skakwnit tusatl’atxw ulhtukulhuutstxw skaaytut ulhtuasuutsawtxw. ''Then the people proceeded to take the canoes to the beach, placing them in front of their houses.'' 8 Umatstut tusts’laaxlhtxw. ''They brought the boards over.'' 9 Xulikitts’ tusulhawtxw s7alh7aysts’ntsk ctaayutsmim stamsawanaaxkwim. ''They pushed them off their houses, and I figure it looked like something that they said was being made into a raft.'' 10 Sawanaaxkw tsutakwts’ ú lhtx. ''A raft is what they called it.'' 11 Uts’alulhamtum wasts’laaxlh alhtusatl’atxw. ''The boards were placed on top of the canoes.'' 12 Tamsxmxmpim alhtxw caq’lscw. ''Then they were fastened with ropes.'' 13 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw s7icp’iixlanaw alh txw alhtikulhulmct’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, they were drifting around, right over this land.'' 14 Aynaw ctxw stm7iclisusiilhit taamataw txw. ''They just kept pushing (their vessels) out of the tight spots.'' 15 Q’sts’ skasatl’suutsmtim ctiqlat’ayc. ''They were entirely overwhelmed by this mass of water.'' 16 Aynawts’ alhtxw stm7alh7aylhaw ctxw s7alh7aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they were doing then, that’s all they could do at the time.'' 17 Sxmxmpimtu tutsay tusts’laaxlhtxw alhtxw ulasininitsaw alhtxw waacwlh. ''All the boards were fastened, so that at least a few of them would survive.'' 18 Atmanakwlukukstuu tuacwlhtxw. ''Nevertheless, as time passed, some people did die.'' 19 Axw tikasq’lhkwaw. ''They had no possessions.'' 20 Aynawts’ ctxw snupusmaw. ''That’s how they were, floating around.'' 21 Axw7its’ik alhnapits smaaskaaxs alhtxw s7ayalhawts’ alhtxw úlhNusq’lst. ''And I don’t know who many days went by before they reached Nusq’lst.'' 22 Sxmxmptsutawts’ ú lhtismtt’ayc alhtxw alhNusq’lst. ''That’s when they moored their vessels at this mountain at Nusq’lst.'' 23 Aynawts’ ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''And then they stayed there.'' 24 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7aynaw ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''They must have stayed there for several days.'' 25 Tilcuuts tiqlat’ayc alhtxw s7axwts’n muus skaqw’xwms. ''Then the water settled, and the flood subsided.'' 26 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw, way, s7axwts’ iq’tsutaw. ''And that is how things kind of were with them, for sure, they weren’t moving anymore.'' 27 Tm7alh7aylhawts’ ctxw. ''That’s just how things were with them.'' 28 Tl’apskwts’ taqlatx skaqnklcuutsstuts’. ''And then the water began to recede again.'' 29 Nutakansts’ alhtxw. ''And the tide was low.'' 30 Aynawtuts’ ctxw s7alhlistsutaw alhtismtt’ayc tuacwlhtxw scwpaycaw uuxnk ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''And again, some people were pushing away from this mountain, and they made their way down towards this land then.'' 31 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 32 Slá xs wap’iixla wakniclhit tuacwlh alhtxw. ''And some of them had much of their food floating away from them.'' 33 Alh7aystuu tialhi alhNutl’l alhtxw. ''That is exactly what happened to the people who lived at Nutl’l.'' 34 Alh7aystuu tialhituu alhKw’alhnatuu alhtxw, n waAts’aaxlh, n tiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''And the same thing happened to the ones living at Kw’alhna too, and to the ones at Ats’aaxlh, and this Bella Bella population.'' 35 Tmmú slh ats s7alhnapits. ''These are the only four that I know of.'' 36 Yalaclhaytum alhtiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''Yalaclhay (Goose Island) is what they call the one at Bella Bella.'' 37 Swak’c7its’ik alhNutl’l. ''And Swak’c is the one (mountain) at Nutl’l.'' 38 Pakwana7its’ik alhKw’alhna. ''And Pakwana is the one (mountain) at Kw’alhna.'' 39 Asts’lniiklhtum7its’ik alhAts’aaxlh, tialh7aykwtuu alhtxw tiaxw nuqw’smiixw alhtxw. ''And the one (mountain) at Ats’aaxlh is called Asts’lniiklh, the one that was at the time not inundated either.'' 40 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanawtuts’ ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''Now they were ready again to go to these regions.'' 41 Tl’apliwanawts’ skaq’lhkwtsutaw alhtxw. ''And they began to provide for themselves then.'' 42 Tamsulhtimutiinawtuts’ alhtxw. ''They built a few new houses for themselves then.'' 43 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanaw. ''Now they were settled.'' 44 Axw alhnapits s7alh7alatsicwstski ats alasuncw, katxuq’amstuu kaamlhanmistuu; axw alhnapits s7alh7ays alhtxw. ''I don’t know what time of the year it would have been, whether it was fall or spring; I don’t know how things were back them.'' 45 Way, utsi7iluts’ik ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw s7alh7ays. ''So, to date, that’s all I know about how things were back then.'' 46 Wickw’its’ika ts st’qalcs wastamtsk ú lhtialhit’ayc alh7na, alhNutl’lhiixw, tiSatsk’ayxwtumtc. ''And it was at this time that something must have stuck to this one located at the one, at Nutl’lhiixw, the one (mountain) called Satsk’ayxw.'' 47 Satsk’ayxw tsutaw ulhtismtt’ayc. ''Satsk’ayxw is what they call this mountain.'' 48 Ayutsawts’ t’axw st’qalcs ats, waq’akwtskw, ú lhtitictc, ulhtismtt’ayc alhNutl’lhiixw. ''They said that these things, lupines, stuck to this one, to this mountain at Nutl’lhiixw.'' 49 Alhpaaxtum7iluts’iktuts’ t’ayc casQ’akwtsulhik, tismttc alhSatsk’ayxw. ''And ever since, they have been calling this one Q’akwtsulhik, this elevation at Satsk’ayxw.'' 50 Alh7aykw’ituk tiNusimutstatumtuut’ayc alatpyaax7ats. ''And there is also this one, called Nusimutsta, across from here.'' 51 Tayamkiskw t’ax tit’nxws ú lhtitxaaxlhaaxutst’ayc. ''It is said that that one threw its top towards this one located further upstream.'' 52 Alh7ay7iluts’ik t’ayc stispulhankiiqwliwasts’ alhtxw. ''And since then, this one has looked like it has a lump on one side of its top.'' 53 Smsmalhhmsts’ s7alh7aystski ctxw. ''And now it is legendary, because of what must have happened then.'' 54 Alh7ays wasuncw7ats alhtxw. ''That’s how this world was back then.'' 55 Scwtl’utslhtsma alht’axw alaasaqw’slhh7ats wasmlhk7ats alaalh7aysts’ntski alhtxw. ''I may not have said enough about the fish that dwell on the bottom, when things were the way they must have been back then.'' 56 Nutl’lhlctimts’ntski alhtxw wasulutlhh wasmlhk7ats. ''These sea fish must have been stuck on dry land back then.'' 57 Aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw alaaaxlh7ats, alasmsmt7ats. ''Eventually, they became fossils further upstream, in these mountains.'' 58 Alh7aynaw7iluts’ik s7alhkw’alhtnaw, k’ulttuu7ats, ay7ats, ic7iixwtuu7ats. ''And since that time, they have been imprinted there, as well as these porpoises, various other species, including red cod.'' 59 Alh7aynaw ctxw st’qalcaw s7aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw. ''That’s what happened to them: they got stuck, and eventually, they became fossils.'' 60 Alh7aynaw7iluk alatsay kulhulmc alasqw’sm. ''And they are still there in all the areas that were flooded.'' 61 Alh7aynawtuu alhKw’alhna. ''They are at Kw’alhna too.'' 62 Alhlxwtilhk’u alhtikulhalstc alhKw’alhna alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats. ''We used to observe them, on the cliff at Kw’alhna, at the bank of the river.'' 63 Alh7aynaw cts s7alhkw’alhtnawluts’: kw’ni, wap’wituu7ats waalhi alhts. ''To this day, they are still imprinted there: fur seals, and these halibut, too, that are there.'' 64 Qulhaycawts’ alat’xt7ats. ''They have left their marks on these rocks.'' 65 Alh7aysts’tuu ctxw tismawt’ayc: alhnik’apsmskw t’ayc. ''This one in particular is just like them: its head has been cut off.'' 66 T’qalcs ulaats. ''It got stuck towards this area.'' 67 Alhtxuq’iixw7its’ik t’ayc alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats alhtit’xttc alhKw’alhna. ''And its head is located further downstream, at the bank of the river, on a rock at Kw’alhna.'' 68 Alhi7iluk alhts. ''And it is still there.'' 69 S7aymis s7alhilh s7alhlxwtilh alhts alhtuayk’t’axw s7alh7alh7aylhtxw alhts. ''We stayed there all the time and looked at them, a long time ago, when we used to be there.'' 70 Way. ''That’s all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} dlgfrxae6khozlkyy2vtxojccd7qki3 1365285 1365275 2026-09-24T14:25:12Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365285 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’itutits waanayk7awa skasmsmayuustits alats’ktatsk alaayk’ skamalhkw’alhtnim wasuncw7ats. ''Well, I will try to tell a story to these people who want me to tell about things that happened a long time ago, whenever this world was created.'' 2 Lhwaaslxsaaxkw wasuncw si7alhwlalhs alhtxw sq’slí was s7alhwlalhs. ''It is said that it rained for forty days, and that it was raining hard.'' 3 Aysts’ alhtxw stl’palhmliwastski alhtxw. ''And I gather that it stopped raining then.'' 4 Putl’sts’ tiqlat’ayc skaputsutsts’ alhtxw. ''Now the water came, and it started to rise then.'' 5 Alh7aysts’ ctisatl’suutstc. ''It looked like the tide coming in.'' 6 Ays alhtxw sqw’smulmcs tikulhulmct’ayc. ''That’s when the land was flooded.'' 7 Tl’apakwts’ tutl’mstatxw skakwnit tusatl’atxw ulhtukulhuutstxw skaaytut ulhtuasuutsawtxw. ''Then the people proceeded to take the canoes to the beach, placing them in front of their houses.'' 8 Umatstut tusts’laaxlhtxw. ''They brought the boards over.'' 9 Xulikitts’ tusulhawtxw s7alh7aysts’ntsk ctaayutsmim stamsawanaaxkwim. ''They pushed them off their houses, and I figure it looked like something that they said was being made into a raft.'' 10 Sawanaaxkw tsutakwts’ ú lhtx. ''A raft is what they called it.'' 11 Uts’alulhamtum wasts’laaxlh alhtusatl’atxw. ''The boards were placed on top of the canoes.'' 12 Tamsxmxmpim alhtxw caq’lscw. ''Then they were fastened with ropes.'' 13 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw s7icp’iixlanaw alh txw alhtikulhulmct’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, they were drifting around, right over this land.'' 14 Aynaw ctxw stm7iclisusiilhit taamataw txw. ''They just kept pushing (their vessels) out of the tight spots.'' 15 Q’sts’ skasatl’suutsmtim ctiqlat’ayc. ''They were entirely overwhelmed by this mass of water.'' 16 Aynawts’ alhtxw stm7alh7aylhaw ctxw s7alh7aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they were doing then, that’s all they could do at the time.'' 17 Sxmxmpimtu tutsay tusts’laaxlhtxw alhtxw ulasininitsaw alhtxw waacwlh. ''All the boards were fastened, so that at least a few of them would survive.'' 18 Atmanakwlukukstuu tuacwlhtxw. ''Nevertheless, as time passed, some people did die.'' 19 Axw tikasq’lhkwaw. ''They had no possessions.'' 20 Aynawts’ ctxw snupusmaw. ''That’s how they were, floating around.'' 21 Axw7its’ik alhnapits smaaskaaxs alhtxw s7ayalhawts’ alhtxw úlhNusq’lst. ''And I don’t know who many days went by before they reached Nusq’lst.'' 22 Sxmxmptsutawts’ ú lhtismtt’ayc alhtxw alhNusq’lst. ''That’s when they moored their vessels at this mountain at Nusq’lst.'' 23 Aynawts’ ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''And then they stayed there.'' 24 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7aynaw ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''They must have stayed there for several days.'' 25 Tilcuuts tiqlat’ayc alhtxw s7axwts’n muus skaqw’xwms. ''Then the water settled, and the flood subsided.'' 26 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw, way, s7axwts’ iq’tsutaw. ''And that is how things kind of were with them, for sure, they weren’t moving anymore.'' 27 Tm7alh7aylhawts’ ctxw. ''That’s just how things were with them.'' 28 Tl’apskwts’ taqlatx skaqnklcuutsstuts’. ''And then the water began to recede again.'' 29 Nutakansts’ alhtxw. ''And the tide was low.'' 30 Aynawtuts’ ctxw s7alhlistsutaw alhtismtt’ayc tuacwlhtxw scwpaycaw uuxnk ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''And again, some people were pushing away from this mountain, and they made their way down towards this land then.'' 31 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 32 Sláxs wap’iixla wakniclhit tuacwlh alhtxw. ''And some of them had much of their food floating away from them.'' 33 Alh7aystuu tialhi alhNutl’l alhtxw. ''That is exactly what happened to the people who lived at Nutl’l.'' 34 Alh7aystuu tialhituu alhKw’alhnatuu alhtxw, n waAts’aaxlh, n tiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''And the same thing happened to the ones living at Kw’alhna too, and to the ones at Ats’aaxlh, and this Bella Bella population.'' 35 Tmmú slh ats s7alhnapits. ''These are the only four that I know of.'' 36 Yalaclhaytum alhtiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''Yalaclhay (Goose Island) is what they call the one at Bella Bella.'' 37 Swak’c7its’ik alhNutl’l. ''And Swak’c is the one (mountain) at Nutl’l.'' 38 Pakwana7its’ik alhKw’alhna. ''And Pakwana is the one (mountain) at Kw’alhna.'' 39 Asts’lniiklhtum7its’ik alhAts’aaxlh, tialh7aykwtuu alhtxw tiaxw nuqw’smiixw alhtxw. ''And the one (mountain) at Ats’aaxlh is called Asts’lniiklh, the one that was at the time not inundated either.'' 40 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanawtuts’ ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''Now they were ready again to go to these regions.'' 41 Tl’apliwanawts’ skaq’lhkwtsutaw alhtxw. ''And they began to provide for themselves then.'' 42 Tamsulhtimutiinawtuts’ alhtxw. ''They built a few new houses for themselves then.'' 43 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanaw. ''Now they were settled.'' 44 Axw alhnapits s7alh7alatsicwstski ats alasuncw, katxuq’amstuu kaamlhanmistuu; axw alhnapits s7alh7ays alhtxw. ''I don’t know what time of the year it would have been, whether it was fall or spring; I don’t know how things were back them.'' 45 Way, utsi7iluts’ik ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw s7alh7ays. ''So, to date, that’s all I know about how things were back then.'' 46 Wickw’its’ika ts st’qalcs wastamtsk ú lhtialhit’ayc alh7na, alhNutl’lhiixw, tiSatsk’ayxwtumtc. ''And it was at this time that something must have stuck to this one located at the one, at Nutl’lhiixw, the one (mountain) called Satsk’ayxw.'' 47 Satsk’ayxw tsutaw ulhtismtt’ayc. ''Satsk’ayxw is what they call this mountain.'' 48 Ayutsawts’ t’axw st’qalcs ats, waq’akwtskw, ú lhtitictc, ulhtismtt’ayc alhNutl’lhiixw. ''They said that these things, lupines, stuck to this one, to this mountain at Nutl’lhiixw.'' 49 Alhpaaxtum7iluts’iktuts’ t’ayc casQ’akwtsulhik, tismttc alhSatsk’ayxw. ''And ever since, they have been calling this one Q’akwtsulhik, this elevation at Satsk’ayxw.'' 50 Alh7aykw’ituk tiNusimutstatumtuut’ayc alatpyaax7ats. ''And there is also this one, called Nusimutsta, across from here.'' 51 Tayamkiskw t’ax tit’nxws ú lhtitxaaxlhaaxutst’ayc. ''It is said that that one threw its top towards this one located further upstream.'' 52 Alh7ay7iluts’ik t’ayc stispulhankiiqwliwasts’ alhtxw. ''And since then, this one has looked like it has a lump on one side of its top.'' 53 Smsmalhhmsts’ s7alh7aystski ctxw. ''And now it is legendary, because of what must have happened then.'' 54 Alh7ays wasuncw7ats alhtxw. ''That’s how this world was back then.'' 55 Scwtl’utslhtsma alht’axw alaasaqw’slhh7ats wasmlhk7ats alaalh7aysts’ntski alhtxw. ''I may not have said enough about the fish that dwell on the bottom, when things were the way they must have been back then.'' 56 Nutl’lhlctimts’ntski alhtxw wasulutlhh wasmlhk7ats. ''These sea fish must have been stuck on dry land back then.'' 57 Aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw alaaaxlh7ats, alasmsmt7ats. ''Eventually, they became fossils further upstream, in these mountains.'' 58 Alh7aynaw7iluts’ik s7alhkw’alhtnaw, k’ulttuu7ats, ay7ats, ic7iixwtuu7ats. ''And since that time, they have been imprinted there, as well as these porpoises, various other species, including red cod.'' 59 Alh7aynaw ctxw st’qalcaw s7aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw. ''That’s what happened to them: they got stuck, and eventually, they became fossils.'' 60 Alh7aynaw7iluk alatsay kulhulmc alasqw’sm. ''And they are still there in all the areas that were flooded.'' 61 Alh7aynawtuu alhKw’alhna. ''They are at Kw’alhna too.'' 62 Alhlxwtilhk’u alhtikulhalstc alhKw’alhna alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats. ''We used to observe them, on the cliff at Kw’alhna, at the bank of the river.'' 63 Alh7aynaw cts s7alhkw’alhtnawluts’: kw’ni, wap’wituu7ats waalhi alhts. ''To this day, they are still imprinted there: fur seals, and these halibut, too, that are there.'' 64 Qulhaycawts’ alat’xt7ats. ''They have left their marks on these rocks.'' 65 Alh7aysts’tuu ctxw tismawt’ayc: alhnik’apsmskw t’ayc. ''This one in particular is just like them: its head has been cut off.'' 66 T’qalcs ulaats. ''It got stuck towards this area.'' 67 Alhtxuq’iixw7its’ik t’ayc alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats alhtit’xttc alhKw’alhna. ''And its head is located further downstream, at the bank of the river, on a rock at Kw’alhna.'' 68 Alhi7iluk alhts. ''And it is still there.'' 69 S7aymis s7alhilh s7alhlxwtilh alhts alhtuayk’t’axw s7alh7alh7aylhtxw alhts. ''We stayed there all the time and looked at them, a long time ago, when we used to be there.'' 70 Way. ''That’s all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} amx6ckvg2g5wyi1pw7n4mda66kxc1e0 1365290 1365285 2026-09-24T14:32:26Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365290 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’itutits waanayk7awa skasmsmayuustits alats’ktatsk alaayk’ skamalhkw’alhtnim wasuncw7ats. ''Well, I will try to tell a story to these people who want me to tell about things that happened a long time ago, whenever this world was created.'' 2 Lhwaaslxsaaxkw wasuncw si7alhwlalhs alhtxw sq’slíwas s7alhwlalhs. ''It is said that it rained for forty days, and that it was raining hard.'' 3 Aysts’ alhtxw stl’palhmliwastski alhtxw. ''And I gather that it stopped raining then.'' 4 Putl’sts’ tiqlat’ayc skaputsutsts’ alhtxw. ''Now the water came, and it started to rise then.'' 5 Alh7aysts’ ctisatl’suutstc. ''It looked like the tide coming in.'' 6 Ays alhtxw sqw’smulmcs tikulhulmct’ayc. ''That’s when the land was flooded.'' 7 Tl’apakwts’ tutl’mstatxw skakwnit tusatl’atxw ulhtukulhuutstxw skaaytut ulhtuasuutsawtxw. ''Then the people proceeded to take the canoes to the beach, placing them in front of their houses.'' 8 Umatstut tusts’laaxlhtxw. ''They brought the boards over.'' 9 Xulikitts’ tusulhawtxw s7alh7aysts’ntsk ctaayutsmim stamsawanaaxkwim. ''They pushed them off their houses, and I figure it looked like something that they said was being made into a raft.'' 10 Sawanaaxkw tsutakwts’ ú lhtx. ''A raft is what they called it.'' 11 Uts’alulhamtum wasts’laaxlh alhtusatl’atxw. ''The boards were placed on top of the canoes.'' 12 Tamsxmxmpim alhtxw caq’lscw. ''Then they were fastened with ropes.'' 13 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw s7icp’iixlanaw alh txw alhtikulhulmct’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, they were drifting around, right over this land.'' 14 Aynaw ctxw stm7iclisusiilhit taamataw txw. ''They just kept pushing (their vessels) out of the tight spots.'' 15 Q’sts’ skasatl’suutsmtim ctiqlat’ayc. ''They were entirely overwhelmed by this mass of water.'' 16 Aynawts’ alhtxw stm7alh7aylhaw ctxw s7alh7aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they were doing then, that’s all they could do at the time.'' 17 Sxmxmpimtu tutsay tusts’laaxlhtxw alhtxw ulasininitsaw alhtxw waacwlh. ''All the boards were fastened, so that at least a few of them would survive.'' 18 Atmanakwlukukstuu tuacwlhtxw. ''Nevertheless, as time passed, some people did die.'' 19 Axw tikasq’lhkwaw. ''They had no possessions.'' 20 Aynawts’ ctxw snupusmaw. ''That’s how they were, floating around.'' 21 Axw7its’ik alhnapits smaaskaaxs alhtxw s7ayalhawts’ alhtxw úlhNusq’lst. ''And I don’t know who many days went by before they reached Nusq’lst.'' 22 Sxmxmptsutawts’ ú lhtismtt’ayc alhtxw alhNusq’lst. ''That’s when they moored their vessels at this mountain at Nusq’lst.'' 23 Aynawts’ ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''And then they stayed there.'' 24 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7aynaw ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''They must have stayed there for several days.'' 25 Tilcuuts tiqlat’ayc alhtxw s7axwts’n muus skaqw’xwms. ''Then the water settled, and the flood subsided.'' 26 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw, way, s7axwts’ iq’tsutaw. ''And that is how things kind of were with them, for sure, they weren’t moving anymore.'' 27 Tm7alh7aylhawts’ ctxw. ''That’s just how things were with them.'' 28 Tl’apskwts’ taqlatx skaqnklcuutsstuts’. ''And then the water began to recede again.'' 29 Nutakansts’ alhtxw. ''And the tide was low.'' 30 Aynawtuts’ ctxw s7alhlistsutaw alhtismtt’ayc tuacwlhtxw scwpaycaw uuxnk ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''And again, some people were pushing away from this mountain, and they made their way down towards this land then.'' 31 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 32 Sláxs wap’iixla wakniclhit tuacwlh alhtxw. ''And some of them had much of their food floating away from them.'' 33 Alh7aystuu tialhi alhNutl’l alhtxw. ''That is exactly what happened to the people who lived at Nutl’l.'' 34 Alh7aystuu tialhituu alhKw’alhnatuu alhtxw, n waAts’aaxlh, n tiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''And the same thing happened to the ones living at Kw’alhna too, and to the ones at Ats’aaxlh, and this Bella Bella population.'' 35 Tmmú slh ats s7alhnapits. ''These are the only four that I know of.'' 36 Yalaclhaytum alhtiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''Yalaclhay (Goose Island) is what they call the one at Bella Bella.'' 37 Swak’c7its’ik alhNutl’l. ''And Swak’c is the one (mountain) at Nutl’l.'' 38 Pakwana7its’ik alhKw’alhna. ''And Pakwana is the one (mountain) at Kw’alhna.'' 39 Asts’lniiklhtum7its’ik alhAts’aaxlh, tialh7aykwtuu alhtxw tiaxw nuqw’smiixw alhtxw. ''And the one (mountain) at Ats’aaxlh is called Asts’lniiklh, the one that was at the time not inundated either.'' 40 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanawtuts’ ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''Now they were ready again to go to these regions.'' 41 Tl’apliwanawts’ skaq’lhkwtsutaw alhtxw. ''And they began to provide for themselves then.'' 42 Tamsulhtimutiinawtuts’ alhtxw. ''They built a few new houses for themselves then.'' 43 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanaw. ''Now they were settled.'' 44 Axw alhnapits s7alh7alatsicwstski ats alasuncw, katxuq’amstuu kaamlhanmistuu; axw alhnapits s7alh7ays alhtxw. ''I don’t know what time of the year it would have been, whether it was fall or spring; I don’t know how things were back them.'' 45 Way, utsi7iluts’ik ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw s7alh7ays. ''So, to date, that’s all I know about how things were back then.'' 46 Wickw’its’ika ts st’qalcs wastamtsk ú lhtialhit’ayc alh7na, alhNutl’lhiixw, tiSatsk’ayxwtumtc. ''And it was at this time that something must have stuck to this one located at the one, at Nutl’lhiixw, the one (mountain) called Satsk’ayxw.'' 47 Satsk’ayxw tsutaw ulhtismtt’ayc. ''Satsk’ayxw is what they call this mountain.'' 48 Ayutsawts’ t’axw st’qalcs ats, waq’akwtskw, ú lhtitictc, ulhtismtt’ayc alhNutl’lhiixw. ''They said that these things, lupines, stuck to this one, to this mountain at Nutl’lhiixw.'' 49 Alhpaaxtum7iluts’iktuts’ t’ayc casQ’akwtsulhik, tismttc alhSatsk’ayxw. ''And ever since, they have been calling this one Q’akwtsulhik, this elevation at Satsk’ayxw.'' 50 Alh7aykw’ituk tiNusimutstatumtuut’ayc alatpyaax7ats. ''And there is also this one, called Nusimutsta, across from here.'' 51 Tayamkiskw t’ax tit’nxws ú lhtitxaaxlhaaxutst’ayc. ''It is said that that one threw its top towards this one located further upstream.'' 52 Alh7ay7iluts’ik t’ayc stispulhankiiqwliwasts’ alhtxw. ''And since then, this one has looked like it has a lump on one side of its top.'' 53 Smsmalhhmsts’ s7alh7aystski ctxw. ''And now it is legendary, because of what must have happened then.'' 54 Alh7ays wasuncw7ats alhtxw. ''That’s how this world was back then.'' 55 Scwtl’utslhtsma alht’axw alaasaqw’slhh7ats wasmlhk7ats alaalh7aysts’ntski alhtxw. ''I may not have said enough about the fish that dwell on the bottom, when things were the way they must have been back then.'' 56 Nutl’lhlctimts’ntski alhtxw wasulutlhh wasmlhk7ats. ''These sea fish must have been stuck on dry land back then.'' 57 Aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw alaaaxlh7ats, alasmsmt7ats. ''Eventually, they became fossils further upstream, in these mountains.'' 58 Alh7aynaw7iluts’ik s7alhkw’alhtnaw, k’ulttuu7ats, ay7ats, ic7iixwtuu7ats. ''And since that time, they have been imprinted there, as well as these porpoises, various other species, including red cod.'' 59 Alh7aynaw ctxw st’qalcaw s7aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw. ''That’s what happened to them: they got stuck, and eventually, they became fossils.'' 60 Alh7aynaw7iluk alatsay kulhulmc alasqw’sm. ''And they are still there in all the areas that were flooded.'' 61 Alh7aynawtuu alhKw’alhna. ''They are at Kw’alhna too.'' 62 Alhlxwtilhk’u alhtikulhalstc alhKw’alhna alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats. ''We used to observe them, on the cliff at Kw’alhna, at the bank of the river.'' 63 Alh7aynaw cts s7alhkw’alhtnawluts’: kw’ni, wap’wituu7ats waalhi alhts. ''To this day, they are still imprinted there: fur seals, and these halibut, too, that are there.'' 64 Qulhaycawts’ alat’xt7ats. ''They have left their marks on these rocks.'' 65 Alh7aysts’tuu ctxw tismawt’ayc: alhnik’apsmskw t’ayc. ''This one in particular is just like them: its head has been cut off.'' 66 T’qalcs ulaats. ''It got stuck towards this area.'' 67 Alhtxuq’iixw7its’ik t’ayc alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats alhtit’xttc alhKw’alhna. ''And its head is located further downstream, at the bank of the river, on a rock at Kw’alhna.'' 68 Alhi7iluk alhts. ''And it is still there.'' 69 S7aymis s7alhilh s7alhlxwtilh alhts alhtuayk’t’axw s7alh7alh7aylhtxw alhts. ''We stayed there all the time and looked at them, a long time ago, when we used to be there.'' 70 Way. ''That’s all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} etx4ctu7h93p23c5lqgih33akbsp9s9 1365300 1365290 2026-09-24T14:57:18Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365300 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’itutits waanayk7awa skasmsmayuustits alats’ktatsk alaayk’ skamalhkw’alhtnim wasuncw7ats. ''Well, I will try to tell a story to these people who want me to tell about things that happened a long time ago, whenever this world was created.'' 2 Lhwaaslxsaaxkw wasuncw si7alhwlalhs alhtxw sq’slíwas s7alhwlalhs. ''It is said that it rained for forty days, and that it was raining hard.'' 3 Aysts’ alhtxw stl’palhmliwastski alhtxw. ''And I gather that it stopped raining then.'' 4 Putl’sts’ tiqlat’ayc skaputsutsts’ alhtxw. ''Now the water came, and it started to rise then.'' 5 Alh7aysts’ ctisatl’suutstc. ''It looked like the tide coming in.'' 6 Ays alhtxw sqw’smulmcs tikulhulmct’ayc. ''That’s when the land was flooded.'' 7 Tl’apakwts’ tutl’mstatxw skakwnit tusatl’atxw ulhtukulhuutstxw skaaytut ulhtuasuutsawtxw. ''Then the people proceeded to take the canoes to the beach, placing them in front of their houses.'' 8 Umatstut tusts’laaxlhtxw. ''They brought the boards over.'' 9 Xulikitts’ tusulhawtxw s7alh7aysts’ntsk ctaayutsmim stamsawanaaxkwim. ''They pushed them off their houses, and I figure it looked like something that they said was being made into a raft.'' 10 Sawanaaxkw tsutakwts’ úlhtx. ''A raft is what they called it.'' 11 Uts’alulhamtum wasts’laaxlh alhtusatl’atxw. ''The boards were placed on top of the canoes.'' 12 Tamsxmxmpim alhtxw caq’lscw. ''Then they were fastened with ropes.'' 13 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw s7icp’iixlanaw alh txw alhtikulhulmct’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, they were drifting around, right over this land.'' 14 Aynaw ctxw stm7iclisusiilhit taamataw txw. ''They just kept pushing (their vessels) out of the tight spots.'' 15 Q’sts’ skasatl’suutsmtim ctiqlat’ayc. ''They were entirely overwhelmed by this mass of water.'' 16 Aynawts’ alhtxw stm7alh7aylhaw ctxw s7alh7aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they were doing then, that’s all they could do at the time.'' 17 Sxmxmpimtu tutsay tusts’laaxlhtxw alhtxw ulasininitsaw alhtxw waacwlh. ''All the boards were fastened, so that at least a few of them would survive.'' 18 Atmanakwlukukstuu tuacwlhtxw. ''Nevertheless, as time passed, some people did die.'' 19 Axw tikasq’lhkwaw. ''They had no possessions.'' 20 Aynawts’ ctxw snupusmaw. ''That’s how they were, floating around.'' 21 Axw7its’ik alhnapits smaaskaaxs alhtxw s7ayalhawts’ alhtxw úlhNusq’lst. ''And I don’t know who many days went by before they reached Nusq’lst.'' 22 Sxmxmptsutawts’ úlhtismtt’ayc alhtxw alhNusq’lst. ''That’s when they moored their vessels at this mountain at Nusq’lst.'' 23 Aynawts’ ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''And then they stayed there.'' 24 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7aynaw ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''They must have stayed there for several days.'' 25 Tilcuuts tiqlat’ayc alhtxw s7axwts’n muus skaqw’xwms. ''Then the water settled, and the flood subsided.'' 26 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw, way, s7axwts’ iq’tsutaw. ''And that is how things kind of were with them, for sure, they weren’t moving anymore.'' 27 Tm7alh7aylhawts’ ctxw. ''That’s just how things were with them.'' 28 Tl’apskwts’ taqlatx skaqnklcuutsstuts’. ''And then the water began to recede again.'' 29 Nutakansts’ alhtxw. ''And the tide was low.'' 30 Aynawtuts’ ctxw s7alhlistsutaw alhtismtt’ayc tuacwlhtxw scwpaycaw uuxnk ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''And again, some people were pushing away from this mountain, and they made their way down towards this land then.'' 31 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 32 Sláxs wap’iixla wakniclhit tuacwlh alhtxw. ''And some of them had much of their food floating away from them.'' 33 Alh7aystuu tialhi alhNutl’l alhtxw. ''That is exactly what happened to the people who lived at Nutl’l.'' 34 Alh7aystuu tialhituu alhKw’alhnatuu alhtxw, n waAts’aaxlh, n tiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''And the same thing happened to the ones living at Kw’alhna too, and to the ones at Ats’aaxlh, and this Bella Bella population.'' 35 Tmmúslh ats s7alhnapits. ''These are the only four that I know of.'' 36 Yalaclhaytum alhtiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''Yalaclhay (Goose Island) is what they call the one at Bella Bella.'' 37 Swak’c7its’ik alhNutl’l. ''And Swak’c is the one (mountain) at Nutl’l.'' 38 Pakwana7its’ik alhKw’alhna. ''And Pakwana is the one (mountain) at Kw’alhna.'' 39 Asts’lniiklhtum7its’ik alhAts’aaxlh, tialh7aykwtuu alhtxw tiaxw nuqw’smiixw alhtxw. ''And the one (mountain) at Ats’aaxlh is called Asts’lniiklh, the one that was at the time not inundated either.'' 40 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanawtuts’ ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''Now they were ready again to go to these regions.'' 41 Tl’apliwanawts’ skaq’lhkwtsutaw alhtxw. ''And they began to provide for themselves then.'' 42 Tamsulhtimutiinawtuts’ alhtxw. ''They built a few new houses for themselves then.'' 43 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanaw. ''Now they were settled.'' 44 Axw alhnapits s7alh7alatsicwstski ats alasuncw, katxuq’amstuu kaamlhanmistuu; axw alhnapits s7alh7ays alhtxw. ''I don’t know what time of the year it would have been, whether it was fall or spring; I don’t know how things were back them.'' 45 Way, utsi7iluts’ik ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw s7alh7ays. ''So, to date, that’s all I know about how things were back then.'' 46 Wickw’its’ika ts st’qalcs wastamtsk úlhtialhit’ayc alh7na, alhNutl’lhiixw, tiSatsk’ayxwtumtc. ''And it was at this time that something must have stuck to this one located at the one, at Nutl’lhiixw, the one (mountain) called Satsk’ayxw.'' 47 Satsk’ayxw tsutaw ulhtismtt’ayc. ''Satsk’ayxw is what they call this mountain.'' 48 Ayutsawts’ t’axw st’qalcs ats, waq’akwtskw, úlhtitictc, ulhtismtt’ayc alhNutl’lhiixw. ''They said that these things, lupines, stuck to this one, to this mountain at Nutl’lhiixw.'' 49 Alhpaaxtum7iluts’iktuts’ t’ayc casQ’akwtsulhik, tismttc alhSatsk’ayxw. ''And ever since, they have been calling this one Q’akwtsulhik, this elevation at Satsk’ayxw.'' 50 Alh7aykw’ituk tiNusimutstatumtuut’ayc alatpyaax7ats. ''And there is also this one, called Nusimutsta, across from here.'' 51 Tayamkiskw t’ax tit’nxws úlhtitxaaxlhaaxutst’ayc. ''It is said that that one threw its top towards this one located further upstream.'' 52 Alh7ay7iluts’ik t’ayc stispulhankiiqwliwasts’ alhtxw. ''And since then, this one has looked like it has a lump on one side of its top.'' 53 Smsmalhhmsts’ s7alh7aystski ctxw. ''And now it is legendary, because of what must have happened then.'' 54 Alh7ays wasuncw7ats alhtxw. ''That’s how this world was back then.'' 55 Scwtl’utslhtsma alht’axw alaasaqw’slhh7ats wasmlhk7ats alaalh7aysts’ntski alhtxw. ''I may not have said enough about the fish that dwell on the bottom, when things were the way they must have been back then.'' 56 Nutl’lhlctimts’ntski alhtxw wasulutlhh wasmlhk7ats. ''These sea fish must have been stuck on dry land back then.'' 57 Aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw alaaaxlh7ats, alasmsmt7ats. ''Eventually, they became fossils further upstream, in these mountains.'' 58 Alh7aynaw7iluts’ik s7alhkw’alhtnaw, k’ulttuu7ats, ay7ats, ic7iixwtuu7ats. ''And since that time, they have been imprinted there, as well as these porpoises, various other species, including red cod.'' 59 Alh7aynaw ctxw st’qalcaw s7aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw. ''That’s what happened to them: they got stuck, and eventually, they became fossils.'' 60 Alh7aynaw7iluk alatsay kulhulmc alasqw’sm. ''And they are still there in all the areas that were flooded.'' 61 Alh7aynawtuu alhKw’alhna. ''They are at Kw’alhna too.'' 62 Alhlxwtilhk’u alhtikulhalstc alhKw’alhna alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats. ''We used to observe them, on the cliff at Kw’alhna, at the bank of the river.'' 63 Alh7aynaw cts s7alhkw’alhtnawluts’: kw’ni, wap’wituu7ats waalhi alhts. ''To this day, they are still imprinted there: fur seals, and these halibut, too, that are there.'' 64 Qulhaycawts’ alat’xt7ats. ''They have left their marks on these rocks.'' 65 Alh7aysts’tuu ctxw tismawt’ayc: alhnik’apsmskw t’ayc. ''This one in particular is just like them: its head has been cut off.'' 66 T’qalcs ulaats. ''It got stuck towards this area.'' 67 Alhtxuq’iixw7its’ik t’ayc alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats alhtit’xttc alhKw’alhna. ''And its head is located further downstream, at the bank of the river, on a rock at Kw’alhna.'' 68 Alhi7iluk alhts. ''And it is still there.'' 69 S7aymis s7alhilh s7alhlxwtilh alhts alhtuayk’t’axw s7alh7alh7aylhtxw alhts. ''We stayed there all the time and looked at them, a long time ago, when we used to be there.'' 70 Way. ''That’s all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} bxjed139vf5jqorv7ehel95xtytz57q 1365354 1365300 2026-09-24T20:36:58Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365354 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Flood | author = Agnes Edgar | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’itutits waanayk7awa skasmsmayuustits alats’ktatsk alaayk’ skamalhkw’alhtnim wasuncw7ats. ''Well, I will try to tell a story to these people who want me to tell about things that happened a long time ago, whenever this world was created.'' 2 Lhwaaslxsaaxkw wasuncw si7alhwlalhs alhtxw sq’slíwas s7alhwlalhs. ''It is said that it rained for forty days, and that it was raining hard.'' 3 Aysts’ alhtxw stl’palhmliwastski alhtxw. ''And I gather that it stopped raining then.'' 4 Putl’sts’ tiqlat’ayc skaputsutsts’ alhtxw. ''Now the water came, and it started to rise then.'' 5 Alh7aysts’ ctisatl’suutstc. ''It looked like the tide coming in.'' 6 Ays alhtxw sqw’smulmcs tikulhulmct’ayc. ''That’s when the land was flooded.'' 7 Tl’apakwts’ tutl’mstatxw skakwnit tusatl’atxw ulhtukulhuutstxw skaaytut ulhtuasuutsawtxw. ''Then the people proceeded to take the canoes to the beach, placing them in front of their houses.'' 8 Umatstut tusts’laaxlhtxw. ''They brought the boards over.'' 9 Xulikitts’ tusulhawtxw s7alh7aysts’ntsk ctaayutsmim stamsawanaaxkwim. ''They pushed them off their houses, and I figure it looked like something that they said was being made into a raft.'' 10 Sawanaaxkw tsutakwts’ úlhtx. ''A raft is what they called it.'' 11 Uts’alulhamtum wasts’laaxlh alhtusatl’atxw. ''The boards were placed on top of the canoes.'' 12 Tamsxmxmpim alhtxw caq’lscw. ''Then they were fastened with ropes.'' 13 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw s7icp’iixlanaw alh txw alhtikulhulmct’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, they were drifting around, right over this land.'' 14 Aynaw ctxw stm7iclisusiilhit taamataw txw. ''They just kept pushing (their vessels) out of the tight spots.'' 15 Q’sts’ skasatl’suutsmtim ctiqlat’ayc. ''They were entirely overwhelmed by this mass of water.'' 16 Aynawts’ alhtxw stm7alh7aylhaw ctxw s7alh7aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they were doing then, that’s all they could do at the time.'' 17 Sxmxmpimtu tutsay tusts’laaxlhtxw alhtxw ulasininitsaw alhtxw waacwlh. ''All the boards were fastened, so that at least a few of them would survive.'' 18 Atmanakwlukukstuu tuacwlhtxw. ''Nevertheless, as time passed, some people did die.'' 19 Axw tikasq’lhkwaw. ''They had no possessions.'' 20 Aynawts’ ctxw snupusmaw. ''That’s how they were, floating around.'' 21 Axw7its’ik alhnapits smaaskaaxs alhtxw s7ayalhawts’ alhtxw úlhNusq’lst. ''And I don’t know who many days went by before they reached Nusq’lst.'' 22 Sxmxmptsutawts’ úlhtismtt’ayc alhtxw alhNusq’lst. ''That’s when they moored their vessels at this mountain at Nusq’lst.'' 23 Aynawts’ ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''And then they stayed there.'' 24 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7aynaw ctxw s7alhinaw alhtxw. ''They must have stayed there for several days.'' 25 Tilcuuts tiqlat’ayc alhtxw s7axwts’n muus skaqw’xwms. ''Then the water settled, and the flood subsided.'' 26 Alh7aynawts’ alhtxw, way, s7axwts’ iq’tsutaw. ''And that is how things kind of were with them, for sure, they weren’t moving anymore.'' 27 Tm7alh7aylhawts’ ctxw. ''That’s just how things were with them.'' 28 Tl’apskwts’ taqlatx skaqnklcuutsstuts’. ''And then the water began to recede again.'' 29 Nutakansts’ alhtxw. ''And the tide was low.'' 30 Aynawtuts’ ctxw s7alhlistsutaw alhtismtt’ayc tuacwlhtxw scwpaycaw uuxnk ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''And again, some people were pushing away from this mountain, and they made their way down towards this land then.'' 31 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 32 Sláxs wap’iixla wakniclhit tuacwlh alhtxw. ''And some of them had much of their food floating away from them.'' 33 Alh7aystuu tialhi alhNutl’l alhtxw. ''That is exactly what happened to the people who lived at Nutl’l.'' 34 Alh7aystuu tialhituu alhKw’alhnatuu alhtxw, n waAts’aaxlh, n tiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''And the same thing happened to the ones living at Kw’alhna too, and to the ones at Ats’aaxlh, and this Bella Bella population.'' 35 Tmmúslh ats s7alhnapits. ''These are the only four that I know of.'' 36 Yalaclhaytum alhtiLqw’lasmct’ayc. ''Yalaclhay (Goose Island) is what they call the one at Bella Bella.'' 37 Swak’c7its’ik alhNutl’l. ''And Swak’c is the one (mountain) at Nutl’l.'' 38 Pakwana7its’ik alhKw’alhna. ''And Pakwana is the one (mountain) at Kw’alhna.'' 39 Asts’lniiklhtum7its’ik alhAts’aaxlh, tialh7aykwtuu alhtxw tiaxw nuqw’smiixw alhtxw. ''And the one (mountain) at Ats’aaxlh is called Asts’lniiklh, the one that was at the time not inundated either.'' 40 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanawtuts’ ulakulhulmc7ats alhtxw. ''Now they were ready again to go to these regions.'' 41 Tl’apliwanawts’ skaq’lhkwtsutaw alhtxw. ''And they began to provide for themselves then.'' 42 Tamsulhtimutiinawtuts’ alhtxw. ''They built a few new houses for themselves then.'' 43 Aynaw ctxw snacliwanaw. ''Now they were settled.'' 44 Axw alhnapits s7alh7alatsicwstski ats alasuncw, katxuq’amstuu kaamlhanmistuu; axw alhnapits s7alh7ays alhtxw. ''I don’t know what time of the year it would have been, whether it was fall or spring; I don’t know how things were back them.'' 45 Way, utsi7iluts’ik ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw s7alh7ays. ''So, to date, that’s all I know about how things were back then.'' 46 Wickw’its’ika ts st’qalcs wastamtsk úlhtialhit’ayc alh7na, alhNutl’lhiixw, tiSatsk’ayxwtumtc. ''And it was at this time that something must have stuck to this one located at the one, at Nutl’lhiixw, the one (mountain) called Satsk’ayxw.'' 47 Satsk’ayxw tsutaw ulhtismtt’ayc. ''Satsk’ayxw is what they call this mountain.'' 48 Ayutsawts’ t’axw st’qalcs ats, waq’akwtskw, úlhtitictc, ulhtismtt’ayc alhNutl’lhiixw. ''They said that these things, lupines, stuck to this one, to this mountain at Nutl’lhiixw.'' 49 Alhpaaxtum7iluts’iktuts’ t’ayc casQ’akwtsulhik, tismttc alhSatsk’ayxw. ''And ever since, they have been calling this one Q’akwtsulhik, this elevation at Satsk’ayxw.'' 50 Alh7aykw’ituk tiNusimutstatumtuut’ayc alatpyaax7ats. ''And there is also this one, called Nusimutsta, across from here.'' 51 Tayamkiskw t’ax tit’nxws úlhtitxaaxlhaaxutst’ayc. ''It is said that that one threw its top towards this one located further upstream.'' 52 Alh7ay7iluts’ik t’ayc stispulhankiiqwliwasts’ alhtxw. ''And since then, this one has looked like it has a lump on one side of its top.'' 53 Smsmalhhmsts’ s7alh7aystski ctxw. ''And now it is legendary, because of what must have happened then.'' 54 Alh7ays wasuncw7ats alhtxw. ''That’s how this world was back then.'' 55 Scwtl’utslhtsma alht’axw alaasaqw’slhh7ats wasmlhk7ats alaalh7aysts’ntski alhtxw. ''I may not have said enough about the fish that dwell on the bottom, when things were the way they must have been back then.'' 56 Nutl’lhlctimts’ntski alhtxw wasulutlhh wasmlhk7ats. ''These sea fish must have been stuck on dry land back then.'' 57 Aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw alaaaxlh7ats, alasmsmt7ats. ''Eventually, they became fossils further upstream, in these mountains.'' 58 Alh7aynaw7iluts’ik s7alhkw’alhtnaw, k’ulttuu7ats, ay7ats, ic7iixwtuu7ats. ''And since that time, they have been imprinted there, as well as these porpoises, various other species, including red cod.'' 59 Alh7aynaw ctxw st’qalcaw s7aynawluts’ ctxw smalhhanmaw. ''That’s what happened to them: they got stuck, and eventually, they became fossils.'' 60 Alh7aynaw7iluk alatsay kulhulmc alasqw’sm. ''And they are still there in all the areas that were flooded.'' 61 Alh7aynawtuu alhKw’alhna. ''They are at Kw’alhna too.'' 62 Alhlxwtilhk’u alhtikulhalstc alhKw’alhna alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats. ''We used to observe them, on the cliff at Kw’alhna, at the bank of the river.'' 63 Alh7aynaw cts s7alhkw’alhtnawluts’: kw’ni, wap’wituu7ats waalhi alhts. ''To this day, they are still imprinted there: fur seals, and these halibut, too, that are there.'' 64 Qulhaycawts’ alat’xt7ats. ''They have left their marks on these rocks.'' 65 Alh7aysts’tuu ctxw tismawt’ayc: alhnik’apsmskw t’ayc. ''This one in particular is just like them: its head has been cut off.'' 66 T’qalcs ulaats. ''It got stuck towards this area.'' 67 Alhtxuq’iixw7its’ik t’ayc alakulhaaxutss waanuxum7ats alhtit’xttc alhKw’alhna. ''And its head is located further downstream, at the bank of the river, on a rock at Kw’alhna.'' 68 Alhi7iluk alhts. ''And it is still there.'' 69 S7aymis s7alhilh s7alhlxwtilh alhts alhtuayk’t’axw s7alh7alh7aylhtxw alhts. ''We stayed there all the time and looked at them, a long time ago, when we used to be there.'' 70 Way. ''That’s all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} d0n7aad7pfhok3m3xyq7gefgpcistuv 0 458894 1365233 2026-09-24T12:42:45Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365233 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimuttssuts’ skasmsmats alaanaykmit7ats skanapamcwit alhtxw s7alh7aystski alhtxw. ''Well, I will tell another story to these people who want to learn about things as they must have happened long ago.'' 2 Putl’skw tiQwaxwt’ayc skalhxwtskwalu alhtxw alhtasximt’ax. ''It is said that Raven came and attempted to pass through the morning sky back then.'' 3 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skak’mas alhtxw. ''And then he got caught there.'' 4 Putl’s ulhtiamatilht’awt. ''He was on his way to where we live.'' 5 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw skakawamsis tisuncwt’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, it occurred to him that he should place a wedge under the sky.'' 6 Kawamsiskwts’ alhtxw slhxwtaycs ulhlhmilh, ú lhtiamatilht’awt. ''And he wedged it then, and he managed to pass through towards us, to where we live.'' 7 Alh7aysts’ ctxw sputl’s skaalhlxwis watsay kulhulmc7ats alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''And after he had come, he looked at all this land in the upstream area.'' 8 Wassulutskw awcwa alhtxw. ''But this area was under salt water at the time.'' 9 Sulutkw awcwa alhtxw. ''This was sea back then.'' 10 Aysts’ ctxw. ''That’s the situation he found himself in.'' 11 Axw yanicis skawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''He did not like the idea that this area would stay under water.'' 12 Axkwalu kailusaycs wasyup’alcw7ats alaats wiclhhtaaaxlht’axw alhtxw kawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''It would be impossible to pass these points from the upstream region if this area would be under water.'' 13 Putl’sts’ alhtxw skalq’aylaycs alhtxw skaaytus ctxw skanuxlq’iixwis awcwa. ''Then, the idea came to him that he should do something about it, that he should turn this area around.'' 14 Nuxlq’iixwists’ kawics ts tuunikwt’axw kasulut. ''And he turned it around, so that the sea would be in the west.'' 15 Anuxumanmtusts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''And he changed this area into a river valley.'' 16 Wickw’its’ika txw snacliwanicis. ''At that time, he considered his task completed.'' 17 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''But then another idea struck him.'' 18 Lq’aylaycs alhtxw skanu7almkmmistuts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''It occurred to him that he should pole back upstream through this area.'' 19 Yanyanklá ycmskwts’ alhtxw snu7almkmmists’ awcwa, waanuxum7ats, ulhtuaaxlht’axw. ''And now, as he was poling up this area, this river, towards the upriver region, he kept poking around with his pole.'' 20 Wicskwts’ axw kawilcaw kastl’mstanalus alhtxw si7alh7ay ctxw. ''It was to prevent people from getting caught there, that’s why he was doing that.'' 21 Yanyanklaycms alhtxw. ''He kept poking around with his pole.'' 22 Alhlicmnklayctimuts alhtaskuluktstx. ''And he kept making his pole slip.'' 23 Nucwpiixwmnicis awcwa ulxlh. ''He finally reached the head of this valley.'' 24 Putl’stuts’ skauqw’s alhtxw. ''And then he started to come downriver again.'' 25 Uqw’sts’. ''Now he was going down the river.'' 26 Nucwpaaxmtustuts’ anuxum7ats alhtxw. ''And he went all the way back to the mouth of the river.'' 27 Nucwpaaxmnicis anuxum7ats. ''He finally reached the mouth of the river.'' 28 Tl’aptuskwts’ t’ax taskuluktlhstx skaikwlhamkis ulhtismt titaqw’lht’ayc. ''Then he grabbed the pole he had been using, in order to throw it to this mountain in the downstream area.'' 29 Ikwlhamkiskwts’ taskuluktstx alhtxw. ''And then he threw his pole.'' 30 “Kaskuluktamats’ kaaluuxalhilh alht’ayc.” ''“May our offspring from this one be poles.”'' 31 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s what he said then.'' 32 Aysuts’ alhtxw. ''Then he got busy again.'' 33 Q’lhkwtsutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And he prepared himself again.'' 34 Anayksts’ skaicaasnms ulhtikaya tikaslhk’msta, tikaya tikasiyayanlhnimuts tikaslhk’msta. ''This time, he wanted to search for a good language, a good language that would be suitable to him.'' 35 Tl’apskwts’ alhtxw skaus7atsyanmstuts’ ctaakw’natx. ''And he proceeded to board a canoe again, a war canoe.'' 36 Tl’apsts’ t’ayc skayalxutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''The he set out on a voyage around the world.'' 37 Ayalhstski ct’axw ulhtut’axw txuq’. ''He must have travelled from there that way down the river.'' 38 Issuts syalqikuutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''He paddled around the edge of the world.'' 39 Nukalikniciskw’its’ik t’ax tisuncwt’ayc sk’calusiskw t’ax tiyayalus alhtikulhikuutss tisuncwt’ayc. ''He had gone halfway around the world, when he saw a bright light on the world’s edge.'' 40 Ayskwts’ alhtxw snutq’ankis t’ax t’axw, taapsulhtx. ''And he moored his vessel there, at a village.'' 41 Tickwmaku tiLhalyamct’ayc. ''This, then, was probably the Copper Clan.'' 42 Lhalyamc. ''The Copper Clan.'' 43 Lxmuutskwts’tski tiayuts alhtusulhst’ax. ''And it is said that a ringing sound could be heard at the Clan’s house.'' 44 In7itstaltmcimkwts’n tx. ''Now he was addressed as a chief.'' 45 Umtum. ''He was helped off his boat.'' 46 Umtum Tutusuncw. ''Maker of the World was helped off his boat.'' 47 Paaxim casTutusuncw alhtxw. ''He was named Maker of the World then.'' 48 Umtum s7alhpstum alhtxw. ''He was helped of his boat, and given something to eat.'' 49 Alhpstumts’ alhtxw. ''Now, he had been fed.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktum t’ax cilhmnas taLhalyamctx. ''And that’s when he was given the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 51 Lhalyaqstumts’n ts’ayc, tsimnas taLhalyamctx. ''Lhalyaqs is what she was called, the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 52 Tl’apstuts’ skanuxulaaxtsuts alhtxw. ''Then he started off on an another voyage.'' 53 Anayks skakpalhmis watsay alhtxw. ''He wanted to travel the whole world.'' 54 Isutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And now he was rowing again.'' 55 Tualh7aykwtuya. ''Really, this is how things were.'' 56 Nuqwlials titxaqw’lhlxss tisuncwt’ayc. ''The northern part of this world was a green space.'' 57 Ays alhtxw sxultsuts alhtxw ulhtaapsulhtx alhtxw. ''And there he was, setting off for a village.'' 58 Tickwmakuts’ tx tiPlxanimct’ayc. ''Now, that must have been the Abalone Clan.'' 59 Aysuts’ alhtxw s7umtum ctx skaalhpstum. ''And again, he was helped off his boat by the Clan and given something to eat.'' 60 Alhpstumtuts’ alhtxw. ''He was fed again and again.'' 61 Tsayuts s7alhpss alhtxw stl’apstuts’. ''Then, when he had finished eating, he started on his way again.'' 62 Tsyusimkwtuts’ t’ayc cilhmna7ilh. ''And again, he was given a maiden.'' 63 Iclhyalh7ayaktumtuts’ cilh. ''She, too, was given to him.'' 64 Plxaniixastumkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, ilhmnas taPlxanimctx. ''And Plxaniixas was her name, the daughter of Abalone Clan chief.'' 65 Muus s7anayks skaxwlhikuutsalhms ulhtutaqw’lhtskit’axw waumats. ''He wanted to travel on, apparently to a place located further north.'' 66 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ayutsmimkwk’uyats’n t’ax alhtxw: ''And then he was told repeatedly:'' 67 “Kayayaliwatimutnuma alakamntanu7awcwts,” tsutmimkwts’ alhtxw. ''“May you be brave on your voyage,” he was told.'' 68 “Yayaliwatimutnuma.” ''“May you be brave.”'' 69 Wickw’its’ika txw s7lq’aylaycssuts’ t’ax alhtxw skausquxtsuts ctust’cwmtxw alhtaatsistx. ''Then it occurred to him that he should cover himself with mats on his boat.'' 70 Usquxtsuts. ''And he covered himself.'' 71 Tl’aps skalhxwtmmis tinutsqt’ayc. ''And he proceeded to pass through this hole.'' 72 Nutsqkw tasmttx. ''They say there was a hole in the mountain.'' 73 Axkw’iluk ixwams t’ax alhtxw s7issuts alhtxw. ''But he could not paddle very far yet.'' 74 Tl’apakwts’ skalimaw waqatsx7ats. ''These starfish started to fall down.'' 75 Qatsxakwts’ tulimtxw. ''They were starfish, the ones that were falling.'' 76 Axkwts’ tilcaw t’axw skanmpaycaw ulhtalhalastx. ''But they did not get enough grip on the boat to get on board.'' 77 Qtsamkulhaycaw alhtxw wic s7alh7usquxs ctust’cwmtxw s7axw tilcaw ulhtalhalastx. ''They fell off the boat because it was covered with the mats, and they could not get a grip on it.'' 78 Cwpaycskw t’ax alhtxw. ''And he made it through then.'' 79 Muussuts’ alhtxw sqw’xwms. ''And he travelled some more.'' 80 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktumts’n t’ax ctsisputcts’ayc. ''Then he was given this female eulachon.'' 81 Anaykssuts’ alhtxw skaas7imlaakwlhtatutim tusputctxw. ''But then he wanted the eulachons to have male partners.'' 82 Inatimts’ alhtxw. ''They were given to him.'' 83 Wickw’its’ika txw sk’cists’ t’ax tiXayaq’nanlh alhtxw. ''That’s when he saw Xayaq’nanlh (“House Made of Barnacles”).'' 84 Wickw waxayaq’a7ats wasulhs tatl’mstatx. ''It was barnacles that made up this person’s house.'' 85 Wicskwtuu txw wasininitsstuu. ''And that’s what kept him alive too.'' 86 Kw’watis. ''He roasted them.'' 87 Aysts’ ctxw sputl’s alaats. ''Now he was coming.'' 88 Putl’sts’ alaats tqwntl’. ''He now came this way.'' 89 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ascnaaslhtatutists’ t’ax tusputctxw sklhtis alaanuxuxumi7ats sputl’sts’ tqwntl’. ''That’s when he matched the male eulachons with female partners, dropping them into these streams, as he was coming this way.'' 90 Axkw tikasikwcwaycs tikaslq’s t’ax alhtaslhk’mstanaw tuicmntastxw. ''He was not comfortable with the languages that were spoken in the places he had travelled through.'' 91 Aysts’ alhtxw slip’alhaycstuts’ ulaawcwa. ''By that time, he had returned to this region again.'' 92 Wickw’its’ika ts sinunusputcs watsay anuxuxxum7ats. ''That’s why there are eulachons in all these rivers.'' 93 Kamalhaxw alh7ays ctxw s7axwtuu kaalh7ays alhtxw. ''If he had not done that, things would have been different.'' 94 Way, nukalalhmtimutstuts’ t’ayc ulaawcwa. ''So, he followed a straight course back into this region.'' 95 Apsulhamsts’ alaasiixwsuts’7awcwa alhtxw. ''And then he settled at the head of the river again.'' 96 Tamskwatstatimutts’ntski alhtxw. ''He apparently made a name for himself then.'' 97 Alhists’ alhtismsmtit’ayc alhStwic, tialhpaaxtumt’ayc casNusmalhhiixwayc. ''He was now staying on this small mountain at Stuie, on this one that is called Nusmalhhiixwayc.'' 98 Aysts’ alhtxw. ''That’s where he was then.'' 99 Axwtuts’ yanimuts alhtxw kaalhis alhtxw skaapsulhs. ''But after a while, he did not think it was good for him to settle and stay there.'' 100 Aystuts’ alhtxw s7uqw’sts’ alaanuxum7ats. ''So then he travelled down the river again.'' 101 Icaasnms alakasipcliwas ú lhSalhya. ''And he went to Salhya in search of something that he would enjoy.'' 102 Umatskwts’n t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s where he was going.'' 103 Tamsulhtimutts’ alhSalhya. ''He built himself a house at Salhya.'' 104 Wicskwts’ kailusim alhtxw ctikatl’msta si7ays ulhtxw. ''He wanted people to pass him, that’s why he moved there.'' 105 Yantsanlhskwts’n t’ayc alaats, alhtusulhstxw, Yantsanlh. ''This was Yantsanlh (“House Made of Driftwood”) here, where he lived, Yantsanlh.'' 106 Nacliwas alhtxw alhtusulhstxw. ''He had finished setting up his house.'' 107 Cwinnimutliwas alhtaqlatx. ''And he sensed something going on in the water.'' 108 Nupusmkwmakuts’ tusulhtxw. ''It seems that this house was rising to the surface.'' 109 Snxakilasts’n t’ayc alaats. ''This was Snxakila.'' 110 Snxakilats’ t’ayc. ''Snxakila it was.'' 111 K’cskwts’ t’ax unnikw alhtxw. ''He looked out to the west.'' 112 Tualh7aykwtuya tusulhtxw. ''That really happened with that house, you know.'' 113 Anupusms alaanukaliks wasulut7ats. ''And it was floating in the middle of this channel.'' 114 Lq’mskwluts’ tatl’mstatx skatl’aps skak’cis. ''As this was going on, the person (Raven) thought that he should go and take a look.'' 115 Tl’aps alhtxw skak’cis, alhlxwis. ''He then went to take a look, to see for himself.'' 116 Ay txw s7aynaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw. ''There were all sorts of creatures in the house.'' 117 Wickw’its’ika ts sxwss tisqwsnt’ayc tisnuq’imaaxkw alhtusulhtxw. ''Now, there was a loon smearing himself over the entire back wall of the house.'' 118 Watsay txw waalhi alhtusulhtxw s7astcws. ''All sorts of creatures were inside the house.'' 119 Wickw’its’ika ts, way, sticlhyalh7ayakmistuts’ t’ayc ats, waskwatsta7ats. ''And so, this is when, for one reason or another, he received these additional names.'' 120 Wickw’its’ika txw s7icnutsitsk’lamtimutskwkw’ tasqwsntx alhtusnuq’imaaxs tusulhtxw. ''That is when the loon kept moving around all over the back wall of the house.'' 121 Anutsik’lamsts’n t’ayc. ''He now turned around.'' 122 Tl’apstuts’ skausqasts’ alhtxw. ''And he went back outside.'' 123 Ip’ayniciskwts’ waskwatstanaw tualhitxw alhtuastcws tusulhtxw. ''And he got hold of the names of the ones that were staying inside the house.'' 124 Wickw’its’ika txw snuksiixwis t’ax tusulhtxw ctalhalyatx. ''Then, he pulled the copper off the smoke vent of the house.'' 125 Anulhcwiixwkw t’ax ctilhalya. ''That spot was covered with a copper.'' 126 Ksiskwts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''He pulled it off then.'' 127 Alhkwnis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he took it to his own house.'' 128 Aysts’ alhtxw, way, s7ilusim alhtxw caan7apsulhts, tiTalyumct’ayc. ''Well, and then villagers were passing him, I’m sure, Talyu villagers in particular.'' 129 Takans ulaawcwa alhtxw. ''He had arrived in this region.'' 130 Nacliwas wasuncw7ats. ''And this world was complete.'' 131 Ays alhtxw. ''That’s how it was.'' 132 Alh7aylhkw’iluts’ik ctxw t’ax alhtxw, way, s7alhists’ alhtxw. ''So, having done those things, he was there to stay from then on.'' 133 Yasts’ tislq’s alhtxw. ''And his mind was at ease now.'' 134 Tsickw’its’ik ilha7ilh, way, tsiskalkwts’ayc tsialhnmtum ctisqwlit’ayc alhts, alhSalhyatuu. ''Now, it was certainly her, this porcupine, who received this grassy lot here, right at Salhya.'' 135 Miaysilatum t’ayc. ''This (lot) was called Miaysila.'' 136 Slts’lanitum tsiskalkwtsc. ''And the porcupine was called Slts’lani.'' 137 Alh7ayma ct’axw. ''It must have happened like that.'' 138 Tsayma ct’axw. ''I think that is all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] 9ewnole1h6o1llprjr8r6olbv1fn4rt 1365259 1365233 2026-09-24T14:02:06Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365259 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimuttssuts’ skasmsmats alaanaykmit7ats skanapamcwit alhtxw s7alh7aystski alhtxw. ''Well, I will tell another story to these people who want to learn about things as they must have happened long ago.'' 2 Putl’skw tiQwaxwt’ayc skalhxwtskwalu alhtxw alhtasximt’ax. ''It is said that Raven came and attempted to pass through the morning sky back then.'' 3 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skak’mas alhtxw. ''And then he got caught there.'' 4 Putl’s ulhtiamatilht’awt. ''He was on his way to where we live.'' 5 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw skakawamsis tisuncwt’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, it occurred to him that he should place a wedge under the sky.'' 6 Kawamsiskwts’ alhtxw slhxwtaycs ulhlhmilh, ú lhtiamatilht’awt. ''And he wedged it then, and he managed to pass through towards us, to where we live.'' 7 Alh7aysts’ ctxw sputl’s skaalhlxwis watsay kulhulmc7ats alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''And after he had come, he looked at all this land in the upstream area.'' 8 Wassulutskw awcwa alhtxw. ''But this area was under salt water at the time.'' 9 Sulutkw awcwa alhtxw. ''This was sea back then.'' 10 Aysts’ ctxw. ''That’s the situation he found himself in.'' 11 Axw yanicis skawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''He did not like the idea that this area would stay under water.'' 12 Axkwalu kailusaycs wasyup’alcw7ats alaats wiclhhtaaaxlht’axw alhtxw kawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''It would be impossible to pass these points from the upstream region if this area would be under water.'' 13 Putl’sts’ alhtxw skalq’aylaycs alhtxw skaaytus ctxw skanuxlq’iixwis awcwa. ''Then, the idea came to him that he should do something about it, that he should turn this area around.'' 14 Nuxlq’iixwists’ kawics ts tuunikwt’axw kasulut. ''And he turned it around, so that the sea would be in the west.'' 15 Anuxumanmtusts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''And he changed this area into a river valley.'' 16 Wickw’its’ika txw snacliwanicis. ''At that time, he considered his task completed.'' 17 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''But then another idea struck him.'' 18 Lq’aylaycs alhtxw skanu7almkmmistuts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''It occurred to him that he should pole back upstream through this area.'' 19 Yanyanklá ycmskwts’ alhtxw snu7almkmmists’ awcwa, waanuxum7ats, ulhtuaaxlht’axw. ''And now, as he was poling up this area, this river, towards the upriver region, he kept poking around with his pole.'' 20 Wicskwts’ axw kawilcaw kastl’mstanalus alhtxw si7alh7ay ctxw. ''It was to prevent people from getting caught there, that’s why he was doing that.'' 21 Yanyanklaycms alhtxw. ''He kept poking around with his pole.'' 22 Alhlicmnklayctimuts alhtaskuluktstx. ''And he kept making his pole slip.'' 23 Nucwpiixwmnicis awcwa ulxlh. ''He finally reached the head of this valley.'' 24 Putl’stuts’ skauqw’s alhtxw. ''And then he started to come downriver again.'' 25 Uqw’sts’. ''Now he was going down the river.'' 26 Nucwpaaxmtustuts’ anuxum7ats alhtxw. ''And he went all the way back to the mouth of the river.'' 27 Nucwpaaxmnicis anuxum7ats. ''He finally reached the mouth of the river.'' 28 Tl’aptuskwts’ t’ax taskuluktlhstx skaikwlhamkis ulhtismt titaqw’lht’ayc. ''Then he grabbed the pole he had been using, in order to throw it to this mountain in the downstream area.'' 29 Ikwlhamkiskwts’ taskuluktstx alhtxw. ''And then he threw his pole.'' 30 “Kaskuluktamats’ kaaluuxalhilh alht’ayc.” ''“May our offspring from this one be poles.”'' 31 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s what he said then.'' 32 Aysuts’ alhtxw. ''Then he got busy again.'' 33 Q’lhkwtsutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And he prepared himself again.'' 34 Anayksts’ skaicaasnms ulhtikaya tikaslhk’msta, tikaya tikasiyayanlhnimuts tikaslhk’msta. ''This time, he wanted to search for a good language, a good language that would be suitable to him.'' 35 Tl’apskwts’ alhtxw skaus7atsyanmstuts’ ctaakw’natx. ''And he proceeded to board a canoe again, a war canoe.'' 36 Tl’apsts’ t’ayc skayalxutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''The he set out on a voyage around the world.'' 37 Ayalhstski ct’axw ulhtut’axw txuq’. ''He must have travelled from there that way down the river.'' 38 Issuts syalqikuutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''He paddled around the edge of the world.'' 39 Nukalikniciskw’its’ik t’ax tisuncwt’ayc sk’calusiskw t’ax tiyayalus alhtikulhikuutss tisuncwt’ayc. ''He had gone halfway around the world, when he saw a bright light on the world’s edge.'' 40 Ayskwts’ alhtxw snutq’ankis t’ax t’axw, taapsulhtx. ''And he moored his vessel there, at a village.'' 41 Tickwmaku tiLhalyamct’ayc. ''This, then, was probably the Copper Clan.'' 42 Lhalyamc. ''The Copper Clan.'' 43 Lxmuutskwts’tski tiayuts alhtusulhst’ax. ''And it is said that a ringing sound could be heard at the Clan’s house.'' 44 In7itstaltmcimkwts’n tx. ''Now he was addressed as a chief.'' 45 Umtum. ''He was helped off his boat.'' 46 Umtum Tutusuncw. ''Maker of the World was helped off his boat.'' 47 Paaxim casTutusuncw alhtxw. ''He was named Maker of the World then.'' 48 Umtum s7alhpstum alhtxw. ''He was helped of his boat, and given something to eat.'' 49 Alhpstumts’ alhtxw. ''Now, he had been fed.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktum t’ax cilhmnas taLhalyamctx. ''And that’s when he was given the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 51 Lhalyaqstumts’n ts’ayc, tsimnas taLhalyamctx. ''Lhalyaqs is what she was called, the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 52 Tl’apstuts’ skanuxulaaxtsuts alhtxw. ''Then he started off on an another voyage.'' 53 Anayks skakpalhmis watsay alhtxw. ''He wanted to travel the whole world.'' 54 Isutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And now he was rowing again.'' 55 Tualh7aykwtuya. ''Really, this is how things were.'' 56 Nuqwlials titxaqw’lhlxss tisuncwt’ayc. ''The northern part of this world was a green space.'' 57 Ays alhtxw sxultsuts alhtxw ulhtaapsulhtx alhtxw. ''And there he was, setting off for a village.'' 58 Tickwmakuts’ tx tiPlxanimct’ayc. ''Now, that must have been the Abalone Clan.'' 59 Aysuts’ alhtxw s7umtum ctx skaalhpstum. ''And again, he was helped off his boat by the Clan and given something to eat.'' 60 Alhpstumtuts’ alhtxw. ''He was fed again and again.'' 61 Tsayuts s7alhpss alhtxw stl’apstuts’. ''Then, when he had finished eating, he started on his way again.'' 62 Tsyusimkwtuts’ t’ayc cilhmna7ilh. ''And again, he was given a maiden.'' 63 Iclhyalh7ayaktumtuts’ cilh. ''She, too, was given to him.'' 64 Plxaniixastumkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, ilhmnas taPlxanimctx. ''And Plxaniixas was her name, the daughter of Abalone Clan chief.'' 65 Muus s7anayks skaxwlhikuutsalhms ulhtutaqw’lhtskit’axw waumats. ''He wanted to travel on, apparently to a place located further north.'' 66 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ayutsmimkwk’uyats’n t’ax alhtxw: ''And then he was told repeatedly:'' 67 “Kayayaliwatimutnuma alakamntanu7awcwts,” tsutmimkwts’ alhtxw. ''“May you be brave on your voyage,” he was told.'' 68 “Yayaliwatimutnuma.” ''“May you be brave.”'' 69 Wickw’its’ika txw s7lq’aylaycssuts’ t’ax alhtxw skausquxtsuts ctust’cwmtxw alhtaatsistx. ''Then it occurred to him that he should cover himself with mats on his boat.'' 70 Usquxtsuts. ''And he covered himself.'' 71 Tl’aps skalhxwtmmis tinutsqt’ayc. ''And he proceeded to pass through this hole.'' 72 Nutsqkw tasmttx. ''They say there was a hole in the mountain.'' 73 Axkw’iluk ixwams t’ax alhtxw s7issuts alhtxw. ''But he could not paddle very far yet.'' 74 Tl’apakwts’ skalimaw waqatsx7ats. ''These starfish started to fall down.'' 75 Qatsxakwts’ tulimtxw. ''They were starfish, the ones that were falling.'' 76 Axkwts’ tilcaw t’axw skanmpaycaw ulhtalhalastx. ''But they did not get enough grip on the boat to get on board.'' 77 Qtsamkulhaycaw alhtxw wic s7alh7usquxs ctust’cwmtxw s7axw tilcaw ulhtalhalastx. ''They fell off the boat because it was covered with the mats, and they could not get a grip on it.'' 78 Cwpaycskw t’ax alhtxw. ''And he made it through then.'' 79 Muussuts’ alhtxw sqw’xwms. ''And he travelled some more.'' 80 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktumts’n t’ax ctsisputcts’ayc. ''Then he was given this female eulachon.'' 81 Anaykssuts’ alhtxw skaas7imlaakwlhtatutim tusputctxw. ''But then he wanted the eulachons to have male partners.'' 82 Inatimts’ alhtxw. ''They were given to him.'' 83 Wickw’its’ika txw sk’cists’ t’ax tiXayaq’nanlh alhtxw. ''That’s when he saw Xayaq’nanlh (“House Made of Barnacles”).'' 84 Wickw waxayaq’a7ats wasulhs tatl’mstatx. ''It was barnacles that made up this person’s house.'' 85 Wicskwtuu txw wasininitsstuu. ''And that’s what kept him alive too.'' 86 Kw’watis. ''He roasted them.'' 87 Aysts’ ctxw sputl’s alaats. ''Now he was coming.'' 88 Putl’sts’ alaats tqwntl’. ''He now came this way.'' 89 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ascnaaslhtatutists’ t’ax tusputctxw sklhtis alaanuxuxumi7ats sputl’sts’ tqwntl’. ''That’s when he matched the male eulachons with female partners, dropping them into these streams, as he was coming this way.'' 90 Axkw tikasikwcwaycs tikaslq’s t’ax alhtaslhk’mstanaw tuicmntastxw. ''He was not comfortable with the languages that were spoken in the places he had travelled through.'' 91 Aysts’ alhtxw slip’alhaycstuts’ ulaawcwa. ''By that time, he had returned to this region again.'' 92 Wickw’its’ika ts sinunusputcs watsay anuxuxxum7ats. ''That’s why there are eulachons in all these rivers.'' 93 Kamalhaxw alh7ays ctxw s7axwtuu kaalh7ays alhtxw. ''If he had not done that, things would have been different.'' 94 Way, nukalalhmtimutstuts’ t’ayc ulaawcwa. ''So, he followed a straight course back into this region.'' 95 Apsulhamsts’ alaasiixwsuts’7awcwa alhtxw. ''And then he settled at the head of the river again.'' 96 Tamskwatstatimutts’ntski alhtxw. ''He apparently made a name for himself then.'' 97 Alhists’ alhtismsmtit’ayc alhStwic, tialhpaaxtumt’ayc casNusmalhhiixwayc. ''He was now staying on this small mountain at Stuie, on this one that is called Nusmalhhiixwayc.'' 98 Aysts’ alhtxw. ''That’s where he was then.'' 99 Axwtuts’ yanimuts alhtxw kaalhis alhtxw skaapsulhs. ''But after a while, he did not think it was good for him to settle and stay there.'' 100 Aystuts’ alhtxw s7uqw’sts’ alaanuxum7ats. ''So then he travelled down the river again.'' 101 Icaasnms alakasipcliwas ú lhSalhya. ''And he went to Salhya in search of something that he would enjoy.'' 102 Umatskwts’n t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s where he was going.'' 103 Tamsulhtimutts’ alhSalhya. ''He built himself a house at Salhya.'' 104 Wicskwts’ kailusim alhtxw ctikatl’msta si7ays ulhtxw. ''He wanted people to pass him, that’s why he moved there.'' 105 Yantsanlhskwts’n t’ayc alaats, alhtusulhstxw, Yantsanlh. ''This was Yantsanlh (“House Made of Driftwood”) here, where he lived, Yantsanlh.'' 106 Nacliwas alhtxw alhtusulhstxw. ''He had finished setting up his house.'' 107 Cwinnimutliwas alhtaqlatx. ''And he sensed something going on in the water.'' 108 Nupusmkwmakuts’ tusulhtxw. ''It seems that this house was rising to the surface.'' 109 Snxakilasts’n t’ayc alaats. ''This was Snxakila.'' 110 Snxakilats’ t’ayc. ''Snxakila it was.'' 111 K’cskwts’ t’ax unnikw alhtxw. ''He looked out to the west.'' 112 Tualh7aykwtuya tusulhtxw. ''That really happened with that house, you know.'' 113 Anupusms alaanukaliks wasulut7ats. ''And it was floating in the middle of this channel.'' 114 Lq’mskwluts’ tatl’mstatx skatl’aps skak’cis. ''As this was going on, the person (Raven) thought that he should go and take a look.'' 115 Tl’aps alhtxw skak’cis, alhlxwis. ''He then went to take a look, to see for himself.'' 116 Ay txw s7aynaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw. ''There were all sorts of creatures in the house.'' 117 Wickw’its’ika ts sxwss tisqwsnt’ayc tisnuq’imaaxkw alhtusulhtxw. ''Now, there was a loon smearing himself over the entire back wall of the house.'' 118 Watsay txw waalhi alhtusulhtxw s7astcws. ''All sorts of creatures were inside the house.'' 119 Wickw’its’ika ts, way, sticlhyalh7ayakmistuts’ t’ayc ats, waskwatsta7ats. ''And so, this is when, for one reason or another, he received these additional names.'' 120 Wickw’its’ika txw s7icnutsitsk’lamtimutskwkw’ tasqwsntx alhtusnuq’imaaxs tusulhtxw. ''That is when the loon kept moving around all over the back wall of the house.'' 121 Anutsik’lamsts’n t’ayc. ''He now turned around.'' 122 Tl’apstuts’ skausqasts’ alhtxw. ''And he went back outside.'' 123 Ip’ayniciskwts’ waskwatstanaw tualhitxw alhtuastcws tusulhtxw. ''And he got hold of the names of the ones that were staying inside the house.'' 124 Wickw’its’ika txw snuksiixwis t’ax tusulhtxw ctalhalyatx. ''Then, he pulled the copper off the smoke vent of the house.'' 125 Anulhcwiixwkw t’ax ctilhalya. ''That spot was covered with a copper.'' 126 Ksiskwts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''He pulled it off then.'' 127 Alhkwnis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he took it to his own house.'' 128 Aysts’ alhtxw, way, s7ilusim alhtxw caan7apsulhts, tiTalyumct’ayc. ''Well, and then villagers were passing him, I’m sure, Talyu villagers in particular.'' 129 Takans ulaawcwa alhtxw. ''He had arrived in this region.'' 130 Nacliwas wasuncw7ats. ''And this world was complete.'' 131 Ays alhtxw. ''That’s how it was.'' 132 Alh7aylhkw’iluts’ik ctxw t’ax alhtxw, way, s7alhists’ alhtxw. ''So, having done those things, he was there to stay from then on.'' 133 Yasts’ tislq’s alhtxw. ''And his mind was at ease now.'' 134 Tsickw’its’ik ilha7ilh, way, tsiskalkwts’ayc tsialhnmtum ctisqwlit’ayc alhts, alhSalhyatuu. ''Now, it was certainly her, this porcupine, who received this grassy lot here, right at Salhya.'' 135 Miaysilatum t’ayc. ''This (lot) was called Miaysila.'' 136 Slts’lanitum tsiskalkwtsc. ''And the porcupine was called Slts’lani.'' 137 Alh7ayma ct’axw. ''It must have happened like that.'' 138 Tsayma ct’axw. ''I think that is all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] 0ib09om5a1dtajdiaewksnq2iusrfgp 1365272 1365259 2026-09-24T14:05:56Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365272 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimuttssuts’ skasmsmats alaanaykmit7ats skanapamcwit alhtxw s7alh7aystski alhtxw. ''Well, I will tell another story to these people who want to learn about things as they must have happened long ago.'' 2 Putl’skw tiQwaxwt’ayc skalhxwtskwalu alhtxw alhtasximt’ax. ''It is said that Raven came and attempted to pass through the morning sky back then.'' 3 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skak’mas alhtxw. ''And then he got caught there.'' 4 Putl’s ulhtiamatilht’awt. ''He was on his way to where we live.'' 5 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw skakawamsis tisuncwt’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, it occurred to him that he should place a wedge under the sky.'' 6 Kawamsiskwts’ alhtxw slhxwtaycs ulhlhmilh, ú lhtiamatilht’awt. ''And he wedged it then, and he managed to pass through towards us, to where we live.'' 7 Alh7aysts’ ctxw sputl’s skaalhlxwis watsay kulhulmc7ats alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''And after he had come, he looked at all this land in the upstream area.'' 8 Wassulutskw awcwa alhtxw. ''But this area was under salt water at the time.'' 9 Sulutkw awcwa alhtxw. ''This was sea back then.'' 10 Aysts’ ctxw. ''That’s the situation he found himself in.'' 11 Axw yanicis skawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''He did not like the idea that this area would stay under water.'' 12 Axkwalu kailusaycs wasyup’alcw7ats alaats wiclhhtaaaxlht’axw alhtxw kawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''It would be impossible to pass these points from the upstream region if this area would be under water.'' 13 Putl’sts’ alhtxw skalq’aylaycs alhtxw skaaytus ctxw skanuxlq’iixwis awcwa. ''Then, the idea came to him that he should do something about it, that he should turn this area around.'' 14 Nuxlq’iixwists’ kawics ts tuunikwt’axw kasulut. ''And he turned it around, so that the sea would be in the west.'' 15 Anuxumanmtusts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''And he changed this area into a river valley.'' 16 Wickw’its’ika txw snacliwanicis. ''At that time, he considered his task completed.'' 17 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''But then another idea struck him.'' 18 Lq’aylaycs alhtxw skanu7almkmmistuts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''It occurred to him that he should pole back upstream through this area.'' 19 Yanyanklá ycmskwts’ alhtxw snu7almkmmists’ awcwa, waanuxum7ats, ulhtuaaxlht’axw. ''And now, as he was poling up this area, this river, towards the upriver region, he kept poking around with his pole.'' 20 Wicskwts’ axw kawilcaw kastl’mstanalus alhtxw si7alh7ay ctxw. ''It was to prevent people from getting caught there, that’s why he was doing that.'' 21 Yanyanklaycms alhtxw. ''He kept poking around with his pole.'' 22 Alhlicmnklayctimuts alhtaskuluktstx. ''And he kept making his pole slip.'' 23 Nucwpiixwmnicis awcwa ulxlh. ''He finally reached the head of this valley.'' 24 Putl’stuts’ skauqw’s alhtxw. ''And then he started to come downriver again.'' 25 Uqw’sts’. ''Now he was going down the river.'' 26 Nucwpaaxmtustuts’ anuxum7ats alhtxw. ''And he went all the way back to the mouth of the river.'' 27 Nucwpaaxmnicis anuxum7ats. ''He finally reached the mouth of the river.'' 28 Tl’aptuskwts’ t’ax taskuluktlhstx skaikwlhamkis ulhtismt titaqw’lht’ayc. ''Then he grabbed the pole he had been using, in order to throw it to this mountain in the downstream area.'' 29 Ikwlhamkiskwts’ taskuluktstx alhtxw. ''And then he threw his pole.'' 30 “Kaskuluktamats’ kaaluuxalhilh alht’ayc.” ''“May our offspring from this one be poles.”'' 31 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s what he said then.'' 32 Aysuts’ alhtxw. ''Then he got busy again.'' 33 Q’lhkwtsutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And he prepared himself again.'' 34 Anayksts’ skaicaasnms ulhtikaya tikaslhk’msta, tikaya tikasiyayanlhnimuts tikaslhk’msta. ''This time, he wanted to search for a good language, a good language that would be suitable to him.'' 35 Tl’apskwts’ alhtxw skaus7atsyanmstuts’ ctaakw’natx. ''And he proceeded to board a canoe again, a war canoe.'' 36 Tl’apsts’ t’ayc skayalxutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''The he set out on a voyage around the world.'' 37 Ayalhstski ct’axw ulhtut’axw txuq’. ''He must have travelled from there that way down the river.'' 38 Issuts syalqikuutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''He paddled around the edge of the world.'' 39 Nukalikniciskw’its’ik t’ax tisuncwt’ayc sk’calusiskw t’ax tiyayalus alhtikulhikuutss tisuncwt’ayc. ''He had gone halfway around the world, when he saw a bright light on the world’s edge.'' 40 Ayskwts’ alhtxw snutq’ankis t’ax t’axw, taapsulhtx. ''And he moored his vessel there, at a village.'' 41 Tickwmaku tiLhalyamct’ayc. ''This, then, was probably the Copper Clan.'' 42 Lhalyamc. ''The Copper Clan.'' 43 Lxmuutskwts’tski tiayuts alhtusulhst’ax. ''And it is said that a ringing sound could be heard at the Clan’s house.'' 44 In7itstaltmcimkwts’n tx. ''Now he was addressed as a chief.'' 45 Umtum. ''He was helped off his boat.'' 46 Umtum Tutusuncw. ''Maker of the World was helped off his boat.'' 47 Paaxim casTutusuncw alhtxw. ''He was named Maker of the World then.'' 48 Umtum s7alhpstum alhtxw. ''He was helped of his boat, and given something to eat.'' 49 Alhpstumts’ alhtxw. ''Now, he had been fed.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktum t’ax cilhmnas taLhalyamctx. ''And that’s when he was given the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 51 Lhalyaqstumts’n ts’ayc, tsimnas taLhalyamctx. ''Lhalyaqs is what she was called, the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 52 Tl’apstuts’ skanuxulaaxtsuts alhtxw. ''Then he started off on an another voyage.'' 53 Anayks skakpalhmis watsay alhtxw. ''He wanted to travel the whole world.'' 54 Isutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And now he was rowing again.'' 55 Tualh7aykwtuya. ''Really, this is how things were.'' 56 Nuqwlials titxaqw’lhlxss tisuncwt’ayc. ''The northern part of this world was a green space.'' 57 Ays alhtxw sxultsuts alhtxw ulhtaapsulhtx alhtxw. ''And there he was, setting off for a village.'' 58 Tickwmakuts’ tx tiPlxanimct’ayc. ''Now, that must have been the Abalone Clan.'' 59 Aysuts’ alhtxw s7umtum ctx skaalhpstum. ''And again, he was helped off his boat by the Clan and given something to eat.'' 60 Alhpstumtuts’ alhtxw. ''He was fed again and again.'' 61 Tsayuts s7alhpss alhtxw stl’apstuts’. ''Then, when he had finished eating, he started on his way again.'' 62 Tsyusimkwtuts’ t’ayc cilhmna7ilh. ''And again, he was given a maiden.'' 63 Iclhyalh7ayaktumtuts’ cilh. ''She, too, was given to him.'' 64 Plxaniixastumkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, ilhmnas taPlxanimctx. ''And Plxaniixas was her name, the daughter of Abalone Clan chief.'' 65 Muus s7anayks skaxwlhikuutsalhms ulhtutaqw’lhtskit’axw waumats. ''He wanted to travel on, apparently to a place located further north.'' 66 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ayutsmimkwk’uyats’n t’ax alhtxw: ''And then he was told repeatedly:'' 67 “Kayayaliwatimutnuma alakamntanu7awcwts,” tsutmimkwts’ alhtxw. ''“May you be brave on your voyage,” he was told.'' 68 “Yayaliwatimutnuma.” ''“May you be brave.”'' 69 Wickw’its’ika txw s7lq’aylaycssuts’ t’ax alhtxw skausquxtsuts ctust’cwmtxw alhtaatsistx. ''Then it occurred to him that he should cover himself with mats on his boat.'' 70 Usquxtsuts. ''And he covered himself.'' 71 Tl’aps skalhxwtmmis tinutsqt’ayc. ''And he proceeded to pass through this hole.'' 72 Nutsqkw tasmttx. ''They say there was a hole in the mountain.'' 73 Axkw’iluk ixwams t’ax alhtxw s7issuts alhtxw. ''But he could not paddle very far yet.'' 74 Tl’apakwts’ skalimaw waqatsx7ats. ''These starfish started to fall down.'' 75 Qatsxakwts’ tulimtxw. ''They were starfish, the ones that were falling.'' 76 Axkwts’ tilcaw t’axw skanmpaycaw ulhtalhalastx. ''But they did not get enough grip on the boat to get on board.'' 77 Qtsamkulhaycaw alhtxw wic s7alh7usquxs ctust’cwmtxw s7axw tilcaw ulhtalhalastx. ''They fell off the boat because it was covered with the mats, and they could not get a grip on it.'' 78 Cwpaycskw t’ax alhtxw. ''And he made it through then.'' 79 Muussuts’ alhtxw sqw’xwms. ''And he travelled some more.'' 80 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktumts’n t’ax ctsisputcts’ayc. ''Then he was given this female eulachon.'' 81 Anaykssuts’ alhtxw skaas7imlaakwlhtatutim tusputctxw. ''But then he wanted the eulachons to have male partners.'' 82 Inatimts’ alhtxw. ''They were given to him.'' 83 Wickw’its’ika txw sk’cists’ t’ax tiXayaq’nanlh alhtxw. ''That’s when he saw Xayaq’nanlh (“House Made of Barnacles”).'' 84 Wickw waxayaq’a7ats wasulhs tatl’mstatx. ''It was barnacles that made up this person’s house.'' 85 Wicskwtuu txw wasininitsstuu. ''And that’s what kept him alive too.'' 86 Kw’watis. ''He roasted them.'' 87 Aysts’ ctxw sputl’s alaats. ''Now he was coming.'' 88 Putl’sts’ alaats tqwntl’. ''He now came this way.'' 89 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ascnaaslhtatutists’ t’ax tusputctxw sklhtis alaanuxuxumi7ats sputl’sts’ tqwntl’. ''That’s when he matched the male eulachons with female partners, dropping them into these streams, as he was coming this way.'' 90 Axkw tikasikwcwaycs tikaslq’s t’ax alhtaslhk’mstanaw tuicmntastxw. ''He was not comfortable with the languages that were spoken in the places he had travelled through.'' 91 Aysts’ alhtxw slip’alhaycstuts’ ulaawcwa. ''By that time, he had returned to this region again.'' 92 Wickw’its’ika ts sinunusputcs watsay anuxuxxum7ats. ''That’s why there are eulachons in all these rivers.'' 93 Kamalhaxw alh7ays ctxw s7axwtuu kaalh7ays alhtxw. ''If he had not done that, things would have been different.'' 94 Way, nukalalhmtimutstuts’ t’ayc ulaawcwa. ''So, he followed a straight course back into this region.'' 95 Apsulhamsts’ alaasiixwsuts’7awcwa alhtxw. ''And then he settled at the head of the river again.'' 96 Tamskwatstatimutts’ntski alhtxw. ''He apparently made a name for himself then.'' 97 Alhists’ alhtismsmtit’ayc alhStwic, tialhpaaxtumt’ayc casNusmalhhiixwayc. ''He was now staying on this small mountain at Stuie, on this one that is called Nusmalhhiixwayc.'' 98 Aysts’ alhtxw. ''That’s where he was then.'' 99 Axwtuts’ yanimuts alhtxw kaalhis alhtxw skaapsulhs. ''But after a while, he did not think it was good for him to settle and stay there.'' 100 Aystuts’ alhtxw s7uqw’sts’ alaanuxum7ats. ''So then he travelled down the river again.'' 101 Icaasnms alakasipcliwas ú lhSalhya. ''And he went to Salhya in search of something that he would enjoy.'' 102 Umatskwts’n t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s where he was going.'' 103 Tamsulhtimutts’ alhSalhya. ''He built himself a house at Salhya.'' 104 Wicskwts’ kailusim alhtxw ctikatl’msta si7ays ulhtxw. ''He wanted people to pass him, that’s why he moved there.'' 105 Yantsanlhskwts’n t’ayc alaats, alhtusulhstxw, Yantsanlh. ''This was Yantsanlh (“House Made of Driftwood”) here, where he lived, Yantsanlh.'' 106 Nacliwas alhtxw alhtusulhstxw. ''He had finished setting up his house.'' 107 Cwinnimutliwas alhtaqlatx. ''And he sensed something going on in the water.'' 108 Nupusmkwmakuts’ tusulhtxw. ''It seems that this house was rising to the surface.'' 109 Snxakilasts’n t’ayc alaats. ''This was Snxakila.'' 110 Snxakilats’ t’ayc. ''Snxakila it was.'' 111 K’cskwts’ t’ax unnikw alhtxw. ''He looked out to the west.'' 112 Tualh7aykwtuya tusulhtxw. ''That really happened with that house, you know.'' 113 Anupusms alaanukaliks wasulut7ats. ''And it was floating in the middle of this channel.'' 114 Lq’mskwluts’ tatl’mstatx skatl’aps skak’cis. ''As this was going on, the person (Raven) thought that he should go and take a look.'' 115 Tl’aps alhtxw skak’cis, alhlxwis. ''He then went to take a look, to see for himself.'' 116 Ay txw s7aynaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw. ''There were all sorts of creatures in the house.'' 117 Wickw’its’ika ts sxwss tisqwsnt’ayc tisnuq’imaaxkw alhtusulhtxw. ''Now, there was a loon smearing himself over the entire back wall of the house.'' 118 Watsay txw waalhi alhtusulhtxw s7astcws. ''All sorts of creatures were inside the house.'' 119 Wickw’its’ika ts, way, sticlhyalh7ayakmistuts’ t’ayc ats, waskwatsta7ats. ''And so, this is when, for one reason or another, he received these additional names.'' 120 Wickw’its’ika txw s7icnutsitsk’lamtimutskwkw’ tasqwsntx alhtusnuq’imaaxs tusulhtxw. ''That is when the loon kept moving around all over the back wall of the house.'' 121 Anutsik’lamsts’n t’ayc. ''He now turned around.'' 122 Tl’apstuts’ skausqasts’ alhtxw. ''And he went back outside.'' 123 Ip’ayniciskwts’ waskwatstanaw tualhitxw alhtuastcws tusulhtxw. ''And he got hold of the names of the ones that were staying inside the house.'' 124 Wickw’its’ika txw snuksiixwis t’ax tusulhtxw ctalhalyatx. ''Then, he pulled the copper off the smoke vent of the house.'' 125 Anulhcwiixwkw t’ax ctilhalya. ''That spot was covered with a copper.'' 126 Ksiskwts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''He pulled it off then.'' 127 Alhkwnis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he took it to his own house.'' 128 Aysts’ alhtxw, way, s7ilusim alhtxw caan7apsulhts, tiTalyumct’ayc. ''Well, and then villagers were passing him, I’m sure, Talyu villagers in particular.'' 129 Takans ulaawcwa alhtxw. ''He had arrived in this region.'' 130 Nacliwas wasuncw7ats. ''And this world was complete.'' 131 Ays alhtxw. ''That’s how it was.'' 132 Alh7aylhkw’iluts’ik ctxw t’ax alhtxw, way, s7alhists’ alhtxw. ''So, having done those things, he was there to stay from then on.'' 133 Yasts’ tislq’s alhtxw. ''And his mind was at ease now.'' 134 Tsickw’its’ik ilha7ilh, way, tsiskalkwts’ayc tsialhnmtum ctisqwlit’ayc alhts, alhSalhyatuu. ''Now, it was certainly her, this porcupine, who received this grassy lot here, right at Salhya.'' 135 Miaysilatum t’ayc. ''This (lot) was called Miaysila.'' 136 Slts’lanitum tsiskalkwtsc. ''And the porcupine was called Slts’lani.'' 137 Alh7ayma ct’axw. ''It must have happened like that.'' 138 Tsayma ct’axw. ''I think that is all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} dw5dvprm7hb1p49spj1miiwd9zsiwzo 1365282 1365272 2026-09-24T14:20:49Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365282 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimuttssuts’ skasmsmats alaanaykmit7ats skanapamcwit alhtxw s7alh7aystski alhtxw. ''Well, I will tell another story to these people who want to learn about things as they must have happened long ago.'' 2 Putl’skw tiQwaxwt’ayc skalhxwtskwalu alhtxw alhtasximt’ax. ''It is said that Raven came and attempted to pass through the morning sky back then.'' 3 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skak’mas alhtxw. ''And then he got caught there.'' 4 Putl’s ulhtiamatilht’awt. ''He was on his way to where we live.'' 5 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw skakawamsis tisuncwt’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, it occurred to him that he should place a wedge under the sky.'' 6 Kawamsiskwts’ alhtxw slhxwtaycs ulhlhmilh, ú lhtiamatilht’awt. ''And he wedged it then, and he managed to pass through towards us, to where we live.'' 7 Alh7aysts’ ctxw sputl’s skaalhlxwis watsay kulhulmc7ats alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''And after he had come, he looked at all this land in the upstream area.'' 8 Wassulutskw awcwa alhtxw. ''But this area was under salt water at the time.'' 9 Sulutkw awcwa alhtxw. ''This was sea back then.'' 10 Aysts’ ctxw. ''That’s the situation he found himself in.'' 11 Axw yanicis skawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''He did not like the idea that this area would stay under water.'' 12 Axkwalu kailusaycs wasyup’alcw7ats alaats wiclhhtaaaxlht’axw alhtxw kawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''It would be impossible to pass these points from the upstream region if this area would be under water.'' 13 Putl’sts’ alhtxw skalq’aylaycs alhtxw skaaytus ctxw skanuxlq’iixwis awcwa. ''Then, the idea came to him that he should do something about it, that he should turn this area around.'' 14 Nuxlq’iixwists’ kawics ts tuunikwt’axw kasulut. ''And he turned it around, so that the sea would be in the west.'' 15 Anuxumanmtusts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''And he changed this area into a river valley.'' 16 Wickw’its’ika txw snacliwanicis. ''At that time, he considered his task completed.'' 17 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''But then another idea struck him.'' 18 Lq’aylaycs alhtxw skanu7almkmmistuts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''It occurred to him that he should pole back upstream through this area.'' 19 Yanyankláycmskwts’ alhtxw snu7almkmmists’ awcwa, waanuxum7ats, ulhtuaaxlht’axw. ''And now, as he was poling up this area, this river, towards the upriver region, he kept poking around with his pole.'' 20 Wicskwts’ axw kawilcaw kastl’mstanalus alhtxw si7alh7ay ctxw. ''It was to prevent people from getting caught there, that’s why he was doing that.'' 21 Yanyanklaycms alhtxw. ''He kept poking around with his pole.'' 22 Alhlicmnklayctimuts alhtaskuluktstx. ''And he kept making his pole slip.'' 23 Nucwpiixwmnicis awcwa ulxlh. ''He finally reached the head of this valley.'' 24 Putl’stuts’ skauqw’s alhtxw. ''And then he started to come downriver again.'' 25 Uqw’sts’. ''Now he was going down the river.'' 26 Nucwpaaxmtustuts’ anuxum7ats alhtxw. ''And he went all the way back to the mouth of the river.'' 27 Nucwpaaxmnicis anuxum7ats. ''He finally reached the mouth of the river.'' 28 Tl’aptuskwts’ t’ax taskuluktlhstx skaikwlhamkis ulhtismt titaqw’lht’ayc. ''Then he grabbed the pole he had been using, in order to throw it to this mountain in the downstream area.'' 29 Ikwlhamkiskwts’ taskuluktstx alhtxw. ''And then he threw his pole.'' 30 “Kaskuluktamats’ kaaluuxalhilh alht’ayc.” ''“May our offspring from this one be poles.”'' 31 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s what he said then.'' 32 Aysuts’ alhtxw. ''Then he got busy again.'' 33 Q’lhkwtsutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And he prepared himself again.'' 34 Anayksts’ skaicaasnms ulhtikaya tikaslhk’msta, tikaya tikasiyayanlhnimuts tikaslhk’msta. ''This time, he wanted to search for a good language, a good language that would be suitable to him.'' 35 Tl’apskwts’ alhtxw skaus7atsyanmstuts’ ctaakw’natx. ''And he proceeded to board a canoe again, a war canoe.'' 36 Tl’apsts’ t’ayc skayalxutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''The he set out on a voyage around the world.'' 37 Ayalhstski ct’axw ulhtut’axw txuq’. ''He must have travelled from there that way down the river.'' 38 Issuts syalqikuutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''He paddled around the edge of the world.'' 39 Nukalikniciskw’its’ik t’ax tisuncwt’ayc sk’calusiskw t’ax tiyayalus alhtikulhikuutss tisuncwt’ayc. ''He had gone halfway around the world, when he saw a bright light on the world’s edge.'' 40 Ayskwts’ alhtxw snutq’ankis t’ax t’axw, taapsulhtx. ''And he moored his vessel there, at a village.'' 41 Tickwmaku tiLhalyamct’ayc. ''This, then, was probably the Copper Clan.'' 42 Lhalyamc. ''The Copper Clan.'' 43 Lxmuutskwts’tski tiayuts alhtusulhst’ax. ''And it is said that a ringing sound could be heard at the Clan’s house.'' 44 In7itstaltmcimkwts’n tx. ''Now he was addressed as a chief.'' 45 Umtum. ''He was helped off his boat.'' 46 Umtum Tutusuncw. ''Maker of the World was helped off his boat.'' 47 Paaxim casTutusuncw alhtxw. ''He was named Maker of the World then.'' 48 Umtum s7alhpstum alhtxw. ''He was helped of his boat, and given something to eat.'' 49 Alhpstumts’ alhtxw. ''Now, he had been fed.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktum t’ax cilhmnas taLhalyamctx. ''And that’s when he was given the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 51 Lhalyaqstumts’n ts’ayc, tsimnas taLhalyamctx. ''Lhalyaqs is what she was called, the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 52 Tl’apstuts’ skanuxulaaxtsuts alhtxw. ''Then he started off on an another voyage.'' 53 Anayks skakpalhmis watsay alhtxw. ''He wanted to travel the whole world.'' 54 Isutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And now he was rowing again.'' 55 Tualh7aykwtuya. ''Really, this is how things were.'' 56 Nuqwlials titxaqw’lhlxss tisuncwt’ayc. ''The northern part of this world was a green space.'' 57 Ays alhtxw sxultsuts alhtxw ulhtaapsulhtx alhtxw. ''And there he was, setting off for a village.'' 58 Tickwmakuts’ tx tiPlxanimct’ayc. ''Now, that must have been the Abalone Clan.'' 59 Aysuts’ alhtxw s7umtum ctx skaalhpstum. ''And again, he was helped off his boat by the Clan and given something to eat.'' 60 Alhpstumtuts’ alhtxw. ''He was fed again and again.'' 61 Tsayuts s7alhpss alhtxw stl’apstuts’. ''Then, when he had finished eating, he started on his way again.'' 62 Tsyusimkwtuts’ t’ayc cilhmna7ilh. ''And again, he was given a maiden.'' 63 Iclhyalh7ayaktumtuts’ cilh. ''She, too, was given to him.'' 64 Plxaniixastumkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, ilhmnas taPlxanimctx. ''And Plxaniixas was her name, the daughter of Abalone Clan chief.'' 65 Muus s7anayks skaxwlhikuutsalhms ulhtutaqw’lhtskit’axw waumats. ''He wanted to travel on, apparently to a place located further north.'' 66 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ayutsmimkwk’uyats’n t’ax alhtxw: ''And then he was told repeatedly:'' 67 “Kayayaliwatimutnuma alakamntanu7awcwts,” tsutmimkwts’ alhtxw. ''“May you be brave on your voyage,” he was told.'' 68 “Yayaliwatimutnuma.” ''“May you be brave.”'' 69 Wickw’its’ika txw s7lq’aylaycssuts’ t’ax alhtxw skausquxtsuts ctust’cwmtxw alhtaatsistx. ''Then it occurred to him that he should cover himself with mats on his boat.'' 70 Usquxtsuts. ''And he covered himself.'' 71 Tl’aps skalhxwtmmis tinutsqt’ayc. ''And he proceeded to pass through this hole.'' 72 Nutsqkw tasmttx. ''They say there was a hole in the mountain.'' 73 Axkw’iluk ixwams t’ax alhtxw s7issuts alhtxw. ''But he could not paddle very far yet.'' 74 Tl’apakwts’ skalimaw waqatsx7ats. ''These starfish started to fall down.'' 75 Qatsxakwts’ tulimtxw. ''They were starfish, the ones that were falling.'' 76 Axkwts’ tilcaw t’axw skanmpaycaw ulhtalhalastx. ''But they did not get enough grip on the boat to get on board.'' 77 Qtsamkulhaycaw alhtxw wic s7alh7usquxs ctust’cwmtxw s7axw tilcaw ulhtalhalastx. ''They fell off the boat because it was covered with the mats, and they could not get a grip on it.'' 78 Cwpaycskw t’ax alhtxw. ''And he made it through then.'' 79 Muussuts’ alhtxw sqw’xwms. ''And he travelled some more.'' 80 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktumts’n t’ax ctsisputcts’ayc. ''Then he was given this female eulachon.'' 81 Anaykssuts’ alhtxw skaas7imlaakwlhtatutim tusputctxw. ''But then he wanted the eulachons to have male partners.'' 82 Inatimts’ alhtxw. ''They were given to him.'' 83 Wickw’its’ika txw sk’cists’ t’ax tiXayaq’nanlh alhtxw. ''That’s when he saw Xayaq’nanlh (“House Made of Barnacles”).'' 84 Wickw waxayaq’a7ats wasulhs tatl’mstatx. ''It was barnacles that made up this person’s house.'' 85 Wicskwtuu txw wasininitsstuu. ''And that’s what kept him alive too.'' 86 Kw’watis. ''He roasted them.'' 87 Aysts’ ctxw sputl’s alaats. ''Now he was coming.'' 88 Putl’sts’ alaats tqwntl’. ''He now came this way.'' 89 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ascnaaslhtatutists’ t’ax tusputctxw sklhtis alaanuxuxumi7ats sputl’sts’ tqwntl’. ''That’s when he matched the male eulachons with female partners, dropping them into these streams, as he was coming this way.'' 90 Axkw tikasikwcwaycs tikaslq’s t’ax alhtaslhk’mstanaw tuicmntastxw. ''He was not comfortable with the languages that were spoken in the places he had travelled through.'' 91 Aysts’ alhtxw slip’alhaycstuts’ ulaawcwa. ''By that time, he had returned to this region again.'' 92 Wickw’its’ika ts sinunusputcs watsay anuxuxxum7ats. ''That’s why there are eulachons in all these rivers.'' 93 Kamalhaxw alh7ays ctxw s7axwtuu kaalh7ays alhtxw. ''If he had not done that, things would have been different.'' 94 Way, nukalalhmtimutstuts’ t’ayc ulaawcwa. ''So, he followed a straight course back into this region.'' 95 Apsulhamsts’ alaasiixwsuts’7awcwa alhtxw. ''And then he settled at the head of the river again.'' 96 Tamskwatstatimutts’ntski alhtxw. ''He apparently made a name for himself then.'' 97 Alhists’ alhtismsmtit’ayc alhStwic, tialhpaaxtumt’ayc casNusmalhhiixwayc. ''He was now staying on this small mountain at Stuie, on this one that is called Nusmalhhiixwayc.'' 98 Aysts’ alhtxw. ''That’s where he was then.'' 99 Axwtuts’ yanimuts alhtxw kaalhis alhtxw skaapsulhs. ''But after a while, he did not think it was good for him to settle and stay there.'' 100 Aystuts’ alhtxw s7uqw’sts’ alaanuxum7ats. ''So then he travelled down the river again.'' 101 Icaasnms alakasipcliwas ú lhSalhya. ''And he went to Salhya in search of something that he would enjoy.'' 102 Umatskwts’n t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s where he was going.'' 103 Tamsulhtimutts’ alhSalhya. ''He built himself a house at Salhya.'' 104 Wicskwts’ kailusim alhtxw ctikatl’msta si7ays ulhtxw. ''He wanted people to pass him, that’s why he moved there.'' 105 Yantsanlhskwts’n t’ayc alaats, alhtusulhstxw, Yantsanlh. ''This was Yantsanlh (“House Made of Driftwood”) here, where he lived, Yantsanlh.'' 106 Nacliwas alhtxw alhtusulhstxw. ''He had finished setting up his house.'' 107 Cwinnimutliwas alhtaqlatx. ''And he sensed something going on in the water.'' 108 Nupusmkwmakuts’ tusulhtxw. ''It seems that this house was rising to the surface.'' 109 Snxakilasts’n t’ayc alaats. ''This was Snxakila.'' 110 Snxakilats’ t’ayc. ''Snxakila it was.'' 111 K’cskwts’ t’ax unnikw alhtxw. ''He looked out to the west.'' 112 Tualh7aykwtuya tusulhtxw. ''That really happened with that house, you know.'' 113 Anupusms alaanukaliks wasulut7ats. ''And it was floating in the middle of this channel.'' 114 Lq’mskwluts’ tatl’mstatx skatl’aps skak’cis. ''As this was going on, the person (Raven) thought that he should go and take a look.'' 115 Tl’aps alhtxw skak’cis, alhlxwis. ''He then went to take a look, to see for himself.'' 116 Ay txw s7aynaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw. ''There were all sorts of creatures in the house.'' 117 Wickw’its’ika ts sxwss tisqwsnt’ayc tisnuq’imaaxkw alhtusulhtxw. ''Now, there was a loon smearing himself over the entire back wall of the house.'' 118 Watsay txw waalhi alhtusulhtxw s7astcws. ''All sorts of creatures were inside the house.'' 119 Wickw’its’ika ts, way, sticlhyalh7ayakmistuts’ t’ayc ats, waskwatsta7ats. ''And so, this is when, for one reason or another, he received these additional names.'' 120 Wickw’its’ika txw s7icnutsitsk’lamtimutskwkw’ tasqwsntx alhtusnuq’imaaxs tusulhtxw. ''That is when the loon kept moving around all over the back wall of the house.'' 121 Anutsik’lamsts’n t’ayc. ''He now turned around.'' 122 Tl’apstuts’ skausqasts’ alhtxw. ''And he went back outside.'' 123 Ip’ayniciskwts’ waskwatstanaw tualhitxw alhtuastcws tusulhtxw. ''And he got hold of the names of the ones that were staying inside the house.'' 124 Wickw’its’ika txw snuksiixwis t’ax tusulhtxw ctalhalyatx. ''Then, he pulled the copper off the smoke vent of the house.'' 125 Anulhcwiixwkw t’ax ctilhalya. ''That spot was covered with a copper.'' 126 Ksiskwts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''He pulled it off then.'' 127 Alhkwnis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he took it to his own house.'' 128 Aysts’ alhtxw, way, s7ilusim alhtxw caan7apsulhts, tiTalyumct’ayc. ''Well, and then villagers were passing him, I’m sure, Talyu villagers in particular.'' 129 Takans ulaawcwa alhtxw. ''He had arrived in this region.'' 130 Nacliwas wasuncw7ats. ''And this world was complete.'' 131 Ays alhtxw. ''That’s how it was.'' 132 Alh7aylhkw’iluts’ik ctxw t’ax alhtxw, way, s7alhists’ alhtxw. ''So, having done those things, he was there to stay from then on.'' 133 Yasts’ tislq’s alhtxw. ''And his mind was at ease now.'' 134 Tsickw’its’ik ilha7ilh, way, tsiskalkwts’ayc tsialhnmtum ctisqwlit’ayc alhts, alhSalhyatuu. ''Now, it was certainly her, this porcupine, who received this grassy lot here, right at Salhya.'' 135 Miaysilatum t’ayc. ''This (lot) was called Miaysila.'' 136 Slts’lanitum tsiskalkwtsc. ''And the porcupine was called Slts’lani.'' 137 Alh7ayma ct’axw. ''It must have happened like that.'' 138 Tsayma ct’axw. ''I think that is all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 3soqvle9hpfl2zjuc6kx9zt3dq64s46 1365302 1365282 2026-09-24T14:58:07Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365302 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimuttssuts’ skasmsmats alaanaykmit7ats skanapamcwit alhtxw s7alh7aystski alhtxw. ''Well, I will tell another story to these people who want to learn about things as they must have happened long ago.'' 2 Putl’skw tiQwaxwt’ayc skalhxwtskwalu alhtxw alhtasximt’ax. ''It is said that Raven came and attempted to pass through the morning sky back then.'' 3 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skak’mas alhtxw. ''And then he got caught there.'' 4 Putl’s ulhtiamatilht’awt. ''He was on his way to where we live.'' 5 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw skakawamsis tisuncwt’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, it occurred to him that he should place a wedge under the sky.'' 6 Kawamsiskwts’ alhtxw slhxwtaycs ulhlhmilh, úlhtiamatilht’awt. ''And he wedged it then, and he managed to pass through towards us, to where we live.'' 7 Alh7aysts’ ctxw sputl’s skaalhlxwis watsay kulhulmc7ats alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''And after he had come, he looked at all this land in the upstream area.'' 8 Wassulutskw awcwa alhtxw. ''But this area was under salt water at the time.'' 9 Sulutkw awcwa alhtxw. ''This was sea back then.'' 10 Aysts’ ctxw. ''That’s the situation he found himself in.'' 11 Axw yanicis skawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''He did not like the idea that this area would stay under water.'' 12 Axkwalu kailusaycs wasyup’alcw7ats alaats wiclhhtaaaxlht’axw alhtxw kawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''It would be impossible to pass these points from the upstream region if this area would be under water.'' 13 Putl’sts’ alhtxw skalq’aylaycs alhtxw skaaytus ctxw skanuxlq’iixwis awcwa. ''Then, the idea came to him that he should do something about it, that he should turn this area around.'' 14 Nuxlq’iixwists’ kawics ts tuunikwt’axw kasulut. ''And he turned it around, so that the sea would be in the west.'' 15 Anuxumanmtusts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''And he changed this area into a river valley.'' 16 Wickw’its’ika txw snacliwanicis. ''At that time, he considered his task completed.'' 17 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''But then another idea struck him.'' 18 Lq’aylaycs alhtxw skanu7almkmmistuts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''It occurred to him that he should pole back upstream through this area.'' 19 Yanyankláycmskwts’ alhtxw snu7almkmmists’ awcwa, waanuxum7ats, ulhtuaaxlht’axw. ''And now, as he was poling up this area, this river, towards the upriver region, he kept poking around with his pole.'' 20 Wicskwts’ axw kawilcaw kastl’mstanalus alhtxw si7alh7ay ctxw. ''It was to prevent people from getting caught there, that’s why he was doing that.'' 21 Yanyanklaycms alhtxw. ''He kept poking around with his pole.'' 22 Alhlicmnklayctimuts alhtaskuluktstx. ''And he kept making his pole slip.'' 23 Nucwpiixwmnicis awcwa ulxlh. ''He finally reached the head of this valley.'' 24 Putl’stuts’ skauqw’s alhtxw. ''And then he started to come downriver again.'' 25 Uqw’sts’. ''Now he was going down the river.'' 26 Nucwpaaxmtustuts’ anuxum7ats alhtxw. ''And he went all the way back to the mouth of the river.'' 27 Nucwpaaxmnicis anuxum7ats. ''He finally reached the mouth of the river.'' 28 Tl’aptuskwts’ t’ax taskuluktlhstx skaikwlhamkis ulhtismt titaqw’lht’ayc. ''Then he grabbed the pole he had been using, in order to throw it to this mountain in the downstream area.'' 29 Ikwlhamkiskwts’ taskuluktstx alhtxw. ''And then he threw his pole.'' 30 “Kaskuluktamats’ kaaluuxalhilh alht’ayc.” ''“May our offspring from this one be poles.”'' 31 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s what he said then.'' 32 Aysuts’ alhtxw. ''Then he got busy again.'' 33 Q’lhkwtsutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And he prepared himself again.'' 34 Anayksts’ skaicaasnms ulhtikaya tikaslhk’msta, tikaya tikasiyayanlhnimuts tikaslhk’msta. ''This time, he wanted to search for a good language, a good language that would be suitable to him.'' 35 Tl’apskwts’ alhtxw skaus7atsyanmstuts’ ctaakw’natx. ''And he proceeded to board a canoe again, a war canoe.'' 36 Tl’apsts’ t’ayc skayalxutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''The he set out on a voyage around the world.'' 37 Ayalhstski ct’axw ulhtut’axw txuq’. ''He must have travelled from there that way down the river.'' 38 Issuts syalqikuutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''He paddled around the edge of the world.'' 39 Nukalikniciskw’its’ik t’ax tisuncwt’ayc sk’calusiskw t’ax tiyayalus alhtikulhikuutss tisuncwt’ayc. ''He had gone halfway around the world, when he saw a bright light on the world’s edge.'' 40 Ayskwts’ alhtxw snutq’ankis t’ax t’axw, taapsulhtx. ''And he moored his vessel there, at a village.'' 41 Tickwmaku tiLhalyamct’ayc. ''This, then, was probably the Copper Clan.'' 42 Lhalyamc. ''The Copper Clan.'' 43 Lxmuutskwts’tski tiayuts alhtusulhst’ax. ''And it is said that a ringing sound could be heard at the Clan’s house.'' 44 In7itstaltmcimkwts’n tx. ''Now he was addressed as a chief.'' 45 Umtum. ''He was helped off his boat.'' 46 Umtum Tutusuncw. ''Maker of the World was helped off his boat.'' 47 Paaxim casTutusuncw alhtxw. ''He was named Maker of the World then.'' 48 Umtum s7alhpstum alhtxw. ''He was helped of his boat, and given something to eat.'' 49 Alhpstumts’ alhtxw. ''Now, he had been fed.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktum t’ax cilhmnas taLhalyamctx. ''And that’s when he was given the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 51 Lhalyaqstumts’n ts’ayc, tsimnas taLhalyamctx. ''Lhalyaqs is what she was called, the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 52 Tl’apstuts’ skanuxulaaxtsuts alhtxw. ''Then he started off on an another voyage.'' 53 Anayks skakpalhmis watsay alhtxw. ''He wanted to travel the whole world.'' 54 Isutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And now he was rowing again.'' 55 Tualh7aykwtuya. ''Really, this is how things were.'' 56 Nuqwlials titxaqw’lhlxss tisuncwt’ayc. ''The northern part of this world was a green space.'' 57 Ays alhtxw sxultsuts alhtxw ulhtaapsulhtx alhtxw. ''And there he was, setting off for a village.'' 58 Tickwmakuts’ tx tiPlxanimct’ayc. ''Now, that must have been the Abalone Clan.'' 59 Aysuts’ alhtxw s7umtum ctx skaalhpstum. ''And again, he was helped off his boat by the Clan and given something to eat.'' 60 Alhpstumtuts’ alhtxw. ''He was fed again and again.'' 61 Tsayuts s7alhpss alhtxw stl’apstuts’. ''Then, when he had finished eating, he started on his way again.'' 62 Tsyusimkwtuts’ t’ayc cilhmna7ilh. ''And again, he was given a maiden.'' 63 Iclhyalh7ayaktumtuts’ cilh. ''She, too, was given to him.'' 64 Plxaniixastumkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, ilhmnas taPlxanimctx. ''And Plxaniixas was her name, the daughter of Abalone Clan chief.'' 65 Muus s7anayks skaxwlhikuutsalhms ulhtutaqw’lhtskit’axw waumats. ''He wanted to travel on, apparently to a place located further north.'' 66 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ayutsmimkwk’uyats’n t’ax alhtxw: ''And then he was told repeatedly:'' 67 “Kayayaliwatimutnuma alakamntanu7awcwts,” tsutmimkwts’ alhtxw. ''“May you be brave on your voyage,” he was told.'' 68 “Yayaliwatimutnuma.” ''“May you be brave.”'' 69 Wickw’its’ika txw s7lq’aylaycssuts’ t’ax alhtxw skausquxtsuts ctust’cwmtxw alhtaatsistx. ''Then it occurred to him that he should cover himself with mats on his boat.'' 70 Usquxtsuts. ''And he covered himself.'' 71 Tl’aps skalhxwtmmis tinutsqt’ayc. ''And he proceeded to pass through this hole.'' 72 Nutsqkw tasmttx. ''They say there was a hole in the mountain.'' 73 Axkw’iluk ixwams t’ax alhtxw s7issuts alhtxw. ''But he could not paddle very far yet.'' 74 Tl’apakwts’ skalimaw waqatsx7ats. ''These starfish started to fall down.'' 75 Qatsxakwts’ tulimtxw. ''They were starfish, the ones that were falling.'' 76 Axkwts’ tilcaw t’axw skanmpaycaw ulhtalhalastx. ''But they did not get enough grip on the boat to get on board.'' 77 Qtsamkulhaycaw alhtxw wic s7alh7usquxs ctust’cwmtxw s7axw tilcaw ulhtalhalastx. ''They fell off the boat because it was covered with the mats, and they could not get a grip on it.'' 78 Cwpaycskw t’ax alhtxw. ''And he made it through then.'' 79 Muussuts’ alhtxw sqw’xwms. ''And he travelled some more.'' 80 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktumts’n t’ax ctsisputcts’ayc. ''Then he was given this female eulachon.'' 81 Anaykssuts’ alhtxw skaas7imlaakwlhtatutim tusputctxw. ''But then he wanted the eulachons to have male partners.'' 82 Inatimts’ alhtxw. ''They were given to him.'' 83 Wickw’its’ika txw sk’cists’ t’ax tiXayaq’nanlh alhtxw. ''That’s when he saw Xayaq’nanlh (“House Made of Barnacles”).'' 84 Wickw waxayaq’a7ats wasulhs tatl’mstatx. ''It was barnacles that made up this person’s house.'' 85 Wicskwtuu txw wasininitsstuu. ''And that’s what kept him alive too.'' 86 Kw’watis. ''He roasted them.'' 87 Aysts’ ctxw sputl’s alaats. ''Now he was coming.'' 88 Putl’sts’ alaats tqwntl’. ''He now came this way.'' 89 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ascnaaslhtatutists’ t’ax tusputctxw sklhtis alaanuxuxumi7ats sputl’sts’ tqwntl’. ''That’s when he matched the male eulachons with female partners, dropping them into these streams, as he was coming this way.'' 90 Axkw tikasikwcwaycs tikaslq’s t’ax alhtaslhk’mstanaw tuicmntastxw. ''He was not comfortable with the languages that were spoken in the places he had travelled through.'' 91 Aysts’ alhtxw slip’alhaycstuts’ ulaawcwa. ''By that time, he had returned to this region again.'' 92 Wickw’its’ika ts sinunusputcs watsay anuxuxxum7ats. ''That’s why there are eulachons in all these rivers.'' 93 Kamalhaxw alh7ays ctxw s7axwtuu kaalh7ays alhtxw. ''If he had not done that, things would have been different.'' 94 Way, nukalalhmtimutstuts’ t’ayc ulaawcwa. ''So, he followed a straight course back into this region.'' 95 Apsulhamsts’ alaasiixwsuts’7awcwa alhtxw. ''And then he settled at the head of the river again.'' 96 Tamskwatstatimutts’ntski alhtxw. ''He apparently made a name for himself then.'' 97 Alhists’ alhtismsmtit’ayc alhStwic, tialhpaaxtumt’ayc casNusmalhhiixwayc. ''He was now staying on this small mountain at Stuie, on this one that is called Nusmalhhiixwayc.'' 98 Aysts’ alhtxw. ''That’s where he was then.'' 99 Axwtuts’ yanimuts alhtxw kaalhis alhtxw skaapsulhs. ''But after a while, he did not think it was good for him to settle and stay there.'' 100 Aystuts’ alhtxw s7uqw’sts’ alaanuxum7ats. ''So then he travelled down the river again.'' 101 Icaasnms alakasipcliwas úlhSalhya. ''And he went to Salhya in search of something that he would enjoy.'' 102 Umatskwts’n t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s where he was going.'' 103 Tamsulhtimutts’ alhSalhya. ''He built himself a house at Salhya.'' 104 Wicskwts’ kailusim alhtxw ctikatl’msta si7ays ulhtxw. ''He wanted people to pass him, that’s why he moved there.'' 105 Yantsanlhskwts’n t’ayc alaats, alhtusulhstxw, Yantsanlh. ''This was Yantsanlh (“House Made of Driftwood”) here, where he lived, Yantsanlh.'' 106 Nacliwas alhtxw alhtusulhstxw. ''He had finished setting up his house.'' 107 Cwinnimutliwas alhtaqlatx. ''And he sensed something going on in the water.'' 108 Nupusmkwmakuts’ tusulhtxw. ''It seems that this house was rising to the surface.'' 109 Snxakilasts’n t’ayc alaats. ''This was Snxakila.'' 110 Snxakilats’ t’ayc. ''Snxakila it was.'' 111 K’cskwts’ t’ax unnikw alhtxw. ''He looked out to the west.'' 112 Tualh7aykwtuya tusulhtxw. ''That really happened with that house, you know.'' 113 Anupusms alaanukaliks wasulut7ats. ''And it was floating in the middle of this channel.'' 114 Lq’mskwluts’ tatl’mstatx skatl’aps skak’cis. ''As this was going on, the person (Raven) thought that he should go and take a look.'' 115 Tl’aps alhtxw skak’cis, alhlxwis. ''He then went to take a look, to see for himself.'' 116 Ay txw s7aynaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw. ''There were all sorts of creatures in the house.'' 117 Wickw’its’ika ts sxwss tisqwsnt’ayc tisnuq’imaaxkw alhtusulhtxw. ''Now, there was a loon smearing himself over the entire back wall of the house.'' 118 Watsay txw waalhi alhtusulhtxw s7astcws. ''All sorts of creatures were inside the house.'' 119 Wickw’its’ika ts, way, sticlhyalh7ayakmistuts’ t’ayc ats, waskwatsta7ats. ''And so, this is when, for one reason or another, he received these additional names.'' 120 Wickw’its’ika txw s7icnutsitsk’lamtimutskwkw’ tasqwsntx alhtusnuq’imaaxs tusulhtxw. ''That is when the loon kept moving around all over the back wall of the house.'' 121 Anutsik’lamsts’n t’ayc. ''He now turned around.'' 122 Tl’apstuts’ skausqasts’ alhtxw. ''And he went back outside.'' 123 Ip’ayniciskwts’ waskwatstanaw tualhitxw alhtuastcws tusulhtxw. ''And he got hold of the names of the ones that were staying inside the house.'' 124 Wickw’its’ika txw snuksiixwis t’ax tusulhtxw ctalhalyatx. ''Then, he pulled the copper off the smoke vent of the house.'' 125 Anulhcwiixwkw t’ax ctilhalya. ''That spot was covered with a copper.'' 126 Ksiskwts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''He pulled it off then.'' 127 Alhkwnis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he took it to his own house.'' 128 Aysts’ alhtxw, way, s7ilusim alhtxw caan7apsulhts, tiTalyumct’ayc. ''Well, and then villagers were passing him, I’m sure, Talyu villagers in particular.'' 129 Takans ulaawcwa alhtxw. ''He had arrived in this region.'' 130 Nacliwas wasuncw7ats. ''And this world was complete.'' 131 Ays alhtxw. ''That’s how it was.'' 132 Alh7aylhkw’iluts’ik ctxw t’ax alhtxw, way, s7alhists’ alhtxw. ''So, having done those things, he was there to stay from then on.'' 133 Yasts’ tislq’s alhtxw. ''And his mind was at ease now.'' 134 Tsickw’its’ik ilha7ilh, way, tsiskalkwts’ayc tsialhnmtum ctisqwlit’ayc alhts, alhSalhyatuu. ''Now, it was certainly her, this porcupine, who received this grassy lot here, right at Salhya.'' 135 Miaysilatum t’ayc. ''This (lot) was called Miaysila.'' 136 Slts’lanitum tsiskalkwtsc. ''And the porcupine was called Slts’lani.'' 137 Alh7ayma ct’axw. ''It must have happened like that.'' 138 Tsayma ct’axw. ''I think that is all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 8s50p8m2jlvteawo3v0yhmlyzkl2c5t 1365348 1365302 2026-09-24T20:30:04Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365348 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven Creator | author = Agnes Edgar | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, ayuutstimuttssuts’ skasmsmats alaanaykmit7ats skanapamcwit alhtxw s7alh7aystski alhtxw. ''Well, I will tell another story to these people who want to learn about things as they must have happened long ago.'' 2 Putl’skw tiQwaxwt’ayc skalhxwtskwalu alhtxw alhtasximt’ax. ''It is said that Raven came and attempted to pass through the morning sky back then.'' 3 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skak’mas alhtxw. ''And then he got caught there.'' 4 Putl’s ulhtiamatilht’awt. ''He was on his way to where we live.'' 5 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw skakawamsis tisuncwt’ayc alhtxw. ''Then, it occurred to him that he should place a wedge under the sky.'' 6 Kawamsiskwts’ alhtxw slhxwtaycs ulhlhmilh, úlhtiamatilht’awt. ''And he wedged it then, and he managed to pass through towards us, to where we live.'' 7 Alh7aysts’ ctxw sputl’s skaalhlxwis watsay kulhulmc7ats alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''And after he had come, he looked at all this land in the upstream area.'' 8 Wassulutskw awcwa alhtxw. ''But this area was under salt water at the time.'' 9 Sulutkw awcwa alhtxw. ''This was sea back then.'' 10 Aysts’ ctxw. ''That’s the situation he found himself in.'' 11 Axw yanicis skawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''He did not like the idea that this area would stay under water.'' 12 Axkwalu kailusaycs wasyup’alcw7ats alaats wiclhhtaaaxlht’axw alhtxw kawics awcwa kasulut alhtxw. ''It would be impossible to pass these points from the upstream region if this area would be under water.'' 13 Putl’sts’ alhtxw skalq’aylaycs alhtxw skaaytus ctxw skanuxlq’iixwis awcwa. ''Then, the idea came to him that he should do something about it, that he should turn this area around.'' 14 Nuxlq’iixwists’ kawics ts tuunikwt’axw kasulut. ''And he turned it around, so that the sea would be in the west.'' 15 Anuxumanmtusts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''And he changed this area into a river valley.'' 16 Wickw’its’ika txw snacliwanicis. ''At that time, he considered his task completed.'' 17 Lq’aylaycskwtuts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''But then another idea struck him.'' 18 Lq’aylaycs alhtxw skanu7almkmmistuts’ awcwa alhtxw. ''It occurred to him that he should pole back upstream through this area.'' 19 Yanyankláycmskwts’ alhtxw snu7almkmmists’ awcwa, waanuxum7ats, ulhtuaaxlht’axw. ''And now, as he was poling up this area, this river, towards the upriver region, he kept poking around with his pole.'' 20 Wicskwts’ axw kawilcaw kastl’mstanalus alhtxw si7alh7ay ctxw. ''It was to prevent people from getting caught there, that’s why he was doing that.'' 21 Yanyanklaycms alhtxw. ''He kept poking around with his pole.'' 22 Alhlicmnklayctimuts alhtaskuluktstx. ''And he kept making his pole slip.'' 23 Nucwpiixwmnicis awcwa ulxlh. ''He finally reached the head of this valley.'' 24 Putl’stuts’ skauqw’s alhtxw. ''And then he started to come downriver again.'' 25 Uqw’sts’. ''Now he was going down the river.'' 26 Nucwpaaxmtustuts’ anuxum7ats alhtxw. ''And he went all the way back to the mouth of the river.'' 27 Nucwpaaxmnicis anuxum7ats. ''He finally reached the mouth of the river.'' 28 Tl’aptuskwts’ t’ax taskuluktlhstx skaikwlhamkis ulhtismt titaqw’lht’ayc. ''Then he grabbed the pole he had been using, in order to throw it to this mountain in the downstream area.'' 29 Ikwlhamkiskwts’ taskuluktstx alhtxw. ''And then he threw his pole.'' 30 “Kaskuluktamats’ kaaluuxalhilh alht’ayc.” ''“May our offspring from this one be poles.”'' 31 Tsutkw’its’ik t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s what he said then.'' 32 Aysuts’ alhtxw. ''Then he got busy again.'' 33 Q’lhkwtsutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And he prepared himself again.'' 34 Anayksts’ skaicaasnms ulhtikaya tikaslhk’msta, tikaya tikasiyayanlhnimuts tikaslhk’msta. ''This time, he wanted to search for a good language, a good language that would be suitable to him.'' 35 Tl’apskwts’ alhtxw skaus7atsyanmstuts’ ctaakw’natx. ''And he proceeded to board a canoe again, a war canoe.'' 36 Tl’apsts’ t’ayc skayalxutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''The he set out on a voyage around the world.'' 37 Ayalhstski ct’axw ulhtut’axw txuq’. ''He must have travelled from there that way down the river.'' 38 Issuts syalqikuutsis tisuncwt’ayc. ''He paddled around the edge of the world.'' 39 Nukalikniciskw’its’ik t’ax tisuncwt’ayc sk’calusiskw t’ax tiyayalus alhtikulhikuutss tisuncwt’ayc. ''He had gone halfway around the world, when he saw a bright light on the world’s edge.'' 40 Ayskwts’ alhtxw snutq’ankis t’ax t’axw, taapsulhtx. ''And he moored his vessel there, at a village.'' 41 Tickwmaku tiLhalyamct’ayc. ''This, then, was probably the Copper Clan.'' 42 Lhalyamc. ''The Copper Clan.'' 43 Lxmuutskwts’tski tiayuts alhtusulhst’ax. ''And it is said that a ringing sound could be heard at the Clan’s house.'' 44 In7itstaltmcimkwts’n tx. ''Now he was addressed as a chief.'' 45 Umtum. ''He was helped off his boat.'' 46 Umtum Tutusuncw. ''Maker of the World was helped off his boat.'' 47 Paaxim casTutusuncw alhtxw. ''He was named Maker of the World then.'' 48 Umtum s7alhpstum alhtxw. ''He was helped of his boat, and given something to eat.'' 49 Alhpstumts’ alhtxw. ''Now, he had been fed.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktum t’ax cilhmnas taLhalyamctx. ''And that’s when he was given the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 51 Lhalyaqstumts’n ts’ayc, tsimnas taLhalyamctx. ''Lhalyaqs is what she was called, the daughter of the Copper Clan chief.'' 52 Tl’apstuts’ skanuxulaaxtsuts alhtxw. ''Then he started off on an another voyage.'' 53 Anayks skakpalhmis watsay alhtxw. ''He wanted to travel the whole world.'' 54 Isutstuts’ alhtxw. ''And now he was rowing again.'' 55 Tualh7aykwtuya. ''Really, this is how things were.'' 56 Nuqwlials titxaqw’lhlxss tisuncwt’ayc. ''The northern part of this world was a green space.'' 57 Ays alhtxw sxultsuts alhtxw ulhtaapsulhtx alhtxw. ''And there he was, setting off for a village.'' 58 Tickwmakuts’ tx tiPlxanimct’ayc. ''Now, that must have been the Abalone Clan.'' 59 Aysuts’ alhtxw s7umtum ctx skaalhpstum. ''And again, he was helped off his boat by the Clan and given something to eat.'' 60 Alhpstumtuts’ alhtxw. ''He was fed again and again.'' 61 Tsayuts s7alhpss alhtxw stl’apstuts’. ''Then, when he had finished eating, he started on his way again.'' 62 Tsyusimkwtuts’ t’ayc cilhmna7ilh. ''And again, he was given a maiden.'' 63 Iclhyalh7ayaktumtuts’ cilh. ''She, too, was given to him.'' 64 Plxaniixastumkw’its’ik ilha7ilh, ilhmnas taPlxanimctx. ''And Plxaniixas was her name, the daughter of Abalone Clan chief.'' 65 Muus s7anayks skaxwlhikuutsalhms ulhtutaqw’lhtskit’axw waumats. ''He wanted to travel on, apparently to a place located further north.'' 66 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ayutsmimkwk’uyats’n t’ax alhtxw: ''And then he was told repeatedly:'' 67 “Kayayaliwatimutnuma alakamntanu7awcwts,” tsutmimkwts’ alhtxw. ''“May you be brave on your voyage,” he was told.'' 68 “Yayaliwatimutnuma.” ''“May you be brave.”'' 69 Wickw’its’ika txw s7lq’aylaycssuts’ t’ax alhtxw skausquxtsuts ctust’cwmtxw alhtaatsistx. ''Then it occurred to him that he should cover himself with mats on his boat.'' 70 Usquxtsuts. ''And he covered himself.'' 71 Tl’aps skalhxwtmmis tinutsqt’ayc. ''And he proceeded to pass through this hole.'' 72 Nutsqkw tasmttx. ''They say there was a hole in the mountain.'' 73 Axkw’iluk ixwams t’ax alhtxw s7issuts alhtxw. ''But he could not paddle very far yet.'' 74 Tl’apakwts’ skalimaw waqatsx7ats. ''These starfish started to fall down.'' 75 Qatsxakwts’ tulimtxw. ''They were starfish, the ones that were falling.'' 76 Axkwts’ tilcaw t’axw skanmpaycaw ulhtalhalastx. ''But they did not get enough grip on the boat to get on board.'' 77 Qtsamkulhaycaw alhtxw wic s7alh7usquxs ctust’cwmtxw s7axw tilcaw ulhtalhalastx. ''They fell off the boat because it was covered with the mats, and they could not get a grip on it.'' 78 Cwpaycskw t’ax alhtxw. ''And he made it through then.'' 79 Muussuts’ alhtxw sqw’xwms. ''And he travelled some more.'' 80 Wickw’its’ika txw sticlhyalh7ayaktumts’n t’ax ctsisputcts’ayc. ''Then he was given this female eulachon.'' 81 Anaykssuts’ alhtxw skaas7imlaakwlhtatutim tusputctxw. ''But then he wanted the eulachons to have male partners.'' 82 Inatimts’ alhtxw. ''They were given to him.'' 83 Wickw’its’ika txw sk’cists’ t’ax tiXayaq’nanlh alhtxw. ''That’s when he saw Xayaq’nanlh (“House Made of Barnacles”).'' 84 Wickw waxayaq’a7ats wasulhs tatl’mstatx. ''It was barnacles that made up this person’s house.'' 85 Wicskwtuu txw wasininitsstuu. ''And that’s what kept him alive too.'' 86 Kw’watis. ''He roasted them.'' 87 Aysts’ ctxw sputl’s alaats. ''Now he was coming.'' 88 Putl’sts’ alaats tqwntl’. ''He now came this way.'' 89 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ascnaaslhtatutists’ t’ax tusputctxw sklhtis alaanuxuxumi7ats sputl’sts’ tqwntl’. ''That’s when he matched the male eulachons with female partners, dropping them into these streams, as he was coming this way.'' 90 Axkw tikasikwcwaycs tikaslq’s t’ax alhtaslhk’mstanaw tuicmntastxw. ''He was not comfortable with the languages that were spoken in the places he had travelled through.'' 91 Aysts’ alhtxw slip’alhaycstuts’ ulaawcwa. ''By that time, he had returned to this region again.'' 92 Wickw’its’ika ts sinunusputcs watsay anuxuxxum7ats. ''That’s why there are eulachons in all these rivers.'' 93 Kamalhaxw alh7ays ctxw s7axwtuu kaalh7ays alhtxw. ''If he had not done that, things would have been different.'' 94 Way, nukalalhmtimutstuts’ t’ayc ulaawcwa. ''So, he followed a straight course back into this region.'' 95 Apsulhamsts’ alaasiixwsuts’7awcwa alhtxw. ''And then he settled at the head of the river again.'' 96 Tamskwatstatimutts’ntski alhtxw. ''He apparently made a name for himself then.'' 97 Alhists’ alhtismsmtit’ayc alhStwic, tialhpaaxtumt’ayc casNusmalhhiixwayc. ''He was now staying on this small mountain at Stuie, on this one that is called Nusmalhhiixwayc.'' 98 Aysts’ alhtxw. ''That’s where he was then.'' 99 Axwtuts’ yanimuts alhtxw kaalhis alhtxw skaapsulhs. ''But after a while, he did not think it was good for him to settle and stay there.'' 100 Aystuts’ alhtxw s7uqw’sts’ alaanuxum7ats. ''So then he travelled down the river again.'' 101 Icaasnms alakasipcliwas úlhSalhya. ''And he went to Salhya in search of something that he would enjoy.'' 102 Umatskwts’n t’ax alhtxw. ''That’s where he was going.'' 103 Tamsulhtimutts’ alhSalhya. ''He built himself a house at Salhya.'' 104 Wicskwts’ kailusim alhtxw ctikatl’msta si7ays ulhtxw. ''He wanted people to pass him, that’s why he moved there.'' 105 Yantsanlhskwts’n t’ayc alaats, alhtusulhstxw, Yantsanlh. ''This was Yantsanlh (“House Made of Driftwood”) here, where he lived, Yantsanlh.'' 106 Nacliwas alhtxw alhtusulhstxw. ''He had finished setting up his house.'' 107 Cwinnimutliwas alhtaqlatx. ''And he sensed something going on in the water.'' 108 Nupusmkwmakuts’ tusulhtxw. ''It seems that this house was rising to the surface.'' 109 Snxakilasts’n t’ayc alaats. ''This was Snxakila.'' 110 Snxakilats’ t’ayc. ''Snxakila it was.'' 111 K’cskwts’ t’ax unnikw alhtxw. ''He looked out to the west.'' 112 Tualh7aykwtuya tusulhtxw. ''That really happened with that house, you know.'' 113 Anupusms alaanukaliks wasulut7ats. ''And it was floating in the middle of this channel.'' 114 Lq’mskwluts’ tatl’mstatx skatl’aps skak’cis. ''As this was going on, the person (Raven) thought that he should go and take a look.'' 115 Tl’aps alhtxw skak’cis, alhlxwis. ''He then went to take a look, to see for himself.'' 116 Ay txw s7aynaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw. ''There were all sorts of creatures in the house.'' 117 Wickw’its’ika ts sxwss tisqwsnt’ayc tisnuq’imaaxkw alhtusulhtxw. ''Now, there was a loon smearing himself over the entire back wall of the house.'' 118 Watsay txw waalhi alhtusulhtxw s7astcws. ''All sorts of creatures were inside the house.'' 119 Wickw’its’ika ts, way, sticlhyalh7ayakmistuts’ t’ayc ats, waskwatsta7ats. ''And so, this is when, for one reason or another, he received these additional names.'' 120 Wickw’its’ika txw s7icnutsitsk’lamtimutskwkw’ tasqwsntx alhtusnuq’imaaxs tusulhtxw. ''That is when the loon kept moving around all over the back wall of the house.'' 121 Anutsik’lamsts’n t’ayc. ''He now turned around.'' 122 Tl’apstuts’ skausqasts’ alhtxw. ''And he went back outside.'' 123 Ip’ayniciskwts’ waskwatstanaw tualhitxw alhtuastcws tusulhtxw. ''And he got hold of the names of the ones that were staying inside the house.'' 124 Wickw’its’ika txw snuksiixwis t’ax tusulhtxw ctalhalyatx. ''Then, he pulled the copper off the smoke vent of the house.'' 125 Anulhcwiixwkw t’ax ctilhalya. ''That spot was covered with a copper.'' 126 Ksiskwts’ t’ax alhtxw. ''He pulled it off then.'' 127 Alhkwnis ulhtusulhstxw. ''And he took it to his own house.'' 128 Aysts’ alhtxw, way, s7ilusim alhtxw caan7apsulhts, tiTalyumct’ayc. ''Well, and then villagers were passing him, I’m sure, Talyu villagers in particular.'' 129 Takans ulaawcwa alhtxw. ''He had arrived in this region.'' 130 Nacliwas wasuncw7ats. ''And this world was complete.'' 131 Ays alhtxw. ''That’s how it was.'' 132 Alh7aylhkw’iluts’ik ctxw t’ax alhtxw, way, s7alhists’ alhtxw. ''So, having done those things, he was there to stay from then on.'' 133 Yasts’ tislq’s alhtxw. ''And his mind was at ease now.'' 134 Tsickw’its’ik ilha7ilh, way, tsiskalkwts’ayc tsialhnmtum ctisqwlit’ayc alhts, alhSalhyatuu. ''Now, it was certainly her, this porcupine, who received this grassy lot here, right at Salhya.'' 135 Miaysilatum t’ayc. ''This (lot) was called Miaysila.'' 136 Slts’lanitum tsiskalkwtsc. ''And the porcupine was called Slts’lani.'' 137 Alh7ayma ct’axw. ''It must have happened like that.'' 138 Tsayma ct’axw. ''I think that is all.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} lgutp6d7gn9pet3zq4lu53dxut9p1iu 0 458895 1365234 2026-09-24T12:50:28Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365234 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tismsma alhtiQwaxwtc. ''I will tell a story about Raven.'' 2 Anaykstsk skaximtus wasuncw7ats ulhtsialhq’awiktsk tsitsaatsti. ''It appears that he wanted to bring light to this world, and he went to a virgin girl.'' 3 Anayks skaustcwaycs ulaamats tsitsaatsti skanmpimuts ulhilh. ''He wanted to enter the girl’s place, and mount her.'' 4 Qaaxlakw’itk’uk ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtacwnalhtx. ''Now, this girl always went to a certain spring to have a drink of water.'' 5 Spuxamtimutkw’italuts’ik taQwaxwtx. ''Raven now changed himself into eagle down, but to no avail. (she did not ingest him)'' 6 Apswiskwtuts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And the girl blew him away again.'' 7 Axwtuts’ tulwamktsuts skaqaaxlamaynicim cilh. ''He kept failing to make her drink him.'' 8 Tl’apskwtuts’ sxims skaqaaxlas ulhtacwnalhtx. ''On the following day, she went to the spring again to drink.'' 9 Qwalsamtimutkw’italututs’ik. ''And now he changed himself into hemlock needles, but again to no avail.'' 10 Apswimkwtuts’ cilh. ''And he was blown away again by her.'' 11 Ximskwtuts’. ''The next day came.'' 12 Wickwts’n txw snustqwlctus tacwnalhtx. ''That’s when he made the spring water muddy.'' 13 Qaaxlamaynicimts’. ''Now he succeeded in making her drink him.'' 14 Atsiwltamkimkwts’. ''And she was impregnated.'' 15 Nu7usqnamkimkwts’. ''Now a baby was born.'' 16 Imlmllkiists’. ''It was a boy.'' 17 Alh7aykw’its’ik stlhulhs spuss. ''He was a fast-growing one.'' 18 Alh7alhtsimaylaycsts’ s7anayks skaklhim tinusximta ulhtx. ''Now he managed to say that he wanted a crystal to be brought down to him.'' 19 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumkwalu ctakukwpistx. ''His grandfather made him all sorts of toys, but to no avail.'' 20 Axwts’ qw’yaycs tislq’s s7anayks alhtinusximta. ''And he did not change his mind about wanting a crystal.'' 21 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumalhu ctx, tikukwpis. ''All these toys were made for him in vain, by him, his grandfather.'' 22 Alawaycikw s7ays syaxwnimutnicis takukwpistx skaklhis tanusximtatx. ''Finally, he did persuade his grandfather to bring the crystal down.'' 23 Yayaatwiskwts’. ''Now he was happy.'' 24 Tl’apskwts’ skaicliikw’iitis. ''And he began to roll it back and forth.'' 25 “Axwtxw q’snu skaisq’isaakmicw!” tsutsutkw’italuts’ik takukwpistx ulhtx. ''“Don’t handle it too roughly!” his grandfather kept trying to say to him.'' 26 Axkw’iluts’ik anustsayanms. ''But he would not listen.'' 27 Nut’tsmiikniciskwts’. ''And then he shattered it.'' 28 Wickw’its’ik txw ssqw’sskwts’ Qwaxw usqa. ''That’s when Raven came flying out.'' 29 Napamcwists’ takukwpis ilhtsaatsti7ilh stics Qwaxw. ''Now the girl’s grandfather found out that it was Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] agn84f558t00ns7ig9r0b819uub6fmv 1365260 1365234 2026-09-24T14:02:34Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365260 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tismsma alhtiQwaxwtc. ''I will tell a story about Raven.'' 2 Anaykstsk skaximtus wasuncw7ats ulhtsialhq’awiktsk tsitsaatsti. ''It appears that he wanted to bring light to this world, and he went to a virgin girl.'' 3 Anayks skaustcwaycs ulaamats tsitsaatsti skanmpimuts ulhilh. ''He wanted to enter the girl’s place, and mount her.'' 4 Qaaxlakw’itk’uk ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtacwnalhtx. ''Now, this girl always went to a certain spring to have a drink of water.'' 5 Spuxamtimutkw’italuts’ik taQwaxwtx. ''Raven now changed himself into eagle down, but to no avail. (she did not ingest him)'' 6 Apswiskwtuts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And the girl blew him away again.'' 7 Axwtuts’ tulwamktsuts skaqaaxlamaynicim cilh. ''He kept failing to make her drink him.'' 8 Tl’apskwtuts’ sxims skaqaaxlas ulhtacwnalhtx. ''On the following day, she went to the spring again to drink.'' 9 Qwalsamtimutkw’italututs’ik. ''And now he changed himself into hemlock needles, but again to no avail.'' 10 Apswimkwtuts’ cilh. ''And he was blown away again by her.'' 11 Ximskwtuts’. ''The next day came.'' 12 Wickwts’n txw snustqwlctus tacwnalhtx. ''That’s when he made the spring water muddy.'' 13 Qaaxlamaynicimts’. ''Now he succeeded in making her drink him.'' 14 Atsiwltamkimkwts’. ''And she was impregnated.'' 15 Nu7usqnamkimkwts’. ''Now a baby was born.'' 16 Imlmllkiists’. ''It was a boy.'' 17 Alh7aykw’its’ik stlhulhs spuss. ''He was a fast-growing one.'' 18 Alh7alhtsimaylaycsts’ s7anayks skaklhim tinusximta ulhtx. ''Now he managed to say that he wanted a crystal to be brought down to him.'' 19 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumkwalu ctakukwpistx. ''His grandfather made him all sorts of toys, but to no avail.'' 20 Axwts’ qw’yaycs tislq’s s7anayks alhtinusximta. ''And he did not change his mind about wanting a crystal.'' 21 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumalhu ctx, tikukwpis. ''All these toys were made for him in vain, by him, his grandfather.'' 22 Alawaycikw s7ays syaxwnimutnicis takukwpistx skaklhis tanusximtatx. ''Finally, he did persuade his grandfather to bring the crystal down.'' 23 Yayaatwiskwts’. ''Now he was happy.'' 24 Tl’apskwts’ skaicliikw’iitis. ''And he began to roll it back and forth.'' 25 “Axwtxw q’snu skaisq’isaakmicw!” tsutsutkw’italuts’ik takukwpistx ulhtx. ''“Don’t handle it too roughly!” his grandfather kept trying to say to him.'' 26 Axkw’iluts’ik anustsayanms. ''But he would not listen.'' 27 Nut’tsmiikniciskwts’. ''And then he shattered it.'' 28 Wickw’its’ik txw ssqw’sskwts’ Qwaxw usqa. ''That’s when Raven came flying out.'' 29 Napamcwists’ takukwpis ilhtsaatsti7ilh stics Qwaxw. ''Now the girl’s grandfather found out that it was Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] fuec3ddxqoect5rq5kuu7vj9wcskk1x 1365273 1365260 2026-09-24T14:06:42Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365273 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tismsma alhtiQwaxwtc. ''I will tell a story about Raven.'' 2 Anaykstsk skaximtus wasuncw7ats ulhtsialhq’awiktsk tsitsaatsti. ''It appears that he wanted to bring light to this world, and he went to a virgin girl.'' 3 Anayks skaustcwaycs ulaamats tsitsaatsti skanmpimuts ulhilh. ''He wanted to enter the girl’s place, and mount her.'' 4 Qaaxlakw’itk’uk ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtacwnalhtx. ''Now, this girl always went to a certain spring to have a drink of water.'' 5 Spuxamtimutkw’italuts’ik taQwaxwtx. ''Raven now changed himself into eagle down, but to no avail. (she did not ingest him)'' 6 Apswiskwtuts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And the girl blew him away again.'' 7 Axwtuts’ tulwamktsuts skaqaaxlamaynicim cilh. ''He kept failing to make her drink him.'' 8 Tl’apskwtuts’ sxims skaqaaxlas ulhtacwnalhtx. ''On the following day, she went to the spring again to drink.'' 9 Qwalsamtimutkw’italututs’ik. ''And now he changed himself into hemlock needles, but again to no avail.'' 10 Apswimkwtuts’ cilh. ''And he was blown away again by her.'' 11 Ximskwtuts’. ''The next day came.'' 12 Wickwts’n txw snustqwlctus tacwnalhtx. ''That’s when he made the spring water muddy.'' 13 Qaaxlamaynicimts’. ''Now he succeeded in making her drink him.'' 14 Atsiwltamkimkwts’. ''And she was impregnated.'' 15 Nu7usqnamkimkwts’. ''Now a baby was born.'' 16 Imlmllkiists’. ''It was a boy.'' 17 Alh7aykw’its’ik stlhulhs spuss. ''He was a fast-growing one.'' 18 Alh7alhtsimaylaycsts’ s7anayks skaklhim tinusximta ulhtx. ''Now he managed to say that he wanted a crystal to be brought down to him.'' 19 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumkwalu ctakukwpistx. ''His grandfather made him all sorts of toys, but to no avail.'' 20 Axwts’ qw’yaycs tislq’s s7anayks alhtinusximta. ''And he did not change his mind about wanting a crystal.'' 21 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumalhu ctx, tikukwpis. ''All these toys were made for him in vain, by him, his grandfather.'' 22 Alawaycikw s7ays syaxwnimutnicis takukwpistx skaklhis tanusximtatx. ''Finally, he did persuade his grandfather to bring the crystal down.'' 23 Yayaatwiskwts’. ''Now he was happy.'' 24 Tl’apskwts’ skaicliikw’iitis. ''And he began to roll it back and forth.'' 25 “Axwtxw q’snu skaisq’isaakmicw!” tsutsutkw’italuts’ik takukwpistx ulhtx. ''“Don’t handle it too roughly!” his grandfather kept trying to say to him.'' 26 Axkw’iluts’ik anustsayanms. ''But he would not listen.'' 27 Nut’tsmiikniciskwts’. ''And then he shattered it.'' 28 Wickw’its’ik txw ssqw’sskwts’ Qwaxw usqa. ''That’s when Raven came flying out.'' 29 Napamcwists’ takukwpis ilhtsaatsti7ilh stics Qwaxw. ''Now the girl’s grandfather found out that it was Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} fqsxua5qye219pm91lks67phl79fkk3 1365349 1365273 2026-09-24T20:36:12Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365349 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven’s Son | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Smsmayamkits tismsma alhtiQwaxwtc. ''I will tell a story about Raven.'' 2 Anaykstsk skaximtus wasuncw7ats ulhtsialhq’awiktsk tsitsaatsti. ''It appears that he wanted to bring light to this world, and he went to a virgin girl.'' 3 Anayks skaustcwaycs ulaamats tsitsaatsti skanmpimuts ulhilh. ''He wanted to enter the girl’s place, and mount her.'' 4 Qaaxlakw’itk’uk ilhtsaatsti7ilh ulhtacwnalhtx. ''Now, this girl always went to a certain spring to have a drink of water.'' 5 Spuxamtimutkw’italuts’ik taQwaxwtx. ''Raven now changed himself into eagle down, but to no avail. (she did not ingest him)'' 6 Apswiskwtuts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And the girl blew him away again.'' 7 Axwtuts’ tulwamktsuts skaqaaxlamaynicim cilh. ''He kept failing to make her drink him.'' 8 Tl’apskwtuts’ sxims skaqaaxlas ulhtacwnalhtx. ''On the following day, she went to the spring again to drink.'' 9 Qwalsamtimutkw’italututs’ik. ''And now he changed himself into hemlock needles, but again to no avail.'' 10 Apswimkwtuts’ cilh. ''And he was blown away again by her.'' 11 Ximskwtuts’. ''The next day came.'' 12 Wickwts’n txw snustqwlctus tacwnalhtx. ''That’s when he made the spring water muddy.'' 13 Qaaxlamaynicimts’. ''Now he succeeded in making her drink him.'' 14 Atsiwltamkimkwts’. ''And she was impregnated.'' 15 Nu7usqnamkimkwts’. ''Now a baby was born.'' 16 Imlmllkiists’. ''It was a boy.'' 17 Alh7aykw’its’ik stlhulhs spuss. ''He was a fast-growing one.'' 18 Alh7alhtsimaylaycsts’ s7anayks skaklhim tinusximta ulhtx. ''Now he managed to say that he wanted a crystal to be brought down to him.'' 19 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumkwalu ctakukwpistx. ''His grandfather made him all sorts of toys, but to no avail.'' 20 Axwts’ qw’yaycs tislq’s s7anayks alhtinusximta. ''And he did not change his mind about wanting a crystal.'' 21 Aykw s7ays wastamyayaxitumalhu ctx, tikukwpis. ''All these toys were made for him in vain, by him, his grandfather.'' 22 Alawaycikw s7ays syaxwnimutnicis takukwpistx skaklhis tanusximtatx. ''Finally, he did persuade his grandfather to bring the crystal down.'' 23 Yayaatwiskwts’. ''Now he was happy.'' 24 Tl’apskwts’ skaicliikw’iitis. ''And he began to roll it back and forth.'' 25 “Axwtxw q’snu skaisq’isaakmicw!” tsutsutkw’italuts’ik takukwpistx ulhtx. ''“Don’t handle it too roughly!” his grandfather kept trying to say to him.'' 26 Axkw’iluts’ik anustsayanms. ''But he would not listen.'' 27 Nut’tsmiikniciskwts’. ''And then he shattered it.'' 28 Wickw’its’ik txw ssqw’sskwts’ Qwaxw usqa. ''That’s when Raven came flying out.'' 29 Napamcwists’ takukwpis ilhtsaatsti7ilh stics Qwaxw. ''Now the girl’s grandfather found out that it was Raven.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} i15t6ytdvxrppwbabbep7ymyx2zemlu 0 458896 1365235 2026-09-24T13:09:28Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365235 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tsitsaatstitsk tsisclcliktm. ''I will tell the story of a girl who left home in anger.'' 2 Tickw’its’ik tiT’miixwtc tipatsalh tiumats. ''Stump was the first one she was taken to.'' 3 Tic tc tiumats. ''He is the one she was taken to.'' 4 Ip’im ctx s7alhkwnimkwts’ ulasulhs. ''She was seized by him and taken to his house.'' 5 Alhpstum. ''She was fed.'' 6 Kamalhtsayutskw’iluts’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh stl’ikmtimutskwaluts’ skaqw’xwmstuts’. ''And whenever she finished eating, the girl attempted to escape, and be on the move again.'' 7 Awlhimkwtuts’ ctaT’miixwtx. ''But again and again, she was followed by Stump.'' 8 Lip’tsuttum ustcw. ''And she was made to go back in.'' 9 Xlaktumkw’its’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctiT’miixwtc skailhk’is. ''Then, the girl was ordered by Stump to delouse him.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik txw snapimkwts’ ctsilhkw’lc tsialh7aylhtuu ctsnlh ctipats’alhta skatics tx tikasilht’tis wamatskw’ wamuqw’lhas tiT’miixwtc. ''That is when she was given an awl by an old woman who had once looked exactly like her, and she was to use it for spiking the frogs that were Stump’s lice.'' 11 Tayamktiskwkw’. ''And she discarded them one after the other.'' 12 “Stamks tialh7alh7aytc?” tsutkw’itk’uk taT’miixwtx. ''“What sort of thing is that?” Stump kept saying.'' 13 “Way, nmnmk’inama waalh7alh7aytsk.” ''“Well I figure they must be small animals of some sort.”'' 14 Nut’tsiikaatimutskwkw’ ilha7ilh. ''And she pretended to bust them one after the other.'' 15 Way, á yk’skw s7alh7aytus ctxw s7ilhk’is. ''So, she carried on with this for a long time, delousing him.'' 16 Nupats’iiktis wamatskw’ stayamktis. ''She pierced the frogs and discarded them.'' 17 Xí lhskw s7alh7ays ctxw stl’ikmtimutsalu. ''Many times, she tried to run away.'' 18 Lip’tsuttumkwk’u ctx. ''And every time, she was forced by him to come back.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw snapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh kasi7ayaktus kasi7axw pakwnicim ctx. ''Then, the girl was given some things by the old woman that would enable her to prevent him from catching up with her.'' 20 Sclcliktms ts’ayc. ''And she ran away.'' 21 Statpusanms wasmaw. ''One place became a steep cliff.'' 22 Nu7iiklhlcaaqnicitimkwk’u ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And from behind, Stump was coming closer and closer to the girl.'' 23 Sk’makw tismaw staq’aaxams. ''One (of the things she had been given) was a comb, which became thick undergrowth.'' 24 Áy s7ays wasnapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh. ''The girl was given all sorts of things by the old woman.'' 25 Axkwts’ pakwnicim ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And Stump did not catch up with the girl.'' 26 Wicskwts’ waalh7alh7aytus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh, watl’aptus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh ulhilh skatayamkis ulaaluuxs. ''The old woman had made those things, the things the old woman gave her, for her to throw behind herself.'' 27 Wickw’its’ik txw sts’ktnimutsts’n ilha7ilh ulaamats tiManlh alatl’uk’. ''And then she found herself where our Father resides.'' 28 Clhmnalcts’n alhtx. ''She begat a child with him.'' 29 Wic7its’ik sts’ktnimuts ilha7ilh ulhtiManlh alatl’uk’ stalawsmtumts’ ctx. ''For she had reached our Father, and he had married her.'' 30 Kwanatskwts’n ilhstan7ilh. ''Meanwhile, her mother was weeping.'' 31 K’musms skwanats s7anusmnas cilhmnas7ilh. ''She had been weeping for a year over the loss of her daughter.'' 32 Clhmnalcskwts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And now the girl had a child.'' 33 Lq’ists’n ilhstans7ilh. ''And she was thinking about her mother.'' 34 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ayutsmimts’ ctx kaayalhs alask’alhutslaycs takwtmtsstx skaputl’s uuxnk, kamnlhalusms ulhtuamatalaaxtstxw. ''That’s when she was told by her husband to step on his eyelashes and go down, if she longed to see her parents.'' 35 Alh7aykw’its’ik ilha7ilh ulakulhaaxs wasulhaw tamanstx. ''And she showed up at the back door of her father’s house.'' 36 Kwanatkw’ilhluuk ilhstans7ilh s7anusmnas cilhmnlhalusmts’n7ilh. ''Her mother was still crying over her missing daughter.'' 37 “Tl’lhanawna k’yukip swas tiyayaxmtss tialhqup’aaxtsst’ayc!” tsutkw’itk’uk ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“Go and find out who is making fun of me knocking on my back door!” the woman was saying to her children.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ tinumaw alhtxw skak’cis swas tialhi alakulhaax. ''And one of them went to see who was at the back door.'' 39 Tsickwtuya ilhqw’almaw7ilh! ''It was their older sister!'' 40 Lip’tsutskwts’ ustcw skaalats’itus ilhstanaw7ilh stsics ilhqw’almaw7ilh tsialhi alhtxw. ''And he went back inside to tell his mother that it was their sister who was there.'' 41 “Yanumits’ika syayaxmutsmicw tsiayk’mts’ wiclhhtuswaltulhs,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“I hope you’re just making fun of the one who left us long ago,” the woman said to her children.'' 42 Anusqwinictists’. ''She did not believe them.'' 43 Wic7its’ik txw sxltusts’ takwtmtsstx skatl’aps skats’xanmacwaycstimuts skatsicstu ilh. ''Then, she told her husband to go out and see for himself whether it really was her.'' 44 Tl’apskwts’ tamanstx skak’cis. ''And her father went to have a look.'' 45 Tsickwtuya ilh! ''And indeed, it was her!'' 46 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ustcwtutts’. ''Then they took her in.'' 47 Asmnaykiiskwts’ ts’ayc ctaimlkllkitx. ''She had the little boy with her.'' 48 Qiixanakwts’ tuamatalaaxtstxw alhtaslh7imtsawtx. ''And her parents were elated about their grandchild.'' 49 Xlaktuskwts’ taqiqtitx takukwpistx skatamt’ksnimtas, n tikaputs’tntuu. ''Now the boy told his grandfather to make arrows, and a bow as well.'' 50 Tl’apakskwts’ t’ax skakstus taputs’tntx n tat’ksnimtatxw. ''And he began to craft the bow and arrows.'' 51 Kamalhtsayakkw’iluts’ik t’ax stamt’ksnimtas n taputs’tntx, tl’aps taqiqtitx usqa skat’ksnas utl’uk’ ulasuncw7ats. ''And as soon as he finished making the arrows and the bow, the boy went out and starting shooting at the sky above.'' 52 Tilcskwts’. ''And his arrows stuck to the target.'' 53 Tm7aylhtuskw’iluts’ik ctxw. ''From then on, that’s all he did.'' 54 Kamalhqw’alayaaxakkwkw’ sxlaktuskwkw’ takukwpistx skakstcwas ckat’ksnimta. ''And whenever he ran out of arrows, he told his grandfather to make some more.'' 55 Áytuskwkw’. ''He kept doing this.'' 56 Úlawaycikw, ts’kts uuxnk. ''Finally, they (the arrows) reached all the way down.'' 57 Tmkw’atsalhiskw’iluts’ik t’ax tat’ksnimtatx sq’lscwams. ''Then he just shook the string of arrows for a while, and it became a rope.'' 58 Tl’apsts’ skaksuulhtsuts utl’uk’. ''Now he began to pull himself up.'' 59 Lip’tsuts ulhtimans. ''He went back to his father.'' 60 Ayk’mískw s7alhis alhtimans sxlaktum ctx skatics tx tikaalhxulaaxutsa alhtisnxt’ayc. ''After he had stayed with his father for a while, he was told by him that he should be the one to start up the fire on the sun.'' 61 “Tsantsaatstí nu skaalhtamkwlculhs ú lhtikasnukaliks tisuncwtc skastq’aaxutsicw.” ''“Little by little, in order for it to heat up, you must increase the fire until noon.”'' 62 “Anukaliiklhh skatl’aptucw skaksaaxutsicwtuts’.” ''“And after noon, you must start to decrease the fire again.”'' 63 “Áxwtxw k’cnu uuxnk!” ''“And do not look down!”'' 64 Smtsutmimkwalutuu ctx. ''This is what he was told right away, but to no avail.'' 65 “Ikanukaliks skaaxw kak’cnu uuxnk!” tsutmimkwaluts’ ctamanstx. ''“At noon, you must not look down!” his father tried to tell him.'' 66 Nukaliks. ''Noon came.'' 67 Wic7its’ik txw skalhk’ctsutskwts’ t’ax sk’ctists’ taxwism taqiqipí txw alhtuqnktxw. ''That’s when he looked down, and he saw the children playing down there.'' 68 Scwmsts’ wasuncw7ats. ''And then the world caught on fire.'' 69 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhtsxwmimts’ ctamanstx. ''That’s when he was scolded by his father.'' 70 Ayutsts’ skakmas tislq’s wic s7aynictis wamnmntss alaqnk7awcwa. ''He (his father) said he was sad because he had allowed this to happen to his children down here.'' 71 “T’ut’kwayanamats’ kaaluuxalhilh!” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulht’awstx stayamkis uuxnk. ''“I think the ones who will come after us will be minks!” he said to him, and then he cast him down.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] dfopsqt822ozafvdda353x967h85kge 1365261 1365235 2026-09-24T14:02:44Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365261 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tsitsaatstitsk tsisclcliktm. ''I will tell the story of a girl who left home in anger.'' 2 Tickw’its’ik tiT’miixwtc tipatsalh tiumats. ''Stump was the first one she was taken to.'' 3 Tic tc tiumats. ''He is the one she was taken to.'' 4 Ip’im ctx s7alhkwnimkwts’ ulasulhs. ''She was seized by him and taken to his house.'' 5 Alhpstum. ''She was fed.'' 6 Kamalhtsayutskw’iluts’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh stl’ikmtimutskwaluts’ skaqw’xwmstuts’. ''And whenever she finished eating, the girl attempted to escape, and be on the move again.'' 7 Awlhimkwtuts’ ctaT’miixwtx. ''But again and again, she was followed by Stump.'' 8 Lip’tsuttum ustcw. ''And she was made to go back in.'' 9 Xlaktumkw’its’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctiT’miixwtc skailhk’is. ''Then, the girl was ordered by Stump to delouse him.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik txw snapimkwts’ ctsilhkw’lc tsialh7aylhtuu ctsnlh ctipats’alhta skatics tx tikasilht’tis wamatskw’ wamuqw’lhas tiT’miixwtc. ''That is when she was given an awl by an old woman who had once looked exactly like her, and she was to use it for spiking the frogs that were Stump’s lice.'' 11 Tayamktiskwkw’. ''And she discarded them one after the other.'' 12 “Stamks tialh7alh7aytc?” tsutkw’itk’uk taT’miixwtx. ''“What sort of thing is that?” Stump kept saying.'' 13 “Way, nmnmk’inama waalh7alh7aytsk.” ''“Well I figure they must be small animals of some sort.”'' 14 Nut’tsiikaatimutskwkw’ ilha7ilh. ''And she pretended to bust them one after the other.'' 15 Way, á yk’skw s7alh7aytus ctxw s7ilhk’is. ''So, she carried on with this for a long time, delousing him.'' 16 Nupats’iiktis wamatskw’ stayamktis. ''She pierced the frogs and discarded them.'' 17 Xí lhskw s7alh7ays ctxw stl’ikmtimutsalu. ''Many times, she tried to run away.'' 18 Lip’tsuttumkwk’u ctx. ''And every time, she was forced by him to come back.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw snapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh kasi7ayaktus kasi7axw pakwnicim ctx. ''Then, the girl was given some things by the old woman that would enable her to prevent him from catching up with her.'' 20 Sclcliktms ts’ayc. ''And she ran away.'' 21 Statpusanms wasmaw. ''One place became a steep cliff.'' 22 Nu7iiklhlcaaqnicitimkwk’u ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And from behind, Stump was coming closer and closer to the girl.'' 23 Sk’makw tismaw staq’aaxams. ''One (of the things she had been given) was a comb, which became thick undergrowth.'' 24 Áy s7ays wasnapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh. ''The girl was given all sorts of things by the old woman.'' 25 Axkwts’ pakwnicim ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And Stump did not catch up with the girl.'' 26 Wicskwts’ waalh7alh7aytus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh, watl’aptus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh ulhilh skatayamkis ulaaluuxs. ''The old woman had made those things, the things the old woman gave her, for her to throw behind herself.'' 27 Wickw’its’ik txw sts’ktnimutsts’n ilha7ilh ulaamats tiManlh alatl’uk’. ''And then she found herself where our Father resides.'' 28 Clhmnalcts’n alhtx. ''She begat a child with him.'' 29 Wic7its’ik sts’ktnimuts ilha7ilh ulhtiManlh alatl’uk’ stalawsmtumts’ ctx. ''For she had reached our Father, and he had married her.'' 30 Kwanatskwts’n ilhstan7ilh. ''Meanwhile, her mother was weeping.'' 31 K’musms skwanats s7anusmnas cilhmnas7ilh. ''She had been weeping for a year over the loss of her daughter.'' 32 Clhmnalcskwts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And now the girl had a child.'' 33 Lq’ists’n ilhstans7ilh. ''And she was thinking about her mother.'' 34 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ayutsmimts’ ctx kaayalhs alask’alhutslaycs takwtmtsstx skaputl’s uuxnk, kamnlhalusms ulhtuamatalaaxtstxw. ''That’s when she was told by her husband to step on his eyelashes and go down, if she longed to see her parents.'' 35 Alh7aykw’its’ik ilha7ilh ulakulhaaxs wasulhaw tamanstx. ''And she showed up at the back door of her father’s house.'' 36 Kwanatkw’ilhluuk ilhstans7ilh s7anusmnas cilhmnlhalusmts’n7ilh. ''Her mother was still crying over her missing daughter.'' 37 “Tl’lhanawna k’yukip swas tiyayaxmtss tialhqup’aaxtsst’ayc!” tsutkw’itk’uk ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“Go and find out who is making fun of me knocking on my back door!” the woman was saying to her children.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ tinumaw alhtxw skak’cis swas tialhi alakulhaax. ''And one of them went to see who was at the back door.'' 39 Tsickwtuya ilhqw’almaw7ilh! ''It was their older sister!'' 40 Lip’tsutskwts’ ustcw skaalats’itus ilhstanaw7ilh stsics ilhqw’almaw7ilh tsialhi alhtxw. ''And he went back inside to tell his mother that it was their sister who was there.'' 41 “Yanumits’ika syayaxmutsmicw tsiayk’mts’ wiclhhtuswaltulhs,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“I hope you’re just making fun of the one who left us long ago,” the woman said to her children.'' 42 Anusqwinictists’. ''She did not believe them.'' 43 Wic7its’ik txw sxltusts’ takwtmtsstx skatl’aps skats’xanmacwaycstimuts skatsicstu ilh. ''Then, she told her husband to go out and see for himself whether it really was her.'' 44 Tl’apskwts’ tamanstx skak’cis. ''And her father went to have a look.'' 45 Tsickwtuya ilh! ''And indeed, it was her!'' 46 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ustcwtutts’. ''Then they took her in.'' 47 Asmnaykiiskwts’ ts’ayc ctaimlkllkitx. ''She had the little boy with her.'' 48 Qiixanakwts’ tuamatalaaxtstxw alhtaslh7imtsawtx. ''And her parents were elated about their grandchild.'' 49 Xlaktuskwts’ taqiqtitx takukwpistx skatamt’ksnimtas, n tikaputs’tntuu. ''Now the boy told his grandfather to make arrows, and a bow as well.'' 50 Tl’apakskwts’ t’ax skakstus taputs’tntx n tat’ksnimtatxw. ''And he began to craft the bow and arrows.'' 51 Kamalhtsayakkw’iluts’ik t’ax stamt’ksnimtas n taputs’tntx, tl’aps taqiqtitx usqa skat’ksnas utl’uk’ ulasuncw7ats. ''And as soon as he finished making the arrows and the bow, the boy went out and starting shooting at the sky above.'' 52 Tilcskwts’. ''And his arrows stuck to the target.'' 53 Tm7aylhtuskw’iluts’ik ctxw. ''From then on, that’s all he did.'' 54 Kamalhqw’alayaaxakkwkw’ sxlaktuskwkw’ takukwpistx skakstcwas ckat’ksnimta. ''And whenever he ran out of arrows, he told his grandfather to make some more.'' 55 Áytuskwkw’. ''He kept doing this.'' 56 Úlawaycikw, ts’kts uuxnk. ''Finally, they (the arrows) reached all the way down.'' 57 Tmkw’atsalhiskw’iluts’ik t’ax tat’ksnimtatx sq’lscwams. ''Then he just shook the string of arrows for a while, and it became a rope.'' 58 Tl’apsts’ skaksuulhtsuts utl’uk’. ''Now he began to pull himself up.'' 59 Lip’tsuts ulhtimans. ''He went back to his father.'' 60 Ayk’mískw s7alhis alhtimans sxlaktum ctx skatics tx tikaalhxulaaxutsa alhtisnxt’ayc. ''After he had stayed with his father for a while, he was told by him that he should be the one to start up the fire on the sun.'' 61 “Tsantsaatstí nu skaalhtamkwlculhs ú lhtikasnukaliks tisuncwtc skastq’aaxutsicw.” ''“Little by little, in order for it to heat up, you must increase the fire until noon.”'' 62 “Anukaliiklhh skatl’aptucw skaksaaxutsicwtuts’.” ''“And after noon, you must start to decrease the fire again.”'' 63 “Áxwtxw k’cnu uuxnk!” ''“And do not look down!”'' 64 Smtsutmimkwalutuu ctx. ''This is what he was told right away, but to no avail.'' 65 “Ikanukaliks skaaxw kak’cnu uuxnk!” tsutmimkwaluts’ ctamanstx. ''“At noon, you must not look down!” his father tried to tell him.'' 66 Nukaliks. ''Noon came.'' 67 Wic7its’ik txw skalhk’ctsutskwts’ t’ax sk’ctists’ taxwism taqiqipí txw alhtuqnktxw. ''That’s when he looked down, and he saw the children playing down there.'' 68 Scwmsts’ wasuncw7ats. ''And then the world caught on fire.'' 69 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhtsxwmimts’ ctamanstx. ''That’s when he was scolded by his father.'' 70 Ayutsts’ skakmas tislq’s wic s7aynictis wamnmntss alaqnk7awcwa. ''He (his father) said he was sad because he had allowed this to happen to his children down here.'' 71 “T’ut’kwayanamats’ kaaluuxalhilh!” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulht’awstx stayamkis uuxnk. ''“I think the ones who will come after us will be minks!” he said to him, and then he cast him down.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] dd4i7g7p5s2axzfpt1e281vl64f7dfu 1365274 1365261 2026-09-24T14:06:51Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365274 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tsitsaatstitsk tsisclcliktm. ''I will tell the story of a girl who left home in anger.'' 2 Tickw’its’ik tiT’miixwtc tipatsalh tiumats. ''Stump was the first one she was taken to.'' 3 Tic tc tiumats. ''He is the one she was taken to.'' 4 Ip’im ctx s7alhkwnimkwts’ ulasulhs. ''She was seized by him and taken to his house.'' 5 Alhpstum. ''She was fed.'' 6 Kamalhtsayutskw’iluts’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh stl’ikmtimutskwaluts’ skaqw’xwmstuts’. ''And whenever she finished eating, the girl attempted to escape, and be on the move again.'' 7 Awlhimkwtuts’ ctaT’miixwtx. ''But again and again, she was followed by Stump.'' 8 Lip’tsuttum ustcw. ''And she was made to go back in.'' 9 Xlaktumkw’its’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctiT’miixwtc skailhk’is. ''Then, the girl was ordered by Stump to delouse him.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik txw snapimkwts’ ctsilhkw’lc tsialh7aylhtuu ctsnlh ctipats’alhta skatics tx tikasilht’tis wamatskw’ wamuqw’lhas tiT’miixwtc. ''That is when she was given an awl by an old woman who had once looked exactly like her, and she was to use it for spiking the frogs that were Stump’s lice.'' 11 Tayamktiskwkw’. ''And she discarded them one after the other.'' 12 “Stamks tialh7alh7aytc?” tsutkw’itk’uk taT’miixwtx. ''“What sort of thing is that?” Stump kept saying.'' 13 “Way, nmnmk’inama waalh7alh7aytsk.” ''“Well I figure they must be small animals of some sort.”'' 14 Nut’tsiikaatimutskwkw’ ilha7ilh. ''And she pretended to bust them one after the other.'' 15 Way, á yk’skw s7alh7aytus ctxw s7ilhk’is. ''So, she carried on with this for a long time, delousing him.'' 16 Nupats’iiktis wamatskw’ stayamktis. ''She pierced the frogs and discarded them.'' 17 Xí lhskw s7alh7ays ctxw stl’ikmtimutsalu. ''Many times, she tried to run away.'' 18 Lip’tsuttumkwk’u ctx. ''And every time, she was forced by him to come back.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw snapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh kasi7ayaktus kasi7axw pakwnicim ctx. ''Then, the girl was given some things by the old woman that would enable her to prevent him from catching up with her.'' 20 Sclcliktms ts’ayc. ''And she ran away.'' 21 Statpusanms wasmaw. ''One place became a steep cliff.'' 22 Nu7iiklhlcaaqnicitimkwk’u ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And from behind, Stump was coming closer and closer to the girl.'' 23 Sk’makw tismaw staq’aaxams. ''One (of the things she had been given) was a comb, which became thick undergrowth.'' 24 Áy s7ays wasnapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh. ''The girl was given all sorts of things by the old woman.'' 25 Axkwts’ pakwnicim ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And Stump did not catch up with the girl.'' 26 Wicskwts’ waalh7alh7aytus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh, watl’aptus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh ulhilh skatayamkis ulaaluuxs. ''The old woman had made those things, the things the old woman gave her, for her to throw behind herself.'' 27 Wickw’its’ik txw sts’ktnimutsts’n ilha7ilh ulaamats tiManlh alatl’uk’. ''And then she found herself where our Father resides.'' 28 Clhmnalcts’n alhtx. ''She begat a child with him.'' 29 Wic7its’ik sts’ktnimuts ilha7ilh ulhtiManlh alatl’uk’ stalawsmtumts’ ctx. ''For she had reached our Father, and he had married her.'' 30 Kwanatskwts’n ilhstan7ilh. ''Meanwhile, her mother was weeping.'' 31 K’musms skwanats s7anusmnas cilhmnas7ilh. ''She had been weeping for a year over the loss of her daughter.'' 32 Clhmnalcskwts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And now the girl had a child.'' 33 Lq’ists’n ilhstans7ilh. ''And she was thinking about her mother.'' 34 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ayutsmimts’ ctx kaayalhs alask’alhutslaycs takwtmtsstx skaputl’s uuxnk, kamnlhalusms ulhtuamatalaaxtstxw. ''That’s when she was told by her husband to step on his eyelashes and go down, if she longed to see her parents.'' 35 Alh7aykw’its’ik ilha7ilh ulakulhaaxs wasulhaw tamanstx. ''And she showed up at the back door of her father’s house.'' 36 Kwanatkw’ilhluuk ilhstans7ilh s7anusmnas cilhmnlhalusmts’n7ilh. ''Her mother was still crying over her missing daughter.'' 37 “Tl’lhanawna k’yukip swas tiyayaxmtss tialhqup’aaxtsst’ayc!” tsutkw’itk’uk ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“Go and find out who is making fun of me knocking on my back door!” the woman was saying to her children.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ tinumaw alhtxw skak’cis swas tialhi alakulhaax. ''And one of them went to see who was at the back door.'' 39 Tsickwtuya ilhqw’almaw7ilh! ''It was their older sister!'' 40 Lip’tsutskwts’ ustcw skaalats’itus ilhstanaw7ilh stsics ilhqw’almaw7ilh tsialhi alhtxw. ''And he went back inside to tell his mother that it was their sister who was there.'' 41 “Yanumits’ika syayaxmutsmicw tsiayk’mts’ wiclhhtuswaltulhs,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“I hope you’re just making fun of the one who left us long ago,” the woman said to her children.'' 42 Anusqwinictists’. ''She did not believe them.'' 43 Wic7its’ik txw sxltusts’ takwtmtsstx skatl’aps skats’xanmacwaycstimuts skatsicstu ilh. ''Then, she told her husband to go out and see for himself whether it really was her.'' 44 Tl’apskwts’ tamanstx skak’cis. ''And her father went to have a look.'' 45 Tsickwtuya ilh! ''And indeed, it was her!'' 46 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ustcwtutts’. ''Then they took her in.'' 47 Asmnaykiiskwts’ ts’ayc ctaimlkllkitx. ''She had the little boy with her.'' 48 Qiixanakwts’ tuamatalaaxtstxw alhtaslh7imtsawtx. ''And her parents were elated about their grandchild.'' 49 Xlaktuskwts’ taqiqtitx takukwpistx skatamt’ksnimtas, n tikaputs’tntuu. ''Now the boy told his grandfather to make arrows, and a bow as well.'' 50 Tl’apakskwts’ t’ax skakstus taputs’tntx n tat’ksnimtatxw. ''And he began to craft the bow and arrows.'' 51 Kamalhtsayakkw’iluts’ik t’ax stamt’ksnimtas n taputs’tntx, tl’aps taqiqtitx usqa skat’ksnas utl’uk’ ulasuncw7ats. ''And as soon as he finished making the arrows and the bow, the boy went out and starting shooting at the sky above.'' 52 Tilcskwts’. ''And his arrows stuck to the target.'' 53 Tm7aylhtuskw’iluts’ik ctxw. ''From then on, that’s all he did.'' 54 Kamalhqw’alayaaxakkwkw’ sxlaktuskwkw’ takukwpistx skakstcwas ckat’ksnimta. ''And whenever he ran out of arrows, he told his grandfather to make some more.'' 55 Áytuskwkw’. ''He kept doing this.'' 56 Úlawaycikw, ts’kts uuxnk. ''Finally, they (the arrows) reached all the way down.'' 57 Tmkw’atsalhiskw’iluts’ik t’ax tat’ksnimtatx sq’lscwams. ''Then he just shook the string of arrows for a while, and it became a rope.'' 58 Tl’apsts’ skaksuulhtsuts utl’uk’. ''Now he began to pull himself up.'' 59 Lip’tsuts ulhtimans. ''He went back to his father.'' 60 Ayk’mískw s7alhis alhtimans sxlaktum ctx skatics tx tikaalhxulaaxutsa alhtisnxt’ayc. ''After he had stayed with his father for a while, he was told by him that he should be the one to start up the fire on the sun.'' 61 “Tsantsaatstí nu skaalhtamkwlculhs ú lhtikasnukaliks tisuncwtc skastq’aaxutsicw.” ''“Little by little, in order for it to heat up, you must increase the fire until noon.”'' 62 “Anukaliiklhh skatl’aptucw skaksaaxutsicwtuts’.” ''“And after noon, you must start to decrease the fire again.”'' 63 “Áxwtxw k’cnu uuxnk!” ''“And do not look down!”'' 64 Smtsutmimkwalutuu ctx. ''This is what he was told right away, but to no avail.'' 65 “Ikanukaliks skaaxw kak’cnu uuxnk!” tsutmimkwaluts’ ctamanstx. ''“At noon, you must not look down!” his father tried to tell him.'' 66 Nukaliks. ''Noon came.'' 67 Wic7its’ik txw skalhk’ctsutskwts’ t’ax sk’ctists’ taxwism taqiqipí txw alhtuqnktxw. ''That’s when he looked down, and he saw the children playing down there.'' 68 Scwmsts’ wasuncw7ats. ''And then the world caught on fire.'' 69 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhtsxwmimts’ ctamanstx. ''That’s when he was scolded by his father.'' 70 Ayutsts’ skakmas tislq’s wic s7aynictis wamnmntss alaqnk7awcwa. ''He (his father) said he was sad because he had allowed this to happen to his children down here.'' 71 “T’ut’kwayanamats’ kaaluuxalhilh!” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulht’awstx stayamkis uuxnk. ''“I think the ones who will come after us will be minks!” he said to him, and then he cast him down.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} pkzd4pnsoqfc8kkcreetkaltzylmx1p 1365286 1365274 2026-09-24T14:25:35Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365286 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tsitsaatstitsk tsisclcliktm. ''I will tell the story of a girl who left home in anger.'' 2 Tickw’its’ik tiT’miixwtc tipatsalh tiumats. ''Stump was the first one she was taken to.'' 3 Tic tc tiumats. ''He is the one she was taken to.'' 4 Ip’im ctx s7alhkwnimkwts’ ulasulhs. ''She was seized by him and taken to his house.'' 5 Alhpstum. ''She was fed.'' 6 Kamalhtsayutskw’iluts’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh stl’ikmtimutskwaluts’ skaqw’xwmstuts’. ''And whenever she finished eating, the girl attempted to escape, and be on the move again.'' 7 Awlhimkwtuts’ ctaT’miixwtx. ''But again and again, she was followed by Stump.'' 8 Lip’tsuttum ustcw. ''And she was made to go back in.'' 9 Xlaktumkw’its’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctiT’miixwtc skailhk’is. ''Then, the girl was ordered by Stump to delouse him.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik txw snapimkwts’ ctsilhkw’lc tsialh7aylhtuu ctsnlh ctipats’alhta skatics tx tikasilht’tis wamatskw’ wamuqw’lhas tiT’miixwtc. ''That is when she was given an awl by an old woman who had once looked exactly like her, and she was to use it for spiking the frogs that were Stump’s lice.'' 11 Tayamktiskwkw’. ''And she discarded them one after the other.'' 12 “Stamks tialh7alh7aytc?” tsutkw’itk’uk taT’miixwtx. ''“What sort of thing is that?” Stump kept saying.'' 13 “Way, nmnmk’inama waalh7alh7aytsk.” ''“Well I figure they must be small animals of some sort.”'' 14 Nut’tsiikaatimutskwkw’ ilha7ilh. ''And she pretended to bust them one after the other.'' 15 Way, áyk’skw s7alh7aytus ctxw s7ilhk’is. ''So, she carried on with this for a long time, delousing him.'' 16 Nupats’iiktis wamatskw’ stayamktis. ''She pierced the frogs and discarded them.'' 17 Xí lhskw s7alh7ays ctxw stl’ikmtimutsalu. ''Many times, she tried to run away.'' 18 Lip’tsuttumkwk’u ctx. ''And every time, she was forced by him to come back.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw snapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh kasi7ayaktus kasi7axw pakwnicim ctx. ''Then, the girl was given some things by the old woman that would enable her to prevent him from catching up with her.'' 20 Sclcliktms ts’ayc. ''And she ran away.'' 21 Statpusanms wasmaw. ''One place became a steep cliff.'' 22 Nu7iiklhlcaaqnicitimkwk’u ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And from behind, Stump was coming closer and closer to the girl.'' 23 Sk’makw tismaw staq’aaxams. ''One (of the things she had been given) was a comb, which became thick undergrowth.'' 24 Áy s7ays wasnapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh. ''The girl was given all sorts of things by the old woman.'' 25 Axkwts’ pakwnicim ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And Stump did not catch up with the girl.'' 26 Wicskwts’ waalh7alh7aytus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh, watl’aptus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh ulhilh skatayamkis ulaaluuxs. ''The old woman had made those things, the things the old woman gave her, for her to throw behind herself.'' 27 Wickw’its’ik txw sts’ktnimutsts’n ilha7ilh ulaamats tiManlh alatl’uk’. ''And then she found herself where our Father resides.'' 28 Clhmnalcts’n alhtx. ''She begat a child with him.'' 29 Wic7its’ik sts’ktnimuts ilha7ilh ulhtiManlh alatl’uk’ stalawsmtumts’ ctx. ''For she had reached our Father, and he had married her.'' 30 Kwanatskwts’n ilhstan7ilh. ''Meanwhile, her mother was weeping.'' 31 K’musms skwanats s7anusmnas cilhmnas7ilh. ''She had been weeping for a year over the loss of her daughter.'' 32 Clhmnalcskwts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And now the girl had a child.'' 33 Lq’ists’n ilhstans7ilh. ''And she was thinking about her mother.'' 34 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ayutsmimts’ ctx kaayalhs alask’alhutslaycs takwtmtsstx skaputl’s uuxnk, kamnlhalusms ulhtuamatalaaxtstxw. ''That’s when she was told by her husband to step on his eyelashes and go down, if she longed to see her parents.'' 35 Alh7aykw’its’ik ilha7ilh ulakulhaaxs wasulhaw tamanstx. ''And she showed up at the back door of her father’s house.'' 36 Kwanatkw’ilhluuk ilhstans7ilh s7anusmnas cilhmnlhalusmts’n7ilh. ''Her mother was still crying over her missing daughter.'' 37 “Tl’lhanawna k’yukip swas tiyayaxmtss tialhqup’aaxtsst’ayc!” tsutkw’itk’uk ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“Go and find out who is making fun of me knocking on my back door!” the woman was saying to her children.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ tinumaw alhtxw skak’cis swas tialhi alakulhaax. ''And one of them went to see who was at the back door.'' 39 Tsickwtuya ilhqw’almaw7ilh! ''It was their older sister!'' 40 Lip’tsutskwts’ ustcw skaalats’itus ilhstanaw7ilh stsics ilhqw’almaw7ilh tsialhi alhtxw. ''And he went back inside to tell his mother that it was their sister who was there.'' 41 “Yanumits’ika syayaxmutsmicw tsiayk’mts’ wiclhhtuswaltulhs,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“I hope you’re just making fun of the one who left us long ago,” the woman said to her children.'' 42 Anusqwinictists’. ''She did not believe them.'' 43 Wic7its’ik txw sxltusts’ takwtmtsstx skatl’aps skats’xanmacwaycstimuts skatsicstu ilh. ''Then, she told her husband to go out and see for himself whether it really was her.'' 44 Tl’apskwts’ tamanstx skak’cis. ''And her father went to have a look.'' 45 Tsickwtuya ilh! ''And indeed, it was her!'' 46 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ustcwtutts’. ''Then they took her in.'' 47 Asmnaykiiskwts’ ts’ayc ctaimlkllkitx. ''She had the little boy with her.'' 48 Qiixanakwts’ tuamatalaaxtstxw alhtaslh7imtsawtx. ''And her parents were elated about their grandchild.'' 49 Xlaktuskwts’ taqiqtitx takukwpistx skatamt’ksnimtas, n tikaputs’tntuu. ''Now the boy told his grandfather to make arrows, and a bow as well.'' 50 Tl’apakskwts’ t’ax skakstus taputs’tntx n tat’ksnimtatxw. ''And he began to craft the bow and arrows.'' 51 Kamalhtsayakkw’iluts’ik t’ax stamt’ksnimtas n taputs’tntx, tl’aps taqiqtitx usqa skat’ksnas utl’uk’ ulasuncw7ats. ''And as soon as he finished making the arrows and the bow, the boy went out and starting shooting at the sky above.'' 52 Tilcskwts’. ''And his arrows stuck to the target.'' 53 Tm7aylhtuskw’iluts’ik ctxw. ''From then on, that’s all he did.'' 54 Kamalhqw’alayaaxakkwkw’ sxlaktuskwkw’ takukwpistx skakstcwas ckat’ksnimta. ''And whenever he ran out of arrows, he told his grandfather to make some more.'' 55 Áytuskwkw’. ''He kept doing this.'' 56 Úlawaycikw, ts’kts uuxnk. ''Finally, they (the arrows) reached all the way down.'' 57 Tmkw’atsalhiskw’iluts’ik t’ax tat’ksnimtatx sq’lscwams. ''Then he just shook the string of arrows for a while, and it became a rope.'' 58 Tl’apsts’ skaksuulhtsuts utl’uk’. ''Now he began to pull himself up.'' 59 Lip’tsuts ulhtimans. ''He went back to his father.'' 60 Ayk’mískw s7alhis alhtimans sxlaktum ctx skatics tx tikaalhxulaaxutsa alhtisnxt’ayc. ''After he had stayed with his father for a while, he was told by him that he should be the one to start up the fire on the sun.'' 61 “Tsantsaatstí nu skaalhtamkwlculhs ú lhtikasnukaliks tisuncwtc skastq’aaxutsicw.” ''“Little by little, in order for it to heat up, you must increase the fire until noon.”'' 62 “Anukaliiklhh skatl’aptucw skaksaaxutsicwtuts’.” ''“And after noon, you must start to decrease the fire again.”'' 63 “Áxwtxw k’cnu uuxnk!” ''“And do not look down!”'' 64 Smtsutmimkwalutuu ctx. ''This is what he was told right away, but to no avail.'' 65 “Ikanukaliks skaaxw kak’cnu uuxnk!” tsutmimkwaluts’ ctamanstx. ''“At noon, you must not look down!” his father tried to tell him.'' 66 Nukaliks. ''Noon came.'' 67 Wic7its’ik txw skalhk’ctsutskwts’ t’ax sk’ctists’ taxwism taqiqipí txw alhtuqnktxw. ''That’s when he looked down, and he saw the children playing down there.'' 68 Scwmsts’ wasuncw7ats. ''And then the world caught on fire.'' 69 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhtsxwmimts’ ctamanstx. ''That’s when he was scolded by his father.'' 70 Ayutsts’ skakmas tislq’s wic s7aynictis wamnmntss alaqnk7awcwa. ''He (his father) said he was sad because he had allowed this to happen to his children down here.'' 71 “T’ut’kwayanamats’ kaaluuxalhilh!” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulht’awstx stayamkis uuxnk. ''“I think the ones who will come after us will be minks!” he said to him, and then he cast him down.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 4ure6zlv2xn5x97cbn6nl3l3ehmiz55 1365292 1365286 2026-09-24T14:39:07Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365292 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tsitsaatstitsk tsisclcliktm. ''I will tell the story of a girl who left home in anger.'' 2 Tickw’its’ik tiT’miixwtc tipatsalh tiumats. ''Stump was the first one she was taken to.'' 3 Tic tc tiumats. ''He is the one she was taken to.'' 4 Ip’im ctx s7alhkwnimkwts’ ulasulhs. ''She was seized by him and taken to his house.'' 5 Alhpstum. ''She was fed.'' 6 Kamalhtsayutskw’iluts’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh stl’ikmtimutskwaluts’ skaqw’xwmstuts’. ''And whenever she finished eating, the girl attempted to escape, and be on the move again.'' 7 Awlhimkwtuts’ ctaT’miixwtx. ''But again and again, she was followed by Stump.'' 8 Lip’tsuttum ustcw. ''And she was made to go back in.'' 9 Xlaktumkw’its’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctiT’miixwtc skailhk’is. ''Then, the girl was ordered by Stump to delouse him.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik txw snapimkwts’ ctsilhkw’lc tsialh7aylhtuu ctsnlh ctipats’alhta skatics tx tikasilht’tis wamatskw’ wamuqw’lhas tiT’miixwtc. ''That is when she was given an awl by an old woman who had once looked exactly like her, and she was to use it for spiking the frogs that were Stump’s lice.'' 11 Tayamktiskwkw’. ''And she discarded them one after the other.'' 12 “Stamks tialh7alh7aytc?” tsutkw’itk’uk taT’miixwtx. ''“What sort of thing is that?” Stump kept saying.'' 13 “Way, nmnmk’inama waalh7alh7aytsk.” ''“Well I figure they must be small animals of some sort.”'' 14 Nut’tsiikaatimutskwkw’ ilha7ilh. ''And she pretended to bust them one after the other.'' 15 Way, áyk’skw s7alh7aytus ctxw s7ilhk’is. ''So, she carried on with this for a long time, delousing him.'' 16 Nupats’iiktis wamatskw’ stayamktis. ''She pierced the frogs and discarded them.'' 17 Xílhskw s7alh7ays ctxw stl’ikmtimutsalu. ''Many times, she tried to run away.'' 18 Lip’tsuttumkwk’u ctx. ''And every time, she was forced by him to come back.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw snapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh kasi7ayaktus kasi7axw pakwnicim ctx. ''Then, the girl was given some things by the old woman that would enable her to prevent him from catching up with her.'' 20 Sclcliktms ts’ayc. ''And she ran away.'' 21 Statpusanms wasmaw. ''One place became a steep cliff.'' 22 Nu7iiklhlcaaqnicitimkwk’u ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And from behind, Stump was coming closer and closer to the girl.'' 23 Sk’makw tismaw staq’aaxams. ''One (of the things she had been given) was a comb, which became thick undergrowth.'' 24 Áy s7ays wasnapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh. ''The girl was given all sorts of things by the old woman.'' 25 Axkwts’ pakwnicim ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And Stump did not catch up with the girl.'' 26 Wicskwts’ waalh7alh7aytus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh, watl’aptus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh ulhilh skatayamkis ulaaluuxs. ''The old woman had made those things, the things the old woman gave her, for her to throw behind herself.'' 27 Wickw’its’ik txw sts’ktnimutsts’n ilha7ilh ulaamats tiManlh alatl’uk’. ''And then she found herself where our Father resides.'' 28 Clhmnalcts’n alhtx. ''She begat a child with him.'' 29 Wic7its’ik sts’ktnimuts ilha7ilh ulhtiManlh alatl’uk’ stalawsmtumts’ ctx. ''For she had reached our Father, and he had married her.'' 30 Kwanatskwts’n ilhstan7ilh. ''Meanwhile, her mother was weeping.'' 31 K’musms skwanats s7anusmnas cilhmnas7ilh. ''She had been weeping for a year over the loss of her daughter.'' 32 Clhmnalcskwts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And now the girl had a child.'' 33 Lq’ists’n ilhstans7ilh. ''And she was thinking about her mother.'' 34 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ayutsmimts’ ctx kaayalhs alask’alhutslaycs takwtmtsstx skaputl’s uuxnk, kamnlhalusms ulhtuamatalaaxtstxw. ''That’s when she was told by her husband to step on his eyelashes and go down, if she longed to see her parents.'' 35 Alh7aykw’its’ik ilha7ilh ulakulhaaxs wasulhaw tamanstx. ''And she showed up at the back door of her father’s house.'' 36 Kwanatkw’ilhluuk ilhstans7ilh s7anusmnas cilhmnlhalusmts’n7ilh. ''Her mother was still crying over her missing daughter.'' 37 “Tl’lhanawna k’yukip swas tiyayaxmtss tialhqup’aaxtsst’ayc!” tsutkw’itk’uk ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“Go and find out who is making fun of me knocking on my back door!” the woman was saying to her children.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ tinumaw alhtxw skak’cis swas tialhi alakulhaax. ''And one of them went to see who was at the back door.'' 39 Tsickwtuya ilhqw’almaw7ilh! ''It was their older sister!'' 40 Lip’tsutskwts’ ustcw skaalats’itus ilhstanaw7ilh stsics ilhqw’almaw7ilh tsialhi alhtxw. ''And he went back inside to tell his mother that it was their sister who was there.'' 41 “Yanumits’ika syayaxmutsmicw tsiayk’mts’ wiclhhtuswaltulhs,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“I hope you’re just making fun of the one who left us long ago,” the woman said to her children.'' 42 Anusqwinictists’. ''She did not believe them.'' 43 Wic7its’ik txw sxltusts’ takwtmtsstx skatl’aps skats’xanmacwaycstimuts skatsicstu ilh. ''Then, she told her husband to go out and see for himself whether it really was her.'' 44 Tl’apskwts’ tamanstx skak’cis. ''And her father went to have a look.'' 45 Tsickwtuya ilh! ''And indeed, it was her!'' 46 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ustcwtutts’. ''Then they took her in.'' 47 Asmnaykiiskwts’ ts’ayc ctaimlkllkitx. ''She had the little boy with her.'' 48 Qiixanakwts’ tuamatalaaxtstxw alhtaslh7imtsawtx. ''And her parents were elated about their grandchild.'' 49 Xlaktuskwts’ taqiqtitx takukwpistx skatamt’ksnimtas, n tikaputs’tntuu. ''Now the boy told his grandfather to make arrows, and a bow as well.'' 50 Tl’apakskwts’ t’ax skakstus taputs’tntx n tat’ksnimtatxw. ''And he began to craft the bow and arrows.'' 51 Kamalhtsayakkw’iluts’ik t’ax stamt’ksnimtas n taputs’tntx, tl’aps taqiqtitx usqa skat’ksnas utl’uk’ ulasuncw7ats. ''And as soon as he finished making the arrows and the bow, the boy went out and starting shooting at the sky above.'' 52 Tilcskwts’. ''And his arrows stuck to the target.'' 53 Tm7aylhtuskw’iluts’ik ctxw. ''From then on, that’s all he did.'' 54 Kamalhqw’alayaaxakkwkw’ sxlaktuskwkw’ takukwpistx skakstcwas ckat’ksnimta. ''And whenever he ran out of arrows, he told his grandfather to make some more.'' 55 Áytuskwkw’. ''He kept doing this.'' 56 Úlawaycikw, ts’kts uuxnk. ''Finally, they (the arrows) reached all the way down.'' 57 Tmkw’atsalhiskw’iluts’ik t’ax tat’ksnimtatx sq’lscwams. ''Then he just shook the string of arrows for a while, and it became a rope.'' 58 Tl’apsts’ skaksuulhtsuts utl’uk’. ''Now he began to pull himself up.'' 59 Lip’tsuts ulhtimans. ''He went back to his father.'' 60 Ayk’mískw s7alhis alhtimans sxlaktum ctx skatics tx tikaalhxulaaxutsa alhtisnxt’ayc. ''After he had stayed with his father for a while, he was told by him that he should be the one to start up the fire on the sun.'' 61 “Tsantsaatstínu skaalhtamkwlculhs ú lhtikasnukaliks tisuncwtc skastq’aaxutsicw.” ''“Little by little, in order for it to heat up, you must increase the fire until noon.”'' 62 “Anukaliiklhh skatl’aptucw skaksaaxutsicwtuts’.” ''“And after noon, you must start to decrease the fire again.”'' 63 “Áxwtxw k’cnu uuxnk!” ''“And do not look down!”'' 64 Smtsutmimkwalutuu ctx. ''This is what he was told right away, but to no avail.'' 65 “Ikanukaliks skaaxw kak’cnu uuxnk!” tsutmimkwaluts’ ctamanstx. ''“At noon, you must not look down!” his father tried to tell him.'' 66 Nukaliks. ''Noon came.'' 67 Wic7its’ik txw skalhk’ctsutskwts’ t’ax sk’ctists’ taxwism taqiqipítxw alhtuqnktxw. ''That’s when he looked down, and he saw the children playing down there.'' 68 Scwmsts’ wasuncw7ats. ''And then the world caught on fire.'' 69 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhtsxwmimts’ ctamanstx. ''That’s when he was scolded by his father.'' 70 Ayutsts’ skakmas tislq’s wic s7aynictis wamnmntss alaqnk7awcwa. ''He (his father) said he was sad because he had allowed this to happen to his children down here.'' 71 “T’ut’kwayanamats’ kaaluuxalhilh!” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulht’awstx stayamkis uuxnk. ''“I think the ones who will come after us will be minks!” he said to him, and then he cast him down.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} r2e7s5k082x1ucai7cd19onjf71vgzh 1365301 1365292 2026-09-24T14:57:41Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365301 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tsitsaatstitsk tsisclcliktm. ''I will tell the story of a girl who left home in anger.'' 2 Tickw’its’ik tiT’miixwtc tipatsalh tiumats. ''Stump was the first one she was taken to.'' 3 Tic tc tiumats. ''He is the one she was taken to.'' 4 Ip’im ctx s7alhkwnimkwts’ ulasulhs. ''She was seized by him and taken to his house.'' 5 Alhpstum. ''She was fed.'' 6 Kamalhtsayutskw’iluts’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh stl’ikmtimutskwaluts’ skaqw’xwmstuts’. ''And whenever she finished eating, the girl attempted to escape, and be on the move again.'' 7 Awlhimkwtuts’ ctaT’miixwtx. ''But again and again, she was followed by Stump.'' 8 Lip’tsuttum ustcw. ''And she was made to go back in.'' 9 Xlaktumkw’its’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctiT’miixwtc skailhk’is. ''Then, the girl was ordered by Stump to delouse him.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik txw snapimkwts’ ctsilhkw’lc tsialh7aylhtuu ctsnlh ctipats’alhta skatics tx tikasilht’tis wamatskw’ wamuqw’lhas tiT’miixwtc. ''That is when she was given an awl by an old woman who had once looked exactly like her, and she was to use it for spiking the frogs that were Stump’s lice.'' 11 Tayamktiskwkw’. ''And she discarded them one after the other.'' 12 “Stamks tialh7alh7aytc?” tsutkw’itk’uk taT’miixwtx. ''“What sort of thing is that?” Stump kept saying.'' 13 “Way, nmnmk’inama waalh7alh7aytsk.” ''“Well I figure they must be small animals of some sort.”'' 14 Nut’tsiikaatimutskwkw’ ilha7ilh. ''And she pretended to bust them one after the other.'' 15 Way, áyk’skw s7alh7aytus ctxw s7ilhk’is. ''So, she carried on with this for a long time, delousing him.'' 16 Nupats’iiktis wamatskw’ stayamktis. ''She pierced the frogs and discarded them.'' 17 Xílhskw s7alh7ays ctxw stl’ikmtimutsalu. ''Many times, she tried to run away.'' 18 Lip’tsuttumkwk’u ctx. ''And every time, she was forced by him to come back.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw snapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh kasi7ayaktus kasi7axw pakwnicim ctx. ''Then, the girl was given some things by the old woman that would enable her to prevent him from catching up with her.'' 20 Sclcliktms ts’ayc. ''And she ran away.'' 21 Statpusanms wasmaw. ''One place became a steep cliff.'' 22 Nu7iiklhlcaaqnicitimkwk’u ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And from behind, Stump was coming closer and closer to the girl.'' 23 Sk’makw tismaw staq’aaxams. ''One (of the things she had been given) was a comb, which became thick undergrowth.'' 24 Áy s7ays wasnapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh. ''The girl was given all sorts of things by the old woman.'' 25 Axkwts’ pakwnicim ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And Stump did not catch up with the girl.'' 26 Wicskwts’ waalh7alh7aytus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh, watl’aptus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh ulhilh skatayamkis ulaaluuxs. ''The old woman had made those things, the things the old woman gave her, for her to throw behind herself.'' 27 Wickw’its’ik txw sts’ktnimutsts’n ilha7ilh ulaamats tiManlh alatl’uk’. ''And then she found herself where our Father resides.'' 28 Clhmnalcts’n alhtx. ''She begat a child with him.'' 29 Wic7its’ik sts’ktnimuts ilha7ilh ulhtiManlh alatl’uk’ stalawsmtumts’ ctx. ''For she had reached our Father, and he had married her.'' 30 Kwanatskwts’n ilhstan7ilh. ''Meanwhile, her mother was weeping.'' 31 K’musms skwanats s7anusmnas cilhmnas7ilh. ''She had been weeping for a year over the loss of her daughter.'' 32 Clhmnalcskwts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And now the girl had a child.'' 33 Lq’ists’n ilhstans7ilh. ''And she was thinking about her mother.'' 34 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ayutsmimts’ ctx kaayalhs alask’alhutslaycs takwtmtsstx skaputl’s uuxnk, kamnlhalusms ulhtuamatalaaxtstxw. ''That’s when she was told by her husband to step on his eyelashes and go down, if she longed to see her parents.'' 35 Alh7aykw’its’ik ilha7ilh ulakulhaaxs wasulhaw tamanstx. ''And she showed up at the back door of her father’s house.'' 36 Kwanatkw’ilhluuk ilhstans7ilh s7anusmnas cilhmnlhalusmts’n7ilh. ''Her mother was still crying over her missing daughter.'' 37 “Tl’lhanawna k’yukip swas tiyayaxmtss tialhqup’aaxtsst’ayc!” tsutkw’itk’uk ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“Go and find out who is making fun of me knocking on my back door!” the woman was saying to her children.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ tinumaw alhtxw skak’cis swas tialhi alakulhaax. ''And one of them went to see who was at the back door.'' 39 Tsickwtuya ilhqw’almaw7ilh! ''It was their older sister!'' 40 Lip’tsutskwts’ ustcw skaalats’itus ilhstanaw7ilh stsics ilhqw’almaw7ilh tsialhi alhtxw. ''And he went back inside to tell his mother that it was their sister who was there.'' 41 “Yanumits’ika syayaxmutsmicw tsiayk’mts’ wiclhhtuswaltulhs,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“I hope you’re just making fun of the one who left us long ago,” the woman said to her children.'' 42 Anusqwinictists’. ''She did not believe them.'' 43 Wic7its’ik txw sxltusts’ takwtmtsstx skatl’aps skats’xanmacwaycstimuts skatsicstu ilh. ''Then, she told her husband to go out and see for himself whether it really was her.'' 44 Tl’apskwts’ tamanstx skak’cis. ''And her father went to have a look.'' 45 Tsickwtuya ilh! ''And indeed, it was her!'' 46 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ustcwtutts’. ''Then they took her in.'' 47 Asmnaykiiskwts’ ts’ayc ctaimlkllkitx. ''She had the little boy with her.'' 48 Qiixanakwts’ tuamatalaaxtstxw alhtaslh7imtsawtx. ''And her parents were elated about their grandchild.'' 49 Xlaktuskwts’ taqiqtitx takukwpistx skatamt’ksnimtas, n tikaputs’tntuu. ''Now the boy told his grandfather to make arrows, and a bow as well.'' 50 Tl’apakskwts’ t’ax skakstus taputs’tntx n tat’ksnimtatxw. ''And he began to craft the bow and arrows.'' 51 Kamalhtsayakkw’iluts’ik t’ax stamt’ksnimtas n taputs’tntx, tl’aps taqiqtitx usqa skat’ksnas utl’uk’ ulasuncw7ats. ''And as soon as he finished making the arrows and the bow, the boy went out and starting shooting at the sky above.'' 52 Tilcskwts’. ''And his arrows stuck to the target.'' 53 Tm7aylhtuskw’iluts’ik ctxw. ''From then on, that’s all he did.'' 54 Kamalhqw’alayaaxakkwkw’ sxlaktuskwkw’ takukwpistx skakstcwas ckat’ksnimta. ''And whenever he ran out of arrows, he told his grandfather to make some more.'' 55 Áytuskwkw’. ''He kept doing this.'' 56 Úlawaycikw, ts’kts uuxnk. ''Finally, they (the arrows) reached all the way down.'' 57 Tmkw’atsalhiskw’iluts’ik t’ax tat’ksnimtatx sq’lscwams. ''Then he just shook the string of arrows for a while, and it became a rope.'' 58 Tl’apsts’ skaksuulhtsuts utl’uk’. ''Now he began to pull himself up.'' 59 Lip’tsuts ulhtimans. ''He went back to his father.'' 60 Ayk’mískw s7alhis alhtimans sxlaktum ctx skatics tx tikaalhxulaaxutsa alhtisnxt’ayc. ''After he had stayed with his father for a while, he was told by him that he should be the one to start up the fire on the sun.'' 61 “Tsantsaatstínu skaalhtamkwlculhs úlhtikasnukaliks tisuncwtc skastq’aaxutsicw.” ''“Little by little, in order for it to heat up, you must increase the fire until noon.”'' 62 “Anukaliiklhh skatl’aptucw skaksaaxutsicwtuts’.” ''“And after noon, you must start to decrease the fire again.”'' 63 “Áxwtxw k’cnu uuxnk!” ''“And do not look down!”'' 64 Smtsutmimkwalutuu ctx. ''This is what he was told right away, but to no avail.'' 65 “Ikanukaliks skaaxw kak’cnu uuxnk!” tsutmimkwaluts’ ctamanstx. ''“At noon, you must not look down!” his father tried to tell him.'' 66 Nukaliks. ''Noon came.'' 67 Wic7its’ik txw skalhk’ctsutskwts’ t’ax sk’ctists’ taxwism taqiqipítxw alhtuqnktxw. ''That’s when he looked down, and he saw the children playing down there.'' 68 Scwmsts’ wasuncw7ats. ''And then the world caught on fire.'' 69 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhtsxwmimts’ ctamanstx. ''That’s when he was scolded by his father.'' 70 Ayutsts’ skakmas tislq’s wic s7aynictis wamnmntss alaqnk7awcwa. ''He (his father) said he was sad because he had allowed this to happen to his children down here.'' 71 “T’ut’kwayanamats’ kaaluuxalhilh!” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulht’awstx stayamkis uuxnk. ''“I think the ones who will come after us will be minks!” he said to him, and then he cast him down.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} e7kayiveynsokslxk9z2alnmxvpk2ww 1365350 1365301 2026-09-24T20:36:23Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365350 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Stump and the Runaway Girl | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Smsmayamkits tsitsaatstitsk tsisclcliktm. ''I will tell the story of a girl who left home in anger.'' 2 Tickw’its’ik tiT’miixwtc tipatsalh tiumats. ''Stump was the first one she was taken to.'' 3 Tic tc tiumats. ''He is the one she was taken to.'' 4 Ip’im ctx s7alhkwnimkwts’ ulasulhs. ''She was seized by him and taken to his house.'' 5 Alhpstum. ''She was fed.'' 6 Kamalhtsayutskw’iluts’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh stl’ikmtimutskwaluts’ skaqw’xwmstuts’. ''And whenever she finished eating, the girl attempted to escape, and be on the move again.'' 7 Awlhimkwtuts’ ctaT’miixwtx. ''But again and again, she was followed by Stump.'' 8 Lip’tsuttum ustcw. ''And she was made to go back in.'' 9 Xlaktumkw’its’ik ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctiT’miixwtc skailhk’is. ''Then, the girl was ordered by Stump to delouse him.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik txw snapimkwts’ ctsilhkw’lc tsialh7aylhtuu ctsnlh ctipats’alhta skatics tx tikasilht’tis wamatskw’ wamuqw’lhas tiT’miixwtc. ''That is when she was given an awl by an old woman who had once looked exactly like her, and she was to use it for spiking the frogs that were Stump’s lice.'' 11 Tayamktiskwkw’. ''And she discarded them one after the other.'' 12 “Stamks tialh7alh7aytc?” tsutkw’itk’uk taT’miixwtx. ''“What sort of thing is that?” Stump kept saying.'' 13 “Way, nmnmk’inama waalh7alh7aytsk.” ''“Well I figure they must be small animals of some sort.”'' 14 Nut’tsiikaatimutskwkw’ ilha7ilh. ''And she pretended to bust them one after the other.'' 15 Way, áyk’skw s7alh7aytus ctxw s7ilhk’is. ''So, she carried on with this for a long time, delousing him.'' 16 Nupats’iiktis wamatskw’ stayamktis. ''She pierced the frogs and discarded them.'' 17 Xílhskw s7alh7ays ctxw stl’ikmtimutsalu. ''Many times, she tried to run away.'' 18 Lip’tsuttumkwk’u ctx. ''And every time, she was forced by him to come back.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw snapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh kasi7ayaktus kasi7axw pakwnicim ctx. ''Then, the girl was given some things by the old woman that would enable her to prevent him from catching up with her.'' 20 Sclcliktms ts’ayc. ''And she ran away.'' 21 Statpusanms wasmaw. ''One place became a steep cliff.'' 22 Nu7iiklhlcaaqnicitimkwk’u ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And from behind, Stump was coming closer and closer to the girl.'' 23 Sk’makw tismaw staq’aaxams. ''One (of the things she had been given) was a comb, which became thick undergrowth.'' 24 Áy s7ays wasnapim ilhtsaatsti7ilh cilhlhkw’lc7ilh. ''The girl was given all sorts of things by the old woman.'' 25 Axkwts’ pakwnicim ilhtsaatsti7ilh ctaT’miixwtx. ''And Stump did not catch up with the girl.'' 26 Wicskwts’ waalh7alh7aytus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh, watl’aptus ilhlhkw’lc7ilh ulhilh skatayamkis ulaaluuxs. ''The old woman had made those things, the things the old woman gave her, for her to throw behind herself.'' 27 Wickw’its’ik txw sts’ktnimutsts’n ilha7ilh ulaamats tiManlh alatl’uk’. ''And then she found herself where our Father resides.'' 28 Clhmnalcts’n alhtx. ''She begat a child with him.'' 29 Wic7its’ik sts’ktnimuts ilha7ilh ulhtiManlh alatl’uk’ stalawsmtumts’ ctx. ''For she had reached our Father, and he had married her.'' 30 Kwanatskwts’n ilhstan7ilh. ''Meanwhile, her mother was weeping.'' 31 K’musms skwanats s7anusmnas cilhmnas7ilh. ''She had been weeping for a year over the loss of her daughter.'' 32 Clhmnalcskwts’n ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''And now the girl had a child.'' 33 Lq’ists’n ilhstans7ilh. ''And she was thinking about her mother.'' 34 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ayutsmimts’ ctx kaayalhs alask’alhutslaycs takwtmtsstx skaputl’s uuxnk, kamnlhalusms ulhtuamatalaaxtstxw. ''That’s when she was told by her husband to step on his eyelashes and go down, if she longed to see her parents.'' 35 Alh7aykw’its’ik ilha7ilh ulakulhaaxs wasulhaw tamanstx. ''And she showed up at the back door of her father’s house.'' 36 Kwanatkw’ilhluuk ilhstans7ilh s7anusmnas cilhmnlhalusmts’n7ilh. ''Her mother was still crying over her missing daughter.'' 37 “Tl’lhanawna k’yukip swas tiyayaxmtss tialhqup’aaxtsst’ayc!” tsutkw’itk’uk ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“Go and find out who is making fun of me knocking on my back door!” the woman was saying to her children.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ tinumaw alhtxw skak’cis swas tialhi alakulhaax. ''And one of them went to see who was at the back door.'' 39 Tsickwtuya ilhqw’almaw7ilh! ''It was their older sister!'' 40 Lip’tsutskwts’ ustcw skaalats’itus ilhstanaw7ilh stsics ilhqw’almaw7ilh tsialhi alhtxw. ''And he went back inside to tell his mother that it was their sister who was there.'' 41 “Yanumits’ika syayaxmutsmicw tsiayk’mts’ wiclhhtuswaltulhs,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ulhtumnmntsstxw. ''“I hope you’re just making fun of the one who left us long ago,” the woman said to her children.'' 42 Anusqwinictists’. ''She did not believe them.'' 43 Wic7its’ik txw sxltusts’ takwtmtsstx skatl’aps skats’xanmacwaycstimuts skatsicstu ilh. ''Then, she told her husband to go out and see for himself whether it really was her.'' 44 Tl’apskwts’ tamanstx skak’cis. ''And her father went to have a look.'' 45 Tsickwtuya ilh! ''And indeed, it was her!'' 46 Wickw’its’ik txw s7ustcwtutts’. ''Then they took her in.'' 47 Asmnaykiiskwts’ ts’ayc ctaimlkllkitx. ''She had the little boy with her.'' 48 Qiixanakwts’ tuamatalaaxtstxw alhtaslh7imtsawtx. ''And her parents were elated about their grandchild.'' 49 Xlaktuskwts’ taqiqtitx takukwpistx skatamt’ksnimtas, n tikaputs’tntuu. ''Now the boy told his grandfather to make arrows, and a bow as well.'' 50 Tl’apakskwts’ t’ax skakstus taputs’tntx n tat’ksnimtatxw. ''And he began to craft the bow and arrows.'' 51 Kamalhtsayakkw’iluts’ik t’ax stamt’ksnimtas n taputs’tntx, tl’aps taqiqtitx usqa skat’ksnas utl’uk’ ulasuncw7ats. ''And as soon as he finished making the arrows and the bow, the boy went out and starting shooting at the sky above.'' 52 Tilcskwts’. ''And his arrows stuck to the target.'' 53 Tm7aylhtuskw’iluts’ik ctxw. ''From then on, that’s all he did.'' 54 Kamalhqw’alayaaxakkwkw’ sxlaktuskwkw’ takukwpistx skakstcwas ckat’ksnimta. ''And whenever he ran out of arrows, he told his grandfather to make some more.'' 55 Áytuskwkw’. ''He kept doing this.'' 56 Úlawaycikw, ts’kts uuxnk. ''Finally, they (the arrows) reached all the way down.'' 57 Tmkw’atsalhiskw’iluts’ik t’ax tat’ksnimtatx sq’lscwams. ''Then he just shook the string of arrows for a while, and it became a rope.'' 58 Tl’apsts’ skaksuulhtsuts utl’uk’. ''Now he began to pull himself up.'' 59 Lip’tsuts ulhtimans. ''He went back to his father.'' 60 Ayk’mískw s7alhis alhtimans sxlaktum ctx skatics tx tikaalhxulaaxutsa alhtisnxt’ayc. ''After he had stayed with his father for a while, he was told by him that he should be the one to start up the fire on the sun.'' 61 “Tsantsaatstínu skaalhtamkwlculhs úlhtikasnukaliks tisuncwtc skastq’aaxutsicw.” ''“Little by little, in order for it to heat up, you must increase the fire until noon.”'' 62 “Anukaliiklhh skatl’aptucw skaksaaxutsicwtuts’.” ''“And after noon, you must start to decrease the fire again.”'' 63 “Áxwtxw k’cnu uuxnk!” ''“And do not look down!”'' 64 Smtsutmimkwalutuu ctx. ''This is what he was told right away, but to no avail.'' 65 “Ikanukaliks skaaxw kak’cnu uuxnk!” tsutmimkwaluts’ ctamanstx. ''“At noon, you must not look down!” his father tried to tell him.'' 66 Nukaliks. ''Noon came.'' 67 Wic7its’ik txw skalhk’ctsutskwts’ t’ax sk’ctists’ taxwism taqiqipítxw alhtuqnktxw. ''That’s when he looked down, and he saw the children playing down there.'' 68 Scwmsts’ wasuncw7ats. ''And then the world caught on fire.'' 69 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhtsxwmimts’ ctamanstx. ''That’s when he was scolded by his father.'' 70 Ayutsts’ skakmas tislq’s wic s7aynictis wamnmntss alaqnk7awcwa. ''He (his father) said he was sad because he had allowed this to happen to his children down here.'' 71 “T’ut’kwayanamats’ kaaluuxalhilh!” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulht’awstx stayamkis uuxnk. ''“I think the ones who will come after us will be minks!” he said to him, and then he cast him down.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} e53784jqx2z6r4xtileprltbygahle4 104 458897 1365236 2026-09-24T13:12:25Z Catonif 622571 152 ligne mund achie... 1365236 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>152 ligne mund achie ſaa munden, eezeuξeſe, ꝑ ſeata eſe ndoone meengofscine nderdiſacafsce, poſigind emitune, eepaadijytune, aſpak ſduhete me meenguom na, chijmibruote eſctraɛa eſcpijrtit tȣne: ꝑse ata ndoonee pak ooſciume medo arreſegnie cane memundune meupruoytune, tueξξaneſe vete ſdijytime, ecuſcna mpſon ſpat, ndiſc nee atofyale pakcane mena ndimuom: ꝑse atȣ cane menaξξaneſe cuſciu ngermoy yuu meu liξune ndate zzgieξe chi ſchiete te ɛote meehyecune, emehijm ndene tatijt barre chi ſchiete teɛote meebartune, emeubaam myeechitee tyereve, tuemoſchiene te ɛote, as lengimete eplagete tuoy, megniofune emeyſcendoſciune: Ohvaay evaayme, kemeketo eſaa aſctu tyera cafsce earreſegnie atȣkemi mechiene liξune eſcternguom, eachij rande eypaauξe menaducune ay mpcatiȣȣne ſaa navetevetehene kemi meegiucuom, emire meegniofune cafscene ſe aſmendoognielig e arreſȣe Regienijnee chiellet ſemeritoyme: mbatehere cuur mire tuepaam etuee gniofune ſe ndergiξξato cafsce chi chieme detuor embaaytune, epatme ꝑmetuom tineɛot eſcinteſe kiſce, as ndoognie ɛeellſcim embgiξξe ɛemere, ſiꝑket atȣne chi gielligniene melemoſcene, mbaaitune eſerbȣẽſekemi chiſcmos eſciuma pieſe veceſe ndȣȣɛemere eꝑfachiete ſcecullit, memos vdyerre atehelme lemoſcene, chi as cuurraay ɛemeraeſȣȣte nzoye tegine ſnacane maaſe Deeti uye. Praaſctu poſicundreſe ξξaſce ꝑſiperi ſeſaakie motne ecohone veneroe giξξecuſc poſicundreſe terandetee barreſe, ezgieξene chikie marre mbe vetehe, aſctuende teſctrin¬<noinclude></noinclude> 445aecoc4l3u68s2483eigakdvbcoor 1365237 1365236 2026-09-24T13:18:31Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365237 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|152}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ligne|pombaligne}} mund achie ſaa munden, eezeuξeſe, ꝑ ſeata eſe ndoone meengofscine nderdiſacafsce, poſigind emitune, eepaadijytune, aſpak ſduhete me meenguom na, chijmibruote eſctraɛa eſcpijrtit tȣne: ꝑse ata ndoonee pak ooſciume medo arreſegnie cane memundune meupruoytune, tueξξaneſe vete ſdijytime, ecuſcna mpſon ſpat, ndiſc nee atofyale pakcane mena ndimuom: ꝑse atȣ cane menaξξaneſe cuſciu ngermoy yuu meu liξune ndate zzgieξe chi ſchiete te ɛote meehyecune, emehijm ndene tatijt barre chi ſchiete teɛote meebartune, emeubaam myeechitee tyereve, tuemoſchiene te ɛote, as lengimete eplagete tuoy, megniofune emeyſcendoſciune: Ohvaay evaayme, kemeketo eſaa aſctu tyera cafsce earreſegnie atȣkemi mechiene liξune eſcternguom, eachij rande eypaauξe menaducune ay mpcatiȣȣne ſaa navetevetehene kemi meegiucuom, emire meegniofune cafscene ſe aſmendoognielig e arreſȣe Regienijnee chiellet ſemeritoyme: mbatehere cuur mire tuepaam etuee gniofune ſe ndergiξξato cafsce chi chieme detuor embaaytune, epatme ꝑmetuom tineɛot eſcinteſe kiſce, as ndoognie ɛeellſcim embgiξξe ɛemere, ſiꝑket atȣne chi gielligniene melemoſcene, mbaaitune eſerbȣẽſekemi chiſcmos eſciuma pieſe veceſe ndȣȣɛemere eꝑfachiete ſcecullit, memos vdyerre atehelme lemoſcene, chi as cuurraay ɛemeraeſȣȣte nzoye tegine ſnacane maaſe Deeti uye. Praaſctu poſicundreſe ξξaſce ꝑſiperi ſeſaakie motne ecohone veneroe giξξecuſc poſicundreſe terandetee barreſe, ezgieξene chikie marre mbe vetehe, aſctuende<noinclude> {{rh|||teſctrin-}}</noinclude> dzoetkhr67pily2d7phdda8wd1xxjjb 0 458898 1365238 2026-09-24T13:23:45Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365238 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmats ctsiSniniq’ tsikwanatulhayc alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''I will tell the story of a female Sniniq’ who wept on a boulder in the upstream region.'' 2 Samulhí nakw tuapsulhtxw. ''(s-a.mu… metathetic variant of s-maw…)'' ''There was this one household.'' 3 As7asmnayakinakw ctikwanat. ''And they had a baby boy who was crying.'' 4 Tumstumkw’its’ik taqiqtitx clhastans7ilh. ''So the mother suckled the child.'' 5 K’cskwts’n ilha7ilh ulhtuasiixws tusulhawtxw. ''Now she was looking at the smoke vent of their house.'' 6 Alh7aykwtuya, tits’xw tialhi alaasiixws wasulhaw! ''And there it was, something white around the smoke vent!'' 7 Yacwiskwts’ takwtmtsstx skak’cs. ''She then told her husband to take a look.'' 8 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax ulhtaputs’tnstx skat’ksnis. ''And right away he went for his bow to shoot the thing.'' 9 Alh7acwsnicitkw’iluts’ik slikw’ms alhtakulhiks tusulhawtxw. ''After a little while, they heard it rolling off the roof of their house.'' 10 Sm7ulhanakw’iluts’ik s7awq’awtsutaw slhxwmaw ulaumataw. ''And without wasting time, they packed their belongings and fled to wherever they were to go.'' 11 Axkwtuu tl’apaw skak’cit sstams. ''They did not even bother to see what the thing was.'' 12 Ts’xlhmaycaw stmlhxwmlhaw. ''Really, all they did was run.'' 13 Wicanama t’axw waayutsmtimtsk s7alclhaw. ''They must be the ones of whom it was said that they had been wandering around.'' 14 Lhwaask’mtamkw’its’ik s7alh7ays sputl’s ilhSniniq’7ilh úlhtiayutsmimt’ayc sKwanatulhim. ''Two days later, the female Sniniq’ arrived at this boulder that is called Kwanatulhim (“Crying Rock”).'' 15 Mtsts’n alhtc skwanats. ''She sat down on it and started to weep.'' 16 Uqw’akwalukw’ tuStwicmctxw. ''The Stuie people attempted several times to travel downstream.'' 17 Paaxulcakwkw’. ''But each time, they got scared.'' 18 Lip’tsutlcakwkw’ ulxlh. ''And each time, they had to go back upstream.'' 19 Tl’apakwalutukw’ tuNutl’lhiixwmctxw. ''The people from Burnt Bridge, too, made several attempts to go there.'' 20 Almkaw. ''They poled their canoes.'' 21 Ayanmuutslhakwlukw’ ulhilh slip’tsutlcawtuts’ s7alh7ays tispaaxulhlayuts skwanats. ''But each time, they only made it as far as where she was, and then they had to turn around, because she was crying in such a frightening manner.'' 22 Ayk’kw s7alh7ays ctxw. ''She was like that for a long time.'' 23 Lq’mats’ watsltsluksi waayutsmimtsk syalitaw skatl’apaw ulhilhSniniq’7ilh. ''Then these young men, who were said to be brave, thought of going to the Sniniq’.'' 24 Alhkw’ntaliwatiskw’its’ik t’ax tasaticstx skaalh7aynaw. ''And one of them instructed his companion on how they were going to proceed.'' 25 “Paaxlhaaxnu alaats.” ''“You stand at the stern here.”'' 26 “K’anawilhts7its’ik.” ''“And I will be at the bow.”'' 27 “Kamalhts’ktilh ulhtsc, tipyaaqtsma alhtilhalast’ayc.” ''“When we reach her, I will have one foot on the boat.”'' 28 “Tipyaaqts7ituk alhtit’xttc skakamalhstams skats’ktatumulhs skatmnuts’xlhnaaxmts.” ''“And I will have my other foot on the rock, so that, if she does anything to us, I will just kick off.”'' 29 Tsutkw’its’ik tayalittx ulhtanumawtastx. ''That’s what the brave one said to his partner.'' 30 Ts’ktakwts’ ulhilh. ''And then they reached her.'' 31 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax s7alha7itimutis castl’yuks wakw’ntas. ''And without delay, he carried out the plan he had discussed.'' 32 Wickw’its’ik txw s7naycutsiskwts’n t’ax ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''And he sat beside the Sniniq’, weeping along with her.'' 33 Way, nulhllxsmskwts’ ilhSniniq’7ilh skatayamkis ulaanuxum7ats tisnxts. ''Well, the Sniniq’ then cleared her nose, and threw her snot into the river.'' 34 “Way, wic awcwts waanaykmits ska7naycutstinits.” ''“Well, this is what I wanted, that somebody would weep along with me.”'' 35 “Axw alhnapalhits tamnalhts ulaumatalhstsk.” ''“My son is gone, and I don’t know where he went.”'' 36 “K’ilhtcumat tamnalhts wasi7alh7ayts cats alaawa wicsalu skaays tikawa cinu ska7naycutstss alhtamnalhts.” ''“My son’s disappearance is the reason I’m here like this, hoping that someone like you would come along and cry with me over my son.”'' 37 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''That’s what the Sniniq’ said.'' 38 Kamalhayutsaylayckw’iluts’ik cats, ayutskwts’n ulhtatsaatstitx skakamalhanayks skaalhpstutis tastam7apsulhstxw, katl’aps ulasulhs timnas, kakwnkwnmtimuts ulaalhq’aws tamnastx. ''And as soon as she had finished saying that, she told the young man that, if he wanted to give food to his fellow villagers, he should go to her son’s house, and help himself to what her son had in stock.'' 39 “Aytsluts’ cats skawalits ats skaayts ulaNawstumtsk,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''“Right now, I will leave here and go to this place that they call Naws,” the Sniniq’ said.'' 40 Wickw’its’ik slhmsts’. ''Then she rose.'' 41 Anust’cwmaaxmiskwmaku ilh talhalyatx. ''She must have been using this copper as a mat to sit on.'' 42 Tl’aptusts’ ulhtayalittx. ''And now she gave it to the brave one.'' 43 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] aqmybyhbz1pehv5p6yfdid2yu1z5p9a 1365239 1365238 2026-09-24T13:24:23Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365239 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmats ctsiSniniq’ tsikwanatulhayc alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''I will tell the story of a female Sniniq’ who wept on a boulder in the upstream region.'' 2 Samulhínakw tuapsulhtxw. ''(s-a.mu… metathetic variant of s-maw…)'' ''There was this one household.'' 3 As7asmnayakinakw ctikwanat. ''And they had a baby boy who was crying.'' 4 Tumstumkw’its’ik taqiqtitx clhastans7ilh. ''So the mother suckled the child.'' 5 K’cskwts’n ilha7ilh ulhtuasiixws tusulhawtxw. ''Now she was looking at the smoke vent of their house.'' 6 Alh7aykwtuya, tits’xw tialhi alaasiixws wasulhaw! ''And there it was, something white around the smoke vent!'' 7 Yacwiskwts’ takwtmtsstx skak’cs. ''She then told her husband to take a look.'' 8 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax ulhtaputs’tnstx skat’ksnis. ''And right away he went for his bow to shoot the thing.'' 9 Alh7acwsnicitkw’iluts’ik slikw’ms alhtakulhiks tusulhawtxw. ''After a little while, they heard it rolling off the roof of their house.'' 10 Sm7ulhanakw’iluts’ik s7awq’awtsutaw slhxwmaw ulaumataw. ''And without wasting time, they packed their belongings and fled to wherever they were to go.'' 11 Axkwtuu tl’apaw skak’cit sstams. ''They did not even bother to see what the thing was.'' 12 Ts’xlhmaycaw stmlhxwmlhaw. ''Really, all they did was run.'' 13 Wicanama t’axw waayutsmtimtsk s7alclhaw. ''They must be the ones of whom it was said that they had been wandering around.'' 14 Lhwaask’mtamkw’its’ik s7alh7ays sputl’s ilhSniniq’7ilh úlhtiayutsmimt’ayc sKwanatulhim. ''Two days later, the female Sniniq’ arrived at this boulder that is called Kwanatulhim (“Crying Rock”).'' 15 Mtsts’n alhtc skwanats. ''She sat down on it and started to weep.'' 16 Uqw’akwalukw’ tuStwicmctxw. ''The Stuie people attempted several times to travel downstream.'' 17 Paaxulcakwkw’. ''But each time, they got scared.'' 18 Lip’tsutlcakwkw’ ulxlh. ''And each time, they had to go back upstream.'' 19 Tl’apakwalutukw’ tuNutl’lhiixwmctxw. ''The people from Burnt Bridge, too, made several attempts to go there.'' 20 Almkaw. ''They poled their canoes.'' 21 Ayanmuutslhakwlukw’ ulhilh slip’tsutlcawtuts’ s7alh7ays tispaaxulhlayuts skwanats. ''But each time, they only made it as far as where she was, and then they had to turn around, because she was crying in such a frightening manner.'' 22 Ayk’kw s7alh7ays ctxw. ''She was like that for a long time.'' 23 Lq’mats’ watsltsluksi waayutsmimtsk syalitaw skatl’apaw ulhilhSniniq’7ilh. ''Then these young men, who were said to be brave, thought of going to the Sniniq’.'' 24 Alhkw’ntaliwatiskw’its’ik t’ax tasaticstx skaalh7aynaw. ''And one of them instructed his companion on how they were going to proceed.'' 25 “Paaxlhaaxnu alaats.” ''“You stand at the stern here.”'' 26 “K’anawilhts7its’ik.” ''“And I will be at the bow.”'' 27 “Kamalhts’ktilh ulhtsc, tipyaaqtsma alhtilhalast’ayc.” ''“When we reach her, I will have one foot on the boat.”'' 28 “Tipyaaqts7ituk alhtit’xttc skakamalhstams skats’ktatumulhs skatmnuts’xlhnaaxmts.” ''“And I will have my other foot on the rock, so that, if she does anything to us, I will just kick off.”'' 29 Tsutkw’its’ik tayalittx ulhtanumawtastx. ''That’s what the brave one said to his partner.'' 30 Ts’ktakwts’ ulhilh. ''And then they reached her.'' 31 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax s7alha7itimutis castl’yuks wakw’ntas. ''And without delay, he carried out the plan he had discussed.'' 32 Wickw’its’ik txw s7naycutsiskwts’n t’ax ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''And he sat beside the Sniniq’, weeping along with her.'' 33 Way, nulhllxsmskwts’ ilhSniniq’7ilh skatayamkis ulaanuxum7ats tisnxts. ''Well, the Sniniq’ then cleared her nose, and threw her snot into the river.'' 34 “Way, wic awcwts waanaykmits ska7naycutstinits.” ''“Well, this is what I wanted, that somebody would weep along with me.”'' 35 “Axw alhnapalhits tamnalhts ulaumatalhstsk.” ''“My son is gone, and I don’t know where he went.”'' 36 “K’ilhtcumat tamnalhts wasi7alh7ayts cats alaawa wicsalu skaays tikawa cinu ska7naycutstss alhtamnalhts.” ''“My son’s disappearance is the reason I’m here like this, hoping that someone like you would come along and cry with me over my son.”'' 37 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''That’s what the Sniniq’ said.'' 38 Kamalhayutsaylayckw’iluts’ik cats, ayutskwts’n ulhtatsaatstitx skakamalhanayks skaalhpstutis tastam7apsulhstxw, katl’aps ulasulhs timnas, kakwnkwnmtimuts ulaalhq’aws tamnastx. ''And as soon as she had finished saying that, she told the young man that, if he wanted to give food to his fellow villagers, he should go to her son’s house, and help himself to what her son had in stock.'' 39 “Aytsluts’ cats skawalits ats skaayts ulaNawstumtsk,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''“Right now, I will leave here and go to this place that they call Naws,” the Sniniq’ said.'' 40 Wickw’its’ik slhmsts’. ''Then she rose.'' 41 Anust’cwmaaxmiskwmaku ilh talhalyatx. ''She must have been using this copper as a mat to sit on.'' 42 Tl’aptusts’ ulhtayalittx. ''And now she gave it to the brave one.'' 43 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] hpni5noewholjavda5egil2rmewdoyi 1365253 1365239 2026-09-24T14:00:55Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365253 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmats ctsiSniniq’ tsikwanatulhayc alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''I will tell the story of a female Sniniq’ who wept on a boulder in the upstream region.'' 2 Samulhínakw tuapsulhtxw. ''(s-a.mu… metathetic variant of s-maw…)'' ''There was this one household.'' 3 As7asmnayakinakw ctikwanat. ''And they had a baby boy who was crying.'' 4 Tumstumkw’its’ik taqiqtitx clhastans7ilh. ''So the mother suckled the child.'' 5 K’cskwts’n ilha7ilh ulhtuasiixws tusulhawtxw. ''Now she was looking at the smoke vent of their house.'' 6 Alh7aykwtuya, tits’xw tialhi alaasiixws wasulhaw! ''And there it was, something white around the smoke vent!'' 7 Yacwiskwts’ takwtmtsstx skak’cs. ''She then told her husband to take a look.'' 8 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax ulhtaputs’tnstx skat’ksnis. ''And right away he went for his bow to shoot the thing.'' 9 Alh7acwsnicitkw’iluts’ik slikw’ms alhtakulhiks tusulhawtxw. ''After a little while, they heard it rolling off the roof of their house.'' 10 Sm7ulhanakw’iluts’ik s7awq’awtsutaw slhxwmaw ulaumataw. ''And without wasting time, they packed their belongings and fled to wherever they were to go.'' 11 Axkwtuu tl’apaw skak’cit sstams. ''They did not even bother to see what the thing was.'' 12 Ts’xlhmaycaw stmlhxwmlhaw. ''Really, all they did was run.'' 13 Wicanama t’axw waayutsmtimtsk s7alclhaw. ''They must be the ones of whom it was said that they had been wandering around.'' 14 Lhwaask’mtamkw’its’ik s7alh7ays sputl’s ilhSniniq’7ilh úlhtiayutsmimt’ayc sKwanatulhim. ''Two days later, the female Sniniq’ arrived at this boulder that is called Kwanatulhim (“Crying Rock”).'' 15 Mtsts’n alhtc skwanats. ''She sat down on it and started to weep.'' 16 Uqw’akwalukw’ tuStwicmctxw. ''The Stuie people attempted several times to travel downstream.'' 17 Paaxulcakwkw’. ''But each time, they got scared.'' 18 Lip’tsutlcakwkw’ ulxlh. ''And each time, they had to go back upstream.'' 19 Tl’apakwalutukw’ tuNutl’lhiixwmctxw. ''The people from Burnt Bridge, too, made several attempts to go there.'' 20 Almkaw. ''They poled their canoes.'' 21 Ayanmuutslhakwlukw’ ulhilh slip’tsutlcawtuts’ s7alh7ays tispaaxulhlayuts skwanats. ''But each time, they only made it as far as where she was, and then they had to turn around, because she was crying in such a frightening manner.'' 22 Ayk’kw s7alh7ays ctxw. ''She was like that for a long time.'' 23 Lq’mats’ watsltsluksi waayutsmimtsk syalitaw skatl’apaw ulhilhSniniq’7ilh. ''Then these young men, who were said to be brave, thought of going to the Sniniq’.'' 24 Alhkw’ntaliwatiskw’its’ik t’ax tasaticstx skaalh7aynaw. ''And one of them instructed his companion on how they were going to proceed.'' 25 “Paaxlhaaxnu alaats.” ''“You stand at the stern here.”'' 26 “K’anawilhts7its’ik.” ''“And I will be at the bow.”'' 27 “Kamalhts’ktilh ulhtsc, tipyaaqtsma alhtilhalast’ayc.” ''“When we reach her, I will have one foot on the boat.”'' 28 “Tipyaaqts7ituk alhtit’xttc skakamalhstams skats’ktatumulhs skatmnuts’xlhnaaxmts.” ''“And I will have my other foot on the rock, so that, if she does anything to us, I will just kick off.”'' 29 Tsutkw’its’ik tayalittx ulhtanumawtastx. ''That’s what the brave one said to his partner.'' 30 Ts’ktakwts’ ulhilh. ''And then they reached her.'' 31 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax s7alha7itimutis castl’yuks wakw’ntas. ''And without delay, he carried out the plan he had discussed.'' 32 Wickw’its’ik txw s7naycutsiskwts’n t’ax ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''And he sat beside the Sniniq’, weeping along with her.'' 33 Way, nulhllxsmskwts’ ilhSniniq’7ilh skatayamkis ulaanuxum7ats tisnxts. ''Well, the Sniniq’ then cleared her nose, and threw her snot into the river.'' 34 “Way, wic awcwts waanaykmits ska7naycutstinits.” ''“Well, this is what I wanted, that somebody would weep along with me.”'' 35 “Axw alhnapalhits tamnalhts ulaumatalhstsk.” ''“My son is gone, and I don’t know where he went.”'' 36 “K’ilhtcumat tamnalhts wasi7alh7ayts cats alaawa wicsalu skaays tikawa cinu ska7naycutstss alhtamnalhts.” ''“My son’s disappearance is the reason I’m here like this, hoping that someone like you would come along and cry with me over my son.”'' 37 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''That’s what the Sniniq’ said.'' 38 Kamalhayutsaylayckw’iluts’ik cats, ayutskwts’n ulhtatsaatstitx skakamalhanayks skaalhpstutis tastam7apsulhstxw, katl’aps ulasulhs timnas, kakwnkwnmtimuts ulaalhq’aws tamnastx. ''And as soon as she had finished saying that, she told the young man that, if he wanted to give food to his fellow villagers, he should go to her son’s house, and help himself to what her son had in stock.'' 39 “Aytsluts’ cats skawalits ats skaayts ulaNawstumtsk,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''“Right now, I will leave here and go to this place that they call Naws,” the Sniniq’ said.'' 40 Wickw’its’ik slhmsts’. ''Then she rose.'' 41 Anust’cwmaaxmiskwmaku ilh talhalyatx. ''She must have been using this copper as a mat to sit on.'' 42 Tl’aptusts’ ulhtayalittx. ''And now she gave it to the brave one.'' 43 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] cfaoosheawigkh91z7rjv1ew55ls7ep 1365266 1365253 2026-09-24T14:04:50Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365266 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmats ctsiSniniq’ tsikwanatulhayc alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''I will tell the story of a female Sniniq’ who wept on a boulder in the upstream region.'' 2 Samulhínakw tuapsulhtxw. ''(s-a.mu… metathetic variant of s-maw…)'' ''There was this one household.'' 3 As7asmnayakinakw ctikwanat. ''And they had a baby boy who was crying.'' 4 Tumstumkw’its’ik taqiqtitx clhastans7ilh. ''So the mother suckled the child.'' 5 K’cskwts’n ilha7ilh ulhtuasiixws tusulhawtxw. ''Now she was looking at the smoke vent of their house.'' 6 Alh7aykwtuya, tits’xw tialhi alaasiixws wasulhaw! ''And there it was, something white around the smoke vent!'' 7 Yacwiskwts’ takwtmtsstx skak’cs. ''She then told her husband to take a look.'' 8 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax ulhtaputs’tnstx skat’ksnis. ''And right away he went for his bow to shoot the thing.'' 9 Alh7acwsnicitkw’iluts’ik slikw’ms alhtakulhiks tusulhawtxw. ''After a little while, they heard it rolling off the roof of their house.'' 10 Sm7ulhanakw’iluts’ik s7awq’awtsutaw slhxwmaw ulaumataw. ''And without wasting time, they packed their belongings and fled to wherever they were to go.'' 11 Axkwtuu tl’apaw skak’cit sstams. ''They did not even bother to see what the thing was.'' 12 Ts’xlhmaycaw stmlhxwmlhaw. ''Really, all they did was run.'' 13 Wicanama t’axw waayutsmtimtsk s7alclhaw. ''They must be the ones of whom it was said that they had been wandering around.'' 14 Lhwaask’mtamkw’its’ik s7alh7ays sputl’s ilhSniniq’7ilh úlhtiayutsmimt’ayc sKwanatulhim. ''Two days later, the female Sniniq’ arrived at this boulder that is called Kwanatulhim (“Crying Rock”).'' 15 Mtsts’n alhtc skwanats. ''She sat down on it and started to weep.'' 16 Uqw’akwalukw’ tuStwicmctxw. ''The Stuie people attempted several times to travel downstream.'' 17 Paaxulcakwkw’. ''But each time, they got scared.'' 18 Lip’tsutlcakwkw’ ulxlh. ''And each time, they had to go back upstream.'' 19 Tl’apakwalutukw’ tuNutl’lhiixwmctxw. ''The people from Burnt Bridge, too, made several attempts to go there.'' 20 Almkaw. ''They poled their canoes.'' 21 Ayanmuutslhakwlukw’ ulhilh slip’tsutlcawtuts’ s7alh7ays tispaaxulhlayuts skwanats. ''But each time, they only made it as far as where she was, and then they had to turn around, because she was crying in such a frightening manner.'' 22 Ayk’kw s7alh7ays ctxw. ''She was like that for a long time.'' 23 Lq’mats’ watsltsluksi waayutsmimtsk syalitaw skatl’apaw ulhilhSniniq’7ilh. ''Then these young men, who were said to be brave, thought of going to the Sniniq’.'' 24 Alhkw’ntaliwatiskw’its’ik t’ax tasaticstx skaalh7aynaw. ''And one of them instructed his companion on how they were going to proceed.'' 25 “Paaxlhaaxnu alaats.” ''“You stand at the stern here.”'' 26 “K’anawilhts7its’ik.” ''“And I will be at the bow.”'' 27 “Kamalhts’ktilh ulhtsc, tipyaaqtsma alhtilhalast’ayc.” ''“When we reach her, I will have one foot on the boat.”'' 28 “Tipyaaqts7ituk alhtit’xttc skakamalhstams skats’ktatumulhs skatmnuts’xlhnaaxmts.” ''“And I will have my other foot on the rock, so that, if she does anything to us, I will just kick off.”'' 29 Tsutkw’its’ik tayalittx ulhtanumawtastx. ''That’s what the brave one said to his partner.'' 30 Ts’ktakwts’ ulhilh. ''And then they reached her.'' 31 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax s7alha7itimutis castl’yuks wakw’ntas. ''And without delay, he carried out the plan he had discussed.'' 32 Wickw’its’ik txw s7naycutsiskwts’n t’ax ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''And he sat beside the Sniniq’, weeping along with her.'' 33 Way, nulhllxsmskwts’ ilhSniniq’7ilh skatayamkis ulaanuxum7ats tisnxts. ''Well, the Sniniq’ then cleared her nose, and threw her snot into the river.'' 34 “Way, wic awcwts waanaykmits ska7naycutstinits.” ''“Well, this is what I wanted, that somebody would weep along with me.”'' 35 “Axw alhnapalhits tamnalhts ulaumatalhstsk.” ''“My son is gone, and I don’t know where he went.”'' 36 “K’ilhtcumat tamnalhts wasi7alh7ayts cats alaawa wicsalu skaays tikawa cinu ska7naycutstss alhtamnalhts.” ''“My son’s disappearance is the reason I’m here like this, hoping that someone like you would come along and cry with me over my son.”'' 37 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''That’s what the Sniniq’ said.'' 38 Kamalhayutsaylayckw’iluts’ik cats, ayutskwts’n ulhtatsaatstitx skakamalhanayks skaalhpstutis tastam7apsulhstxw, katl’aps ulasulhs timnas, kakwnkwnmtimuts ulaalhq’aws tamnastx. ''And as soon as she had finished saying that, she told the young man that, if he wanted to give food to his fellow villagers, he should go to her son’s house, and help himself to what her son had in stock.'' 39 “Aytsluts’ cats skawalits ats skaayts ulaNawstumtsk,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''“Right now, I will leave here and go to this place that they call Naws,” the Sniniq’ said.'' 40 Wickw’its’ik slhmsts’. ''Then she rose.'' 41 Anust’cwmaaxmiskwmaku ilh talhalyatx. ''She must have been using this copper as a mat to sit on.'' 42 Tl’aptusts’ ulhtayalittx. ''And now she gave it to the brave one.'' 43 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} pjx35q4wuoxo042k4fqxw70wu8pu5zu 1365335 1365266 2026-09-24T20:24:01Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365335 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A Sniniq’ Story | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Smsmats ctsiSniniq’ tsikwanatulhayc alhtaaaxlht’axw. ''I will tell the story of a female Sniniq’ who wept on a boulder in the upstream region.'' 2 Samulhínakw tuapsulhtxw. ''(s-a.mu… metathetic variant of s-maw…)'' ''There was this one household.'' 3 As7asmnayakinakw ctikwanat. ''And they had a baby boy who was crying.'' 4 Tumstumkw’its’ik taqiqtitx clhastans7ilh. ''So the mother suckled the child.'' 5 K’cskwts’n ilha7ilh ulhtuasiixws tusulhawtxw. ''Now she was looking at the smoke vent of their house.'' 6 Alh7aykwtuya, tits’xw tialhi alaasiixws wasulhaw! ''And there it was, something white around the smoke vent!'' 7 Yacwiskwts’ takwtmtsstx skak’cs. ''She then told her husband to take a look.'' 8 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax ulhtaputs’tnstx skat’ksnis. ''And right away he went for his bow to shoot the thing.'' 9 Alh7acwsnicitkw’iluts’ik slikw’ms alhtakulhiks tusulhawtxw. ''After a little while, they heard it rolling off the roof of their house.'' 10 Sm7ulhanakw’iluts’ik s7awq’awtsutaw slhxwmaw ulaumataw. ''And without wasting time, they packed their belongings and fled to wherever they were to go.'' 11 Axkwtuu tl’apaw skak’cit sstams. ''They did not even bother to see what the thing was.'' 12 Ts’xlhmaycaw stmlhxwmlhaw. ''Really, all they did was run.'' 13 Wicanama t’axw waayutsmtimtsk s7alclhaw. ''They must be the ones of whom it was said that they had been wandering around.'' 14 Lhwaask’mtamkw’its’ik s7alh7ays sputl’s ilhSniniq’7ilh úlhtiayutsmimt’ayc sKwanatulhim. ''Two days later, the female Sniniq’ arrived at this boulder that is called Kwanatulhim (“Crying Rock”).'' 15 Mtsts’n alhtc skwanats. ''She sat down on it and started to weep.'' 16 Uqw’akwalukw’ tuStwicmctxw. ''The Stuie people attempted several times to travel downstream.'' 17 Paaxulcakwkw’. ''But each time, they got scared.'' 18 Lip’tsutlcakwkw’ ulxlh. ''And each time, they had to go back upstream.'' 19 Tl’apakwalutukw’ tuNutl’lhiixwmctxw. ''The people from Burnt Bridge, too, made several attempts to go there.'' 20 Almkaw. ''They poled their canoes.'' 21 Ayanmuutslhakwlukw’ ulhilh slip’tsutlcawtuts’ s7alh7ays tispaaxulhlayuts skwanats. ''But each time, they only made it as far as where she was, and then they had to turn around, because she was crying in such a frightening manner.'' 22 Ayk’kw s7alh7ays ctxw. ''She was like that for a long time.'' 23 Lq’mats’ watsltsluksi waayutsmimtsk syalitaw skatl’apaw ulhilhSniniq’7ilh. ''Then these young men, who were said to be brave, thought of going to the Sniniq’.'' 24 Alhkw’ntaliwatiskw’its’ik t’ax tasaticstx skaalh7aynaw. ''And one of them instructed his companion on how they were going to proceed.'' 25 “Paaxlhaaxnu alaats.” ''“You stand at the stern here.”'' 26 “K’anawilhts7its’ik.” ''“And I will be at the bow.”'' 27 “Kamalhts’ktilh ulhtsc, tipyaaqtsma alhtilhalast’ayc.” ''“When we reach her, I will have one foot on the boat.”'' 28 “Tipyaaqts7ituk alhtit’xttc skakamalhstams skats’ktatumulhs skatmnuts’xlhnaaxmts.” ''“And I will have my other foot on the rock, so that, if she does anything to us, I will just kick off.”'' 29 Tsutkw’its’ik tayalittx ulhtanumawtastx. ''That’s what the brave one said to his partner.'' 30 Ts’ktakwts’ ulhilh. ''And then they reached her.'' 31 Sm7ulhakw’iluts’ik t’ax s7alha7itimutis castl’yuks wakw’ntas. ''And without delay, he carried out the plan he had discussed.'' 32 Wickw’its’ik txw s7naycutsiskwts’n t’ax ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''And he sat beside the Sniniq’, weeping along with her.'' 33 Way, nulhllxsmskwts’ ilhSniniq’7ilh skatayamkis ulaanuxum7ats tisnxts. ''Well, the Sniniq’ then cleared her nose, and threw her snot into the river.'' 34 “Way, wic awcwts waanaykmits ska7naycutstinits.” ''“Well, this is what I wanted, that somebody would weep along with me.”'' 35 “Axw alhnapalhits tamnalhts ulaumatalhstsk.” ''“My son is gone, and I don’t know where he went.”'' 36 “K’ilhtcumat tamnalhts wasi7alh7ayts cats alaawa wicsalu skaays tikawa cinu ska7naycutstss alhtamnalhts.” ''“My son’s disappearance is the reason I’m here like this, hoping that someone like you would come along and cry with me over my son.”'' 37 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''That’s what the Sniniq’ said.'' 38 Kamalhayutsaylayckw’iluts’ik cats, ayutskwts’n ulhtatsaatstitx skakamalhanayks skaalhpstutis tastam7apsulhstxw, katl’aps ulasulhs timnas, kakwnkwnmtimuts ulaalhq’aws tamnastx. ''And as soon as she had finished saying that, she told the young man that, if he wanted to give food to his fellow villagers, he should go to her son’s house, and help himself to what her son had in stock.'' 39 “Aytsluts’ cats skawalits ats skaayts ulaNawstumtsk,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhSniniq’7ilh. ''“Right now, I will leave here and go to this place that they call Naws,” the Sniniq’ said.'' 40 Wickw’its’ik slhmsts’. ''Then she rose.'' 41 Anust’cwmaaxmiskwmaku ilh talhalyatx. ''She must have been using this copper as a mat to sit on.'' 42 Tl’aptusts’ ulhtayalittx. ''And now she gave it to the brave one.'' 43 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} f9e42ee1nfvpuh6huu8usce5ay6dr96 104 458899 1365240 2026-09-24T13:29:08Z Catonif 622571 153 teſctrintetee ar... 1365240 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>153 teſctrintetee arreſeut, chikie meξane tineɛot ꝑgiξξata chikie marre ꝑparaveetij meyruoytune, emeξane ſcpijrtinetand ꝑgiξξata chite yeene vdyerre, ꝑtepaa cuydest ete paaruoytunitat, ekſctu tuecuytuom, ξξomſe ſcaamete ducune, aſachie terande, etepaacore ketate refȣem, ecafsce me arreſȣe vuum ꝑſiperi, poende cuurtivignie mire mendne mearreſȣe ξξomſe pak efortſcurtene kiſc mete ducune eme deſceruom ende maa giaa cafsce medijytune, poſicuur caaſcitee conſcientieſe eſaa aſctu tyera chi aſcuurraay tegniefuneſcane: veceſe keyo aſctevuum maaſcurtene endepak fyale chi munebanete aſctuchi ndoonee pak ooſciume temos yeemi achievdiere, ꝑdȣerte ſcecullit ꝑletere eꝑtempſuom maakech helmuom ſe ndoognye tyeſer dore gindye ꝑmbijξeet: ꝑsekeyo ndooneſe nde dukete ſeacte ſciume poſiξξaſceſe cuſcti ncil mire ſȣȣtee mendet skiſc meegietune aſachietegiate, ſesξξuhete giξξegniay tvetemi, pome arreſȣe ſicundreſeti dukete ecuſcta meritognie, mbarreſȣete ndoognij tregetari chitekiſc ſciume eſaaduor Roobeſc, e cafsce ndegnie Arkeɛe, oomyee cutmire aſctu ende ſaaduor barenaſc, aſstu chi ſicundreſe cuſcte kiete ɛȣrene, aſctu endeti epene Robete, oobarenate ꝑmengij: aſctu endeyu kenzo letere viniroe, ſi ke ſcifiſecaa ɛȣrene enevoyene, eſechiſc ofitie, epune, emyeſctrie aſcte, aſctu ende mey baã tepȣetunite emee delijrune: aſctu chi ata mendimete ſcinteſefee, eꝑgiξξachie temeξξa ndere, ndi me, eteprugniete, eſcerbetȣre, chinabagniene: ena ꝑgiξξachie temaξ cuydes, eɛemere teɛeelſcime, tue¬<noinclude></noinclude> k0pl0g5voaznb1qu3k1sn113ucw7572 1365241 1365240 2026-09-24T13:31:05Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365241 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||153}}</noinclude>teſctrintetee arreſeut, chikie meξane tineɛot ꝑgiξξata chikie marre ꝑparaveetij meyruoytune, emeξane ſcpijrtinetand ꝑgiξξata chite yeene vdyerre, ꝑtepaa cuydest ete paaruoytunitat, ekſctu tuecuytuom, ξξomſe ſcaamete ducune, aſachie terande, etepaacore ketate refȣem, ecafsce me arreſȣe vuum ꝑſiperi, poende cuurtivignie mire mendne mearreſȣe ξξomſe pak efortſcurtene kiſc mete ducune eme deſceruom ende maa giaa cafsce medijytune, poſicuur caaſcitee conſcientieſe eſaa aſctu tyera chi aſcuurraay tegniefuneſcane: veceſe keyo aſctevuum maaſcurtene endepak fyale chi munebanete aſctuchi ndoonee pak ooſciume temos yeemi achievdiere, ꝑdȣerte ſcecullit ꝑletere eꝑtempſuom maakech helmuom ſe ndoognye tyeſer dore gindye ꝑmbijξeet: ꝑsekeyo ndooneſe nde dukete ſeacte ſciume poſiξξaſceſe cuſcti ncil mire ſȣȣtee mendet skiſc meegietune aſachietegiate, ſesξξuhete giξξegniay tvetemi, pome arreſȣe ſicundreſeti dukete ecuſcta meritognie, mbarreſȣete ndoognij tregetari chitekiſc ſciume eſaaduor Roobeſc, e cafsce ndegnie Arkeɛe, oomyee cutmire aſctu ende ſaaduor barenaſc, {{SIC|aſstu|aſctu}} chi ſicundreſe cuſcte kiete ɛȣrene, aſctu endeti epene Robete, oobarenate ꝑmengij: aſctu endeyu kenzo letere viniroe, ſi ke ſcifiſecaa ɛȣrene enevoyene, eſechiſc ofitie, epune, emyeſctrie aſcte, aſctu ende mey baã tepȣetunite emee delijrune: aſctu chi ata mendimete ſcinteſefee, eꝑgiξξachie temeξξa ndere, ndi me, eteprugniete, eſcerbetȣre, chinabagniene: ena ꝑgiξξachie temaξ cuydes, eɛemere teɛeelſcime,<noinclude> {{rh|||tue-}}</noinclude> 9ddql4kmloc3dqe9b0p9hhlpv39hr2k 104 458900 1365242 2026-09-24T13:33:25Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365242 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ ᱵᱳᱭᱫᱚᱱᱟᱛᱷ ᱢᱩᱨᱢᱩ ᱫᱟᱵᱟᱹᱝᱠᱤ ᱯᱨᱮᱥ ᱡᱟᱢᱥᱮᱫᱽᱯᱩᱨ ᱼ ᱘᱓᱒᱑᱐᱒<noinclude></noinclude> tlsauwgu29tp7tejntr8l66kahcphbz 1365386 1365242 2026-09-25T11:08:34Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365386 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ ᱥᱟᱶᱦᱮᱫ ᱢᱚᱦᱚᱠ ᱵᱳᱭᱫᱚᱱᱟᱛᱷ ᱢᱩᱨᱢᱩ ᱫᱟᱵᱟᱹᱝᱠᱤ ᱯᱨᱮᱥ ᱡᱟᱢᱥᱮᱫᱽᱯᱩᱨ ᱼ ᱘᱓᱒᱑᱐᱒<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 4w84dc5te6u42f9ue7aonp772p4kzog 0 458901 1365243 2026-09-24T13:33:32Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365243 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tiQwaxwtc n tiT’ukatc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and Mink.'' 2 Alh7alh7aykwsu taT’ukatx alakulhuuts. ''Once, Mink was doing things on a beach.'' 3 K’cists’ tistsuctsucm tismlhk. ''And he saw a fish leaping.'' 4 “Hihii!” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Heehee!” he said a couple of times.'' 5 “Alh7aytsamats’akw cinu kasmlhklhts, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts skastsuctsucmts.” ''“If only I could be a fish like you, I would make myself leap higher and higher.”'' 6 Stsuucsmskwts’ tasmlhktx. ''And the fish kept leaping.'' 7 “Kamalhntss tikasmlhk skaiiklhaalhtimutits ulakulhuuts skastsucmts,” tsutskwk’u t’ax. ''If I were a fish, I would move closer to the beach as I was leaping,” he kept saying.'' 8 Ayskwkw’. ''He kept this up.'' 9 Alhtam7iiklhlcalhikw’iluts’ik tasmsmlhkitx ulhtukulhuutstxw. ''And all the while, the little fish was coming closer and closer to the beach.'' 10 “Hihii, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts kantss tikasmlhk!” ''“Heehee, I would be leaping higher if I were a fish!”'' 11 “Iiklhaalhits ulakulhuuts.” ''“I’d come closer to the beach.”'' 12 Tsutkw’itk’uk taT’ukatx. ''That’s what Mink kept saying.'' 13 Úlhtuwaycikwtxw s7ays tasmlhktx skastsucms. ''Then the fish did make its final leap.'' 14 Ayulhsts’ ulakulhuuts. ''And it landed on the beach.'' 15 Tl’apmiskwts’ taT’ukatx skaip’is. ''Then Mink went and grabbed it.'' 16 Asyatists’ skaalh7ikwis. ''He cut it up so as to barbecue it.'' 17 Tsayakskw skup’ms. ''He skewered all of it with barbecuing sticks.'' 18 Iixwsulhs. ''And he built a fire.'' 19 Alh7ikws, n tuxsasatuutxw. ''He started barbecuing the fish, and the roe as well.'' 20 Putl’skw taQwaxwtx skak’cis. ''Then Raven came to take a look.'' 21 Numnlhatikmiskwts’ skaliclics tus7alh7ikwtxw stayxwis ctistsituma. ''He calculated the time it would take for the barbecue to be done, and cast a sleeping spell on him.'' 22 Tsitumlcskwts’ tialh7ikwt’ayc T’uka. ''Then the barbecuer, Mink, fell asleep.'' 23 Knicalstnimkwts’ ctaQwaxwtx ctus7alh7ikwstxw. ''Then Raven ate his barbecue.'' 24 Qiqtikw’its’ik tis7ic7itsaaxalitsis taQwaxwtx taT’ukatx alhtuxsasatxw. ''And Raven rubbed a little bit of roe on Mink’s teeth.'' 25 Qw’alayutss swalists’. ''When he had eaten everything, he left.'' 26 P’alcaluskwts’ taT’ukatx. ''Now Mink awoke.'' 27 “Ntsamatu ti7isxsaasalhtski?” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Could it be me who has eaten the roe?” he kept saying.'' 28 “Way, ntsmatu,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''Well, it must have been me,” he said.'' 29 Musaaxalitsmskwts’n t’ax. ''And he touched his teeth.'' 30 Alhtmpaaxalits ctuxsasatxw. ''He had roe stuck between his teeth.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] 9jyo61ynyh4mr5e6uoxdm1mmjyt12lj 1365258 1365243 2026-09-24T14:01:56Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365258 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tiQwaxwtc n tiT’ukatc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and Mink.'' 2 Alh7alh7aykwsu taT’ukatx alakulhuuts. ''Once, Mink was doing things on a beach.'' 3 K’cists’ tistsuctsucm tismlhk. ''And he saw a fish leaping.'' 4 “Hihii!” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Heehee!” he said a couple of times.'' 5 “Alh7aytsamats’akw cinu kasmlhklhts, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts skastsuctsucmts.” ''“If only I could be a fish like you, I would make myself leap higher and higher.”'' 6 Stsuucsmskwts’ tasmlhktx. ''And the fish kept leaping.'' 7 “Kamalhntss tikasmlhk skaiiklhaalhtimutits ulakulhuuts skastsucmts,” tsutskwk’u t’ax. ''If I were a fish, I would move closer to the beach as I was leaping,” he kept saying.'' 8 Ayskwkw’. ''He kept this up.'' 9 Alhtam7iiklhlcalhikw’iluts’ik tasmsmlhkitx ulhtukulhuutstxw. ''And all the while, the little fish was coming closer and closer to the beach.'' 10 “Hihii, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts kantss tikasmlhk!” ''“Heehee, I would be leaping higher if I were a fish!”'' 11 “Iiklhaalhits ulakulhuuts.” ''“I’d come closer to the beach.”'' 12 Tsutkw’itk’uk taT’ukatx. ''That’s what Mink kept saying.'' 13 Úlhtuwaycikwtxw s7ays tasmlhktx skastsucms. ''Then the fish did make its final leap.'' 14 Ayulhsts’ ulakulhuuts. ''And it landed on the beach.'' 15 Tl’apmiskwts’ taT’ukatx skaip’is. ''Then Mink went and grabbed it.'' 16 Asyatists’ skaalh7ikwis. ''He cut it up so as to barbecue it.'' 17 Tsayakskw skup’ms. ''He skewered all of it with barbecuing sticks.'' 18 Iixwsulhs. ''And he built a fire.'' 19 Alh7ikws, n tuxsasatuutxw. ''He started barbecuing the fish, and the roe as well.'' 20 Putl’skw taQwaxwtx skak’cis. ''Then Raven came to take a look.'' 21 Numnlhatikmiskwts’ skaliclics tus7alh7ikwtxw stayxwis ctistsituma. ''He calculated the time it would take for the barbecue to be done, and cast a sleeping spell on him.'' 22 Tsitumlcskwts’ tialh7ikwt’ayc T’uka. ''Then the barbecuer, Mink, fell asleep.'' 23 Knicalstnimkwts’ ctaQwaxwtx ctus7alh7ikwstxw. ''Then Raven ate his barbecue.'' 24 Qiqtikw’its’ik tis7ic7itsaaxalitsis taQwaxwtx taT’ukatx alhtuxsasatxw. ''And Raven rubbed a little bit of roe on Mink’s teeth.'' 25 Qw’alayutss swalists’. ''When he had eaten everything, he left.'' 26 P’alcaluskwts’ taT’ukatx. ''Now Mink awoke.'' 27 “Ntsamatu ti7isxsaasalhtski?” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Could it be me who has eaten the roe?” he kept saying.'' 28 “Way, ntsmatu,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''Well, it must have been me,” he said.'' 29 Musaaxalitsmskwts’n t’ax. ''And he touched his teeth.'' 30 Alhtmpaaxalits ctuxsasatxw. ''He had roe stuck between his teeth.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] r25df4fmxi4g5h40m555h8yxyhwpj3i 1365271 1365258 2026-09-24T14:05:47Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365271 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayamkits tiQwaxwtc n tiT’ukatc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and Mink.'' 2 Alh7alh7aykwsu taT’ukatx alakulhuuts. ''Once, Mink was doing things on a beach.'' 3 K’cists’ tistsuctsucm tismlhk. ''And he saw a fish leaping.'' 4 “Hihii!” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Heehee!” he said a couple of times.'' 5 “Alh7aytsamats’akw cinu kasmlhklhts, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts skastsuctsucmts.” ''“If only I could be a fish like you, I would make myself leap higher and higher.”'' 6 Stsuucsmskwts’ tasmlhktx. ''And the fish kept leaping.'' 7 “Kamalhntss tikasmlhk skaiiklhaalhtimutits ulakulhuuts skastsucmts,” tsutskwk’u t’ax. ''If I were a fish, I would move closer to the beach as I was leaping,” he kept saying.'' 8 Ayskwkw’. ''He kept this up.'' 9 Alhtam7iiklhlcalhikw’iluts’ik tasmsmlhkitx ulhtukulhuutstxw. ''And all the while, the little fish was coming closer and closer to the beach.'' 10 “Hihii, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts kantss tikasmlhk!” ''“Heehee, I would be leaping higher if I were a fish!”'' 11 “Iiklhaalhits ulakulhuuts.” ''“I’d come closer to the beach.”'' 12 Tsutkw’itk’uk taT’ukatx. ''That’s what Mink kept saying.'' 13 Úlhtuwaycikwtxw s7ays tasmlhktx skastsucms. ''Then the fish did make its final leap.'' 14 Ayulhsts’ ulakulhuuts. ''And it landed on the beach.'' 15 Tl’apmiskwts’ taT’ukatx skaip’is. ''Then Mink went and grabbed it.'' 16 Asyatists’ skaalh7ikwis. ''He cut it up so as to barbecue it.'' 17 Tsayakskw skup’ms. ''He skewered all of it with barbecuing sticks.'' 18 Iixwsulhs. ''And he built a fire.'' 19 Alh7ikws, n tuxsasatuutxw. ''He started barbecuing the fish, and the roe as well.'' 20 Putl’skw taQwaxwtx skak’cis. ''Then Raven came to take a look.'' 21 Numnlhatikmiskwts’ skaliclics tus7alh7ikwtxw stayxwis ctistsituma. ''He calculated the time it would take for the barbecue to be done, and cast a sleeping spell on him.'' 22 Tsitumlcskwts’ tialh7ikwt’ayc T’uka. ''Then the barbecuer, Mink, fell asleep.'' 23 Knicalstnimkwts’ ctaQwaxwtx ctus7alh7ikwstxw. ''Then Raven ate his barbecue.'' 24 Qiqtikw’its’ik tis7ic7itsaaxalitsis taQwaxwtx taT’ukatx alhtuxsasatxw. ''And Raven rubbed a little bit of roe on Mink’s teeth.'' 25 Qw’alayutss swalists’. ''When he had eaten everything, he left.'' 26 P’alcaluskwts’ taT’ukatx. ''Now Mink awoke.'' 27 “Ntsamatu ti7isxsaasalhtski?” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Could it be me who has eaten the roe?” he kept saying.'' 28 “Way, ntsmatu,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''Well, it must have been me,” he said.'' 29 Musaaxalitsmskwts’n t’ax. ''And he touched his teeth.'' 30 Alhtmpaaxalits ctuxsasatxw. ''He had roe stuck between his teeth.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} blzbz3h19bwgc9t6bf5gqhxo9pzolkx 1365346 1365271 2026-09-24T20:29:46Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365346 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven and Mink | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Smsmayamkits tiQwaxwtc n tiT’ukatc. ''I will tell a story about Raven and Mink.'' 2 Alh7alh7aykwsu taT’ukatx alakulhuuts. ''Once, Mink was doing things on a beach.'' 3 K’cists’ tistsuctsucm tismlhk. ''And he saw a fish leaping.'' 4 “Hihii!” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Heehee!” he said a couple of times.'' 5 “Alh7aytsamats’akw cinu kasmlhklhts, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts skastsuctsucmts.” ''“If only I could be a fish like you, I would make myself leap higher and higher.”'' 6 Stsuucsmskwts’ tasmlhktx. ''And the fish kept leaping.'' 7 “Kamalhntss tikasmlhk skaiiklhaalhtimutits ulakulhuuts skastsucmts,” tsutskwk’u t’ax. ''If I were a fish, I would move closer to the beach as I was leaping,” he kept saying.'' 8 Ayskwkw’. ''He kept this up.'' 9 Alhtam7iiklhlcalhikw’iluts’ik tasmsmlhkitx ulhtukulhuutstxw. ''And all the while, the little fish was coming closer and closer to the beach.'' 10 “Hihii, tl’uctl’uk’anmuulhtimutts kantss tikasmlhk!” ''“Heehee, I would be leaping higher if I were a fish!”'' 11 “Iiklhaalhits ulakulhuuts.” ''“I’d come closer to the beach.”'' 12 Tsutkw’itk’uk taT’ukatx. ''That’s what Mink kept saying.'' 13 Úlhtuwaycikwtxw s7ays tasmlhktx skastsucms. ''Then the fish did make its final leap.'' 14 Ayulhsts’ ulakulhuuts. ''And it landed on the beach.'' 15 Tl’apmiskwts’ taT’ukatx skaip’is. ''Then Mink went and grabbed it.'' 16 Asyatists’ skaalh7ikwis. ''He cut it up so as to barbecue it.'' 17 Tsayakskw skup’ms. ''He skewered all of it with barbecuing sticks.'' 18 Iixwsulhs. ''And he built a fire.'' 19 Alh7ikws, n tuxsasatuutxw. ''He started barbecuing the fish, and the roe as well.'' 20 Putl’skw taQwaxwtx skak’cis. ''Then Raven came to take a look.'' 21 Numnlhatikmiskwts’ skaliclics tus7alh7ikwtxw stayxwis ctistsituma. ''He calculated the time it would take for the barbecue to be done, and cast a sleeping spell on him.'' 22 Tsitumlcskwts’ tialh7ikwt’ayc T’uka. ''Then the barbecuer, Mink, fell asleep.'' 23 Knicalstnimkwts’ ctaQwaxwtx ctus7alh7ikwstxw. ''Then Raven ate his barbecue.'' 24 Qiqtikw’its’ik tis7ic7itsaaxalitsis taQwaxwtx taT’ukatx alhtuxsasatxw. ''And Raven rubbed a little bit of roe on Mink’s teeth.'' 25 Qw’alayutss swalists’. ''When he had eaten everything, he left.'' 26 P’alcaluskwts’ taT’ukatx. ''Now Mink awoke.'' 27 “Ntsamatu ti7isxsaasalhtski?” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“Could it be me who has eaten the roe?” he kept saying.'' 28 “Way, ntsmatu,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''Well, it must have been me,” he said.'' 29 Musaaxalitsmskwts’n t’ax. ''And he touched his teeth.'' 30 Alhtmpaaxalits ctuxsasatxw. ''He had roe stuck between his teeth.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 8gnsllm5tapmlrxxv4c1fe9r7vz7nu1 104 458902 1365244 2026-09-24T13:34:11Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365244 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>Santari Saohet Mahak A collection of articles in Santali by Boidyanath Murmu 1st Edition: September, 2021 ISBN: 978-93-92244-05-6 O Boidyanath Murmu Published & Printed by: DABANKI PRESS Karandih, Jamshedpur 831002 Mob.: 9798290509/8292167142 Email dabankipress@gmail.com - Cover Design: Shyam C. Tudu, 9798290509 Karandih, Jamshedpur 831002 Price: 100/-<noinclude></noinclude> mhhc69swcjmksmpieygl5xukgyoky9g 1365387 1365244 2026-09-25T11:09:08Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365387 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>{{center|<poem>Santari Saohet Mahak A collection of articles in Santali by Boidyanath Murmu 1st Edition: September, 2021 ISBN: 978-93-92244-05-6 O Boidyanath Murmu Published & Printed by: DABANKI PRESS Karandih, Jamshedpur 831002 Mob.: 9798290509/8292167142 Email dabankipress@gmail.com - Cover Design: Shyam C. Tudu, 9798290509 Karandih, Jamshedpur 831002 Price: 100/- </poem>}}<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> b0er6pahp8iynkto8u8qenpc0sh2oq0 104 458903 1365245 2026-09-24T13:34:53Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365245 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱵᱚᱸᱜᱟ ᱫᱤᱥᱚᱢ ᱟᱠᱟᱱ ᱤᱧᱤᱡ ᱡᱟᱱᱟᱢ ᱟᱭᱳ ᱞᱚᱠᱠᱷᱤ ᱢᱩᱩᱢᱩ ᱟᱜ ᱩᱭᱦᱟᱹᱨ ᱫᱤᱥᱟᱹᱛᱮ<noinclude></noinclude> kk9letuxk6t425n9d7kt108aodcdolh 1365388 1365245 2026-09-25T11:09:22Z ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ 742656 1365388 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="ᱤᱧ ᱢᱟᱛᱟᱞ" /></noinclude>ᱵᱚᱸᱜᱟ ᱫᱤᱥᱚᱢ ᱟᱠᱟᱱ ᱤᱧᱤᱡ ᱡᱟᱱᱟᱢ ᱟᱭᱳ ᱞᱚᱠᱠᱷᱤ ᱢᱩᱩᱢᱩ ᱟᱜ ᱩᱭᱦᱟᱹᱨ ᱫᱤᱥᱟᱹᱛᱮ<noinclude>[[Category:ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ]]</noinclude> 7d0r3jbifh7xu0puyoch72aseiswvu6 0 458904 1365246 2026-09-24T13:41:10Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365246 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’amkiitits Mackenzie s7alh7aystsk sputl’s ulhNuxalk. ''I will tell the story of Mackenzie, about his coming to Bella Coola.'' 2 Alapatsalh swicanaw waAtl’smc7ats wakamalhumatalhs. ''The first people he met up with were the Tsilhqot’in.'' 3 Wicanawts’n ats waalhkwntan ú lhStwic, ulaStwicmc. ''It is them who took them to Stuie, to the Stuie people.'' 4 Alhpstumkwts’ caStwicmc. ''He was offered food by the Stuie people.'' 5 Ismlhklhhtum. ''He was given fish to eat.'' 6 Is7alh7ikwlhhtum. ''He was served barbecued fish.'' 7 Wickw’its’ik sputl’tum tqwntl’ utxuq’. ''Next, he was led downriver, to our region.'' 8 Spuximts’ ctistaltmc wic skaaxw kawnts’im. ''A chief sprinkled him with eagle down, so as to prevent him from being'' killed. 9 Wicsts’ tuspuxtxw waalhkaltcwmliwat. ''That eagle down served to protect him.'' 10 Putl’tumts’. ''They led him this way.'' 11 Wickw’its’ik snmpimuts ulhtilhalas. ''That’s when he boarded a canoe.'' 12 Panpatsalhakwts’ tulhlkw’lcuksitxw s7anu7ists’kwalhit canusqlatalhh. ''A few elders went ahead of them, and sprinkled him with the contents of chamber pots.'' 13 Aynakwtuu waaluux. ''And so did the ones who were following behind.'' 14 Ayutsakwts’ t’axw syulms Mackenzie. ''They said that Mackenzie was a reincarnation.'' 15 Yulms wiclhhwaalhq’awlh7ats. ''He had returned from the dead.'' 16 Putl’tumts’ tqwntl’. ''Now he was led hither.'' 17 Uqw’tum úlhNuxalk. ''He was taken downriver to Bella Coola.'' 18 Aytumkwsuts’ skaalhpstum. ''And again, they were going to feed him.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhk’cists’ Mackenzie s7alh7ays tisplhts tismlhk alatmcw7ats. ''That’s when Mackenzie saw how this river was teeming with fish.'' 20 Alhpstumkwtuts’ s7is7alh7ikwlhhtumtuts’ sts’ktnicim ulaats, n wasqalutslhh. ''And again, he was served barbecued fish upon his arrival here, as well as dried berries.'' 21 Axkw’its’ik yanicis waasluq’aax wasqalutslhh. ''But he did not like the berries prepared with eulachon grease.'' 22 Ayawlcimkwtuts’ kaaxwts’ kaasluq’aax. ''And they were replaced by ones that were not prepared with grease.'' 23 Yakw’its’ik s7alhpss alhtxw. ''Now he was eating heartily.'' 24 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik s7anaykstuts’ skaayalhs alasulut7ats skalip’tsuts ulhtuixwt’axw. ''When he had finally finished eating, he wanted to take to the sea again, to return to that distant place.'' 25 As7atsyalhtumtuts’ wiclhhats, ú lhAlhku waumatams. ''They let him board a boat again away from here, and he headed for Elcho Harbour.'' 26 Nuwnts’ikmimtuts’. ''But some people wanted to kill him again.'' 27 Wic7its’ik txw squlhasts’ntsk ulhtiyayuulh tit’xt alhAlhku, tiamatsts’ tistwints’ntc, tistwinsts’ Mackenzie tialhqulhtc. ''That’s when he must have made signs on a smooth boulder at Elcho Harbour, where the monument is now, the monument that Mackenzie made signs on.'' 28 Tm7ayanmuutslhkw’iluts’ik ulhts slip’alhim. ''So, he ended up going only thus far, and he was forced to turn around.'' 29 Lip’tsutstuts’ tqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And he went back this way again, to Bella Coola.'' 30 Ayalhstuts’ ulaats ulxlh. ''He travelled back this way, going upriver.'' 31 Tl’apstuts’ ulatcamatlhhalhs. ''And he went back to where he had come from.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] lomqcaekng9jh6t38lyllak8t4g1t5i 1365255 1365246 2026-09-24T14:01:30Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365255 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’amkiitits Mackenzie s7alh7aystsk sputl’s ulhNuxalk. ''I will tell the story of Mackenzie, about his coming to Bella Coola.'' 2 Alapatsalh swicanaw waAtl’smc7ats wakamalhumatalhs. ''The first people he met up with were the Tsilhqot’in.'' 3 Wicanawts’n ats waalhkwntan ú lhStwic, ulaStwicmc. ''It is them who took them to Stuie, to the Stuie people.'' 4 Alhpstumkwts’ caStwicmc. ''He was offered food by the Stuie people.'' 5 Ismlhklhhtum. ''He was given fish to eat.'' 6 Is7alh7ikwlhhtum. ''He was served barbecued fish.'' 7 Wickw’its’ik sputl’tum tqwntl’ utxuq’. ''Next, he was led downriver, to our region.'' 8 Spuximts’ ctistaltmc wic skaaxw kawnts’im. ''A chief sprinkled him with eagle down, so as to prevent him from being'' killed. 9 Wicsts’ tuspuxtxw waalhkaltcwmliwat. ''That eagle down served to protect him.'' 10 Putl’tumts’. ''They led him this way.'' 11 Wickw’its’ik snmpimuts ulhtilhalas. ''That’s when he boarded a canoe.'' 12 Panpatsalhakwts’ tulhlkw’lcuksitxw s7anu7ists’kwalhit canusqlatalhh. ''A few elders went ahead of them, and sprinkled him with the contents of chamber pots.'' 13 Aynakwtuu waaluux. ''And so did the ones who were following behind.'' 14 Ayutsakwts’ t’axw syulms Mackenzie. ''They said that Mackenzie was a reincarnation.'' 15 Yulms wiclhhwaalhq’awlh7ats. ''He had returned from the dead.'' 16 Putl’tumts’ tqwntl’. ''Now he was led hither.'' 17 Uqw’tum úlhNuxalk. ''He was taken downriver to Bella Coola.'' 18 Aytumkwsuts’ skaalhpstum. ''And again, they were going to feed him.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhk’cists’ Mackenzie s7alh7ays tisplhts tismlhk alatmcw7ats. ''That’s when Mackenzie saw how this river was teeming with fish.'' 20 Alhpstumkwtuts’ s7is7alh7ikwlhhtumtuts’ sts’ktnicim ulaats, n wasqalutslhh. ''And again, he was served barbecued fish upon his arrival here, as well as dried berries.'' 21 Axkw’its’ik yanicis waasluq’aax wasqalutslhh. ''But he did not like the berries prepared with eulachon grease.'' 22 Ayawlcimkwtuts’ kaaxwts’ kaasluq’aax. ''And they were replaced by ones that were not prepared with grease.'' 23 Yakw’its’ik s7alhpss alhtxw. ''Now he was eating heartily.'' 24 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik s7anaykstuts’ skaayalhs alasulut7ats skalip’tsuts ulhtuixwt’axw. ''When he had finally finished eating, he wanted to take to the sea again, to return to that distant place.'' 25 As7atsyalhtumtuts’ wiclhhats, ú lhAlhku waumatams. ''They let him board a boat again away from here, and he headed for Elcho Harbour.'' 26 Nuwnts’ikmimtuts’. ''But some people wanted to kill him again.'' 27 Wic7its’ik txw squlhasts’ntsk ulhtiyayuulh tit’xt alhAlhku, tiamatsts’ tistwints’ntc, tistwinsts’ Mackenzie tialhqulhtc. ''That’s when he must have made signs on a smooth boulder at Elcho Harbour, where the monument is now, the monument that Mackenzie made signs on.'' 28 Tm7ayanmuutslhkw’iluts’ik ulhts slip’alhim. ''So, he ended up going only thus far, and he was forced to turn around.'' 29 Lip’tsutstuts’ tqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And he went back this way again, to Bella Coola.'' 30 Ayalhstuts’ ulaats ulxlh. ''He travelled back this way, going upriver.'' 31 Tl’apstuts’ ulatcamatlhhalhs. ''And he went back to where he had come from.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] c5l1d755c0nudvzgquh7dukpj4nkgrz 1365268 1365255 2026-09-24T14:05:21Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365268 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’amkiitits Mackenzie s7alh7aystsk sputl’s ulhNuxalk. ''I will tell the story of Mackenzie, about his coming to Bella Coola.'' 2 Alapatsalh swicanaw waAtl’smc7ats wakamalhumatalhs. ''The first people he met up with were the Tsilhqot’in.'' 3 Wicanawts’n ats waalhkwntan ú lhStwic, ulaStwicmc. ''It is them who took them to Stuie, to the Stuie people.'' 4 Alhpstumkwts’ caStwicmc. ''He was offered food by the Stuie people.'' 5 Ismlhklhhtum. ''He was given fish to eat.'' 6 Is7alh7ikwlhhtum. ''He was served barbecued fish.'' 7 Wickw’its’ik sputl’tum tqwntl’ utxuq’. ''Next, he was led downriver, to our region.'' 8 Spuximts’ ctistaltmc wic skaaxw kawnts’im. ''A chief sprinkled him with eagle down, so as to prevent him from being'' killed. 9 Wicsts’ tuspuxtxw waalhkaltcwmliwat. ''That eagle down served to protect him.'' 10 Putl’tumts’. ''They led him this way.'' 11 Wickw’its’ik snmpimuts ulhtilhalas. ''That’s when he boarded a canoe.'' 12 Panpatsalhakwts’ tulhlkw’lcuksitxw s7anu7ists’kwalhit canusqlatalhh. ''A few elders went ahead of them, and sprinkled him with the contents of chamber pots.'' 13 Aynakwtuu waaluux. ''And so did the ones who were following behind.'' 14 Ayutsakwts’ t’axw syulms Mackenzie. ''They said that Mackenzie was a reincarnation.'' 15 Yulms wiclhhwaalhq’awlh7ats. ''He had returned from the dead.'' 16 Putl’tumts’ tqwntl’. ''Now he was led hither.'' 17 Uqw’tum úlhNuxalk. ''He was taken downriver to Bella Coola.'' 18 Aytumkwsuts’ skaalhpstum. ''And again, they were going to feed him.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhk’cists’ Mackenzie s7alh7ays tisplhts tismlhk alatmcw7ats. ''That’s when Mackenzie saw how this river was teeming with fish.'' 20 Alhpstumkwtuts’ s7is7alh7ikwlhhtumtuts’ sts’ktnicim ulaats, n wasqalutslhh. ''And again, he was served barbecued fish upon his arrival here, as well as dried berries.'' 21 Axkw’its’ik yanicis waasluq’aax wasqalutslhh. ''But he did not like the berries prepared with eulachon grease.'' 22 Ayawlcimkwtuts’ kaaxwts’ kaasluq’aax. ''And they were replaced by ones that were not prepared with grease.'' 23 Yakw’its’ik s7alhpss alhtxw. ''Now he was eating heartily.'' 24 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik s7anaykstuts’ skaayalhs alasulut7ats skalip’tsuts ulhtuixwt’axw. ''When he had finally finished eating, he wanted to take to the sea again, to return to that distant place.'' 25 As7atsyalhtumtuts’ wiclhhats, ú lhAlhku waumatams. ''They let him board a boat again away from here, and he headed for Elcho Harbour.'' 26 Nuwnts’ikmimtuts’. ''But some people wanted to kill him again.'' 27 Wic7its’ik txw squlhasts’ntsk ulhtiyayuulh tit’xt alhAlhku, tiamatsts’ tistwints’ntc, tistwinsts’ Mackenzie tialhqulhtc. ''That’s when he must have made signs on a smooth boulder at Elcho Harbour, where the monument is now, the monument that Mackenzie made signs on.'' 28 Tm7ayanmuutslhkw’iluts’ik ulhts slip’alhim. ''So, he ended up going only thus far, and he was forced to turn around.'' 29 Lip’tsutstuts’ tqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And he went back this way again, to Bella Coola.'' 30 Ayalhstuts’ ulaats ulxlh. ''He travelled back this way, going upriver.'' 31 Tl’apstuts’ ulatcamatlhhalhs. ''And he went back to where he had come from.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} ermob72dgr8z8ekgk1wz8cmm7u3aixi 1365304 1365268 2026-09-24T14:59:02Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365304 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’amkiitits Mackenzie s7alh7aystsk sputl’s ulhNuxalk. ''I will tell the story of Mackenzie, about his coming to Bella Coola.'' 2 Alapatsalh swicanaw waAtl’smc7ats wakamalhumatalhs. ''The first people he met up with were the Tsilhqot’in.'' 3 Wicanawts’n ats waalhkwntan úlhStwic, ulaStwicmc. ''It is them who took them to Stuie, to the Stuie people.'' 4 Alhpstumkwts’ caStwicmc. ''He was offered food by the Stuie people.'' 5 Ismlhklhhtum. ''He was given fish to eat.'' 6 Is7alh7ikwlhhtum. ''He was served barbecued fish.'' 7 Wickw’its’ik sputl’tum tqwntl’ utxuq’. ''Next, he was led downriver, to our region.'' 8 Spuximts’ ctistaltmc wic skaaxw kawnts’im. ''A chief sprinkled him with eagle down, so as to prevent him from being'' killed. 9 Wicsts’ tuspuxtxw waalhkaltcwmliwat. ''That eagle down served to protect him.'' 10 Putl’tumts’. ''They led him this way.'' 11 Wickw’its’ik snmpimuts ulhtilhalas. ''That’s when he boarded a canoe.'' 12 Panpatsalhakwts’ tulhlkw’lcuksitxw s7anu7ists’kwalhit canusqlatalhh. ''A few elders went ahead of them, and sprinkled him with the contents of chamber pots.'' 13 Aynakwtuu waaluux. ''And so did the ones who were following behind.'' 14 Ayutsakwts’ t’axw syulms Mackenzie. ''They said that Mackenzie was a reincarnation.'' 15 Yulms wiclhhwaalhq’awlh7ats. ''He had returned from the dead.'' 16 Putl’tumts’ tqwntl’. ''Now he was led hither.'' 17 Uqw’tum úlhNuxalk. ''He was taken downriver to Bella Coola.'' 18 Aytumkwsuts’ skaalhpstum. ''And again, they were going to feed him.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhk’cists’ Mackenzie s7alh7ays tisplhts tismlhk alatmcw7ats. ''That’s when Mackenzie saw how this river was teeming with fish.'' 20 Alhpstumkwtuts’ s7is7alh7ikwlhhtumtuts’ sts’ktnicim ulaats, n wasqalutslhh. ''And again, he was served barbecued fish upon his arrival here, as well as dried berries.'' 21 Axkw’its’ik yanicis waasluq’aax wasqalutslhh. ''But he did not like the berries prepared with eulachon grease.'' 22 Ayawlcimkwtuts’ kaaxwts’ kaasluq’aax. ''And they were replaced by ones that were not prepared with grease.'' 23 Yakw’its’ik s7alhpss alhtxw. ''Now he was eating heartily.'' 24 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik s7anaykstuts’ skaayalhs alasulut7ats skalip’tsuts ulhtuixwt’axw. ''When he had finally finished eating, he wanted to take to the sea again, to return to that distant place.'' 25 As7atsyalhtumtuts’ wiclhhats, úlhAlhku waumatams. ''They let him board a boat again away from here, and he headed for Elcho Harbour.'' 26 Nuwnts’ikmimtuts’. ''But some people wanted to kill him again.'' 27 Wic7its’ik txw squlhasts’ntsk ulhtiyayuulh tit’xt alhAlhku, tiamatsts’ tistwints’ntc, tistwinsts’ Mackenzie tialhqulhtc. ''That’s when he must have made signs on a smooth boulder at Elcho Harbour, where the monument is now, the monument that Mackenzie made signs on.'' 28 Tm7ayanmuutslhkw’iluts’ik ulhts slip’alhim. ''So, he ended up going only thus far, and he was forced to turn around.'' 29 Lip’tsutstuts’ tqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And he went back this way again, to Bella Coola.'' 30 Ayalhstuts’ ulaats ulxlh. ''He travelled back this way, going upriver.'' 31 Tl’apstuts’ ulatcamatlhhalhs. ''And he went back to where he had come from.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} pvhehc03s8jcgz39m8f58h5bcq4k6ua 1365341 1365304 2026-09-24T20:29:31Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365341 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Mackenzie’s Visit | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Alats’amkiitits Mackenzie s7alh7aystsk sputl’s ulhNuxalk. ''I will tell the story of Mackenzie, about his coming to Bella Coola.'' 2 Alapatsalh swicanaw waAtl’smc7ats wakamalhumatalhs. ''The first people he met up with were the Tsilhqot’in.'' 3 Wicanawts’n ats waalhkwntan úlhStwic, ulaStwicmc. ''It is them who took them to Stuie, to the Stuie people.'' 4 Alhpstumkwts’ caStwicmc. ''He was offered food by the Stuie people.'' 5 Ismlhklhhtum. ''He was given fish to eat.'' 6 Is7alh7ikwlhhtum. ''He was served barbecued fish.'' 7 Wickw’its’ik sputl’tum tqwntl’ utxuq’. ''Next, he was led downriver, to our region.'' 8 Spuximts’ ctistaltmc wic skaaxw kawnts’im. ''A chief sprinkled him with eagle down, so as to prevent him from being'' killed. 9 Wicsts’ tuspuxtxw waalhkaltcwmliwat. ''That eagle down served to protect him.'' 10 Putl’tumts’. ''They led him this way.'' 11 Wickw’its’ik snmpimuts ulhtilhalas. ''That’s when he boarded a canoe.'' 12 Panpatsalhakwts’ tulhlkw’lcuksitxw s7anu7ists’kwalhit canusqlatalhh. ''A few elders went ahead of them, and sprinkled him with the contents of chamber pots.'' 13 Aynakwtuu waaluux. ''And so did the ones who were following behind.'' 14 Ayutsakwts’ t’axw syulms Mackenzie. ''They said that Mackenzie was a reincarnation.'' 15 Yulms wiclhhwaalhq’awlh7ats. ''He had returned from the dead.'' 16 Putl’tumts’ tqwntl’. ''Now he was led hither.'' 17 Uqw’tum úlhNuxalk. ''He was taken downriver to Bella Coola.'' 18 Aytumkwsuts’ skaalhpstum. ''And again, they were going to feed him.'' 19 Wickw’its’ik txw s7alhk’cists’ Mackenzie s7alh7ays tisplhts tismlhk alatmcw7ats. ''That’s when Mackenzie saw how this river was teeming with fish.'' 20 Alhpstumkwtuts’ s7is7alh7ikwlhhtumtuts’ sts’ktnicim ulaats, n wasqalutslhh. ''And again, he was served barbecued fish upon his arrival here, as well as dried berries.'' 21 Axkw’its’ik yanicis waasluq’aax wasqalutslhh. ''But he did not like the berries prepared with eulachon grease.'' 22 Ayawlcimkwtuts’ kaaxwts’ kaasluq’aax. ''And they were replaced by ones that were not prepared with grease.'' 23 Yakw’its’ik s7alhpss alhtxw. ''Now he was eating heartily.'' 24 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik s7anaykstuts’ skaayalhs alasulut7ats skalip’tsuts ulhtuixwt’axw. ''When he had finally finished eating, he wanted to take to the sea again, to return to that distant place.'' 25 As7atsyalhtumtuts’ wiclhhats, úlhAlhku waumatams. ''They let him board a boat again away from here, and he headed for Elcho Harbour.'' 26 Nuwnts’ikmimtuts’. ''But some people wanted to kill him again.'' 27 Wic7its’ik txw squlhasts’ntsk ulhtiyayuulh tit’xt alhAlhku, tiamatsts’ tistwints’ntc, tistwinsts’ Mackenzie tialhqulhtc. ''That’s when he must have made signs on a smooth boulder at Elcho Harbour, where the monument is now, the monument that Mackenzie made signs on.'' 28 Tm7ayanmuutslhkw’iluts’ik ulhts slip’alhim. ''So, he ended up going only thus far, and he was forced to turn around.'' 29 Lip’tsutstuts’ tqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And he went back this way again, to Bella Coola.'' 30 Ayalhstuts’ ulaats ulxlh. ''He travelled back this way, going upriver.'' 31 Tl’apstuts’ ulatcamatlhhalhs. ''And he went back to where he had come from.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 0iomecesgb5zoy6rlx2y5h8ueobe4vq 104 458905 1365247 2026-09-24T13:41:34Z Catonif 622571 154 tuepruoytune ꝑta... 1365247 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>154 tuepruoytune ꝑta mbegiξξe vend, endegiξξe mot ecoho meſaa predikime etempſuome endimete fyalleſetineɛot, gniana lagie endetyetera mbate arreſȣe tebanemi tedegnietee lavdit tineɛot eproniaretee Regienijſe chiellet ꝑgiξξe yeteteyeteſe: ꝑse ndrȣſcey tuebaam ꝑ tevertete miretedijſc etekieſc medijytune cuſc doyee, poſicundreſe ξξaſe ende ꝑſiperi, ſecuurtevignie moti ecoha egȣȣchit, tineɛot, arreſeu ete vdyerretee grigſe cpeit evone, po bruoſcit caamechiene lȣpune ekercuom, eſi cundreſe cuſcte kiete merituom aſctu ende caame pritune Pogetȣrene, ooteferrit oote Parrijſit ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe. Nze rrefȣemit maanze ſcurtene ende pak fyalle chimune banete. E Ndeξξomſe keta terrefȣem ngiatune megiξξe cachie tepȣetuna ꝑſiperi ſaſcte achie ndyere ndanet baam, ꝑdiſa chi rrefȣhene ſcpeſc emire ſidoligia, pomaateſciumene, ꝑdiſa chi rrefȣhene maarraal, ooaſndoogniehere mire cuurrai ndegiξξe yetetevet, praaſctu nuni oo Atij ſcpijrtit mire tuevuumroe, ſicundreſe chiſc arreſȣe edore nieriu teyeete, aſctu ende tibagnie tepȣetunite, e ſicundreſe chiſc plage tidukete aſctu ende ti pſctielle etiliξgnie mengijte: aſctu ende keta terre fȣem aſctebaam ꝑndimete ſaa Priftene etyere aſctu chi vene errijne mbe ſcambte ſcinteſe confeſione eſdijne meebaam aſmee ſcerbȣem ſidoligia, ſicundreſe veteꝑvetehe, aſctu ende ꝑgiξξata chi vignie¬<noinclude></noinclude> ond5k6lwyl9augo9shvdjilz6ijjami 1365248 1365247 2026-09-24T13:43:47Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365248 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|154}}</noinclude>tuepruoytune ꝑta mbegiξξe vend, endegiξξe mot ecoho meſaa predikime etempſuome endimete fyalleſetineɛot, gniana lagie endetyetera mbate arreſȣe tebanemi tedegnietee lavdit tineɛot eproniaretee Regienijſe chiellet ꝑgiξξe yeteteyeteſe: ꝑse ndrȣſcey tuebaam ꝑ tevertete miretedijſc etekieſc medijytune cuſc doyee, poſicundreſe ξξaſe ende ꝑſiperi, ſecuurtevignie moti ecoha egȣȣchit, tineɛot, arreſeu ete vdyerretee grigſe cpeit evone, po bruoſcit caamechiene lȣpune ekercuom, eſi cundreſe cuſcte kiete merituom aſctu ende caame pritune Pogetȣrene, ooteferrit oote Parrijſit ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe. {{c|Nze rrefȣemit maanze ſcurtene ende pak fyalle chimune banete.}} ENdeξξomſe keta terrefȣem ngiatune megiξξe cachie tepȣetuna ꝑſiperi ſaſcte achie ndyere ndanet baam, ꝑdiſa chi rrefȣhene ſcpeſc emire ſidoligia, pomaateſciumene, ꝑdiſa chi rrefȣhene maarraal, ooaſndoogniehere mire cuurrai ndegiξξe yetetevet, praaſctu nuni oo Atij ſcpijrtit mire tuevuumroe, ſicundreſe chiſc arreſȣe edore nieriu teyeete, aſctu ende tibagnie tepȣetunite, e ſicundreſe chiſc plage tidukete aſctu ende ti pſctielle etiliξgnie mengijte: aſctu ende keta terre fȣem aſctebaam ꝑndimete ſaa Priftene etyere aſctu chi vene errijne mbe ſcambte ſcinteſe confeſione eſdijne meebaam aſmee ſcerbȣem ſidoligia, ſicundreſe veteꝑvetehe, aſctu ende ꝑgiξξata chi<noinclude> {{rh|||vignie-}}</noinclude> 6zmirpfa0zzkg7f5xk5a9s2z7pduouw 0 458906 1365249 2026-09-24T13:57:00Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365249 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Wic7its’ik waswinwintmacwawtsk alaayk’. ''Now, this is about how people were waging war at some time in the past.'' 2 Axw7its’ik ayk’ skaq’ss ats. ''This happened not very long ago.'' 3 Wicmats’n ts waaluuxamtsk s7alhcwlanaw swintmacwaw. ''Apparently, this was the last time they fought against each other in a war.'' 4 Wintimkwk’u taKw’alhnamctxw. ''The Kwatna people were attacked repeatedly.'' 5 Snaaxayctumkwkw’ tsiPlcwlaqstum. ''And each time, a woman by the name of Plcwlaqs was taken as a slave.'' 6 Snaaxayctum caTxaxaaxlh7ats. ''She was enslaved by the Alert Bay people.'' 7 Tl’apmimkw’itk’uk s7akwatim ilhtl’msta7ilh ctimans. ''And each time, the woman’s father came for her, and bought her back.'' 8 Alaxilhkw s7alh7ays ctxw ssnaaxaycs. ''She was enslaved many times.'' 9 Ákwatimkwkw’ ctimans. ''And each time, she was bought back by her father.'' 10 Alaaxkwts’ ayk’ s7ilhtsayuksaw camikw’lh alhQw’plplxs. ''Now, not long ago, people were picking salalberries at Qw’plplxs.'' 11 Snukaklikalhaycakw’its’ik waalhk’ctit t’axw waisut waputl’alh utqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And then they saw people moving in the middle of the channel, paddling, coming this way to Bella Coola.'' 12 Acwskwts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skastsayulhtis skanmcaw s7ustamaw. ''And this woman shouted, asking them where they were from and where they were going.'' 13 Tm7uq’xalhaynictis7iluts’ik skaputl’aw ulhtxw skawnts’tim. ''She had scarcely managed to call out to them, when they came to them in order to kill them.'' 14 Wickw’iluts’ik sts’ktaw tuwinakwmakutxw ulakulhuuts. ''And before long, those warriors reached the shore.'' 15 Napamcwitts’. ''Now they realized what was happening.'' 16 Tl’apakmtimts’ skawnts’tim waacwlh. ''And some of them were apprehended and killed.'' 17 Alhk’yukimkwts’n ilhtl’msta7ilh cawinawts. ''Then the warriors recognized this woman.'' 18 Anaykmimkwalututs’ skasnaaxayctumtuts’. ''And again, they wanted to try and take her as a slave.'' 19 Axkwts’ anayks ilhtl’msta7ilh skaays skasnaaxstuts’. ''But the woman did not wish to be a slave again.'' 20 “Wnts’tsaxwats’!” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“Kill me now!” the woman said then.'' 21 Alhiskwts’ tsisuuxis alhtsnlh. ''Her younger sister was with her.'' 22 Aytutimkw’iluts’ik swnts’tim stcapsmtim. ''And shortly, they were killed and beheaded.'' 23 Sikw’iktimts’n s7mtstutim n ilhsuuxis7ilh. ''And they placed her and her sister in a sitting position, side by side.'' 24 Ts’xmayc stmnumawiilhs tsiwalayc alaats wasinapamcwtimts’ s7aynaw swnts’tim cawina. ''Really, there was only one survivor among them, that’s how people found out they had been killed by warriors.'' 25 Ixq’msts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''Now, this woman started walking.'' 26 Tl’aps úlhKw’alhna. ''She was going to Kwatna.'' 27 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7ays s7ixq’ms sts’kts. ''She must have walked for several days before she arrived there.'' 28 Putl’mtim skakwntim waalh7atma. ''They came to collect the dead.'' 29 Q’awtim ulhKw’alhna. ''They took them to Kwatna for burial.'' 30 Tl’apskwmats’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skaalhkaltcwmis wascwmta. ''This woman must have been planning to look after the gunpowder.'' 31 Lhwaasalhkw wak’cists’ tamanstx. ''Her father found two boxes of it.'' 32 Putl’tusts’ ulhNuxalk skapuntutis Nuxalkmc ctxw. ''He brought them to Bella Coola, and offered them to the Nuxalk people.'' 33 Wic7its’ik ats sqwlxulhtsutaw s7alh7alhtsimtmacwaw tuNuxalkmctxw swinasluts’ wakstut. ''This is when the Nuxalk held a meeting and discussed getting ready for another war.'' 34 Tl’apawts’ skatl’apawts’ alaats. ''And they started from there.'' 35 Wicsts’ tuscwmtas ilhtl’msta7ilh ka''used''amkit. ''They were going to make use of that woman’s gunpowder.'' 36 Tl’apawts’ alaats skaqw’xwmaw. ''Now they started to move.'' 37 Tm7aylhaw s7axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw. ''Only they did not know where they should go to wage war.'' 38 Tic7its’ik tamnas ilhTxaxaaxlh7ilh tiayutskw skainatis cilhstans7ilh. ''Then, the son of this Alert Bay woman said he would offer his mother to them.'' 39 Snukaklikalhaycakwts’ alaaws Na7mu. ''They were now travelling in the middle of the channel, in the vicinity of Namu.'' 40 K’ilh7umatalhawts’. ''They didn’t know in which direction to go.'' 41 Axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw s7ayutss tatl’mstatx stl’apawluts’. ''They did not know where to go and start attacking, but then this man told them to keep going.'' 42 Wic7its’ik watcatl’salxis Alert Bay waamats tiapsulh waumataw. ''Behind Alert Bay, there was a village, and that is where they were heading.'' 43 Ximlaycakw’its’ik. ''It was now early in the morning.'' 44 Ksalhawts’. ''And they disembarked.'' 45 Plikit tilhalasaw. ''They turned their boat upside down.'' 46 Iptsikit7its’ik. ''And they covered it with moss.'' 47 Nusuk’aaxaw waapsulh alhtxw sts’usms. ''Then, at night, villagers were sailing in.'' 48 Wickw’its’ik ats stl’apawts’ skamusalcws tinumawtsk alhtxw. ''That is when they went ahead, sending one of them out to spy.'' 49 Wickw’iluts’ik s7axtsmuksaw watl’msta. ''While this was happening, the people were sleeping.'' 50 Nacliwatimutawts’ ulakulhiks wasulhts skatcit wasim wasitiliwastsk wasulh. ''Now they went on top of the house roofs and got ready to cut the cedar ropes that somehow held the houses together.'' 51 Cwt’uuskwts’ tusulhukstxw. ''Then the houses collapsed.'' 52 Tl’apakmtit skawnts’tit watl’mstayuks alhtxw waapsulhuks. ''And they started to kill the people who lived there.'' 53 Wickw’its’ik txw snmptitkwts’ wacnasuks wamnmntsaw ulaakw’na skalhxwmawalhu. ''Then the women put their children in canoes, and attempted to escape.'' 54 Tl’aptutimkwtuts’ skawnts’tim tuqiqipitxw. ''But the little ones were grabbed again and killed.'' 55 Ts’xmayckw snumukwlcs waasanks tasulhtx casic. ''It is said that the entire side of one house turned red with blood.'' 56 Alhkwniskw’italuts’ik tawiclhhtx waTxaxaaxlh7ats (nukakliktmacws ulhts) ilhstans7ilh tqwntl’. ''But the one from Alert Bay (he was half Nuxalk) was supposed to bring his mother this way.'' 57 Slaxakwlukukstuu tusnaaxayctutittxw taqiqipitxw. ''Finally, they also took many children as slaves.'' 58 Awlhtimkwts’ cainic7alhhitsk. ''They were followed by people who had somehow survived.'' 59 Tsicts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh tsisi7alh7awlhtim. ''That woman was the reason they were being followed.'' 60 “Axw yanap kaalhkwntsap,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“It would be better if you did not bring me along,” that woman said.'' 61 “Qtsamktsaxw!” ''“Throw me overboard!”'' 62 “Ic7alatktuminap7its’ik skatkayanap alaaluuxapts skats’ktaw ulhnts.” ''“And keep missing when you are shooting at me behind you, until they reach me.”'' 63 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ''That’s what that woman said.'' 64 Alh7aynakw’iluts’ik. ''So they did end up doing that.'' 65 Tm7ayanmuutslhakw’iluts’ik tuawlhtmctxw ulhilh slip’tsutaw. ''But eventually, the pursuers failed to reach her, and turned back around.'' 66 Putl’awts’ alaats ulhNuxalkts’. ''And then they came (back) to Bella Coola.'' 67 Tsatsitu ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw. ''That’s all I know about them.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] icedzbw183ukhn791otjag00y96h23t 1365254 1365249 2026-09-24T14:01:05Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365254 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Wic7its’ik waswinwintmacwawtsk alaayk’. ''Now, this is about how people were waging war at some time in the past.'' 2 Axw7its’ik ayk’ skaq’ss ats. ''This happened not very long ago.'' 3 Wicmats’n ts waaluuxamtsk s7alhcwlanaw swintmacwaw. ''Apparently, this was the last time they fought against each other in a war.'' 4 Wintimkwk’u taKw’alhnamctxw. ''The Kwatna people were attacked repeatedly.'' 5 Snaaxayctumkwkw’ tsiPlcwlaqstum. ''And each time, a woman by the name of Plcwlaqs was taken as a slave.'' 6 Snaaxayctum caTxaxaaxlh7ats. ''She was enslaved by the Alert Bay people.'' 7 Tl’apmimkw’itk’uk s7akwatim ilhtl’msta7ilh ctimans. ''And each time, the woman’s father came for her, and bought her back.'' 8 Alaxilhkw s7alh7ays ctxw ssnaaxaycs. ''She was enslaved many times.'' 9 Ákwatimkwkw’ ctimans. ''And each time, she was bought back by her father.'' 10 Alaaxkwts’ ayk’ s7ilhtsayuksaw camikw’lh alhQw’plplxs. ''Now, not long ago, people were picking salalberries at Qw’plplxs.'' 11 Snukaklikalhaycakw’its’ik waalhk’ctit t’axw waisut waputl’alh utqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And then they saw people moving in the middle of the channel, paddling, coming this way to Bella Coola.'' 12 Acwskwts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skastsayulhtis skanmcaw s7ustamaw. ''And this woman shouted, asking them where they were from and where they were going.'' 13 Tm7uq’xalhaynictis7iluts’ik skaputl’aw ulhtxw skawnts’tim. ''She had scarcely managed to call out to them, when they came to them in order to kill them.'' 14 Wickw’iluts’ik sts’ktaw tuwinakwmakutxw ulakulhuuts. ''And before long, those warriors reached the shore.'' 15 Napamcwitts’. ''Now they realized what was happening.'' 16 Tl’apakmtimts’ skawnts’tim waacwlh. ''And some of them were apprehended and killed.'' 17 Alhk’yukimkwts’n ilhtl’msta7ilh cawinawts. ''Then the warriors recognized this woman.'' 18 Anaykmimkwalututs’ skasnaaxayctumtuts’. ''And again, they wanted to try and take her as a slave.'' 19 Axkwts’ anayks ilhtl’msta7ilh skaays skasnaaxstuts’. ''But the woman did not wish to be a slave again.'' 20 “Wnts’tsaxwats’!” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“Kill me now!” the woman said then.'' 21 Alhiskwts’ tsisuuxis alhtsnlh. ''Her younger sister was with her.'' 22 Aytutimkw’iluts’ik swnts’tim stcapsmtim. ''And shortly, they were killed and beheaded.'' 23 Sikw’iktimts’n s7mtstutim n ilhsuuxis7ilh. ''And they placed her and her sister in a sitting position, side by side.'' 24 Ts’xmayc stmnumawiilhs tsiwalayc alaats wasinapamcwtimts’ s7aynaw swnts’tim cawina. ''Really, there was only one survivor among them, that’s how people found out they had been killed by warriors.'' 25 Ixq’msts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''Now, this woman started walking.'' 26 Tl’aps úlhKw’alhna. ''She was going to Kwatna.'' 27 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7ays s7ixq’ms sts’kts. ''She must have walked for several days before she arrived there.'' 28 Putl’mtim skakwntim waalh7atma. ''They came to collect the dead.'' 29 Q’awtim ulhKw’alhna. ''They took them to Kwatna for burial.'' 30 Tl’apskwmats’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skaalhkaltcwmis wascwmta. ''This woman must have been planning to look after the gunpowder.'' 31 Lhwaasalhkw wak’cists’ tamanstx. ''Her father found two boxes of it.'' 32 Putl’tusts’ ulhNuxalk skapuntutis Nuxalkmc ctxw. ''He brought them to Bella Coola, and offered them to the Nuxalk people.'' 33 Wic7its’ik ats sqwlxulhtsutaw s7alh7alhtsimtmacwaw tuNuxalkmctxw swinasluts’ wakstut. ''This is when the Nuxalk held a meeting and discussed getting ready for another war.'' 34 Tl’apawts’ skatl’apawts’ alaats. ''And they started from there.'' 35 Wicsts’ tuscwmtas ilhtl’msta7ilh ka''used''amkit. ''They were going to make use of that woman’s gunpowder.'' 36 Tl’apawts’ alaats skaqw’xwmaw. ''Now they started to move.'' 37 Tm7aylhaw s7axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw. ''Only they did not know where they should go to wage war.'' 38 Tic7its’ik tamnas ilhTxaxaaxlh7ilh tiayutskw skainatis cilhstans7ilh. ''Then, the son of this Alert Bay woman said he would offer his mother to them.'' 39 Snukaklikalhaycakwts’ alaaws Na7mu. ''They were now travelling in the middle of the channel, in the vicinity of Namu.'' 40 K’ilh7umatalhawts’. ''They didn’t know in which direction to go.'' 41 Axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw s7ayutss tatl’mstatx stl’apawluts’. ''They did not know where to go and start attacking, but then this man told them to keep going.'' 42 Wic7its’ik watcatl’salxis Alert Bay waamats tiapsulh waumataw. ''Behind Alert Bay, there was a village, and that is where they were heading.'' 43 Ximlaycakw’its’ik. ''It was now early in the morning.'' 44 Ksalhawts’. ''And they disembarked.'' 45 Plikit tilhalasaw. ''They turned their boat upside down.'' 46 Iptsikit7its’ik. ''And they covered it with moss.'' 47 Nusuk’aaxaw waapsulh alhtxw sts’usms. ''Then, at night, villagers were sailing in.'' 48 Wickw’its’ik ats stl’apawts’ skamusalcws tinumawtsk alhtxw. ''That is when they went ahead, sending one of them out to spy.'' 49 Wickw’iluts’ik s7axtsmuksaw watl’msta. ''While this was happening, the people were sleeping.'' 50 Nacliwatimutawts’ ulakulhiks wasulhts skatcit wasim wasitiliwastsk wasulh. ''Now they went on top of the house roofs and got ready to cut the cedar ropes that somehow held the houses together.'' 51 Cwt’uuskwts’ tusulhukstxw. ''Then the houses collapsed.'' 52 Tl’apakmtit skawnts’tit watl’mstayuks alhtxw waapsulhuks. ''And they started to kill the people who lived there.'' 53 Wickw’its’ik txw snmptitkwts’ wacnasuks wamnmntsaw ulaakw’na skalhxwmawalhu. ''Then the women put their children in canoes, and attempted to escape.'' 54 Tl’aptutimkwtuts’ skawnts’tim tuqiqipitxw. ''But the little ones were grabbed again and killed.'' 55 Ts’xmayckw snumukwlcs waasanks tasulhtx casic. ''It is said that the entire side of one house turned red with blood.'' 56 Alhkwniskw’italuts’ik tawiclhhtx waTxaxaaxlh7ats (nukakliktmacws ulhts) ilhstans7ilh tqwntl’. ''But the one from Alert Bay (he was half Nuxalk) was supposed to bring his mother this way.'' 57 Slaxakwlukukstuu tusnaaxayctutittxw taqiqipitxw. ''Finally, they also took many children as slaves.'' 58 Awlhtimkwts’ cainic7alhhitsk. ''They were followed by people who had somehow survived.'' 59 Tsicts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh tsisi7alh7awlhtim. ''That woman was the reason they were being followed.'' 60 “Axw yanap kaalhkwntsap,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“It would be better if you did not bring me along,” that woman said.'' 61 “Qtsamktsaxw!” ''“Throw me overboard!”'' 62 “Ic7alatktuminap7its’ik skatkayanap alaaluuxapts skats’ktaw ulhnts.” ''“And keep missing when you are shooting at me behind you, until they reach me.”'' 63 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ''That’s what that woman said.'' 64 Alh7aynakw’iluts’ik. ''So they did end up doing that.'' 65 Tm7ayanmuutslhakw’iluts’ik tuawlhtmctxw ulhilh slip’tsutaw. ''But eventually, the pursuers failed to reach her, and turned back around.'' 66 Putl’awts’ alaats ulhNuxalkts’. ''And then they came (back) to Bella Coola.'' 67 Tsatsitu ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw. ''That’s all I know about them.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] [[category:Creative Commons BY]] rsrz2tsiqk6cg4tqxl4ya3ts13n1v2y 1365267 1365254 2026-09-24T14:05:01Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365267 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Wic7its’ik waswinwintmacwawtsk alaayk’. ''Now, this is about how people were waging war at some time in the past.'' 2 Axw7its’ik ayk’ skaq’ss ats. ''This happened not very long ago.'' 3 Wicmats’n ts waaluuxamtsk s7alhcwlanaw swintmacwaw. ''Apparently, this was the last time they fought against each other in a war.'' 4 Wintimkwk’u taKw’alhnamctxw. ''The Kwatna people were attacked repeatedly.'' 5 Snaaxayctumkwkw’ tsiPlcwlaqstum. ''And each time, a woman by the name of Plcwlaqs was taken as a slave.'' 6 Snaaxayctum caTxaxaaxlh7ats. ''She was enslaved by the Alert Bay people.'' 7 Tl’apmimkw’itk’uk s7akwatim ilhtl’msta7ilh ctimans. ''And each time, the woman’s father came for her, and bought her back.'' 8 Alaxilhkw s7alh7ays ctxw ssnaaxaycs. ''She was enslaved many times.'' 9 Ákwatimkwkw’ ctimans. ''And each time, she was bought back by her father.'' 10 Alaaxkwts’ ayk’ s7ilhtsayuksaw camikw’lh alhQw’plplxs. ''Now, not long ago, people were picking salalberries at Qw’plplxs.'' 11 Snukaklikalhaycakw’its’ik waalhk’ctit t’axw waisut waputl’alh utqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And then they saw people moving in the middle of the channel, paddling, coming this way to Bella Coola.'' 12 Acwskwts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skastsayulhtis skanmcaw s7ustamaw. ''And this woman shouted, asking them where they were from and where they were going.'' 13 Tm7uq’xalhaynictis7iluts’ik skaputl’aw ulhtxw skawnts’tim. ''She had scarcely managed to call out to them, when they came to them in order to kill them.'' 14 Wickw’iluts’ik sts’ktaw tuwinakwmakutxw ulakulhuuts. ''And before long, those warriors reached the shore.'' 15 Napamcwitts’. ''Now they realized what was happening.'' 16 Tl’apakmtimts’ skawnts’tim waacwlh. ''And some of them were apprehended and killed.'' 17 Alhk’yukimkwts’n ilhtl’msta7ilh cawinawts. ''Then the warriors recognized this woman.'' 18 Anaykmimkwalututs’ skasnaaxayctumtuts’. ''And again, they wanted to try and take her as a slave.'' 19 Axkwts’ anayks ilhtl’msta7ilh skaays skasnaaxstuts’. ''But the woman did not wish to be a slave again.'' 20 “Wnts’tsaxwats’!” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“Kill me now!” the woman said then.'' 21 Alhiskwts’ tsisuuxis alhtsnlh. ''Her younger sister was with her.'' 22 Aytutimkw’iluts’ik swnts’tim stcapsmtim. ''And shortly, they were killed and beheaded.'' 23 Sikw’iktimts’n s7mtstutim n ilhsuuxis7ilh. ''And they placed her and her sister in a sitting position, side by side.'' 24 Ts’xmayc stmnumawiilhs tsiwalayc alaats wasinapamcwtimts’ s7aynaw swnts’tim cawina. ''Really, there was only one survivor among them, that’s how people found out they had been killed by warriors.'' 25 Ixq’msts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''Now, this woman started walking.'' 26 Tl’aps úlhKw’alhna. ''She was going to Kwatna.'' 27 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7ays s7ixq’ms sts’kts. ''She must have walked for several days before she arrived there.'' 28 Putl’mtim skakwntim waalh7atma. ''They came to collect the dead.'' 29 Q’awtim ulhKw’alhna. ''They took them to Kwatna for burial.'' 30 Tl’apskwmats’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skaalhkaltcwmis wascwmta. ''This woman must have been planning to look after the gunpowder.'' 31 Lhwaasalhkw wak’cists’ tamanstx. ''Her father found two boxes of it.'' 32 Putl’tusts’ ulhNuxalk skapuntutis Nuxalkmc ctxw. ''He brought them to Bella Coola, and offered them to the Nuxalk people.'' 33 Wic7its’ik ats sqwlxulhtsutaw s7alh7alhtsimtmacwaw tuNuxalkmctxw swinasluts’ wakstut. ''This is when the Nuxalk held a meeting and discussed getting ready for another war.'' 34 Tl’apawts’ skatl’apawts’ alaats. ''And they started from there.'' 35 Wicsts’ tuscwmtas ilhtl’msta7ilh ka''used''amkit. ''They were going to make use of that woman’s gunpowder.'' 36 Tl’apawts’ alaats skaqw’xwmaw. ''Now they started to move.'' 37 Tm7aylhaw s7axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw. ''Only they did not know where they should go to wage war.'' 38 Tic7its’ik tamnas ilhTxaxaaxlh7ilh tiayutskw skainatis cilhstans7ilh. ''Then, the son of this Alert Bay woman said he would offer his mother to them.'' 39 Snukaklikalhaycakwts’ alaaws Na7mu. ''They were now travelling in the middle of the channel, in the vicinity of Namu.'' 40 K’ilh7umatalhawts’. ''They didn’t know in which direction to go.'' 41 Axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw s7ayutss tatl’mstatx stl’apawluts’. ''They did not know where to go and start attacking, but then this man told them to keep going.'' 42 Wic7its’ik watcatl’salxis Alert Bay waamats tiapsulh waumataw. ''Behind Alert Bay, there was a village, and that is where they were heading.'' 43 Ximlaycakw’its’ik. ''It was now early in the morning.'' 44 Ksalhawts’. ''And they disembarked.'' 45 Plikit tilhalasaw. ''They turned their boat upside down.'' 46 Iptsikit7its’ik. ''And they covered it with moss.'' 47 Nusuk’aaxaw waapsulh alhtxw sts’usms. ''Then, at night, villagers were sailing in.'' 48 Wickw’its’ik ats stl’apawts’ skamusalcws tinumawtsk alhtxw. ''That is when they went ahead, sending one of them out to spy.'' 49 Wickw’iluts’ik s7axtsmuksaw watl’msta. ''While this was happening, the people were sleeping.'' 50 Nacliwatimutawts’ ulakulhiks wasulhts skatcit wasim wasitiliwastsk wasulh. ''Now they went on top of the house roofs and got ready to cut the cedar ropes that somehow held the houses together.'' 51 Cwt’uuskwts’ tusulhukstxw. ''Then the houses collapsed.'' 52 Tl’apakmtit skawnts’tit watl’mstayuks alhtxw waapsulhuks. ''And they started to kill the people who lived there.'' 53 Wickw’its’ik txw snmptitkwts’ wacnasuks wamnmntsaw ulaakw’na skalhxwmawalhu. ''Then the women put their children in canoes, and attempted to escape.'' 54 Tl’aptutimkwtuts’ skawnts’tim tuqiqipitxw. ''But the little ones were grabbed again and killed.'' 55 Ts’xmayckw snumukwlcs waasanks tasulhtx casic. ''It is said that the entire side of one house turned red with blood.'' 56 Alhkwniskw’italuts’ik tawiclhhtx waTxaxaaxlh7ats (nukakliktmacws ulhts) ilhstans7ilh tqwntl’. ''But the one from Alert Bay (he was half Nuxalk) was supposed to bring his mother this way.'' 57 Slaxakwlukukstuu tusnaaxayctutittxw taqiqipitxw. ''Finally, they also took many children as slaves.'' 58 Awlhtimkwts’ cainic7alhhitsk. ''They were followed by people who had somehow survived.'' 59 Tsicts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh tsisi7alh7awlhtim. ''That woman was the reason they were being followed.'' 60 “Axw yanap kaalhkwntsap,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“It would be better if you did not bring me along,” that woman said.'' 61 “Qtsamktsaxw!” ''“Throw me overboard!”'' 62 “Ic7alatktuminap7its’ik skatkayanap alaaluuxapts skats’ktaw ulhnts.” ''“And keep missing when you are shooting at me behind you, until they reach me.”'' 63 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ''That’s what that woman said.'' 64 Alh7aynakw’iluts’ik. ''So they did end up doing that.'' 65 Tm7ayanmuutslhakw’iluts’ik tuawlhtmctxw ulhilh slip’tsutaw. ''But eventually, the pursuers failed to reach her, and turned back around.'' 66 Putl’awts’ alaats ulhNuxalkts’. ''And then they came (back) to Bella Coola.'' 67 Tsatsitu ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw. ''That’s all I know about them.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 42ymdeby3j9v0bm385k3fejxrloumu6 1365334 1365267 2026-09-24T20:21:21Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365334 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A War Story | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Wic7its’ik waswinwintmacwawtsk alaayk’. ''Now, this is about how people were waging war at some time in the past.'' 2 Axw7its’ik ayk’ skaq’ss ats. ''This happened not very long ago.'' 3 Wicmats’n ts waaluuxamtsk s7alhcwlanaw swintmacwaw. ''Apparently, this was the last time they fought against each other in a war.'' 4 Wintimkwk’u taKw’alhnamctxw. ''The Kwatna people were attacked repeatedly.'' 5 Snaaxayctumkwkw’ tsiPlcwlaqstum. ''And each time, a woman by the name of Plcwlaqs was taken as a slave.'' 6 Snaaxayctum caTxaxaaxlh7ats. ''She was enslaved by the Alert Bay people.'' 7 Tl’apmimkw’itk’uk s7akwatim ilhtl’msta7ilh ctimans. ''And each time, the woman’s father came for her, and bought her back.'' 8 Alaxilhkw s7alh7ays ctxw ssnaaxaycs. ''She was enslaved many times.'' 9 Ákwatimkwkw’ ctimans. ''And each time, she was bought back by her father.'' 10 Alaaxkwts’ ayk’ s7ilhtsayuksaw camikw’lh alhQw’plplxs. ''Now, not long ago, people were picking salalberries at Qw’plplxs.'' 11 Snukaklikalhaycakw’its’ik waalhk’ctit t’axw waisut waputl’alh utqwntl’ ulhNuxalk. ''And then they saw people moving in the middle of the channel, paddling, coming this way to Bella Coola.'' 12 Acwskwts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skastsayulhtis skanmcaw s7ustamaw. ''And this woman shouted, asking them where they were from and where they were going.'' 13 Tm7uq’xalhaynictis7iluts’ik skaputl’aw ulhtxw skawnts’tim. ''She had scarcely managed to call out to them, when they came to them in order to kill them.'' 14 Wickw’iluts’ik sts’ktaw tuwinakwmakutxw ulakulhuuts. ''And before long, those warriors reached the shore.'' 15 Napamcwitts’. ''Now they realized what was happening.'' 16 Tl’apakmtimts’ skawnts’tim waacwlh. ''And some of them were apprehended and killed.'' 17 Alhk’yukimkwts’n ilhtl’msta7ilh cawinawts. ''Then the warriors recognized this woman.'' 18 Anaykmimkwalututs’ skasnaaxayctumtuts’. ''And again, they wanted to try and take her as a slave.'' 19 Axkwts’ anayks ilhtl’msta7ilh skaays skasnaaxstuts’. ''But the woman did not wish to be a slave again.'' 20 “Wnts’tsaxwats’!” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“Kill me now!” the woman said then.'' 21 Alhiskwts’ tsisuuxis alhtsnlh. ''Her younger sister was with her.'' 22 Aytutimkw’iluts’ik swnts’tim stcapsmtim. ''And shortly, they were killed and beheaded.'' 23 Sikw’iktimts’n s7mtstutim n ilhsuuxis7ilh. ''And they placed her and her sister in a sitting position, side by side.'' 24 Ts’xmayc stmnumawiilhs tsiwalayc alaats wasinapamcwtimts’ s7aynaw swnts’tim cawina. ''Really, there was only one survivor among them, that’s how people found out they had been killed by warriors.'' 25 Ixq’msts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''Now, this woman started walking.'' 26 Tl’aps úlhKw’alhna. ''She was going to Kwatna.'' 27 Alamaaskaaxtsk s7alh7ays s7ixq’ms sts’kts. ''She must have walked for several days before she arrived there.'' 28 Putl’mtim skakwntim waalh7atma. ''They came to collect the dead.'' 29 Q’awtim ulhKw’alhna. ''They took them to Kwatna for burial.'' 30 Tl’apskwmats’ ilhtl’msta7ilh skaalhkaltcwmis wascwmta. ''This woman must have been planning to look after the gunpowder.'' 31 Lhwaasalhkw wak’cists’ tamanstx. ''Her father found two boxes of it.'' 32 Putl’tusts’ ulhNuxalk skapuntutis Nuxalkmc ctxw. ''He brought them to Bella Coola, and offered them to the Nuxalk people.'' 33 Wic7its’ik ats sqwlxulhtsutaw s7alh7alhtsimtmacwaw tuNuxalkmctxw swinasluts’ wakstut. ''This is when the Nuxalk held a meeting and discussed getting ready for another war.'' 34 Tl’apawts’ skatl’apawts’ alaats. ''And they started from there.'' 35 Wicsts’ tuscwmtas ilhtl’msta7ilh ka''used''amkit. ''They were going to make use of that woman’s gunpowder.'' 36 Tl’apawts’ alaats skaqw’xwmaw. ''Now they started to move.'' 37 Tm7aylhaw s7axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw. ''Only they did not know where they should go to wage war.'' 38 Tic7its’ik tamnas ilhTxaxaaxlh7ilh tiayutskw skainatis cilhstans7ilh. ''Then, the son of this Alert Bay woman said he would offer his mother to them.'' 39 Snukaklikalhaycakwts’ alaaws Na7mu. ''They were now travelling in the middle of the channel, in the vicinity of Namu.'' 40 K’ilh7umatalhawts’. ''They didn’t know in which direction to go.'' 41 Axw alhnapit kaumatalhaw skawinanaw s7ayutss tatl’mstatx stl’apawluts’. ''They did not know where to go and start attacking, but then this man told them to keep going.'' 42 Wic7its’ik watcatl’salxis Alert Bay waamats tiapsulh waumataw. ''Behind Alert Bay, there was a village, and that is where they were heading.'' 43 Ximlaycakw’its’ik. ''It was now early in the morning.'' 44 Ksalhawts’. ''And they disembarked.'' 45 Plikit tilhalasaw. ''They turned their boat upside down.'' 46 Iptsikit7its’ik. ''And they covered it with moss.'' 47 Nusuk’aaxaw waapsulh alhtxw sts’usms. ''Then, at night, villagers were sailing in.'' 48 Wickw’its’ik ats stl’apawts’ skamusalcws tinumawtsk alhtxw. ''That is when they went ahead, sending one of them out to spy.'' 49 Wickw’iluts’ik s7axtsmuksaw watl’msta. ''While this was happening, the people were sleeping.'' 50 Nacliwatimutawts’ ulakulhiks wasulhts skatcit wasim wasitiliwastsk wasulh. ''Now they went on top of the house roofs and got ready to cut the cedar ropes that somehow held the houses together.'' 51 Cwt’uuskwts’ tusulhukstxw. ''Then the houses collapsed.'' 52 Tl’apakmtit skawnts’tit watl’mstayuks alhtxw waapsulhuks. ''And they started to kill the people who lived there.'' 53 Wickw’its’ik txw snmptitkwts’ wacnasuks wamnmntsaw ulaakw’na skalhxwmawalhu. ''Then the women put their children in canoes, and attempted to escape.'' 54 Tl’aptutimkwtuts’ skawnts’tim tuqiqipitxw. ''But the little ones were grabbed again and killed.'' 55 Ts’xmayckw snumukwlcs waasanks tasulhtx casic. ''It is said that the entire side of one house turned red with blood.'' 56 Alhkwniskw’italuts’ik tawiclhhtx waTxaxaaxlh7ats (nukakliktmacws ulhts) ilhstans7ilh tqwntl’. ''But the one from Alert Bay (he was half Nuxalk) was supposed to bring his mother this way.'' 57 Slaxakwlukukstuu tusnaaxayctutittxw taqiqipitxw. ''Finally, they also took many children as slaves.'' 58 Awlhtimkwts’ cainic7alhhitsk. ''They were followed by people who had somehow survived.'' 59 Tsicts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh tsisi7alh7awlhtim. ''That woman was the reason they were being followed.'' 60 “Axw yanap kaalhkwntsap,” tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''“It would be better if you did not bring me along,” that woman said.'' 61 “Qtsamktsaxw!” ''“Throw me overboard!”'' 62 “Ic7alatktuminap7its’ik skatkayanap alaaluuxapts skats’ktaw ulhnts.” ''“And keep missing when you are shooting at me behind you, until they reach me.”'' 63 Tsutkw’its’ik ilhtl’msta7ilh ''That’s what that woman said.'' 64 Alh7aynakw’iluts’ik. ''So they did end up doing that.'' 65 Tm7ayanmuutslhakw’iluts’ik tuawlhtmctxw ulhilh slip’tsutaw. ''But eventually, the pursuers failed to reach her, and turned back around.'' 66 Putl’awts’ alaats ulhNuxalkts’. ''And then they came (back) to Bella Coola.'' 67 Tsatsitu ct’axw s7alhnapits alhtxw. ''That’s all I know about them.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} nquq8j5y5r8yjlaa67kih28belgrepg 104 458907 1365250 2026-09-24T13:59:26Z Catonif 622571 155 vigniene meyu rr... 1365250 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>155 vigniene meyu rrefȣem, pakmos poſicuur teverbenite ngitune ndore tverbenet mei hiecune mpericulle, mevote ſcambit gnianalagie ende tyetera: ꝑse mbatehere cuur paktuee dijytune etuee gniofune tekechte eterandetee mpcatit aychive meu rrefȣem, emaapak etukech aychi ri meya nde giuom ſdij ndeevone ſe izillinziſc, caame chiene maadelijrune, ooſe chiſc gȣȣch ndeevone caamechiene ꝑgnianet lagie ende ꝑtyeteret, tuemos ndegiuom aſgniani astyeteri, ſechiſc aſcte farmecu, etekechte, eterandetee mpcatit, oomeſaa eteziat mengij eatia plage eſcpijrtit munemengiſete emune ſcendoſcete: Praaſctu mbaſgiξξe kenzo cafsceſc, ꝑmaa comoditat ſite priftenet, aſctu endete peenduoſet, deſcia mevuum endeketa terrefȣem, ſciume maate ſcurtene etudobe, ſeketa ꝑſiperi, izilli mune banete prata chi maa ſcpeſc emire ſidoligia rrefȣhene, eyoprata chi rraall epak ooξξomſe aſcurremire ſidoligia ndegiξξeyete tevet tezijte aſcteketa. Maa pare mbaſite yeete raam mbegiugnie eme arreſȣe baam krȣchie nfachie, ndedijytitevete meu rrefȣem mireſemire, ende moſe Atij ſcpijrtit, tuee mpſuom tiξξoeteſe, ξξuo Refȣhem tineɛot mbechiellt, ɛotgnieſe ſcene Merij virgieneſe ɛotit ſcemehijll Arcangielit, ɛotit ſcengion baptisteſe, ɛotit ſcem Pyetre eɛotit ſcem Paal, metegiξξe ſaayane ſcintenitetyere, etȣȣ Atij ſcpijrtit. Maa pare ſeſcam arξune ndekete ſcinte confeſione, ſidoligia megiξξeɛemere, emete maξte prugnyete, eteξimtune merrefȣem fayete emcatete, etemeen¬ guome¬<noinclude></noinclude> 8oqu76owhvl3u9oaxmcw32tp94js1qe 1365262 1365250 2026-09-24T14:02:52Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365262 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||155}}</noinclude>vigniene meyu rrefȣem, pakmos poſicuur teverbenite ngitune ndore tverbenet mei hiecune mpericulle, mevote ſcambit gnianalagie ende tyetera: ꝑse mbatehere cuur paktuee dijytune etuee gniofune tekechte eterandetee mpcatit aychive meu rrefȣem, emaapak etukech aychi ri meya nde giuom ſdij ndeevone ſe izillinziſc, caame chiene maadelijrune, ooſe chiſc gȣȣch ndeevone caamechiene ꝑgnianet lagie ende ꝑtyeteret, tuemos ndegiuom aſgniani astyeteri, ſechiſc aſcte farmecu, etekechte, eterandetee mpcatit, oomeſaa eteziat mengij eatia plage eſcpijrtit munemengiſete emune ſcendoſcete: Praaſctu mbaſgiξξe kenzo cafsceſc, ꝑmaa comoditat ſite priftenet, aſctu endete peenduoſet, deſcia mevuum endeketa terrefȣem, ſciume maate ſcurtene etudobe, ſeketa ꝑſiperi, izilli mune banete prata chi maa ſcpeſc emire ſidoligia rrefȣhene, eyoprata chi rraall epak ooξξomſe aſcurremire ſidoligia ndegiξξeyete tevet tezijte aſcteketa. Maa pare mbaſite yeete raam mbegiugnie eme arreſȣe baam krȣchie nfachie, ndedijytitevete meu rrefȣem mireſemire, ende moſe Atij ſcpijrtit, tuee mpſuom tiξξoeteſe, ξξuo Refȣhem tineɛot mbechiellt, ɛotgnieſe ſcene Merij virgieneſe ɛotit ſcemehijll Arcangielit, ɛotit ſcengion baptisteſe, ɛotit ſcem Pyetre eɛotit ſcem Paal, metegiξξe ſaayane ſcintenitetyere, etȣȣ Atij ſcpijrtit. Maa pare ſeſcam arξune ndekete ſcinte confeſione, ſidoligia megiξξeɛemere, emete maξte prugnyete, eteξimtune merrefȣem fayete emcatete, {{hws|etemeen|etemeenguometeemij}}<noinclude> {{rh|||guome-}}</noinclude> 37mz099zutqw84zhyq1ca4pj32yrzmz 104 458908 1365277 2026-09-24T14:08:11Z Catonif 622571 156 guometeemij, met... 1365277 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>156 guometeemij, meteziat ſaa eſaahere camlenduom teneɛotne etraɛuom mbemenij: eachie maa tepere ſembas anzizerrefȣemi chibana atȣmoti, ndeevone mete pake devotione erreverentie, camcunguom eꝑɛane corpnee Chriſctit, ndete paadegniet krahanuortem, emaa metepake teξimptune eteprugniete, baam Peendeſene, chimechie urξenuõ: pak tueelevduom ateɛotemeſcerierſcim ꝑgiξξachie temira chimecaaξane, emaapak tueruoytune teξyete urξenimeteeligsetij: pak mbeſuom megiξξeɛemere ſidoligia, tedȣmbe ξyete Articuytee ſcinteſefee, emaapak nɛȣȣrune meſcerbȣem veperatee meſcerierſe: pak tueeruoytune vetehene delijretepeſe ſcchiſetee corpit, emaapak mente eɛemerene ſaadeſcireſc, enze ſctate mcateſcit murtare: pak tueepaſune ſcpereſenee plote mbeſcintet ſachramente, emaa metepake devotione mbetune mbeſcintet Meſce: tepake stime tuebaam urξenimeſcitze ſcinteſe kiſce, emaatepake ndeer ereverentie baam atȣene chiſcerbegniene ndeta tepake lemoſcene tuebaam tvobegiet eſcerbetorevet kiſceſe ſcinte, emaapak lutune teneɛotne ꝑtegiallet eꝑter vdecunit, ediſahere cuur cambaã aſctu ndoo gnie urate oochiſcdo tyeter temire, ſdij amecaachiene ꝑɛane, ooevieyteſcime, tuechiene ꝑɛiem maaſciumene, giξξe melavdte keſaay yete, emeſaa tecuytuome tembraɛeta: Chiene aſctu ende iꝑtuoſcim eyrande, nderſaa vepera temira etarreſȣeſcime, eycpeyte ey ccaξξete, mbeſaa tyera chi yane cundra ndeerſe tineɛot eꝑdamte ſcpijrtit: chiene ideſceruoſcim ꝑchiſcdo dam etekechte tyereve, eypaa¬<noinclude></noinclude> 70yqnnig697wbng5404qatvz0vw2o9p 1365278 1365277 2026-09-24T14:09:18Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365278 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||156}}</noinclude>{{hwe|guometeemij|etemeenguometeemij}}, meteziat ſaa eſaahere camlenduom teneɛotne etraɛuom mbemenij: eachie maa tepere ſembas anzizerrefȣemi chibana atȣmoti, ndeevone mete pake devotione erreverentie, camcunguom eꝑɛane corpnee Chriſctit, ndete paadegniet krahanuortem, emaa metepake teξimptune eteprugniete, baam Peendeſene, chimechie urξenuõ: pak tueelevduom ateɛotemeſcerierſcim ꝑgiξξachie temira chimecaaξane, emaapak tueruoytune teξyete urξenimeteeligsetij: pak mbeſuom megiξξeɛemere ſidoligia, tedȣmbe ξyete Articuytee ſcinteſefee, emaapak nɛȣȣrune meſcerbȣem veperatee meſcerierſe: pak tueeruoytune vetehene delijretepeſe ſcchiſetee corpit, emaapak mente eɛemerene ſaadeſcireſc, enze ſctate mcateſcit murtare: pak tueepaſune ſcpereſenee plote mbeſcintet ſachramente, emaa metepake devotione mbetune mbeſcintet Meſce: tepake stime tuebaam urξenimeſcitze ſcinteſe kiſce, emaatepake ndeer ereverentie baam atȣene chiſcerbegniene ndeta tepake lemoſcene tuebaam tvobegiet eſcerbetorevet kiſceſe ſcinte, emaapak lutune teneɛotne ꝑtegiallet eꝑter vdecunit, ediſahere cuur cambaã aſctu ndoo gnie urate oochiſcdo tyeter temire, ſdij amecaachiene ꝑɛane, ooevieyteſcime, tuechiene ꝑɛiem maaſciumene, giξξe melavdte keſaay yete, emeſaa tecuytuome tembraɛeta: Chiene aſctu ende iꝑtuoſcim eyrande, nderſaa vepera temira etarreſȣeſcime, eycpeyte ey ccaξξete, mbeſaa tyera chi yane cundra ndeerſe tineɛot eꝑdamte ſcpijrtit: chiene ideſceruoſcim ꝑchiſcdo dam etekechte tyereve,<noinclude> {{rh|||eypaa-}}</noinclude> njpmw2pshyknjra88qro5zwjzpy2kif 104 458909 1365279 2026-09-24T14:17:40Z Catonif 622571 157 eypaaduruoſcim n... 1365279 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>157 eypaaduruoſcim ndergiξξe ſaafedige enevoye mecane arξune: chiene ſaa eſaahere mbuſciune giξξe plotme deſcire etecuytuome tekechia, etentationete corpit, epak vuum roe, meuruoytune nzoſc, emeu cundrestuõ ndecohot, pareſe mecane ſctijm rragniete myet ξξelle ndeɛemere, erreɛuom nde mpcat murtaar, poſicundreſe ſaa eſaahere maampari mapatnebaam: chiene meſaate cuytuome, endediſahere mefyale, cundrestari edaſcekechij, ndeerſe eylavdit tyereve, eypaagineſcim ꝑsaa lavdete veteheſe: chiene ipelchȣeſcim, eylake muoſcim mbegielle tebucura eſaa tengrane etepijnete paacore, eyſctrinte eyharruoſcim ꝑmbijnevoyete tvobegiet ete tvorfenet: chiene fort imbuluom ey tineɛſcim, ndergiξξe veperat etebaametemia, eincurios eyɛeelſcim, medijytune emegniofune cafſcetee tyereve: tuechiene vetipaauξe, egiξξeplotecuytuom tekech ndevetehe, cam cuytuom aſctu ende ſegiξξecuſc pomedokech, emaſcte cundre staar: ngigniune aſctu ende diſahere ꝑchiſcdodamte ſciochit etefchignieſe, etue murmuruom cundratij, ſecam ndimuom ndrato cafsce chi aypat nevoye echye ꝑte ndimuom: ſaahere endepaa arreſȣe mediſa nziſe chiertuom endiſcuom, eſaa aſctu ende mete tyere ſciaam ecmuom entruom emallecuom: ſaahere ruoytune menijnee tyereve ndeɛemere eꝑgiuom ꝑtekech, eſaa tetyera dametuom ndombegnie arreſȣe ndo mbegnie tyetere ſaa eſaahere campaſune ɛmijr ereſetekechie mbechiſedo tembara ete mira chiucam paam, eſaate tyera ngigniune endȣȣmire, ꝑchiſcdo dam eteke¬ chiete<noinclude></noinclude> 5n1qk9jvp5zapzik9asr8ae8f1nze64 1365280 1365279 2026-09-24T14:18:34Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365280 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||157}}</noinclude>eypaaduruoſcim ndergiξξe ſaafedige enevoye mecane arξune: chiene ſaa eſaahere mbuſciune giξξe plotme deſcire etecuytuome tekechia, etentationete corpit, epak vuum roe, meuruoytune nzoſc, emeu cundrestuõ ndecohot, pareſe mecane ſctijm rragniete myet ξξelle ndeɛemere, erreɛuom nde mpcat murtaar, poſicundreſe ſaa eſaahere maampari mapatnebaam: chiene meſaate cuytuome, endediſahere mefyale, cundrestari edaſcekechij, ndeerſe eylavdit tyereve, eypaagineſcim ꝑsaa lavdete veteheſe: chiene ipelchȣeſcim, eylake muoſcim mbegielle tebucura eſaa tengrane etepijnete paacore, eyſctrinte eyharruoſcim ꝑmbijnevoyete tvobegiet ete tvorfenet: chiene fort imbuluom ey tineɛſcim, ndergiξξe veperat etebaametemia, eincurios eyɛeelſcim, medijytune emegniofune cafſcetee tyereve: tuechiene vetipaauξe, egiξξeplotecuytuom tekech ndevetehe, cam cuytuom aſctu ende ſegiξξecuſc pomedokech, emaſcte cundre staar: ngigniune aſctu ende diſahere ꝑchiſcdodamte ſciochit etefchignieſe, etue murmuruom cundratij, ſecam ndimuom ndrato cafsce chi aypat nevoye echye ꝑte ndimuom: ſaahere endepaa arreſȣe mediſa nziſe chiertuom endiſcuom, eſaa aſctu ende mete tyere ſciaam ecmuom entruom emallecuom: ſaahere ruoytune menijnee tyereve ndeɛemere eꝑgiuom ꝑtekech, eſaa tetyera dametuom ndombegnie arreſȣe ndo mbegnie tyetere ſaa eſaahere campaſune ɛmijr ereſetekechie mbechiſedo tembara ete mira chiucam paam, eſaate tyera ngigniune endȣȣmire, ꝑchiſcdo dam {{hws|eteke|etekechiete}}<noinclude> {{rh|||chiete}}</noinclude> ojnhadpluqofb2qlqlu1j3wjx3uojwq 104 458910 1365283 2026-09-24T14:24:05Z Catonif 622571 153 chiete tȣne chiu... 1365283 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>153 chiete tȣne chiucaa arξune: eaſctu ende ſaa eſaa here tuefolerrene yamꝑbeem eꝑmendune emenitee tineɛot, ete ſcintenet, etyera cafsce teſcekruome, eſaa tyerahere aſctu ende heſctune tevertetene, kechie arreſȣe meuξξane, emeu ꝑmendune ꝑndimete ſciumeve: ſaahere camchiene ipaagieyſcimij kiſceſe ſcinte ey prindet eytparevetmij, ey giξξatȣne chimecane mpſuom mire, eſaa tetyera ndegiuom fyalenee diſa tyereve chime mpſognijnekech, ecundraligse: Praaſctu ſicundreſeketo aſctu ende ſaatyera tepaagniefuna unipaafati icambaã paa ndoognie te ξimptune, eſckendij friket etmeeryeze tineɛot ndevetehe, taſcti maakebagn ekembaa ſcam veceſe meu mpſctetune mbetemaξet meſcerierte tineɛot, metemaξte prugniete eteꝑvuute tueξξaneſe oɛot banme meſcerier, ooɛot banme meſcerier, muofayetorit tꝑmpcatenuom. Endeevone mbas giξξe kenzoſc, atij tꝑmcatenuomit ndirafte nde mend ſe mbas nzerrefȣemit, aſcte ꝑſerij ſcchitune eraam ndechiſcto mpcat murtaar, atȣ teya ncelgnie, emire teya calleɛognye nunitvet, giξξe ndyere ndanet, enumurineetȣne, enunindachie tuee ndimuom ndratocafsce chiſcehſe meengon. Embaſanday megnietemaξte prugniete teyeſe eteξξooeteſe. Sicundreſe kenzoſc aſctu ende giξξe tyeraſcit chicam harruom mey ꝑmendune, taſcti peendonem megiξξeɛemeret emend eſchiſe teme, eξξomſe ooɛot banme meſcerier, ooɛot banme meſcerier, muofayetorit, Praaſctu taſcti, tuelutune Atene ebijrre eſcpijrtineſcint ɛotgnienee beecuome metegiξξe coret<noinclude></noinclude> 1x59vdan893kkm6f0wx5vhj7e8bwh14 1365287 1365283 2026-09-24T14:25:44Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365287 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|158}}</noinclude>{{hwe|chiete|etekechiete}} tȣne chiucaa arξune: eaſctu ende ſaa eſaa here tuefolerrene yamꝑbeem eꝑmendune emenitee tineɛot, ete ſcintenet, etyera cafsce teſcekruome, eſaa tyerahere aſctu ende heſctune tevertetene, kechie arreſȣe meuξξane, emeu ꝑmendune ꝑndimete ſciumeve: ſaahere camchiene ipaagieyſcimij kiſceſe ſcinte ey prindet eytparevetmij, ey giξξatȣne chimecane mpſuom mire, eſaa tetyera ndegiuom fyalenee diſa tyereve chime mpſognijnekech, ecundraligse: Praaſctu ſicundreſeketo aſctu ende ſaatyera tepaagniefuna unipaafati icambaã paa ndoognie te ξimptune, eſckendij friket etmeeryeze tineɛot ndevetehe, taſcti maakebagn ekembaa ſcam veceſe meu mpſctetune mbetemaξet meſcerierte tineɛot, metemaξte prugniete eteꝑvuute tueξξaneſe oɛot banme meſcerier, ooɛot banme meſcerier, muofayetorit tꝑmpcatenuom. Endeevone mbas giξξe kenzoſc, atij tꝑmcatenuomit ndirafte nde mend ſe mbas nzerrefȣemit, aſcte ꝑſerij ſcchitune eraam ndechiſcto mpcat murtaar, atȣ teya ncelgnie, emire teya calleɛognye nunitvet, giξξe ndyere ndanet, enumurineetȣne, enunindachie tuee ndimuom ndratocafsce chiſcehſe meengon. Embaſanday megnietemaξte prugniete teyeſe eteξξooeteſe. Sicundreſe kenzoſc aſctu ende giξξe tyeraſcit chicam harruom mey ꝑmendune, taſcti peendonem megiξξeɛemeret emend eſchiſe teme, eξξomſe ooɛot banme meſcerier, ooɛot banme meſcerier, muofayetorit, Praaſctu taſcti, tuelutune Atene ebijrre eſcpijrtineſcint ɛotgnienee beecuome metegiξξe<noinclude> {{rh|||coret}}</noinclude> 60hfgb1y3w7uvildz3dy99927cy7q6b 104 458911 1365294 2026-09-24T14:40:12Z Catonif 622571 159 coret teengijvet... 1365294 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>159 coret teengijvet eteſcintenet, etȣ Atijſcpijrtit meatepuctet chitecaa ξane ɛotȣȣne, teſctieſcdorene otemezgiξgneſc ete mapſc peendeſene, aſctu chi ſicuurte vignie ɛotȣȣne nditeze gȣȣchit, megiucuom tegiallete etevdecunite, eſceculline meɛyarm, me ndimetehirit ete meſcerierſetij, emevertȣte ſcinteſe Peendeſe, epruratetuu, tegindem peenduom edelijrune ezgiξune elijruom engiξξe fayeſcit empcateſcit embete dyaξetetij nday eengijt enday ſcintenit, aſctu chi anemicu iſcpijrtit temos kiete puctet mos mbij muo mos mbij ſcpijrtitem. Amen. aſctu chiofte. Ani ndeevone Atijſcpijrtit, mbaſite kiete mire vuumroe tekechte eterandetee mpcatit tij, eſechiſc conditione edore nyeriu teyeete, mbaſita kietefort chiertuom endiſccuom ꝑgiξξe ſaafaye emcate caabaam teyape mengijtee ſcpijrtit e peendeſenee merituoſcime ꝑteſcelbuom, ani ndeevone mbaſita kiete zgiξune e Apſolvuom, taurξenognie tebyere atȣ mbegiugne cund ndegnie canduo, etebagnie urate pakeɛehere, maapare, ani tafrohete mecunguom mete maξe frike etmeer, emaamete maξe devotione, eteprugnyete, chitiyeete ꝑtemaξe ndime edobijteſcpijrtit, eyo ꝑndoognie maatemaξ gȣȣch, etedenuomitevet: ani mbaſite yeete cunguom embaruom giξξe cafscia ſiꝑſiperi temos dahete mbate cias meſccuom oomeɛanefijll ketu eatȣ meuperraallune mbe ɛacont, po mbate cias mhegiugnie emeduort mpicune, pak tue mbetune, tecuytognie ndevetehe, ſeſaaemaξe aſcte meſcerierya etineɛot, egiξξachie temira tepaa¬<noinclude></noinclude> rk67d3e86ar697d6m7yukf99ff63e3e 1365295 1365294 2026-09-24T14:41:06Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365295 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||159}}</noinclude>coret teengijvet eteſcintenet, etȣ Atijſcpijrtit meatepuctet chitecaa ξane ɛotȣȣne, teſctieſcdorene otemezgiξgneſc ete mapſc peendeſene, aſctu chi ſicuurte vignie ɛotȣȣne nditeze gȣȣchit, megiucuom tegiallete etevdecunite, eſceculline meɛyarm, me ndimetehirit ete meſcerierſetij, emevertȣte ſcinteſe Peendeſe, epruratetuu, tegindem peenduom edelijrune ezgiξune elijruom engiξξe fayeſcit empcateſcit embete dyaξetetij nday eengijt enday ſcintenit, aſctu chi anemicu iſcpijrtit temos kiete puctet mos mbij muo mos mbij ſcpijrtitem. Amen. aſctu chiofte. Ani ndeevone Atijſcpijrtit, mbaſite kiete mire vuumroe tekechte eterandetee mpcatit tij, eſechiſc conditione edore nyeriu teyeete, mbaſita kietefort chiertuom endiſccuom ꝑgiξξe ſaafaye emcate caabaam teyape mengijtee ſcpijrtit e peendeſenee merituoſcime ꝑteſcelbuom, ani ndeevone mbaſita kiete zgiξune e Apſolvuom, taurξenognie tebyere atȣ mbegiugne cund ndegnie canduo, etebagnie urate pakeɛehere, maapare, ani tafrohete mecunguom mete maξe frike etmeer, emaamete maξe devotione, eteprugnyete, chitiyeete ꝑtemaξe ndime edobijteſcpijrtit, eyo ꝑndoognie maatemaξ gȣȣch, etedenuomitevet: ani mbaſite yeete cunguom embaruom giξξe cafscia ſiꝑſiperi temos dahete mbate cias meſccuom oomeɛanefijll ketu eatȣ meuperraallune mbe ɛacont, po mbate cias {{SIC|mhegiugnie|mbegiugnie}} emeduort mpicune, pak tue mbetune, tecuytognie ndevetehe, ſeſaaemaξe aſcte meſcerierya etineɛot, egiξξachie temira<noinclude> {{rh|||tepaa-}}</noinclude> c5l1t87mm26k2sl8kspuis4gsht388e 104 458912 1365305 2026-09-24T15:05:56Z Catonif 622571 160 tepaagniefuna ch... 1365305 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>160 tepaagniefuna chi caabaam, e achie maatepere ſemo keta ſcint terrefȣem, etecunguom, achie udob epaagiξξachie temaξefedige, yu ndeyȣenefayete empcatete, eubaa ꝑserij idegnij lavdit tineɛot chimemcat epat vdierre, e pieſetarij Parrijſit ey Regienijſe chiellet, fortueeforzuom aſctu ende nde mentevet chi tatijne hijr egratie, evistaar tepaacmuom aſcuurraaij maamemoſe vdierre ememoſe leſciuom praſgiaacafsce ſi ndyere mpſod meterandet efarmecute ndoognij mpcati murtaar, endeevone aſctu ende mechiſcdo urate tedevotſcime fortuee levduom etue ꝑlevduom, ſcintine emenitetij, teſcognie mete beecuom mbete baametevet: Eketa muneξξomiſe aſcte maate ſccurtenite terrefȣem ende pakfyale chi mune banete: poſicundreſe ξξaſce ꝑſiperi, yopratachirraall, oo aſcuurraay gniehere, mire rrefȣem ſyane, poprata chi yane mpſuom edijne maaſcpeſc, emaa mire meu rrefȣem, eſecane ate ɛȣretemaξe ꝑgiξξe keto tepȣetuna, ecerimonie chiξξame ꝑſiperi. Maagiξξe cafscia yet ndurtet, ediete Priftit mire etndegiuoſcim, chitedie mire mey gniofune lengimete eplagetee ſcpijrtit, eſicundreſe chiſc lengim, oombe chiſc vend plaga teyeete, aſctu ende tarreξξognie megiξξe duorfcize mengijvet, ndyerete yeete mire rritune eſcendoſciune, paandoognie periculle te Mortſe ameſciuome, poſicundreſe mbeſaaviſe ekemi ꝑmeudune eξξane ende ꝑſiperi, ſe endechiofte Prifti aſctu ende ipaa cuydes eypaa ndoognie ſckendij friket etmeeryezetineɛot ndepetehe, ſi populli egindia emitune, chi dichiſcdijne dichiſc¬ ſdijne<noinclude></noinclude> ljn5vfos0osffv9xzo09e9327plmb1n 1365308 1365305 2026-09-24T15:09:35Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365308 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|160}}</noinclude>tepaagniefuna chi caabaam, e achie maatepere ſemo keta ſcint terrefȣem, etecunguom, achie udob epaagiξξachie temaξefedige, yu ndeyȣenefayete empcatete, eubaa ꝑserij idegnij lavdit tineɛot chimemcat epat vdierre, e pieſetarij Parrijſit ey Regienijſe chiellet, fortueeforzuom aſctu ende nde mentevet chi tatijne hijr egratie, evistaar tepaacmuom aſcuurraaij maamemoſe vdierre ememoſe leſciuom praſgiaacafsce ſi ndyere mpſod meterandet efarmecute ndoognij mpcati murtaar, endeevone aſctu ende mechiſcdo urate tedevotſcime fortuee levduom etue ꝑlevduom, ſcintine emenitetij, teſcognie mete beecuom mbete baametevet: Eketa muneξξomiſe aſcte maate ſccurtenite terrefȣem ende pakfyale chi mune banete: poſicundreſe ξξaſce ꝑſiperi, yopratachirraall, oo aſcuurraay gniehere, mire rrefȣem ſyane, poprata chi yane mpſuom edijne maaſcpeſc, emaa mire meu rrefȣem, eſecane ate ɛȣretemaξe ꝑgiξξe keto tepȣetuna, ecerimonie chiξξame ꝑſiperi. Maagiξξe cafscia yet ndurtet, ediete Priftit mire etndegiuoſcim, chitedie mire mey gniofune lengimete eplagetee ſcpijrtit, eſicundreſe chiſc lengim, oombe chiſc vend plaga teyeete, aſctu ende tarreξξognie megiξξe duorfcize mengijvet, ndyerete yeete mire rritune eſcendoſciune, paandoognie periculle te Mortſe ameſciuome, poſicundreſe mbeſaaviſe ekemi ꝑmeudune eξξane ende ꝑſiperi, ſe endechiofte Prifti aſctu ende ipaa cuydes eypaa ndoognie ſckendij friket etmeeryezetineɛot ndepetehe, ſi populli egindia emitune, chi dichiſcdijne {{hws|dichiſc|dichiſcſdijne}}<noinclude> {{rh|||ſdijne}}</noinclude> jx5rw886xmdbv3exg0t45gzx8pdcbz2 1365309 1365308 2026-09-24T15:10:16Z Catonif 622571 1365309 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|160}}</noinclude>tepaagniefuna chi caabaam, e achie maatepere ſemo keta ſcint terrefȣem, etecunguom, achie udob epaagiξξachie temaξefedige, yu ndeyȣenefayete empcatete, eubaa ꝑserij idegnij lavdit tineɛot chimemcat epat vdierre, e pieſetarij Parrijſit ey Regienijſe chiellet, fortueeforzuom aſctu ende nde mentevet chi tatijne hijr egratie, evistaar tepaacmuom aſcuurraaij maamemoſe vdierre ememoſe leſciuom praſgiaacafsce ſi ndyere mpſod meterandet efarmecute ndoognij mpcati murtaar, endeevone aſctu ende mechiſcdo urate tedevotſcime fortuee levduom etue ꝑlevduom, ſcintine emenitetij, teſcognie mete beecuom mbete baametevet: Eketa muneξξomiſe aſcte maate ſccurtenite terrefȣem ende pakfyale chi mune banete: poſicundreſe ξξaſce ꝑſiperi, yopratachirraall, oo aſcuurraay gniehere, mire rrefȣem ſyane, poprata chi yane mpſuom edijne maaſcpeſc, emaa mire meu rrefȣem, eſecane ate ɛȣretemaξe ꝑgiξξe keto tepȣetuna, ecerimonie chiξξame ꝑſiperi. Maagiξξe cafscia yet ndurtet, ediete Priftit mire etndegiuoſcim, chitedie mire mey gniofune lengimete eplagetee ſcpijrtit, eſicundreſe chiſc lengim, oombe chiſc vend plaga teyeete, aſctu ende tarreξξognie megiξξe {{SIC|duorfcize|duorſcize}} mengijvet, ndyerete yeete mire rritune eſcendoſciune, paandoognie periculle te Mortſe ameſciuome, poſicundreſe mbeſaaviſe ekemi {{SIC|ꝑmeudune|ꝑmendune}} eξξane ende ꝑſiperi, ſe endechiofte Prifti aſctu ende ipaa cuydes eypaa ndoognie ſckendij friket etmeeryezetineɛot ndepetehe, ſi populli egindia emitune, chi dichiſcdijne {{hws|dichiſc|dichiſcſdijne}}<noinclude> {{rh|||ſdijne}}</noinclude> kukkwel76w4d98yd410q8xvu7tqqrv1 0 458913 1365306 2026-09-24T15:06:26Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365306 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayts ctiQwaxwtc. ''I’ll tell a short story about Raven.'' 2 Ic7ilaaqaycistsk ulaskukulhcnass. ''He used to visit his lady friends.'' 3 Tl’apkw ú lhtsiIc7axwnitsc (nunanicikmits waskwatstas tsitsictsc). ''Now, he was on his way to Thrush (I have forgotten her name).'' 4 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax!” tsutkwkw’ ilha7ilh, ilhilaaxaycmim7ilh. ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries!” she, the one who was visited, said.'' 5 Mtskwts’ taQwaxwtx alaastcws wasulhs. ''Then Raven sat down inside her house.'' 6 Alhkwnists’ wats’las usqa s7alh7ayutss cats. ''And she took her baskets outside, and spoke the following words.'' 7 Ayutskwkw’. ''This is what she said several times.'' 8 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax!” ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries!”'' 9 Putl’skwts’ skalims tuqaaxtxw ulhtats’las ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''Then, salmonberries started falling down into that person’s baskets.'' 10 Ustcwskwts’ skaalhpstus Qwaxw ctxw. ''Then she went inside to give them to Raven to eat.'' 11 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik Qwaxw s7alhpss alhtuqaaxtxw swalis. ''And as soon as Raven had finished eating the berries, he left.'' 12 Wic7its’ik ats s7ayutss ulhilh skaputl’s. ''That’s when he told her to come and see him.'' 13 “Putl’x ulhnts ikaynucs!” tsutkwts’ taQwaxwtx. ''“Come to me tomorrow!” Raven said.'' 14 Wickw’its’ik ats stl’apskwts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''And then that person went on her way.'' 15 Way, tl’apskwts’ Qwaxw skaalha7itimutiiskwtuts’ s7alh7ays ilhIc7axwni7ilh. ''So, Raven then started to do the same things that Thrush had done.'' 16 Alha7yutstimutikw’iluts’ik s7alh7ayutss. ''And for a while, he attempted to speak the words she had spoken.'' 17 Asts’layakskwts’tuu. ''He was holding a basket too.'' 18 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni, qaax!” tsuutskwk’u t’ax. ''Thrush-sh, salmonberries!” he said several times.'' 19 Smawlhikw’its’ik tasnuklhiikstx. ''But only one berry fell into his basket.'' 20 Q’pstmskwluts’ Qwaxw. ''And Raven sampled it.'' 21 Tl’aputskwalututs’ skaalh7ayutss. ''Again, he tried to say the words.'' 22 Axkw’iluts’ik tikaqaax tikalim ulhtuts’lastxw. ''But all the while, no berries fell into his baskets.'' 23 Ilhq’nlhalcskwts’n t’ax s7ayutssts’. ''Then he got fed up, and spoke the following words.'' 24 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax, mnk!” ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries, shit!”'' 25 Nuklhiikskwts’ tuts’lastxw camnk. ''Then, shit fell down into his baskets.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} qyc3nw4m85qn886a9ny8462y6tipqb7 1365307 1365306 2026-09-24T15:08:27Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365307 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmayts ctiQwaxwtc. ''I’ll tell a short story about Raven.'' 2 Ic7ilaaqaycistsk ulaskukulhcnass. ''He used to visit his lady friends.'' 3 Tl’apkw úlhtsiIc7axwnitsc (nunanicikmits waskwatstas tsitsictsc). ''Now, he was on his way to Thrush (I have forgotten her name).'' 4 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax!” tsutkwkw’ ilha7ilh, ilhilaaxaycmim7ilh. ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries!” she, the one who was visited, said.'' 5 Mtskwts’ taQwaxwtx alaastcws wasulhs. ''Then Raven sat down inside her house.'' 6 Alhkwnists’ wats’las usqa s7alh7ayutss cats. ''And she took her baskets outside, and spoke the following words.'' 7 Ayutskwkw’. ''This is what she said several times.'' 8 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax!” ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries!”'' 9 Putl’skwts’ skalims tuqaaxtxw ulhtats’las ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''Then, salmonberries started falling down into that person’s baskets.'' 10 Ustcwskwts’ skaalhpstus Qwaxw ctxw. ''Then she went inside to give them to Raven to eat.'' 11 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik Qwaxw s7alhpss alhtuqaaxtxw swalis. ''And as soon as Raven had finished eating the berries, he left.'' 12 Wic7its’ik ats s7ayutss ulhilh skaputl’s. ''That’s when he told her to come and see him.'' 13 “Putl’x ulhnts ikaynucs!” tsutkwts’ taQwaxwtx. ''“Come to me tomorrow!” Raven said.'' 14 Wickw’its’ik ats stl’apskwts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''And then that person went on her way.'' 15 Way, tl’apskwts’ Qwaxw skaalha7itimutiiskwtuts’ s7alh7ays ilhIc7axwni7ilh. ''So, Raven then started to do the same things that Thrush had done.'' 16 Alha7yutstimutikw’iluts’ik s7alh7ayutss. ''And for a while, he attempted to speak the words she had spoken.'' 17 Asts’layakskwts’tuu. ''He was holding a basket too.'' 18 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni, qaax!” tsuutskwk’u t’ax. ''Thrush-sh, salmonberries!” he said several times.'' 19 Smawlhikw’its’ik tasnuklhiikstx. ''But only one berry fell into his basket.'' 20 Q’pstmskwluts’ Qwaxw. ''And Raven sampled it.'' 21 Tl’aputskwalututs’ skaalh7ayutss. ''Again, he tried to say the words.'' 22 Axkw’iluts’ik tikaqaax tikalim ulhtuts’lastxw. ''But all the while, no berries fell into his baskets.'' 23 Ilhq’nlhalcskwts’n t’ax s7ayutssts’. ''Then he got fed up, and spoke the following words.'' 24 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax, mnk!” ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries, shit!”'' 25 Nuklhiikskwts’ tuts’lastxw camnk. ''Then, shit fell down into his baskets.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} setvuezvebn5an767ypu18humvn6529 1365347 1365307 2026-09-24T20:29:49Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365347 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven and Thrush | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Smsmayts ctiQwaxwtc. ''I’ll tell a short story about Raven.'' 2 Ic7ilaaqaycistsk ulaskukulhcnass. ''He used to visit his lady friends.'' 3 Tl’apkw úlhtsiIc7axwnitsc (nunanicikmits waskwatstas tsitsictsc). ''Now, he was on his way to Thrush (I have forgotten her name).'' 4 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax!” tsutkwkw’ ilha7ilh, ilhilaaxaycmim7ilh. ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries!” she, the one who was visited, said.'' 5 Mtskwts’ taQwaxwtx alaastcws wasulhs. ''Then Raven sat down inside her house.'' 6 Alhkwnists’ wats’las usqa s7alh7ayutss cats. ''And she took her baskets outside, and spoke the following words.'' 7 Ayutskwkw’. ''This is what she said several times.'' 8 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax!” ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries!”'' 9 Putl’skwts’ skalims tuqaaxtxw ulhtats’las ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''Then, salmonberries started falling down into that person’s baskets.'' 10 Ustcwskwts’ skaalhpstus Qwaxw ctxw. ''Then she went inside to give them to Raven to eat.'' 11 Kamalhtsayutsskw’iluts’ik Qwaxw s7alhpss alhtuqaaxtxw swalis. ''And as soon as Raven had finished eating the berries, he left.'' 12 Wic7its’ik ats s7ayutss ulhilh skaputl’s. ''That’s when he told her to come and see him.'' 13 “Putl’x ulhnts ikaynucs!” tsutkwts’ taQwaxwtx. ''“Come to me tomorrow!” Raven said.'' 14 Wickw’its’ik ats stl’apskwts’ ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''And then that person went on her way.'' 15 Way, tl’apskwts’ Qwaxw skaalha7itimutiiskwtuts’ s7alh7ays ilhIc7axwni7ilh. ''So, Raven then started to do the same things that Thrush had done.'' 16 Alha7yutstimutikw’iluts’ik s7alh7ayutss. ''And for a while, he attempted to speak the words she had spoken.'' 17 Asts’layakskwts’tuu. ''He was holding a basket too.'' 18 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni, qaax!” tsuutskwk’u t’ax. ''Thrush-sh, salmonberries!” he said several times.'' 19 Smawlhikw’its’ik tasnuklhiikstx. ''But only one berry fell into his basket.'' 20 Q’pstmskwluts’ Qwaxw. ''And Raven sampled it.'' 21 Tl’aputskwalututs’ skaalh7ayutss. ''Again, he tried to say the words.'' 22 Axkw’iluts’ik tikaqaax tikalim ulhtuts’lastxw. ''But all the while, no berries fell into his baskets.'' 23 Ilhq’nlhalcskwts’n t’ax s7ayutssts’. ''Then he got fed up, and spoke the following words.'' 24 “Ic7axwnni-xwnni-xwnni, qaax, mnk!” ''“Thrush-sh-sh, salmonberries, shit!”'' 25 Nuklhiikskwts’ tuts’lastxw camnk. ''Then, shit fell down into his baskets.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} o07nxiltz6sx8lxnfwhx37vcw8kcql9 104 458914 1365310 2026-09-24T15:16:11Z Catonif 622571 161 ſdijne atȣ veceſ... 1365310 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>161 ſdijne atȣ veceſe vaay evaay guianet lagie ende tyeteret, poſicuurteverbenite chivene engitene ndore tverbenet, mey hiecune mechiene reɛuom tedȣȣlagiete ndetatijt grupij egropete ξξelle chi aſcuurraay fundi ſidihete: qui habet aures ad audiendum audiat, cuſci caa veſcete lete ndegiognie, ꝑse toca ekembona, sbie ꝑteſciurξenit, porata chicane veſcete, emente eſchiſete mendegiuom ſechiſc caamey gietune eſaateſctrinta cane mechiene uξeteetȣne ndeevone. Ndiereketu umbaruo terrefȣemitee maξ ende tevogelite, eketu ξomi giaacafsce ſechiſci duhete mebaam ndeevone mbas nze refȣemitze plote chiξξame ꝑſiperi. M Aapare giξξe cuſc mbaſiteyeete, bucur Refȣem edelijrune, ndevetehe tue cuytuom, tape temaξ lavd Tineɛot chi vece engiξξe nzemiraſcize tyera, icaaξane aſctu ende, ndimenee hirit ete meſcerierſevet, metezijt achye udob, epaa ndoognye achie temaξe fedige, ꝑserij memengiſune emelaam ſcpijrtineevet engiξξe palavijſcinze mpcatevet: ani ndoe vone metemaξe ſcpereſe edevotione, teɛanefijll teξξoete ndoognie anzo urateſc, chi ndyekene ndete ſoſmit, oochiſcdo aſctu tetyera chite kiyete maa ndete maξe devotione etiyeene ꝑmaatemaξe ndime edobij teſcpijrtit. Etedȣȣytene aſctu ende forta ſctyere ndemend, L chi<noinclude></noinclude> 5kmq1unjb4curhnnk6jggn5pd9lfx0i 1365311 1365310 2026-09-24T15:17:21Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365311 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||161}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ſdijne|dichiſcſdijne}} atȣ veceſe vaay evaay guianet lagie ende tyeteret, poſicuurteverbenite chivene engitene ndore tverbenet, mey hiecune mechiene reɛuom tedȣȣlagiete ndetatijt grupij egropete ξξelle chi aſcuurraay fundi ſidihete: <i>qui habet aures ad audiendum audiat,</i> cuſci caa veſcete lete ndegiognie, ꝑse toca ekembona, sbie ꝑteſciurξenit, porata chicane veſcete, emente eſchiſete mendegiuom ſechiſc caamey gietune eſaateſctrinta cane mechiene uξeteetȣne ndeevone. {{c|Ndiereketu umbaruo terrefȣemitee maξ ende tevogelite, eketu ξomi giaacafsce ſechiſci duhete mebaam ndeevone mbas nze refȣemitze plote chiξξame ꝑſiperi.}} MAapare giξξe cuſc mbaſiteyeete, bucur Refȣem edelijrune, ndevetehe tue cuytuom, tape temaξ lavd Tineɛot chi vece engiξξe nzemiraſcize tyera, icaaξane aſctu ende, ndimenee hirit ete meſcerierſevet, metezijt achye udob, epaa ndoognye achie temaξe fedige, ꝑserij memengiſune emelaam ſcpijrtineevet engiξξe palavijſcinze mpcatevet: ani ndoe vone metemaξe ſcpereſe edevotione, teɛanefijll teξξoete ndoognie anzo urateſc, chi ndyekene ndete ſoſmit, oochiſcdo aſctu tetyera chite kiyete maa ndete maξe devotione etiyeene ꝑmaatemaξe ndime edobij teſcpijrtit. Etedȣȣytene aſctu ende forta ſctyere ndemend,<noinclude> {{rh||L|chi}}</noinclude> pngpxktno3j3qjqnnba6089p2zqetxf 0 458915 1365312 2026-09-24T15:22:17Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365312 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, Snuyantsaqw’s7its’ik tiumatutsts cats. ''Well, I’ll tell a story about Watersnail next.'' 2 Ic7ilaaxaycikwsu taQwaxwtx ú lhSnuyantsaqw’s. ''Here, Raven went to visit Watersnail.'' 3 Nuq’lhkwaaximkwts’ t’ax skamts. ''And a seat was prepared for him to sit on.'' 4 Tl’apskw taSnuyantsaqw’stx ulhtaasans tusulhstxw. ''Watersnail went to a corner of his house.'' 5 Ats’is. ''And he started fishing.'' 6 Putl’aylaycskwts’ ctip’wi alhtxw. ''And he caught a halibut.'' 7 Nukaklstcutsiskwts’ Qwaxw ctx. ''And he cooked it for Raven to eat.'' 8 Kamalhtsayutsskw’isuluts’ik taQwaxw s7alhpss stl’aps. ''And then, as soon as he had finished eating, Raven went on his way.'' 9 Iclq’msts’ ulakats’ktatus Snuyantsaqw’s. ''Now he was contemplating what he should do to Watersnail.'' 10 Lq’aylaycskwts’ kaiixwsulhs alhtutxwnayaaxs tusuluttxw. ''Then it occurred to him that he should build a fire on the other side of the channel.'' 11 Putl’sts’ ú lhSnuyantsaqw’s skaayutss skakwnis. ''Now he went to Watersnail and told him he had to pick him up.'' 12 “Kwntsinu.” ''“I’m taking you somewhere.”'' 13 “Xllhtums ctamannumakut’ax skakwntsinu.” ''“I’ve been ordered to come and get you by that man who must be your father.”'' 14 “Nuk’cikmtst ctx.” ''“He wants to see you.”'' 15 “Axw tikamants,” tsutsutí kw’italuts’ik Snuyantsaqw’s. ''“I have no father,” Watersnail tried to tell him.'' 16 “Alhtiayutslhtu t’ax sclhmnas cinu.” ''“According to what he said, you are a son of his.”'' 17 “Xllhtums7its’ik skakwntsinu skamnlhalusmtst.” ''“And I have been ordered to come and get you, because he misses you.”'' 18 “Axw tikamants,” tsú tí skwalukw’ taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''I have no father,” Watersnail kept trying to say.'' 19 “Taq’upmiixwt’alhayt’ax alhtutxwnayaaxt’axw.” ''“That smoke over there, on the other side of the channel.”'' 20 “Tamannumak’ut’ax.” ''“That must have been your father all along.”'' 21 Tsutkw’itk’uk Qwaxw. ''That’s what Raven kept saying.'' 22 Tculh7aylikt s7axw anaykskw taSnuyantsaqw’stx skatl’aps. ''For a long time, Watersnail did not want to go.'' 23 Alawaycikw syaxwnimuts skaays skatl’aps alhtx. ''But in the end, he agreed to go with him.'' 24 Alhxapatimkwts’n t’ax ctaQwaxwtx ssqw’tum tpyaaxam. ''And Raven carried him, and flew him across.'' 25 Tl’apliwaskwts’ t’ax skaxilxilaaqtsuts. ''But then he sort of started to wobble.'' 26 “Axwtxw q’snu skaalh7alh7aynu!” tsutkw’italuuk taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''“Don’t overdo this!” Watersnail tried to say.'' 27 “Tmyalhkaycí lhnutu stskwnu wasixilxilaaqmts,” tsutkw’its’ik taQwaxwtx. ''“You’re just too heavy, that’s why I’m wobbling,” Raven said.'' 28 Snukakliktmacwanmaycakw’its’ik t’axw scwpakmis taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''And then, when they had made it halfway across, he let go of Watersnail.'' 29 Sak’ayalhs usaqw’sam. ''And he went right down to the bottom.'' 30 Lip’tsutskwts’n t’ayc ulasulhs Snuyantsaqw’s. ''And he returned to Watersnail’s house.'' 31 Sm7ulhaskwts’ skaats’is ú lhtasats’istas taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''And he went straight for Watersnail’s fishing pole, and started fishing.'' 32 Klhaalhmsts’n alhtxw. ''Now he lowered the line.'' 33 Tickw’ituts’ik Snuyantsaqw’s tiputl’aynicis alhtxw. ''And indeed, it was Watersnail that he caught then.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} oz6h9dg2641s9pvymof3hmpzi0lmbgz 1365340 1365312 2026-09-24T20:29:15Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365340 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven and Watersnail | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, Snuyantsaqw’s7its’ik tiumatutsts cats. ''Well, I’ll tell a story about Watersnail next.'' 2 Ic7ilaaxaycikwsu taQwaxwtx ú lhSnuyantsaqw’s. ''Here, Raven went to visit Watersnail.'' 3 Nuq’lhkwaaximkwts’ t’ax skamts. ''And a seat was prepared for him to sit on.'' 4 Tl’apskw taSnuyantsaqw’stx ulhtaasans tusulhstxw. ''Watersnail went to a corner of his house.'' 5 Ats’is. ''And he started fishing.'' 6 Putl’aylaycskwts’ ctip’wi alhtxw. ''And he caught a halibut.'' 7 Nukaklstcutsiskwts’ Qwaxw ctx. ''And he cooked it for Raven to eat.'' 8 Kamalhtsayutsskw’isuluts’ik taQwaxw s7alhpss stl’aps. ''And then, as soon as he had finished eating, Raven went on his way.'' 9 Iclq’msts’ ulakats’ktatus Snuyantsaqw’s. ''Now he was contemplating what he should do to Watersnail.'' 10 Lq’aylaycskwts’ kaiixwsulhs alhtutxwnayaaxs tusuluttxw. ''Then it occurred to him that he should build a fire on the other side of the channel.'' 11 Putl’sts’ ú lhSnuyantsaqw’s skaayutss skakwnis. ''Now he went to Watersnail and told him he had to pick him up.'' 12 “Kwntsinu.” ''“I’m taking you somewhere.”'' 13 “Xllhtums ctamannumakut’ax skakwntsinu.” ''“I’ve been ordered to come and get you by that man who must be your father.”'' 14 “Nuk’cikmtst ctx.” ''“He wants to see you.”'' 15 “Axw tikamants,” tsutsutí kw’italuts’ik Snuyantsaqw’s. ''“I have no father,” Watersnail tried to tell him.'' 16 “Alhtiayutslhtu t’ax sclhmnas cinu.” ''“According to what he said, you are a son of his.”'' 17 “Xllhtums7its’ik skakwntsinu skamnlhalusmtst.” ''“And I have been ordered to come and get you, because he misses you.”'' 18 “Axw tikamants,” tsú tí skwalukw’ taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''I have no father,” Watersnail kept trying to say.'' 19 “Taq’upmiixwt’alhayt’ax alhtutxwnayaaxt’axw.” ''“That smoke over there, on the other side of the channel.”'' 20 “Tamannumak’ut’ax.” ''“That must have been your father all along.”'' 21 Tsutkw’itk’uk Qwaxw. ''That’s what Raven kept saying.'' 22 Tculh7aylikt s7axw anaykskw taSnuyantsaqw’stx skatl’aps. ''For a long time, Watersnail did not want to go.'' 23 Alawaycikw syaxwnimuts skaays skatl’aps alhtx. ''But in the end, he agreed to go with him.'' 24 Alhxapatimkwts’n t’ax ctaQwaxwtx ssqw’tum tpyaaxam. ''And Raven carried him, and flew him across.'' 25 Tl’apliwaskwts’ t’ax skaxilxilaaqtsuts. ''But then he sort of started to wobble.'' 26 “Axwtxw q’snu skaalh7alh7aynu!” tsutkw’italuuk taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''“Don’t overdo this!” Watersnail tried to say.'' 27 “Tmyalhkaycí lhnutu stskwnu wasixilxilaaqmts,” tsutkw’its’ik taQwaxwtx. ''“You’re just too heavy, that’s why I’m wobbling,” Raven said.'' 28 Snukakliktmacwanmaycakw’its’ik t’axw scwpakmis taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''And then, when they had made it halfway across, he let go of Watersnail.'' 29 Sak’ayalhs usaqw’sam. ''And he went right down to the bottom.'' 30 Lip’tsutskwts’n t’ayc ulasulhs Snuyantsaqw’s. ''And he returned to Watersnail’s house.'' 31 Sm7ulhaskwts’ skaats’is ú lhtasats’istas taSnuyantsaqw’stx. ''And he went straight for Watersnail’s fishing pole, and started fishing.'' 32 Klhaalhmsts’n alhtxw. ''Now he lowered the line.'' 33 Tickw’ituts’ik Snuyantsaqw’s tiputl’aynicis alhtxw. ''And indeed, it was Watersnail that he caught then.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} bgweztw4aklwa8epcu9bltpyjr5tjqz 104 458916 1365313 2026-09-24T15:23:42Z Catonif 622571 162 chi ndeevone tev... 1365313 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>162 chi ndeevone tevene gnyetemaξe ſctraɛet ɛemereſe, emendſevet, chi tatyate mpcate etekechij, aſcuurraay maa memoſibaam, eſi anzoſc teruhete eteſctemangete, aſctu ende ſaa nze tyeraſc chi muni goditene ndeevone: aſctu chi andȣȣ tutye, teyeete giξξehere delijr epaa mpcat, eas mendoognye arreſȣe tatijlle hijr egratie, temoſe vdyerre, meubaam ꝑserij i birij menijſe, eydegnij ɛyarmit ameſciuom ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe: ekete cafsce cuſcte doe mire eme arreſȣe meendyecune emey vote mbare giξξe cafscia ndeevone duhete fort, tikegnie etelargonete yoveceſe mpcatit enzaferit efar mecuzetij, poaſctu ende, giξξanzo viſeſc eſciochienie, odoregindye, chidiſee traɛognyene eethyekene, mbe mpcat embete kech. Ete tretene ſaamaa cpeyt emetemaξe devotione chitemundgnye, teɛanefijll tembarognye Peendeſene, chij caaξane Atijſcpijrtit: aſctu chi maamire taſoſgnie eta mbarognye ndecohot, ſaaſcte ende paampcat endehijrte tineɛot, ſendeevone cuur herezekechiezetijt teyeete ꝑserij ſcchitune erreɛuom, epalavuõ ndempcat endetekech, maakechſe mpari, ꝑse ξξoteſe plaga eiξune ſaa maaſcpeſc lendonete, achie ende maateperemalzon, aſctu ende mpcati, ſaamaaſcpeſc ꝑterihete, achie ende maa imerɛitſcim dukete tineɛot, eꝑmaatemaξ dam etevdycrre tatijchieban, etineɛot maayaſcte pelchȣem ende vullendet, gniee mire maevogela chitebagnie nyerij endeſa aſcte paa mpcat murtaar, ſegniechind egnie miye ndempcat: praaſctu mire tevene roe, egiξξe chiſcdiſe yurξenoy nunimebaã, temo¬<noinclude></noinclude> 37zxmqabwuov27hx7qzugdp7atlryhn 1365314 1365313 2026-09-24T15:26:02Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365314 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|162}}</noinclude>chi ndeevone tevene gnyetemaξe ſctraɛet ɛemereſe, emendſevet, chi tatyate mpcate etekechij, aſcuurraay maa memoſibaam, eſi anzoſc teruhete eteſctemangete, aſctu ende ſaa nze tyeraſc chi muni goditene ndeevone: aſctu chi andȣȣ tutye, teyeete giξξehere delijr epaa mpcat, eas mendoognye arreſȣe tatijlle hijr egratie, temoſe vdyerre, meubaam ꝑserij i birij menijſe, eydegnij ɛyarmit ameſciuom ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe: ekete cafsce cuſcte doe mire eme arreſȣe meendyecune emey vote mbare giξξe cafscia ndeevone duhete fort, tikegnie etelargonete yoveceſe mpcatit enzaferit efar mecuzetij, poaſctu ende, giξξanzo viſeſc eſciochienie, odoregindye, chidiſee traɛognyene eethyekene, mbe mpcat embete kech. Ete tretene ſaamaa cpeyt emetemaξe devotione chitemundgnye, teɛanefijll tembarognye Peendeſene, chij caaξane Atijſcpijrtit: aſctu chi maamire taſoſgnie eta mbarognye ndecohot, ſaaſcte ende paampcat endehijrte tineɛot, ſendeevone cuur herezekechiezetijt teyeete ꝑserij ſcchitune erreɛuom, epalavuõ ndempcat endetekech, maakechſe mpari, ꝑse ξξoteſe plaga eiξune ſaa maaſcpeſc lendonete, achie ende maateperemalzon, aſctu ende mpcati, ſaamaaſcpeſc ꝑterihete, achie ende maa imerɛitſcim dukete tineɛot, eꝑmaatemaξ dam {{SIC|etevdycrre|etevdyerre}} tatijchieban, etineɛot maayaſcte pelchȣem ende vullendet, gniee mire maevogela chitebagnie nyerij endeſa aſcte paa mpcat murtaar, ſegniechind egnie miye ndempcat: praaſctu mire tevene roe, egiξξe chiſcdiſe yurξenoy nunimebaã,<noinclude> {{rh|||temo-}}</noinclude> 3a31fso18v9ng7anpwldhhxeluj6q8f 0 458917 1365315 2026-09-24T15:28:54Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365315 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Smsmats ctiT’ukatc stalawsmssutsk ú lhtit’xttc. ''I’ll tell the story of Mink’s surprise marriage to this rock.'' 2 Sculhlamimkwalukw’ cilhstans7ilh skatalawss ulaanaykmtis skaumats skatalawss. ''Many times, his mother tried to stop him from marrying the ones he intended to propose to.'' 3 Way, tl’apskwts’ t’ax skasclikts ulhlhacnass, ilhT’xt7ilh. ''Well, once he got mad at his wife, She-Rock.'' 4 Quuxwp’usiskwts’. ''And he was punching her in the face.'' 5 T’kuskwts’n ilha7ilh. ''And now she had blood on her face.'' 6 “Way, tsit’kus,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''“There, bloody face,” he said.'' 7 Nutsutikkwluts’ stsics ilh tsit’kus. ''All the while he was thinking that it was her who was bleeding.'' 8 Ticskwmakuts’ tasucastx tit’kw. ''But it must have been his hand that was bleeding.'' 9 Way, walimkwts’ cilh. ''Well, she left him then.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik stl’apskwtuts’n ulask’inwas7ats skatalawsmstuts’ ulhilhSk’inwas. ''He then went to the clouds to get married again, to She-Cloud.'' 11 Sculhlamimkwalututs’ clhastans7ilh skaalh7ays skatalawss ulhSk’inwas. ''And again his mother tried to stop him from going ahead and get married, to Cloud.'' 12 Axkw’iluk anustsayanms. ''But he would not listen.'' 13 Talawstuts’ ulhSk’inwas. ''And he got married again, to Cloud.'' 14 Yakw’iluk s7ixwanms s7alh7alh7awlhis ilhcnass, ilhSk’inwas7ilh. ''And he travelled quite far, following his wife, She-Cloud.'' 15 Q’uxlcs sklhs. ''And he got tired, and fell to earth.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} lnhtmulvjh0rnm67fxn6kwqroske6og 1365342 1365315 2026-09-24T20:29:36Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365342 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Mink Marries Rock and Cloud | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Smsmats ctiT’ukatc stalawsmssutsk ú lhtit’xttc. ''I’ll tell the story of Mink’s surprise marriage to this rock.'' 2 Sculhlamimkwalukw’ cilhstans7ilh skatalawss ulaanaykmtis skaumats skatalawss. ''Many times, his mother tried to stop him from marrying the ones he intended to propose to.'' 3 Way, tl’apskwts’ t’ax skasclikts ulhlhacnass, ilhT’xt7ilh. ''Well, once he got mad at his wife, She-Rock.'' 4 Quuxwp’usiskwts’. ''And he was punching her in the face.'' 5 T’kuskwts’n ilha7ilh. ''And now she had blood on her face.'' 6 “Way, tsit’kus,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''“There, bloody face,” he said.'' 7 Nutsutikkwluts’ stsics ilh tsit’kus. ''All the while he was thinking that it was her who was bleeding.'' 8 Ticskwmakuts’ tasucastx tit’kw. ''But it must have been his hand that was bleeding.'' 9 Way, walimkwts’ cilh. ''Well, she left him then.'' 10 Wickw’its’ik stl’apskwtuts’n ulask’inwas7ats skatalawsmstuts’ ulhilhSk’inwas. ''He then went to the clouds to get married again, to She-Cloud.'' 11 Sculhlamimkwalututs’ clhastans7ilh skaalh7ays skatalawss ulhSk’inwas. ''And again his mother tried to stop him from going ahead and get married, to Cloud.'' 12 Axkw’iluk anustsayanms. ''But he would not listen.'' 13 Talawstuts’ ulhSk’inwas. ''And he got married again, to Cloud.'' 14 Yakw’iluk s7ixwanms s7alh7alh7awlhis ilhcnass, ilhSk’inwas7ilh. ''And he travelled quite far, following his wife, She-Cloud.'' 15 Q’uxlcs sklhs. ''And he got tired, and fell to earth.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} lx95amz03frqooswfwcpmjxlgm0mnh3 104 458918 1365316 2026-09-24T15:32:37Z Catonif 622571 163 temoſe ꝑzielle d... 1365316 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>163 temoſe ꝑzielle dite mbedite eſod mbeneſer, potambarognye, ſaa maa cpeyt chite mundgnye. Ete catertene, andȣȣ tutye tevene roe tankξξegnye, giξξe yetene, veperate, ete baameteevet, maamire eme arreſȣe, egiξξe nde ſcerbetȣrete Tineɛot, eachie maatepere, fortue uruoytune, etue uſctemangune, giξξanzo mpcateſc, chi diſe giξξachij moti, epatneɛane erreξξuom eſctijm rragniete myet ξξelle nde eɛemeret eſcpijrtitetij, eſaa eſaahere rreɛuom eſctijm nde menijtetineɛot: Praaſctu anzoſc maatepere teleftognye meſcpetuom emeu delijrune ſidoligia, ende mos giξξe ꝑgnyhere, eay ndoonee caagnye teɛanefijll caapak ꝑgiξξe ditte tue icculle etue ickermenȣem, aſctu chi ndepak mot giξξe ſaayane, tinzyerre rragnyeſc eti vdognie eti eporranie ɛemeret ſcpijr tizevet poſicuur farmecunee dyaallit mallecuom, aſctu chi mhaſite kiete mundune eccule eckermenȣem teparene, mbate cias teɛane fijll, luftene cundra tdȣȣytit etretit egiξξe ſaate yeene, atȣe tikiete giξξe ſcchimbune ecporrune vetehey, eteyeete iɛoti ndeevone megiellune geɛuoſcim, elijr paa mpcat, nde hijrte tineɛot, poſicundreſe ξξame enpeꝑſiperi. Ete pestene ndeevone, forte nɛȣȣrete etekiete cuydes chi ꝑgiξξe dite ehoreecias me nctuom maa mire, nde ſcerbetȣrete tineɛot, emeluleɛuom emefruytuom, maatepere nderſaa tyera vepera temira eteſcelbuome: ſicuurξξuoſe maapare, metemaξte prugnyete eteꝑvuute, eteduruom, ndergiξξe fediget enevoyet ecundrestijt, eteξimptune L 2 epeen¬<noinclude></noinclude> ny99ohqnf17n8z5khr7pmcxxxbcu4zq 1365317 1365316 2026-09-24T15:34:05Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365317 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||163}}</noinclude>temoſe ꝑzielle dite mbedite eſod mbeneſer, potambarognye, ſaa maa cpeyt chite mundgnye. Ete catertene, andȣȣ tutye tevene roe tankξξegnye, giξξe yetene, veperate, ete baameteevet, maamire eme arreſȣe, egiξξe nde ſcerbetȣrete Tineɛot, eachie maatepere, fortue uruoytune, etue uſctemangune, giξξanzo mpcateſc, chi diſe giξξachij moti, epatneɛane erreξξuom eſctijm rragniete myet ξξelle nde eɛemeret eſcpijrtitetij, eſaa eſaahere rreɛuom eſctijm nde menijtetineɛot: Praaſctu anzoſc maatepere teleftognye meſcpetuom emeu delijrune ſidoligia, ende mos giξξe ꝑgnyhere, eay ndoonee caagnye teɛanefijll caapak ꝑgiξξe ditte tue icculle etue ickermenȣem, aſctu chi ndepak mot giξξe ſaayane, tinzyerre rragnyeſc eti vdognie eti eporranie ɛemeret ſcpijr tizevet poſicuur farmecunee dyaallit mallecuom, aſctu chi {{SIC|mhaſite|mbaſite}} kiete mundune eccule eckermenȣem teparene, mbate cias teɛane fijll, luftene cundra tdȣȣytit etretit egiξξe ſaate yeene, atȣe tikiete giξξe ſcchimbune ecporrune vetehey, eteyeete iɛoti ndeevone megiellune geɛuoſcim, elijr paa mpcat, nde hijrte tineɛot, poſicundreſe ξξame enpeꝑſiperi. Ete pestene ndeevone, forte nɛȣȣrete etekiete cuydes chi ꝑgiξξe dite ehoreecias me nctuom maa mire, nde ſcerbetȣrete tineɛot, emeluleɛuom emefruytuom, maatepere nderſaa tyera vepera temira eteſcelbuome: ſicuurξξuoſe maapare, metemaξte prugnyete eteꝑvuute, eteduruom, ndergiξξe fediget enevoyet ecundrestijt, eteξimptune<noinclude> {{rh||L 2|epeen-}}</noinclude> fvvgqrbcmoponkfp5mgb24sefxupmu7 0 458919 1365318 2026-09-24T15:35:51Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365318 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Tismaw tismsmatc alhQwaxw. ''One story about Raven.'' 2 Wasq’uximalhutsk ctsiMucwmukwttsc. ''Apparently, Bluegrouse tried to invite him.'' 3 “Hu, scmasuks ts’awtsc skaisqwalslhtums skaalhpstums,” tsutskwsu t’ax. ''“Hmm, I bet she’s going to surprise me with bad stuff, and make me eat cooked hemlock needles,” he said.'' 4 Alh7ayxwiiskw t’ax cats skstus tisatl’as. ''At the moment, he was busy making himself a canoe.'' 5 Ayk’miikw’iluk alhtxw s7inica7is skatsayaks s7isq’sists’ talhalastx. ''It wasn’t long before he was about to finish firing the boat.'' 6 Nuyalcutsakwts’ wanuyamlh7ats. ''Then these singers began to sound better and better.'' 7 Nuq’ilhikaycskwts’n t’ax s7anayks skak’cis. ''And he badly wanted to go have a look.'' 8 Tl’apsts’n ulhtxw. ''Now he went to them.'' 9 Nuq’ilhikaycskwts’ t’ax stl’aps skak’cs ulhtsinaaxwmts’ayc. ''He just had to go and have a look at this dancing woman.'' 10 Alats’itumkw’italuts’ik t’ax: ''But they tried to tell him:'' 11 “Tasq’islhnu, Qwayxw!” tsutmimkw’italuts’ik t’ax. ''“Your fire, Raaaven!” they were now saying to him, but in vain.'' 12 “Ya tsikusyuttsictaw!” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“But she is such a good dancer!” he said over and over.'' 13 “Tasq’islhnu, Qwayxw!” tsutmimkwaluk’u t’ax. ''“Your fire, Raaaven!” they kept trying to tell him.'' 14 “Ya tsikusyuttsictaw!” tsuutskwk’u t’ax. ''“But she is such a good dancer!” he kept saying.'' 15 Tm7alh7ayutslhkw’iluts’ik cats sqw’alayaluss tasq’isstx. ''And not long after he had been saying this, the fire had consumed his canoe.'' 16 Anusyaskwts’ alhtusq’alhtxw. ''Now he really wanted the meat.*'' * This must be in reference to the meal that Bluegrouse would have offered Raven, with Bluegrouse being the dancer. [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} katg65tpjq2ecwi5hwfexwq87j4faxu 1365343 1365318 2026-09-24T20:29:38Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365343 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Raven and Bluegrouse | author = Felicity Walkus | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Tismaw tismsmatc alhQwaxw. ''One story about Raven.'' 2 Wasq’uximalhutsk ctsiMucwmukwttsc. ''Apparently, Bluegrouse tried to invite him.'' 3 “Hu, scmasuks ts’awtsc skaisqwalslhtums skaalhpstums,” tsutskwsu t’ax. ''“Hmm, I bet she’s going to surprise me with bad stuff, and make me eat cooked hemlock needles,” he said.'' 4 Alh7ayxwiiskw t’ax cats skstus tisatl’as. ''At the moment, he was busy making himself a canoe.'' 5 Ayk’miikw’iluk alhtxw s7inica7is skatsayaks s7isq’sists’ talhalastx. ''It wasn’t long before he was about to finish firing the boat.'' 6 Nuyalcutsakwts’ wanuyamlh7ats. ''Then these singers began to sound better and better.'' 7 Nuq’ilhikaycskwts’n t’ax s7anayks skak’cis. ''And he badly wanted to go have a look.'' 8 Tl’apsts’n ulhtxw. ''Now he went to them.'' 9 Nuq’ilhikaycskwts’ t’ax stl’aps skak’cs ulhtsinaaxwmts’ayc. ''He just had to go and have a look at this dancing woman.'' 10 Alats’itumkw’italuts’ik t’ax: ''But they tried to tell him:'' 11 “Tasq’islhnu, Qwayxw!” tsutmimkw’italuts’ik t’ax. ''“Your fire, Raaaven!” they were now saying to him, but in vain.'' 12 “Ya tsikusyuttsictaw!” tsutkw’itk’uk t’ax. ''“But she is such a good dancer!” he said over and over.'' 13 “Tasq’islhnu, Qwayxw!” tsutmimkwaluk’u t’ax. ''“Your fire, Raaaven!” they kept trying to tell him.'' 14 “Ya tsikusyuttsictaw!” tsuutskwk’u t’ax. ''“But she is such a good dancer!” he kept saying.'' 15 Tm7alh7ayutslhkw’iluts’ik cats sqw’alayaluss tasq’isstx. ''And not long after he had been saying this, the fire had consumed his canoe.'' 16 Anusyaskwts’ alhtusq’alhtxw. ''Now he really wanted the meat.*'' * This must be in reference to the meal that Bluegrouse would have offered Raven, with Bluegrouse being the dancer. [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} gzs63po91zwmlww0w1bpuynq37uilgy 104 458920 1365319 2026-09-24T15:39:17Z Catonif 622571 164 epeendeſe ꝑchiſc... 1365319 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>164 epeendeſe ꝑchiſc caahaam cundraligse, eteforzuõ nde mendt eɛemeretevet chi aſcuurraay maa andȣȣtutye tatiate cafsce memoſi baam, pomegiellm mpastre edelijr, egiξξehere ndehijrt eſcerbetȣrete Tineɛot, endrato cafsce chi tedijyſeatij yane pelchȣem: tue pruoytune aſctu ende etue ndimuom ſciochne efchignyene, nder giξξeɛȣret enevoytetij, eachie maatepere nder cafscete ſcpijrtit: ꝑse tue mpſuom, temitunite ete paadijytunite, etue nkξξȣem uξezekechie teꝑmpcatenuomite, etuendimuom tevobegite ete nevoyſcimte, egiξξata chiſcehſe caneɛȣre ꝑndimete tyereve, ſciumehere vececuurtee gindete ende vete, ndritune endimuom preyſineɛot, enzyerre eliberuom engiξξe nzekechijſcit. Eξξoteſe cuſcia imire eyfeeſcim ikerſctene, ndeevone mbaſiteyeete rrefȣem, ſduhete as achi e ndiere ndanet meuſdatune, pomaapak caagniehere nder 15. dit ꝑserij tuecuituom taꝑterijgnye ndeuetehe gȣȣchitee mpcatevet, tue vuum roe, emire tuee ckȣretune ɛemereneevet, ſe ndachia pa amoſiſc ꝑserij cund ꝑɛiem epalavuom mefarmecute, ndoognij mpcati murtaar, mechiene yaſcte hirize tineɛot, ende ſcerbetȣrete dyaallit, ecuurtagnif mirefilli, ſendomegnie arreſȣe ndomegnie tyetere, aſcte ꝑɛiem, eecaame vetehe, ſaamaa cpeyt chite mundgnye, tevee tarrefȣegnie etedelijrete preynzi poſicuur ndoognij farmecu, chimirediſe ndegn e cias muni mbȣtgnye, corpne endeſcpijrtine, emunivdyerre, rregienijnee chiellet: ꝑse mbate arreſȣe mbaſita rrefȣegnye, ete delij¬<noinclude></noinclude> b93eq21ozm8d75ny0wiyoplzfgwxzpe 1365320 1365319 2026-09-24T15:42:04Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365320 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|164}}</noinclude>epeendeſe ꝑchiſc caahaam cundraligse, eteforzuõ nde mendt eɛemeretevet chi aſcuurraay maa andȣȣtutye tatiate cafsce memoſi baam, pomegiellm mpastre edelijr, egiξξehere ndehijrt eſcerbetȣrete Tineɛot, endrato cafsce chi tedijyſeatij yane pelchȣem: tue pruoytune aſctu ende etue ndimuom ſciochne efchignyene, nder giξξeɛȣret enevoytetij, eachie maatepere nder cafscete ſcpijrtit: ꝑse tue mpſuom, temitunite ete paadijytunite, etue nkξξȣem uξezekechie teꝑmpcatenuomite, etuendimuom tevobegite ete nevoyſcimte, egiξξata chiſcehſe caneɛȣre ꝑndimete tyereve, ſciumehere vececuurtee gindete ende vete, ndritune endimuom preyſineɛot, enzyerre eliberuom engiξξe nzekechijſcit. Eξξoteſe cuſcia imire eyfeeſcim ikerſctene, ndeevone mbaſiteyeete rrefȣem, ſduhete as achi e ndiere ndanet meuſdatune, pomaapak caagniehere nder 15. dit ꝑserij tuecuituom taꝑterijgnye ndeuetehe gȣȣchitee mpcatevet, tue vuum roe, emire tuee ckȣretune ɛemereneevet, ſe ndachia pa amoſiſc ꝑserij cund ꝑɛiem epalavuom mefarmecute, ndoognij mpcati murtaar, mechiene yaſcte hirize tineɛot, ende ſcerbetȣrete dyaallit, ecuurtagnif mirefilli, ſendomegnie arreſȣe ndomegnie tyetere, aſcte ꝑɛiem, eecaame vetehe, ſaamaa cpeyt chite mundgnye, tevee tarrefȣegnie etedelijrete preynzi poſicuur ndoognij farmecu, chimirediſe ndegn e cias muni mbȣtgnye, corpne endeſcpijrtine, emunivdyerre, rregienijnee chiellet: ꝑse mbate arreſȣe mbaſita rrefȣegnye, ete<noinclude> {{rh|||delij-}}</noinclude> kgprmrhi8arfyam8mgwasoc1y61d5ve 0 458921 1365321 2026-09-24T15:55:38Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365321 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Anayk t’ayc skaalats’its s7alh7aytulh ats wastutusluq’ilhts ssputcmlhts’. ''This one wants me to describe how we prepare grease after the eulachon run.'' 2 Alapatsalh skstum waalhtiixw7ats alhtaayk’txw. ''They first made the eulachon nets, long ago.'' 3 Alaayk’ s7alh7aytum skstum waalhtiixw7ats. ''Long ago, they did make those nets.'' 4 Alhtisuncwtts’ axwts’ tikanu7alhtiixwakliwats’. ''Today, they don’t seem to be using eulachon nets anymore.'' 5 Wicts’ waayutsmim7ats sklkltas wasi7ayakawts’. ''They now use what we call klklta (herring seine).'' 6 Qtsamkit tiklkltat’ayc. ''They drop this net into the water.'' 7 Aynawts’ ssacwatit snmptit úlhtisatl’at’ayc stl’aptut skastl’lutsmaw úlhtilhkw’aalh tistl’lutst’ayc. ''Then they use dipnets to transfer them (the eulachons) into a canoe, and then they start putting them in a bin, this large eulachon box.'' 8 Alh7aynama calhwaask’mtakts, ikayalaycaw. ''This may take them two days to finish, if they’re lucky.'' 9 Kamalhaxw yalaycaw casputc smusaaxakama skatl’apamktit katsay kaanaykmtit skastl’lutstit. ''If they’re not lucky catching eulachons, it may take them four days to catch all the fish they want to put in the bin.'' 10 Wic7its’ik stsayakaw stl’lutsmaw, nuq’lhkwaaqitts’ tikanusmaaksta. ''Then, they are done filling the bin, and now they start preparing a box for cooking the eulachons.'' 11 Kalhmaaxtsaw, kstut, q’lhkwakmit, maaxtsitts’ waasaaqtas tikanuslhumtanawt’ayc. ''They look for clay, they fix it, they prepare it, they now apply clay to the bottom of what will be their cooking box.'' 12 Tsayakmit, iskwmlhawtuts’ cakwmlhaw. ''They’re finished, and now they are going to gather firewood.'' 13 Alh7ays cats’icwaaxts, t’xulhaaxmatuu (kaayk’lits’tutit wasputcts alhtistl’lutstc) stsqwakmaw skasmakaw. ''It may be like five days, maybe even six (if they keep the eulachons in the bin longer), then they will begin to prepare the grease.'' 14 Nuquts’ikayctuttuu tinusmaakstat’ayc, sts’xmaycaw snuquts’ikayctut ssmnuqlayktut. ''They really clean the cooking box, they clean it thoroughly, and have water ready in it.'' 15 Inacwmaalh7iluts’ik tiimlkt’ayc snuscwaaqis t’ayc skanukwlctus. ''Early in the morning, a man comes to prepare the fire, to make it hot.'' 16 Nukwlctusts’, ayk’miis tisuncwt’ayc snmpanawts’ casputc7ats ulhtinukwlts’ tiqlat’ayc alhtinusmaakstatc. ''Now he’s made it hot, and later on during the day they put the eulachons into the water that’s now hot in the cooking box.'' 17 Alhkaltcwmit7its’ik s7axw kanupapnttut. ''They make sure that it will not boil.'' 18 Tantats’it uuxnk wanup’ulhkwmyalhu7ats. ''They keep pressing the fish down whenever they start to rise to the surface.'' 19 Nukwlcs wanukwlc7ats alhtc, tantats’it uuxnk. ''The hot spots get hotter, they keep pressing down.'' 20 Tculh7ayliktaw s7alh7aytut cats, ayk’akm. ''They keep doing this for a long time, it takes forever.'' 21 Ulawaycí ts sqaxqaaxlanawts’ waslax7ats ú laulhqnuks7ats. ''Later on, many individuals keep bringing water to these pails.'' 22 Lhiclhikw’aalhtuu wanuskiitsta7ats. ''These tubs are very large indeed.'' 23 Ikayas tikanuskiitsta, umattut caqla kanacliwatut. ''If a tub is good, they pour water into it if they have it ready.'' 24 Kamalhyalhkaycí 7its’ik snup’ulhkwms snupapnts ats snusk’limtuts’ tiamats tinupapntt’ayc. ''If it bubbles too much as it boils, they pour cold water into the spot where it’s boiling.'' 25 Alh7aynawtuts’ katantats’it wasputc7ats alhtinusmaakstat’ayc uuxnk. ''And again, they keep pushing the eulachons down in the cooking box.'' 26 Úlawayciits stl’apakaw skakwilhit wasputcts á lhtinusmaakstatc. ''Later on, they start to crush the eulachons in the cooking box.'' 27 Ts’xmayc skwilhayctutit. ''They really smash them up.'' 28 Nusk’litts’tuu tinusmaakstatc. ''And they pour cold water into the cooking box.'' 29 Kwilhitts’, kwilhit. ''They crush them now, they crush them.'' 30 Wicts’ wasq’lhkwakaw waq’umsciwa7ats, wasq’lhkwakawts’ alaats. ''It is the whiteman’s tools that they use now, their tools.'' 31 Tmstnlhkuks waalh7alh7aytum alaayk’. ''But a long time ago, they used just poles.'' 32 Tsaakw s7alh7ays ctiskulukttc waalh7alh7aytut, wayc s7alhq’lhkws. ''They were as long as a canoe pole, the ones they used, but they were specially made.'' 33 Alh7aysts’n ts stamsacwanawts’ alawayalhhts’n7ats kasikwilhalusaynicitts’ wasputcats. ''Nowadays, they make dipnets with wire for crushing the eulachons.'' 34 Usputl’sts’ casluq’7ats tikwilhimt’ayc. ''Crushed matter rises to the surface as grease.'' 35 Tm7alh7aylhtumts’ s7alhkwilhaycstuts’n s7alh7aynawts’ caalhk’ilhtutts skaslaxlcs kasluq’ alhtialhkwilhht’ayc. ''They just leave it that way after it’s been crushed, and now all they do is wait to see if more grease comes up from this crushed mass.'' 36 Alh7ay7iluk sslaxlcs. ''As time passes, more (grease) does come up.'' 37 Tpimpiixwittuu tinusmaakstatc. ''They keep covering the box.'' 38 Ick’icit úlas7ayk’m s7usmntacwitts’ úlanuyayk waulhqnuks7ats. ''They keep checking for a while, then they skim (the grease) and transfer it to these clean pails.'' 39 K’ilhwaasalhma acwlh7ats, k’ismawalhmatuu acwlh watl’apamkit, ts’klaktalhmatuu ulhqn. ''There may be eight of them (pails) altogether, they may end up with nine altogether, or maybe even ten pails.'' 40 Was7axw lik’tulh ats, alhmnlhatuutsilh tisqnkuutsstc. ''We don’t actually fill them right up, we measure the depth.'' 41 Kpakmit s7usmntacwit, nuts’ixalhts’ scnasuksilhts. ''When they are done skimming, we, the women, start refining it.'' 42 Alh7naycliwanawlukuks s7imlkukststs’n snuts’ixalh. ''But the men help us throughout with the refining.'' 43 Alapatsalh s7usmntacwaycaw ats s7alhlhmilh s7alh7ayakilh cats s7iixwsulhulhtnmlh calhkw’aluus waniixw. ''Before they finish skimming (the grease), we start to build a big fire.'' 44 Kawlstilhts’ cat’xt7ats ulaniixw7ats. ''Then we pile rocks on top of this fire.'' 45 Tmya7iluts’ik skwlculhs ats s7usmntacwaylaycaw ats. ''Before it gets real hot, they have managed to finish skimming.'' 46 Quts’ulhilh7its’ik tismaw tit’xttc snmpilh ulhtimawalhtc. ''Then we wash one rock and put it into one of the pails.'' 47 Askmap’stnakilhts’ s7ip’ilh tit’xtt’ayc alakwlulh7ats. ''We use tongs to remove one rock from the hot ones.'' 48 Nmpilhts’ alhtimawalh tiulhqntc. ''Now we put it into one of the pails.'' 49 Numustulhts’ waulhqnuks7ats ctisamsamawlh tit’xt. ''We put one rock at a time into each of these pails.'' 50 Kamalhyas tiskwlulhs snupapnts timawalhtc. ''If it is hot enough, the contents will start boiling.'' 51 Alh7ayma camúsulhts’ ulhtimawalh tiulhqn wanmpilh alat’xt7ats. ''It may be four rocks that we put into one pail.'' 52 S7aymis squts’ulhilh alapatsalh snmpilh. ''We always wash the rocks before we transfer them.'' 53 Wastscwis wamúsulh7ats snuts’ixalh. ''Four rocks actually suffice for us to do the refining.'' 53 Tsayakilh alaats snuts’ixilh, nucsaaxlatsuttulhtuts’ ats uuxnk. ''When we have finished refining, we allow the liquid to settle down.'' 54 Ksulhilhts’, ksilhts’ wat’xt7ats alaulhqn7ats. ''Then we pull the rocks out, we pull them from these pails.'' 55 Umtulhtuts’ wasq’lhkwakilhtuts’ ctitsakwalqit’ayc. ''We now use this long-handled tool to remove the rocks.'' 56 Alh7ays ctitsakwalqitc sqwanilhs tisq’lhkwakilhts’t’ayc s7umtulhtuts’ wat’xt7ats, wakwlulh wat’xt7ats. ''It is like a spoon with a long handle, this tool that we now use to remove the rocks, those hot rocks.'' 57 Ip’aaxilh7ilhuuk alhtinusaplintalhht’ayc ú lhtilhkw’aalh tiulhqnt’ayc. ''Right after that, we strain the liquid through a flour sack into this large pail.'' 58 Lhkw’aalh, umattulh s7ip’aaxilh. ''A large container, that’s where we transfer the liquid to as we strain it.'' 59 Ip’aaxaynicilhtuts’ wasluq’7ats, tl’aptulhtuts’ úlasq’lhkwaw waq’umsciwa7ats, wasq’lhkwakilhts’ alh7aysts. ''After we finish straining the grease, we transfer it to vessels (“implements”) that are used by white people, that are now also used by us.'' 60 Ayutsmim ats ''one gallons'', nu''wine''talhh ats alaqwliuulh wastuu7ats. ''They are called “one gallon”, these wine bottles at the “green store” (liquor store).'' 61 Umattulhts’ snmpilh wasluq’7ats. ''Those are the ones we now put the grease in.'' 62 Alhtsayakmsts’. ''Now the job is done.'' 63 Axwts’ st’axws ats s7ickakus ú lasulh7ats. ''These are easy to carry home.'' 64 Nu7itl’ikittuts’ ats s7usutsaaxammaycaw alasulhts ulanukusyals7ats. ''Then they move them to a location under the house, to the root cellar.'' 65 Q’awitts’ wasluq’ts. ''That’s where they store the grease.'' 66 Waslhwaalhtl’apaks tismak alhtismawaax tisuncw, lhwaalhtl’apakaw. ''They actually prepare two batches of grease in one day, they do it twice.'' 67 Slá xs watl’apamkit smatl’apakaw. ''They procure a lot (of grease) per batch.'' 68 Ica7yawtsmamkilh7its’ik ats ulatcunikusilh7ats. ''And we trade grease with the ones that live to the west of us.'' 69 Akwnutsmawtuu waaxw7ats kstcw7ats, wic st’axws ats slhxus. ''And the ones who have not made any (grease) buy it too, because this is hard work.'' 70 Nunulhuk’aw slax alhlhmilh. ''Many among us are lazy.'' 71 Yayaatwamktsutaw7ituk acwlh alhlhmilh skstut. ''But some of us are happy to do this work.'' 72 Waymalhu. ''Well, this must be it for now.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} ih4ixdrj7qt7d3qdf0zri5nzkmxj35x 1365322 1365321 2026-09-24T15:56:37Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365322 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Anayk t’ayc skaalats’its s7alh7aytulh ats wastutusluq’ilhts ssputcmlhts’. ''This one wants me to describe how we prepare grease after the eulachon run.'' 2 Alapatsalh skstum waalhtiixw7ats alhtaayk’txw. ''They first made the eulachon nets, long ago.'' 3 Alaayk’ s7alh7aytum skstum waalhtiixw7ats. ''Long ago, they did make those nets.'' 4 Alhtisuncwtts’ axwts’ tikanu7alhtiixwakliwats’. ''Today, they don’t seem to be using eulachon nets anymore.'' 5 Wicts’ waayutsmim7ats sklkltas wasi7ayakawts’. ''They now use what we call klklta (herring seine).'' 6 Qtsamkit tiklkltat’ayc. ''They drop this net into the water.'' 7 Aynawts’ ssacwatit snmptit úlhtisatl’at’ayc stl’aptut skastl’lutsmaw úlhtilhkw’aalh tistl’lutst’ayc. ''Then they use dipnets to transfer them (the eulachons) into a canoe, and then they start putting them in a bin, this large eulachon box.'' 8 Alh7aynama calhwaask’mtakts, ikayalaycaw. ''This may take them two days to finish, if they’re lucky.'' 9 Kamalhaxw yalaycaw casputc smusaaxakama skatl’apamktit katsay kaanaykmtit skastl’lutstit. ''If they’re not lucky catching eulachons, it may take them four days to catch all the fish they want to put in the bin.'' 10 Wic7its’ik stsayakaw stl’lutsmaw, nuq’lhkwaaqitts’ tikanusmaaksta. ''Then, they are done filling the bin, and now they start preparing a box for cooking the eulachons.'' 11 Kalhmaaxtsaw, kstut, q’lhkwakmit, maaxtsitts’ waasaaqtas tikanuslhumtanawt’ayc. ''They look for clay, they fix it, they prepare it, they now apply clay to the bottom of what will be their cooking box.'' 12 Tsayakmit, iskwmlhawtuts’ cakwmlhaw. ''They’re finished, and now they are going to gather firewood.'' 13 Alh7ays cats’icwaaxts, t’xulhaaxmatuu (kaayk’lits’tutit wasputcts alhtistl’lutstc) stsqwakmaw skasmakaw. ''It may be like five days, maybe even six (if they keep the eulachons in the bin longer), then they will begin to prepare the grease.'' 14 Nuquts’ikayctuttuu tinusmaakstat’ayc, sts’xmaycaw snuquts’ikayctut ssmnuqlayktut. ''They really clean the cooking box, they clean it thoroughly, and have water ready in it.'' 15 Inacwmaalh7iluts’ik tiimlkt’ayc snuscwaaqis t’ayc skanukwlctus. ''Early in the morning, a man comes to prepare the fire, to make it hot.'' 16 Nukwlctusts’, ayk’miis tisuncwt’ayc snmpanawts’ casputc7ats ulhtinukwlts’ tiqlat’ayc alhtinusmaakstatc. ''Now he’s made it hot, and later on during the day they put the eulachons into the water that’s now hot in the cooking box.'' 17 Alhkaltcwmit7its’ik s7axw kanupapnttut. ''They make sure that it will not boil.'' 18 Tantats’it uuxnk wanup’ulhkwmyalhu7ats. ''They keep pressing the fish down whenever they start to rise to the surface.'' 19 Nukwlcs wanukwlc7ats alhtc, tantats’it uuxnk. ''The hot spots get hotter, they keep pressing down.'' 20 Tculh7ayliktaw s7alh7aytut cats, ayk’akm. ''They keep doing this for a long time, it takes forever.'' 21 Ulawaycí ts sqaxqaaxlanawts’ waslax7ats ú laulhqnuks7ats. ''Later on, many individuals keep bringing water to these pails.'' 22 Lhiclhikw’aalhtuu wanuskiitsta7ats. ''These tubs are very large indeed.'' 23 Ikayas tikanuskiitsta, umattut caqla kanacliwatut. ''If a tub is good, they pour water into it if they have it ready.'' 24 Kamalhyalhkaycí 7its’ik snup’ulhkwms snupapnts ats snusk’limtuts’ tiamats tinupapntt’ayc. ''If it bubbles too much as it boils, they pour cold water into the spot where it’s boiling.'' 25 Alh7aynawtuts’ katantats’it wasputc7ats alhtinusmaakstat’ayc uuxnk. ''And again, they keep pushing the eulachons down in the cooking box.'' 26 Úlawayciits stl’apakaw skakwilhit wasputcts á lhtinusmaakstatc. ''Later on, they start to crush the eulachons in the cooking box.'' 27 Ts’xmayc skwilhayctutit. ''They really smash them up.'' 28 Nusk’litts’tuu tinusmaakstatc. ''And they pour cold water into the cooking box.'' 29 Kwilhitts’, kwilhit. ''They crush them now, they crush them.'' 30 Wicts’ wasq’lhkwakaw waq’umsciwa7ats, wasq’lhkwakawts’ alaats. ''It is the whiteman’s tools that they use now, their tools.'' 31 Tmstnlhkuks waalh7alh7aytum alaayk’. ''But a long time ago, they used just poles.'' 32 Tsaakw s7alh7ays ctiskulukttc waalh7alh7aytut, wayc s7alhq’lhkws. ''They were as long as a canoe pole, the ones they used, but they were specially made.'' 33 Alh7aysts’n ts stamsacwanawts’ alawayalhhts’n7ats kasikwilhalusaynicitts’ wasputcats. ''Nowadays, they make dipnets with wire for crushing the eulachons.'' 34 Usputl’sts’ casluq’7ats tikwilhimt’ayc. ''Crushed matter rises to the surface as grease.'' 35 Tm7alh7aylhtumts’ s7alhkwilhaycstuts’n s7alh7aynawts’ caalhk’ilhtutts skaslaxlcs kasluq’ alhtialhkwilhht’ayc. ''They just leave it that way after it’s been crushed, and now all they do is wait to see if more grease comes up from this crushed mass.'' 36 Alh7ay7iluk sslaxlcs. ''As time passes, more (grease) does come up.'' 37 Tpimpiixwittuu tinusmaakstatc. ''They keep covering the box.'' 38 Ick’icit úlas7ayk’m s7usmntacwitts’ úlanuyayk waulhqnuks7ats. ''They keep checking for a while, then they skim (the grease) and transfer it to these clean pails.'' 39 K’ilhwaasalhma acwlh7ats, k’ismawalhmatuu acwlh watl’apamkit, ts’klaktalhmatuu ulhqn. ''There may be eight of them (pails) altogether, they may end up with nine altogether, or maybe even ten pails.'' 40 Was7axw lik’tulh ats, alhmnlhatuutsilh tisqnkuutsstc. ''We don’t actually fill them right up, we measure the depth.'' 41 Kpakmit s7usmntacwit, nuts’ixalhts’ scnasuksilhts. ''When they are done skimming, we, the women, start refining it.'' 42 Alh7naycliwanawlukuks s7imlkukststs’n snuts’ixalh. ''But the men help us throughout with the refining.'' 43 Alapatsalh s7usmntacwaycaw ats s7alhlhmilh s7alh7ayakilh cats s7iixwsulhulhtnmlh calhkw’aluus waniixw. ''Before they finish skimming (the grease), we start to build a big fire.'' 44 Kawlstilhts’ cat’xt7ats ulaniixw7ats. ''Then we pile rocks on top of this fire.'' 45 Tmya7iluts’ik skwlculhs ats s7usmntacwaylaycaw ats. ''Before it gets real hot, they have managed to finish skimming.'' 46 Quts’ulhilh7its’ik tismaw tit’xttc snmpilh ulhtimawalhtc. ''Then we wash one rock and put it into one of the pails.'' 47 Askmap’stnakilhts’ s7ip’ilh tit’xtt’ayc alakwlulh7ats. ''We use tongs to remove one rock from the hot ones.'' 48 Nmpilhts’ alhtimawalh tiulhqntc. ''Now we put it into one of the pails.'' 49 Numustulhts’ waulhqnuks7ats ctisamsamawlh tit’xt. ''We put one rock at a time into each of these pails.'' 50 Kamalhyas tiskwlulhs snupapnts timawalhtc. ''If it is hot enough, the contents will start boiling.'' 51 Alh7ayma camúsulhts’ ulhtimawalh tiulhqn wanmpilh alat’xt7ats. ''It may be four rocks that we put into one pail.'' 52 S7aymis squts’ulhilh alapatsalh snmpilh. ''We always wash the rocks before we transfer them.'' 53 Wastscwis wamúsulh7ats snuts’ixalh. ''Four rocks actually suffice for us to do the refining.'' 53 Tsayakilh alaats snuts’ixilh, nucsaaxlatsuttulhtuts’ ats uuxnk. ''When we have finished refining, we allow the liquid to settle down.'' 54 Ksulhilhts’, ksilhts’ wat’xt7ats alaulhqn7ats. ''Then we pull the rocks out, we pull them from these pails.'' 55 Umtulhtuts’ wasq’lhkwakilhtuts’ ctitsakwalqit’ayc. ''We now use this long-handled tool to remove the rocks.'' 56 Alh7ays ctitsakwalqitc sqwanilhs tisq’lhkwakilhts’t’ayc s7umtulhtuts’ wat’xt7ats, wakwlulh wat’xt7ats. ''It is like a spoon with a long handle, this tool that we now use to remove the rocks, those hot rocks.'' 57 Ip’aaxilh7ilhuuk alhtinusaplintalhht’ayc ú lhtilhkw’aalh tiulhqnt’ayc. ''Right after that, we strain the liquid through a flour sack into this large pail.'' 58 Lhkw’aalh, umattulh s7ip’aaxilh. ''A large container, that’s where we transfer the liquid to as we strain it.'' 59 Ip’aaxaynicilhtuts’ wasluq’7ats, tl’aptulhtuts’ úlasq’lhkwaw waq’umsciwa7ats, wasq’lhkwakilhts’ alh7aysts. ''After we finish straining the grease, we transfer it to vessels (“implements”) that are used by white people, that are now also used by us.'' 60 Ayutsmim ats ''one gallons'', nu''wine''talhh ats alaqwliuulh wastuu7ats. ''They are called “one gallon”, these wine bottles at the “green store” (liquor store).'' 61 Umattulhts’ snmpilh wasluq’7ats. ''Those are the ones we now put the grease in.'' 62 Alhtsayakmsts’. ''Now the job is done.'' 63 Axwts’ st’axws ats s7ickakus ú lasulh7ats. ''These are easy to carry home.'' 64 Nu7itl’ikittuts’ ats s7usutsaaxammaycaw alasulhts ulanukusyals7ats. ''Then they move them to a location under the house, to the root cellar.'' 65 Q’awitts’ wasluq’ts. ''That’s where they store the grease.'' 66 Waslhwaalhtl’apaks tismak alhtismawaax tisuncw, lhwaalhtl’apakaw. ''They actually prepare two batches of grease in one day, they do it twice.'' 67 Sláxs watl’apamkit smatl’apakaw. ''They procure a lot (of grease) per batch.'' 68 Ica7yawtsmamkilh7its’ik ats ulatcunikusilh7ats. ''And we trade grease with the ones that live to the west of us.'' 69 Akwnutsmawtuu waaxw7ats kstcw7ats, wic st’axws ats slhxus. ''And the ones who have not made any (grease) buy it too, because this is hard work.'' 70 Nunulhuk’aw slax alhlhmilh. ''Many among us are lazy.'' 71 Yayaatwamktsutaw7ituk acwlh alhlhmilh skstut. ''But some of us are happy to do this work.'' 72 Waymalhu. ''Well, this must be it for now.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} dzm5eouej8zvu99zs4x2ryfsbuaj05t 1365337 1365322 2026-09-24T20:24:47Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365337 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = How to Prepare Eulachon Grease | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Anayk t’ayc skaalats’its s7alh7aytulh ats wastutusluq’ilhts ssputcmlhts’. ''This one wants me to describe how we prepare grease after the eulachon run.'' 2 Alapatsalh skstum waalhtiixw7ats alhtaayk’txw. ''They first made the eulachon nets, long ago.'' 3 Alaayk’ s7alh7aytum skstum waalhtiixw7ats. ''Long ago, they did make those nets.'' 4 Alhtisuncwtts’ axwts’ tikanu7alhtiixwakliwats’. ''Today, they don’t seem to be using eulachon nets anymore.'' 5 Wicts’ waayutsmim7ats sklkltas wasi7ayakawts’. ''They now use what we call klklta (herring seine).'' 6 Qtsamkit tiklkltat’ayc. ''They drop this net into the water.'' 7 Aynawts’ ssacwatit snmptit úlhtisatl’at’ayc stl’aptut skastl’lutsmaw úlhtilhkw’aalh tistl’lutst’ayc. ''Then they use dipnets to transfer them (the eulachons) into a canoe, and then they start putting them in a bin, this large eulachon box.'' 8 Alh7aynama calhwaask’mtakts, ikayalaycaw. ''This may take them two days to finish, if they’re lucky.'' 9 Kamalhaxw yalaycaw casputc smusaaxakama skatl’apamktit katsay kaanaykmtit skastl’lutstit. ''If they’re not lucky catching eulachons, it may take them four days to catch all the fish they want to put in the bin.'' 10 Wic7its’ik stsayakaw stl’lutsmaw, nuq’lhkwaaqitts’ tikanusmaaksta. ''Then, they are done filling the bin, and now they start preparing a box for cooking the eulachons.'' 11 Kalhmaaxtsaw, kstut, q’lhkwakmit, maaxtsitts’ waasaaqtas tikanuslhumtanawt’ayc. ''They look for clay, they fix it, they prepare it, they now apply clay to the bottom of what will be their cooking box.'' 12 Tsayakmit, iskwmlhawtuts’ cakwmlhaw. ''They’re finished, and now they are going to gather firewood.'' 13 Alh7ays cats’icwaaxts, t’xulhaaxmatuu (kaayk’lits’tutit wasputcts alhtistl’lutstc) stsqwakmaw skasmakaw. ''It may be like five days, maybe even six (if they keep the eulachons in the bin longer), then they will begin to prepare the grease.'' 14 Nuquts’ikayctuttuu tinusmaakstat’ayc, sts’xmaycaw snuquts’ikayctut ssmnuqlayktut. ''They really clean the cooking box, they clean it thoroughly, and have water ready in it.'' 15 Inacwmaalh7iluts’ik tiimlkt’ayc snuscwaaqis t’ayc skanukwlctus. ''Early in the morning, a man comes to prepare the fire, to make it hot.'' 16 Nukwlctusts’, ayk’miis tisuncwt’ayc snmpanawts’ casputc7ats ulhtinukwlts’ tiqlat’ayc alhtinusmaakstatc. ''Now he’s made it hot, and later on during the day they put the eulachons into the water that’s now hot in the cooking box.'' 17 Alhkaltcwmit7its’ik s7axw kanupapnttut. ''They make sure that it will not boil.'' 18 Tantats’it uuxnk wanup’ulhkwmyalhu7ats. ''They keep pressing the fish down whenever they start to rise to the surface.'' 19 Nukwlcs wanukwlc7ats alhtc, tantats’it uuxnk. ''The hot spots get hotter, they keep pressing down.'' 20 Tculh7ayliktaw s7alh7aytut cats, ayk’akm. ''They keep doing this for a long time, it takes forever.'' 21 Ulawaycí ts sqaxqaaxlanawts’ waslax7ats ú laulhqnuks7ats. ''Later on, many individuals keep bringing water to these pails.'' 22 Lhiclhikw’aalhtuu wanuskiitsta7ats. ''These tubs are very large indeed.'' 23 Ikayas tikanuskiitsta, umattut caqla kanacliwatut. ''If a tub is good, they pour water into it if they have it ready.'' 24 Kamalhyalhkaycí 7its’ik snup’ulhkwms snupapnts ats snusk’limtuts’ tiamats tinupapntt’ayc. ''If it bubbles too much as it boils, they pour cold water into the spot where it’s boiling.'' 25 Alh7aynawtuts’ katantats’it wasputc7ats alhtinusmaakstat’ayc uuxnk. ''And again, they keep pushing the eulachons down in the cooking box.'' 26 Úlawayciits stl’apakaw skakwilhit wasputcts á lhtinusmaakstatc. ''Later on, they start to crush the eulachons in the cooking box.'' 27 Ts’xmayc skwilhayctutit. ''They really smash them up.'' 28 Nusk’litts’tuu tinusmaakstatc. ''And they pour cold water into the cooking box.'' 29 Kwilhitts’, kwilhit. ''They crush them now, they crush them.'' 30 Wicts’ wasq’lhkwakaw waq’umsciwa7ats, wasq’lhkwakawts’ alaats. ''It is the whiteman’s tools that they use now, their tools.'' 31 Tmstnlhkuks waalh7alh7aytum alaayk’. ''But a long time ago, they used just poles.'' 32 Tsaakw s7alh7ays ctiskulukttc waalh7alh7aytut, wayc s7alhq’lhkws. ''They were as long as a canoe pole, the ones they used, but they were specially made.'' 33 Alh7aysts’n ts stamsacwanawts’ alawayalhhts’n7ats kasikwilhalusaynicitts’ wasputcats. ''Nowadays, they make dipnets with wire for crushing the eulachons.'' 34 Usputl’sts’ casluq’7ats tikwilhimt’ayc. ''Crushed matter rises to the surface as grease.'' 35 Tm7alh7aylhtumts’ s7alhkwilhaycstuts’n s7alh7aynawts’ caalhk’ilhtutts skaslaxlcs kasluq’ alhtialhkwilhht’ayc. ''They just leave it that way after it’s been crushed, and now all they do is wait to see if more grease comes up from this crushed mass.'' 36 Alh7ay7iluk sslaxlcs. ''As time passes, more (grease) does come up.'' 37 Tpimpiixwittuu tinusmaakstatc. ''They keep covering the box.'' 38 Ick’icit úlas7ayk’m s7usmntacwitts’ úlanuyayk waulhqnuks7ats. ''They keep checking for a while, then they skim (the grease) and transfer it to these clean pails.'' 39 K’ilhwaasalhma acwlh7ats, k’ismawalhmatuu acwlh watl’apamkit, ts’klaktalhmatuu ulhqn. ''There may be eight of them (pails) altogether, they may end up with nine altogether, or maybe even ten pails.'' 40 Was7axw lik’tulh ats, alhmnlhatuutsilh tisqnkuutsstc. ''We don’t actually fill them right up, we measure the depth.'' 41 Kpakmit s7usmntacwit, nuts’ixalhts’ scnasuksilhts. ''When they are done skimming, we, the women, start refining it.'' 42 Alh7naycliwanawlukuks s7imlkukststs’n snuts’ixalh. ''But the men help us throughout with the refining.'' 43 Alapatsalh s7usmntacwaycaw ats s7alhlhmilh s7alh7ayakilh cats s7iixwsulhulhtnmlh calhkw’aluus waniixw. ''Before they finish skimming (the grease), we start to build a big fire.'' 44 Kawlstilhts’ cat’xt7ats ulaniixw7ats. ''Then we pile rocks on top of this fire.'' 45 Tmya7iluts’ik skwlculhs ats s7usmntacwaylaycaw ats. ''Before it gets real hot, they have managed to finish skimming.'' 46 Quts’ulhilh7its’ik tismaw tit’xttc snmpilh ulhtimawalhtc. ''Then we wash one rock and put it into one of the pails.'' 47 Askmap’stnakilhts’ s7ip’ilh tit’xtt’ayc alakwlulh7ats. ''We use tongs to remove one rock from the hot ones.'' 48 Nmpilhts’ alhtimawalh tiulhqntc. ''Now we put it into one of the pails.'' 49 Numustulhts’ waulhqnuks7ats ctisamsamawlh tit’xt. ''We put one rock at a time into each of these pails.'' 50 Kamalhyas tiskwlulhs snupapnts timawalhtc. ''If it is hot enough, the contents will start boiling.'' 51 Alh7ayma camúsulhts’ ulhtimawalh tiulhqn wanmpilh alat’xt7ats. ''It may be four rocks that we put into one pail.'' 52 S7aymis squts’ulhilh alapatsalh snmpilh. ''We always wash the rocks before we transfer them.'' 53 Wastscwis wamúsulh7ats snuts’ixalh. ''Four rocks actually suffice for us to do the refining.'' 53 Tsayakilh alaats snuts’ixilh, nucsaaxlatsuttulhtuts’ ats uuxnk. ''When we have finished refining, we allow the liquid to settle down.'' 54 Ksulhilhts’, ksilhts’ wat’xt7ats alaulhqn7ats. ''Then we pull the rocks out, we pull them from these pails.'' 55 Umtulhtuts’ wasq’lhkwakilhtuts’ ctitsakwalqit’ayc. ''We now use this long-handled tool to remove the rocks.'' 56 Alh7ays ctitsakwalqitc sqwanilhs tisq’lhkwakilhts’t’ayc s7umtulhtuts’ wat’xt7ats, wakwlulh wat’xt7ats. ''It is like a spoon with a long handle, this tool that we now use to remove the rocks, those hot rocks.'' 57 Ip’aaxilh7ilhuuk alhtinusaplintalhht’ayc ú lhtilhkw’aalh tiulhqnt’ayc. ''Right after that, we strain the liquid through a flour sack into this large pail.'' 58 Lhkw’aalh, umattulh s7ip’aaxilh. ''A large container, that’s where we transfer the liquid to as we strain it.'' 59 Ip’aaxaynicilhtuts’ wasluq’7ats, tl’aptulhtuts’ úlasq’lhkwaw waq’umsciwa7ats, wasq’lhkwakilhts’ alh7aysts. ''After we finish straining the grease, we transfer it to vessels (“implements”) that are used by white people, that are now also used by us.'' 60 Ayutsmim ats ''one gallons'', nu''wine''talhh ats alaqwliuulh wastuu7ats. ''They are called “one gallon”, these wine bottles at the “green store” (liquor store).'' 61 Umattulhts’ snmpilh wasluq’7ats. ''Those are the ones we now put the grease in.'' 62 Alhtsayakmsts’. ''Now the job is done.'' 63 Axwts’ st’axws ats s7ickakus ú lasulh7ats. ''These are easy to carry home.'' 64 Nu7itl’ikittuts’ ats s7usutsaaxammaycaw alasulhts ulanukusyals7ats. ''Then they move them to a location under the house, to the root cellar.'' 65 Q’awitts’ wasluq’ts. ''That’s where they store the grease.'' 66 Waslhwaalhtl’apaks tismak alhtismawaax tisuncw, lhwaalhtl’apakaw. ''They actually prepare two batches of grease in one day, they do it twice.'' 67 Sláxs watl’apamkit smatl’apakaw. ''They procure a lot (of grease) per batch.'' 68 Ica7yawtsmamkilh7its’ik ats ulatcunikusilh7ats. ''And we trade grease with the ones that live to the west of us.'' 69 Akwnutsmawtuu waaxw7ats kstcw7ats, wic st’axws ats slhxus. ''And the ones who have not made any (grease) buy it too, because this is hard work.'' 70 Nunulhuk’aw slax alhlhmilh. ''Many among us are lazy.'' 71 Yayaatwamktsutaw7ituk acwlh alhlhmilh skstut. ''But some of us are happy to do this work.'' 72 Waymalhu. ''Well, this must be it for now.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} lundtmuk9fiq32chr5nj6gle0etnw1k 0 458922 1365323 2026-09-24T16:10:19Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365323 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’its alhtis7alh7ayakilh alasmlhk7ats skstutilh spanyatilh. ''Well, I will try to describe what we do with fish, how we prepare and smoke-dry them.'' 2 Nacliwatulhluu tikw’putst’ayc kasi7ayakaw tc skauqw’aw alatmcw7ats. ''As usual, we first get the net ready so they can use it while drifting down the river.'' 3 Kawtim ulxlh ulaaaxlh7ats. ''They are given a ride to the upriver area.'' 4 Uqw’awts’ alatmcw7ats. ''Then they start drifting down the river.'' 5 Qtsamktsamkanawts’ wanulhnú s7ats alhtimawalh tilhalast’ayc. ''They keep casting out their nets, these two men on one boat.'' 6 Ticslaxaw alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch a lot.'' 7 Tictsaatsí nawtuu alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch a little bit.'' 8 Tick’acwawtuu alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch nothing at all.'' 9 Kamalhslax7its’ik watl’apamk skwntimtuts’ ctiqw’xwmtimutt’ayc in tilhalast’ayc in wakw’puts7ats. ''When the catch is plentiful, somebody picks them up again in a pickup truck, and collects the boat and nets as well.'' 10 Alhkwnim ulatcatl’saaxs wasulhs titl’mstat’ayc waalhlhmilh waanayk skakstcwacwkutsmaw. ''It (the catch) is taken to the back of somebody’s house, ( for) those of us who are willing to prepare their own food stock.'' 11 Stslitilhts’ alatcatl’saax7ats ulanuscuukstalhh7ats. ''We now put the fish in water-filled tubs behind the house.'' 12 Axw kawicstuu walhalhlaasii7ats skaumattulh skastslitilh wasmlhk7ats. ''That is, if we don’t use the dinghies to keep the fish wet.'' 13 Xim smak’matklits’tutilh ats. ''We leave them in there overnight.'' 14 Tl’apakilhts’ scnasuksilhts skaasyalh. ''Then we, women, start cutting them up.'' 15 Alhtam7apcwaktulhs tsinumawts’ayc. ''One of us keeps putting them up on racks (in the smokehouse).'' 16 Alhtamtl’alhaakastuu caslaq’k7ats. ''She keeps taking the fillets (to the smokehouse) to dry.'' 17 Asyasts’ tsinumawts’ayc. ''And somebody else is doing the cutting.'' 18 Alh7aytulh7iluts’ik cts sqw’alanaw alamatl’apts. ''Sometimes we keep doing this until they (the fish) are all finished.'' 19 Axwtuu qw’alayakmtilh alamatl’apts. ''But sometimes we cannot get everything finished.'' 20 Ascwalhtutilhts’ ats sts’usmsts. ''At sunset, we build a fire (in the smokehouse).'' 21 Nulikw’aakilhtuts’ waslaq’k7ats alainacw7ats. ''We turn the fillets again in the morning.'' 22 Kstimutilhtuts’ skaasyalh skaqw’alatutilh ikaaxw katsayakmtilh. ''And again, we keep working, trying to cut them all, even if we cannot fiinish the work.'' 23 Nutl’lhlcllxsaks waslaq’k7ats. ''The tips of the fillets begin to dry.'' 24 Tl’apakmilhtuts’ skatskw’maakilh. ''That’s when we start pulling the bones out.'' 25 Kamalhaxw aytulh snusqwlhalhhs titl’msta alasqwlh7ats alaslaq’k7ats ulasi7alh7aytulh stskw’maakilh. ''If we don’t do this, one will get fishbones stuck in one’s throat, that’s why we fix it that way, pulling the bones out.'' 26 Axw7ituk alh7ayakaw acwlh7ats. ''But some people don’t do this.'' 27 Axw tskw’maakit. ''They don’t pull the bones out.'' 28 Wicanaw7its’ik waqiqipii7ats waalhlq’tilh si7alh7aytulh stskw’maakilh s7acwlhilhts. ''You see, it’s the children we consider, that’s why some of us pull the bones out.'' 29 Kamalhnupats’llxsaycsts’ ats s7alh7aysts’ cacwpalusmliwatilhts. ''When they (the fillets) have been pierced and secured to sticks, we sort of leave them like that.'' 30 Wayc sniixwtulhlukuks s7aymliwatis ulastl’lhlcaw. ''And all the while, we maintain the fire, on and on, until they dry.'' 31 Tl’lhlcaw. ''They are drying.'' 32 Ustcwtutilh. ''We bring them in.'' 33 Tcalustutilhts’ skanmptilh ulanusk’liikts’ waamats waknicilhts’n7ats. ''We cut them up and put them in the freezer, which is where we keep our food now.'' 34 Alh7aysts’n ts. ''That’s the way it is nowadays.'' 35 Tl’lhlctumkuks alaayk’ sts’xmaycaw stl’lhlctutit s7aytut ulaamatakaw sq’awtit waayutsmit snuknumtanaw. ''But in the olden days, they would be dried, they would dry them thoroughly, and take them to where they stored their food, in what they called their “nuknumta”.'' 36 Wic ats wasnknicilh wiclhhaayk’ waknum7ats. ''This smoked fish has been our food for a long time.'' 37 Sxtl’ikmtuu tinumawtc sslaq’kms, putl’s wask’stlits’7ats alhts. ''Some people even dry the backbones as they smoke the fish, as well as the skin.'' 38 Ay s7ays umatakmilh. ''We fix it in different ways.'' 39 Nukw’lhiiktilh7ituk acwlhts. ''Some people can it.'' 40 Kamalht’lilh7its’ik s7axw nukw’lhiikilh. ''But if it is dog salmon, we don’t can it.'' 41 Tmtcaluslhtutilh sq’awtilh ulanusk’liik7ats. ''We just cut them up, and put them in the freezer.'' 42 Ay s7ays tiumatakmilh tisnknicilh tisliixwt’ayc. ''We fix our food in different ways, like fish head stew.'' 43 St’saaxilhtuu waacwlh7ats snukw’lhiikalhts. ''When we are canning fish, we add salt to some of it.'' 44 St’saaxilh. ''We add salt to it.'' 45 Smawstuu tiamlhht’ayc sq’silh sst’saaxilh. ''But it’s only springsalmon that we salt thoroughly.'' 46 Axw numus skaip’tilh kaqw’las kasmlhk alhtiamlhht’ayc was7axw ts’xmaycs skatmslaxtulhtu ats. ''Not often do we take any other fish beside springsalmon (for canning), and we really do not just make a whole lot of it.'' 47 Alhmnlhatilh. ''We make a limited amount.'' 48 Nuscmamkilhtuu ats alasutk7ats, xlhalhamkilh. ''We do crave this in winter, we are hungry for it.'' 49 Cwplxs t’ax alaknum7ats. ''That’s all about smoked fish.'' 50 Itl’utsmts7its’ik cats ú last’alaats. ''And I will be talking about hemlock bark next.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 23hgmz0mz3owwwp2wnlbij7ptsh3t0k 1365324 1365323 2026-09-24T16:12:34Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365324 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’its alhtis7alh7ayakilh alasmlhk7ats skstutilh spanyatilh. ''Well, I will try to describe what we do with fish, how we prepare and smoke-dry them.'' 2 Nacliwatulhluu tikw’putst’ayc kasi7ayakaw tc skauqw’aw alatmcw7ats. ''As usual, we first get the net ready so they can use it while drifting down the river.'' 3 Kawtim ulxlh ulaaaxlh7ats. ''They are given a ride to the upriver area.'' 4 Uqw’awts’ alatmcw7ats. ''Then they start drifting down the river.'' 5 Qtsamktsamkanawts’ wanulhnús7ats alhtimawalh tilhalast’ayc. ''They keep casting out their nets, these two men on one boat.'' 6 Ticslaxaw alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch a lot.'' 7 Tictsaatsí nawtuu alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch a little bit.'' 8 Tick’acwawtuu alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch nothing at all.'' 9 Kamalhslax7its’ik watl’apamk skwntimtuts’ ctiqw’xwmtimutt’ayc in tilhalast’ayc in wakw’puts7ats. ''When the catch is plentiful, somebody picks them up again in a pickup truck, and collects the boat and nets as well.'' 10 Alhkwnim ulatcatl’saaxs wasulhs titl’mstat’ayc waalhlhmilh waanayk skakstcwacwkutsmaw. ''It (the catch) is taken to the back of somebody’s house, ( for) those of us who are willing to prepare their own food stock.'' 11 Stslitilhts’ alatcatl’saax7ats ulanuscuukstalhh7ats. ''We now put the fish in water-filled tubs behind the house.'' 12 Axw kawicstuu walhalhlaasii7ats skaumattulh skastslitilh wasmlhk7ats. ''That is, if we don’t use the dinghies to keep the fish wet.'' 13 Xim smak’matklits’tutilh ats. ''We leave them in there overnight.'' 14 Tl’apakilhts’ scnasuksilhts skaasyalh. ''Then we, women, start cutting them up.'' 15 Alhtam7apcwaktulhs tsinumawts’ayc. ''One of us keeps putting them up on racks (in the smokehouse).'' 16 Alhtamtl’alhaakastuu caslaq’k7ats. ''She keeps taking the fillets (to the smokehouse) to dry.'' 17 Asyasts’ tsinumawts’ayc. ''And somebody else is doing the cutting.'' 18 Alh7aytulh7iluts’ik cts sqw’alanaw alamatl’apts. ''Sometimes we keep doing this until they (the fish) are all finished.'' 19 Axwtuu qw’alayakmtilh alamatl’apts. ''But sometimes we cannot get everything finished.'' 20 Ascwalhtutilhts’ ats sts’usmsts. ''At sunset, we build a fire (in the smokehouse).'' 21 Nulikw’aakilhtuts’ waslaq’k7ats alainacw7ats. ''We turn the fillets again in the morning.'' 22 Kstimutilhtuts’ skaasyalh skaqw’alatutilh ikaaxw katsayakmtilh. ''And again, we keep working, trying to cut them all, even if we cannot fiinish the work.'' 23 Nutl’lhlcllxsaks waslaq’k7ats. ''The tips of the fillets begin to dry.'' 24 Tl’apakmilhtuts’ skatskw’maakilh. ''That’s when we start pulling the bones out.'' 25 Kamalhaxw aytulh snusqwlhalhhs titl’msta alasqwlh7ats alaslaq’k7ats ulasi7alh7aytulh stskw’maakilh. ''If we don’t do this, one will get fishbones stuck in one’s throat, that’s why we fix it that way, pulling the bones out.'' 26 Axw7ituk alh7ayakaw acwlh7ats. ''But some people don’t do this.'' 27 Axw tskw’maakit. ''They don’t pull the bones out.'' 28 Wicanaw7its’ik waqiqipii7ats waalhlq’tilh si7alh7aytulh stskw’maakilh s7acwlhilhts. ''You see, it’s the children we consider, that’s why some of us pull the bones out.'' 29 Kamalhnupats’llxsaycsts’ ats s7alh7aysts’ cacwpalusmliwatilhts. ''When they (the fillets) have been pierced and secured to sticks, we sort of leave them like that.'' 30 Wayc sniixwtulhlukuks s7aymliwatis ulastl’lhlcaw. ''And all the while, we maintain the fire, on and on, until they dry.'' 31 Tl’lhlcaw. ''They are drying.'' 32 Ustcwtutilh. ''We bring them in.'' 33 Tcalustutilhts’ skanmptilh ulanusk’liikts’ waamats waknicilhts’n7ats. ''We cut them up and put them in the freezer, which is where we keep our food now.'' 34 Alh7aysts’n ts. ''That’s the way it is nowadays.'' 35 Tl’lhlctumkuks alaayk’ sts’xmaycaw stl’lhlctutit s7aytut ulaamatakaw sq’awtit waayutsmit snuknumtanaw. ''But in the olden days, they would be dried, they would dry them thoroughly, and take them to where they stored their food, in what they called their “nuknumta”.'' 36 Wic ats wasnknicilh wiclhhaayk’ waknum7ats. ''This smoked fish has been our food for a long time.'' 37 Sxtl’ikmtuu tinumawtc sslaq’kms, putl’s wask’stlits’7ats alhts. ''Some people even dry the backbones as they smoke the fish, as well as the skin.'' 38 Ay s7ays umatakmilh. ''We fix it in different ways.'' 39 Nukw’lhiiktilh7ituk acwlhts. ''Some people can it.'' 40 Kamalht’lilh7its’ik s7axw nukw’lhiikilh. ''But if it is dog salmon, we don’t can it.'' 41 Tmtcaluslhtutilh sq’awtilh ulanusk’liik7ats. ''We just cut them up, and put them in the freezer.'' 42 Ay s7ays tiumatakmilh tisnknicilh tisliixwt’ayc. ''We fix our food in different ways, like fish head stew.'' 43 St’saaxilhtuu waacwlh7ats snukw’lhiikalhts. ''When we are canning fish, we add salt to some of it.'' 44 St’saaxilh. ''We add salt to it.'' 45 Smawstuu tiamlhht’ayc sq’silh sst’saaxilh. ''But it’s only springsalmon that we salt thoroughly.'' 46 Axw numus skaip’tilh kaqw’las kasmlhk alhtiamlhht’ayc was7axw ts’xmaycs skatmslaxtulhtu ats. ''Not often do we take any other fish beside springsalmon (for canning), and we really do not just make a whole lot of it.'' 47 Alhmnlhatilh. ''We make a limited amount.'' 48 Nuscmamkilhtuu ats alasutk7ats, xlhalhamkilh. ''We do crave this in winter, we are hungry for it.'' 49 Cwplxs t’ax alaknum7ats. ''That’s all about smoked fish.'' 50 Itl’utsmts7its’ik cats úlast’alaats. ''And I will be talking about hemlock bark next.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 8h351c01d68clx2gbh1gd9fd94jeq3q 1365336 1365324 2026-09-24T20:24:33Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365336 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = How to Prepare Dried Fish | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, ayuutstimutts skaalats’its alhtis7alh7ayakilh alasmlhk7ats skstutilh spanyatilh. ''Well, I will try to describe what we do with fish, how we prepare and smoke-dry them.'' 2 Nacliwatulhluu tikw’putst’ayc kasi7ayakaw tc skauqw’aw alatmcw7ats. ''As usual, we first get the net ready so they can use it while drifting down the river.'' 3 Kawtim ulxlh ulaaaxlh7ats. ''They are given a ride to the upriver area.'' 4 Uqw’awts’ alatmcw7ats. ''Then they start drifting down the river.'' 5 Qtsamktsamkanawts’ wanulhnús7ats alhtimawalh tilhalast’ayc. ''They keep casting out their nets, these two men on one boat.'' 6 Ticslaxaw alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch a lot.'' 7 Tictsaatsí nawtuu alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch a little bit.'' 8 Tick’acwawtuu alamatl’ap. ''Sometimes they catch nothing at all.'' 9 Kamalhslax7its’ik watl’apamk skwntimtuts’ ctiqw’xwmtimutt’ayc in tilhalast’ayc in wakw’puts7ats. ''When the catch is plentiful, somebody picks them up again in a pickup truck, and collects the boat and nets as well.'' 10 Alhkwnim ulatcatl’saaxs wasulhs titl’mstat’ayc waalhlhmilh waanayk skakstcwacwkutsmaw. ''It (the catch) is taken to the back of somebody’s house, ( for) those of us who are willing to prepare their own food stock.'' 11 Stslitilhts’ alatcatl’saax7ats ulanuscuukstalhh7ats. ''We now put the fish in water-filled tubs behind the house.'' 12 Axw kawicstuu walhalhlaasii7ats skaumattulh skastslitilh wasmlhk7ats. ''That is, if we don’t use the dinghies to keep the fish wet.'' 13 Xim smak’matklits’tutilh ats. ''We leave them in there overnight.'' 14 Tl’apakilhts’ scnasuksilhts skaasyalh. ''Then we, women, start cutting them up.'' 15 Alhtam7apcwaktulhs tsinumawts’ayc. ''One of us keeps putting them up on racks (in the smokehouse).'' 16 Alhtamtl’alhaakastuu caslaq’k7ats. ''She keeps taking the fillets (to the smokehouse) to dry.'' 17 Asyasts’ tsinumawts’ayc. ''And somebody else is doing the cutting.'' 18 Alh7aytulh7iluts’ik cts sqw’alanaw alamatl’apts. ''Sometimes we keep doing this until they (the fish) are all finished.'' 19 Axwtuu qw’alayakmtilh alamatl’apts. ''But sometimes we cannot get everything finished.'' 20 Ascwalhtutilhts’ ats sts’usmsts. ''At sunset, we build a fire (in the smokehouse).'' 21 Nulikw’aakilhtuts’ waslaq’k7ats alainacw7ats. ''We turn the fillets again in the morning.'' 22 Kstimutilhtuts’ skaasyalh skaqw’alatutilh ikaaxw katsayakmtilh. ''And again, we keep working, trying to cut them all, even if we cannot fiinish the work.'' 23 Nutl’lhlcllxsaks waslaq’k7ats. ''The tips of the fillets begin to dry.'' 24 Tl’apakmilhtuts’ skatskw’maakilh. ''That’s when we start pulling the bones out.'' 25 Kamalhaxw aytulh snusqwlhalhhs titl’msta alasqwlh7ats alaslaq’k7ats ulasi7alh7aytulh stskw’maakilh. ''If we don’t do this, one will get fishbones stuck in one’s throat, that’s why we fix it that way, pulling the bones out.'' 26 Axw7ituk alh7ayakaw acwlh7ats. ''But some people don’t do this.'' 27 Axw tskw’maakit. ''They don’t pull the bones out.'' 28 Wicanaw7its’ik waqiqipii7ats waalhlq’tilh si7alh7aytulh stskw’maakilh s7acwlhilhts. ''You see, it’s the children we consider, that’s why some of us pull the bones out.'' 29 Kamalhnupats’llxsaycsts’ ats s7alh7aysts’ cacwpalusmliwatilhts. ''When they (the fillets) have been pierced and secured to sticks, we sort of leave them like that.'' 30 Wayc sniixwtulhlukuks s7aymliwatis ulastl’lhlcaw. ''And all the while, we maintain the fire, on and on, until they dry.'' 31 Tl’lhlcaw. ''They are drying.'' 32 Ustcwtutilh. ''We bring them in.'' 33 Tcalustutilhts’ skanmptilh ulanusk’liikts’ waamats waknicilhts’n7ats. ''We cut them up and put them in the freezer, which is where we keep our food now.'' 34 Alh7aysts’n ts. ''That’s the way it is nowadays.'' 35 Tl’lhlctumkuks alaayk’ sts’xmaycaw stl’lhlctutit s7aytut ulaamatakaw sq’awtit waayutsmit snuknumtanaw. ''But in the olden days, they would be dried, they would dry them thoroughly, and take them to where they stored their food, in what they called their “nuknumta”.'' 36 Wic ats wasnknicilh wiclhhaayk’ waknum7ats. ''This smoked fish has been our food for a long time.'' 37 Sxtl’ikmtuu tinumawtc sslaq’kms, putl’s wask’stlits’7ats alhts. ''Some people even dry the backbones as they smoke the fish, as well as the skin.'' 38 Ay s7ays umatakmilh. ''We fix it in different ways.'' 39 Nukw’lhiiktilh7ituk acwlhts. ''Some people can it.'' 40 Kamalht’lilh7its’ik s7axw nukw’lhiikilh. ''But if it is dog salmon, we don’t can it.'' 41 Tmtcaluslhtutilh sq’awtilh ulanusk’liik7ats. ''We just cut them up, and put them in the freezer.'' 42 Ay s7ays tiumatakmilh tisnknicilh tisliixwt’ayc. ''We fix our food in different ways, like fish head stew.'' 43 St’saaxilhtuu waacwlh7ats snukw’lhiikalhts. ''When we are canning fish, we add salt to some of it.'' 44 St’saaxilh. ''We add salt to it.'' 45 Smawstuu tiamlhht’ayc sq’silh sst’saaxilh. ''But it’s only springsalmon that we salt thoroughly.'' 46 Axw numus skaip’tilh kaqw’las kasmlhk alhtiamlhht’ayc was7axw ts’xmaycs skatmslaxtulhtu ats. ''Not often do we take any other fish beside springsalmon (for canning), and we really do not just make a whole lot of it.'' 47 Alhmnlhatilh. ''We make a limited amount.'' 48 Nuscmamkilhtuu ats alasutk7ats, xlhalhamkilh. ''We do crave this in winter, we are hungry for it.'' 49 Cwplxs t’ax alaknum7ats. ''That’s all about smoked fish.'' 50 Itl’utsmts7its’ik cats úlast’alaats. ''And I will be talking about hemlock bark next.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 6yf6x3l2ws3crv8xce9il7e3uwq3nnx 0 458923 1365325 2026-09-24T16:40:16Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365325 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Tl’apaycts sqiqtítsluu stutust’alats alhNutl’l. ''When I was still a child, I ventured out to collect and prepare hemlock bark at Nutl’l (Kimsquit).'' 2 Alhits alhNutl’l alhtxw slhcwtsutaw tulhikw’lctxw skatutust’alanaw. ''I was living at Nutl’l then, when the elders felt it was time to collect and prepare hemlock bark.'' 3 Alhkwnayciitsts’ alht’axw stl’apilh alhtxw úlhtikulhnks Swak’c tiumattuminilh alht’axw. ''They took me with them, and we went to the base of Mount Swak’c, that’s where we were made to go.'' 4 K’tsaaxnmawts’, takukwpilhtstx, Watcii. ''They were cutting the tree now, my grandfather was, (and so was) Joe Brown.'' 5 Alh7aynawtuu taKwlhanilhtx sk’tsaaxnmaw n taYaxatlhtx, tinumawnaw alhtxw. ''Others that were involved in cutting the tree were Jim Pollard and Frank Kelly, to name a few.'' 6 K’tsaaxnmuksaw, k’tsaaxaycs tisat’lalhpt’ayc. ''They were all cutting away, then the hemlock tree fell.'' 7 Lululiitsim7its’ik t’axw, lululiitsim, aslutanawtu, lululiitsit. ''The bark was peeled, it was peeled, they used a crowbar, they peeled the bark.'' 8 Tl’apakawts’ tucnasukst’axw skasxmaw. ''The women started to scrape the inner layer of the bark out.'' 9 Sxmtumsts’ ilhamatts ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''And the one who was looking after me made me scrape too.'' 10 Asqw’lasmaktumsluts’ alhtu7napstxw sxmtums. ''I was made to add (my scraped bark) to a pile that was separate from hers.'' 11 Naptss ctismq’mnit’ayc tasxtatstx. ''She gave me this little knife for me to use as a scraper.'' 12 Tamlhuk’istumantts’ t’axw ctatsaltcwlhh taamataksts’ takukwpítstx s7alhxapatumsts’ ct’axw slip’tsutilhts’. ''They made me a basket out of cedar bark that my grandfather used to help me carry what I had collected when we went back.'' 13 Wic7its’ik sximsts’ stl’apakaw takukwpilhtstx n Samulhiixw skanutsiixanaw alhtaamatakawtxw spanyanaw alhtukulhuutstxw alhTcatl’sik. ''The next day, my grandfather and Sam Billy started digging a hole at the place where they smoked fish, at the shore at Kimsquit Bay.'' 14 Numyalstuttu anuyalxtut. ''They dug a wide round pit in the ground.'' 15 Lhcwtssts’ ts’ayc, Ximulmc alaats. ''Then, Kimsquit Sally woke me up.'' 16 “Tl’alhix, is7uk’uk’ilh!” tsutsutmtinits. ''“Come, let’s go and get some skunk cabbage leaves!” I was told a few times.'' 17 Tl’apilhtuu skakwnmlh cauk’uk’. ''And we did start collecting skunk cabbage leaves.'' 18 Slax7iluk, xilhilhtu stl’apilh slip’tsutilh skaalhkwnmlh cauk’uk’7ats. ''There was so much, we had to go back many times to collect these leaves.'' 19 Tsayakaw wanutsiixalh7ats. ''Now they had finished digging.'' 20 Nutscwyusnicit uuxnk. ''They figured it was deep enough.'' 21 Tl’apakaw skakawlstaw. ''They began to pile up rocks.'' 22 Iixwsulhaw, kawlstawts’ cat’xt7ats. ''They built a fire, and piled these rocks on it.'' 23 Kwlculhs t’axw, ts’xmaycs skwlculhs. ''They heated up, they became very hot.'' 24 Tictsamulh tut’xttxw. ''The rocks were red-hot.'' 25 Tl’apakawts’ skaaskmap’stamaw skakiskisit tustnts’ tusiniixwlhhtxw tulhiclhiikwtxw. ''They proceeded to use tongs to pull big chunks of burning wood from the fire.'' 26 Kiskisitts’ stsiliktmtutts’ tus7iixwalhkuulh tut’xttxw. ''They pulled them out, and spread the red-hot rocks out.'' 27 Tl’aptumts’ tuuk’uktxw ulhtuuts’alulhs tuniixwlhhtxw wakwlulh wat’xt7ats. ''They put the skunk cabbage leaves on the hot rocks, where the fire had been.'' 28 Ts’xmayc sslaxtum alhtxw skwtl’it ulhtuuts’alulhstxw. ''They really put a lot of them on the rocks.'' 29 Alh7aystuu alhtukulhalstxw kasi7axw sqts’lcs ats. ''They did the same on the sides, to prevent it (the food) from being covered in sand.'' 30 Uslhcwimtuts’ cauk’uk’ snmpaycsts’ tuasxlhh tust’alatxw. ''They covered it so that the scraped inner hemlock bark was packed between two layers of leaves.'' 31 Liclictumts’ ats, quxalstawts’ alhtasntl’tx s7alh7ays ctxw. ''Now it was being cooked, they steamed it overnight like that.'' 32 Nuwlimtu taasikuulhtx alht’axw. ''They poured water into the stovepipe in the center of the pit.'' 33 Asnuwltatuttu kaumatalhs taqlatxw skawlit alhtxw. ''They had that pipe there as a means of pouring water onto them (the hot rocks).'' 34 Usquximtuts’ casuk’ta alhtasntl’tx s7alh7ays ctxw sliclictsutsts’ alhtut’xttxw. ''Now they covered it (the hemlock bark) with sails again, and it stayed like that, cooking on the rocks.'' 35 Xims alaats syacwtinits s7alhpstuminits. ''In the morning, they woke me up and gave me something to eat.'' 36 Wicts’ ats skwnim tuasxtstxw. ''Then they brought me the bark that I had scraped out.'' 37 Ntstuts’ tsitaym. ''It was my job to pound it.'' 38 Tayim ats alapatsalh st’qim wast’alaats. ''The bark was pounded before it was spread out to dry.'' 39 Tayim cat’xt ulhtit’xttuut’ayc. ''It was pounded between two rocks.'' 40 Tculh7á yliktaks ti7naplh stayis ats. ''One would be pounding this mass for a long time.'' 41 Alhtá mqw’yakmitts’ waalhnacliwa alhtay7ats. ''They kept putting aside the pounded mass that was ready.'' 42 Kamalhslaxlc7iluts’ik , tl’aptumts’ ulaqts’us7ats skastsim alaqts’us7ats. ''When there finally was a lot of it, they took it to the racks, to spread it on these racks.'' 43 Uk’uk’tuts’ wapatsalhtum alaats stsim alakulhiks watsaatskw waqts’usuks7ats. ''Skunk cabbage leaves were first spread out on top of these long racks.'' 44 Tl’alhimts’ ats alhtisnxt’ayc. ''Then it dried in the sun.'' 45 Kamalhtl’lhlcs titpyankust’ayc, nulik’usimtuts’ stl’lhlctumtuts’ titpyankust’ayc. ''When one side had dried, they turned it over so the other side could dry as well.'' 46 Q’awimts’ ats stl’lhlcsts’n ts. ''They stored it when it had dried.'' 47 Sutkams sknicimts’. ''It was eaten in the winter.'' 48 Kanusyamsts’ ssnknics. ''This was tasty food.'' 49 Sluq’aaxit, as7anulhts’aliitstuttuu, as7ilkaliitstuttuu caalhi7ats alaasikaax7ats wailk7ats. ''They ate it with eulachon grease, with dried cured fish eggs, and with northern riceroot (edible bulbs) which grows in the woods, this riceroot.'' 50 Kanusyams ats ssnknics. ''This was tasty food.'' 51 Alhtisuncwtts’, axwts’ tikakstcw ats. ''Nowadays, nobody prepares this food.'' 52 Xlhalhamkilhalulukw’ s7alhq’pstayniiclhilh. ''We still crave it now and then, because we know the taste of it.'' 53 Axwts’tuu tikayalh7ayakmitsutilh skakstulh. ''But we don’t get the opportunity to prepare it.'' 54 Wicsts’ taayutsmit waq’umsciwa7ats s''luu''s tisipaaxulh kaaqw’waycilh. ''That’s because what the whitemen call ''“the law”'' makes us afraid of being taken to jail.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 04bm9iqjxietcdgipxxjeqkvbvzuwab 1365338 1365325 2026-09-24T20:24:55Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365338 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = How to Prepare Hemlock Bark | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Tl’apaycts sqiqtítsluu stutust’alats alhNutl’l. ''When I was still a child, I ventured out to collect and prepare hemlock bark at Nutl’l (Kimsquit).'' 2 Alhits alhNutl’l alhtxw slhcwtsutaw tulhikw’lctxw skatutust’alanaw. ''I was living at Nutl’l then, when the elders felt it was time to collect and prepare hemlock bark.'' 3 Alhkwnayciitsts’ alht’axw stl’apilh alhtxw úlhtikulhnks Swak’c tiumattuminilh alht’axw. ''They took me with them, and we went to the base of Mount Swak’c, that’s where we were made to go.'' 4 K’tsaaxnmawts’, takukwpilhtstx, Watcii. ''They were cutting the tree now, my grandfather was, (and so was) Joe Brown.'' 5 Alh7aynawtuu taKwlhanilhtx sk’tsaaxnmaw n taYaxatlhtx, tinumawnaw alhtxw. ''Others that were involved in cutting the tree were Jim Pollard and Frank Kelly, to name a few.'' 6 K’tsaaxnmuksaw, k’tsaaxaycs tisat’lalhpt’ayc. ''They were all cutting away, then the hemlock tree fell.'' 7 Lululiitsim7its’ik t’axw, lululiitsim, aslutanawtu, lululiitsit. ''The bark was peeled, it was peeled, they used a crowbar, they peeled the bark.'' 8 Tl’apakawts’ tucnasukst’axw skasxmaw. ''The women started to scrape the inner layer of the bark out.'' 9 Sxmtumsts’ ilhamatts ilhtl’msta7ilh. ''And the one who was looking after me made me scrape too.'' 10 Asqw’lasmaktumsluts’ alhtu7napstxw sxmtums. ''I was made to add (my scraped bark) to a pile that was separate from hers.'' 11 Naptss ctismq’mnit’ayc tasxtatstx. ''She gave me this little knife for me to use as a scraper.'' 12 Tamlhuk’istumantts’ t’axw ctatsaltcwlhh taamataksts’ takukwpítstx s7alhxapatumsts’ ct’axw slip’tsutilhts’. ''They made me a basket out of cedar bark that my grandfather used to help me carry what I had collected when we went back.'' 13 Wic7its’ik sximsts’ stl’apakaw takukwpilhtstx n Samulhiixw skanutsiixanaw alhtaamatakawtxw spanyanaw alhtukulhuutstxw alhTcatl’sik. ''The next day, my grandfather and Sam Billy started digging a hole at the place where they smoked fish, at the shore at Kimsquit Bay.'' 14 Numyalstuttu anuyalxtut. ''They dug a wide round pit in the ground.'' 15 Lhcwtssts’ ts’ayc, Ximulmc alaats. ''Then, Kimsquit Sally woke me up.'' 16 “Tl’alhix, is7uk’uk’ilh!” tsutsutmtinits. ''“Come, let’s go and get some skunk cabbage leaves!” I was told a few times.'' 17 Tl’apilhtuu skakwnmlh cauk’uk’. ''And we did start collecting skunk cabbage leaves.'' 18 Slax7iluk, xilhilhtu stl’apilh slip’tsutilh skaalhkwnmlh cauk’uk’7ats. ''There was so much, we had to go back many times to collect these leaves.'' 19 Tsayakaw wanutsiixalh7ats. ''Now they had finished digging.'' 20 Nutscwyusnicit uuxnk. ''They figured it was deep enough.'' 21 Tl’apakaw skakawlstaw. ''They began to pile up rocks.'' 22 Iixwsulhaw, kawlstawts’ cat’xt7ats. ''They built a fire, and piled these rocks on it.'' 23 Kwlculhs t’axw, ts’xmaycs skwlculhs. ''They heated up, they became very hot.'' 24 Tictsamulh tut’xttxw. ''The rocks were red-hot.'' 25 Tl’apakawts’ skaaskmap’stamaw skakiskisit tustnts’ tusiniixwlhhtxw tulhiclhiikwtxw. ''They proceeded to use tongs to pull big chunks of burning wood from the fire.'' 26 Kiskisitts’ stsiliktmtutts’ tus7iixwalhkuulh tut’xttxw. ''They pulled them out, and spread the red-hot rocks out.'' 27 Tl’aptumts’ tuuk’uktxw ulhtuuts’alulhs tuniixwlhhtxw wakwlulh wat’xt7ats. ''They put the skunk cabbage leaves on the hot rocks, where the fire had been.'' 28 Ts’xmayc sslaxtum alhtxw skwtl’it ulhtuuts’alulhstxw. ''They really put a lot of them on the rocks.'' 29 Alh7aystuu alhtukulhalstxw kasi7axw sqts’lcs ats. ''They did the same on the sides, to prevent it (the food) from being covered in sand.'' 30 Uslhcwimtuts’ cauk’uk’ snmpaycsts’ tuasxlhh tust’alatxw. ''They covered it so that the scraped inner hemlock bark was packed between two layers of leaves.'' 31 Liclictumts’ ats, quxalstawts’ alhtasntl’tx s7alh7ays ctxw. ''Now it was being cooked, they steamed it overnight like that.'' 32 Nuwlimtu taasikuulhtx alht’axw. ''They poured water into the stovepipe in the center of the pit.'' 33 Asnuwltatuttu kaumatalhs taqlatxw skawlit alhtxw. ''They had that pipe there as a means of pouring water onto them (the hot rocks).'' 34 Usquximtuts’ casuk’ta alhtasntl’tx s7alh7ays ctxw sliclictsutsts’ alhtut’xttxw. ''Now they covered it (the hemlock bark) with sails again, and it stayed like that, cooking on the rocks.'' 35 Xims alaats syacwtinits s7alhpstuminits. ''In the morning, they woke me up and gave me something to eat.'' 36 Wicts’ ats skwnim tuasxtstxw. ''Then they brought me the bark that I had scraped out.'' 37 Ntstuts’ tsitaym. ''It was my job to pound it.'' 38 Tayim ats alapatsalh st’qim wast’alaats. ''The bark was pounded before it was spread out to dry.'' 39 Tayim cat’xt ulhtit’xttuut’ayc. ''It was pounded between two rocks.'' 40 Tculh7á yliktaks ti7naplh stayis ats. ''One would be pounding this mass for a long time.'' 41 Alhtá mqw’yakmitts’ waalhnacliwa alhtay7ats. ''They kept putting aside the pounded mass that was ready.'' 42 Kamalhslaxlc7iluts’ik , tl’aptumts’ ulaqts’us7ats skastsim alaqts’us7ats. ''When there finally was a lot of it, they took it to the racks, to spread it on these racks.'' 43 Uk’uk’tuts’ wapatsalhtum alaats stsim alakulhiks watsaatskw waqts’usuks7ats. ''Skunk cabbage leaves were first spread out on top of these long racks.'' 44 Tl’alhimts’ ats alhtisnxt’ayc. ''Then it dried in the sun.'' 45 Kamalhtl’lhlcs titpyankust’ayc, nulik’usimtuts’ stl’lhlctumtuts’ titpyankust’ayc. ''When one side had dried, they turned it over so the other side could dry as well.'' 46 Q’awimts’ ats stl’lhlcsts’n ts. ''They stored it when it had dried.'' 47 Sutkams sknicimts’. ''It was eaten in the winter.'' 48 Kanusyamsts’ ssnknics. ''This was tasty food.'' 49 Sluq’aaxit, as7anulhts’aliitstuttuu, as7ilkaliitstuttuu caalhi7ats alaasikaax7ats wailk7ats. ''They ate it with eulachon grease, with dried cured fish eggs, and with northern riceroot (edible bulbs) which grows in the woods, this riceroot.'' 50 Kanusyams ats ssnknics. ''This was tasty food.'' 51 Alhtisuncwtts’, axwts’ tikakstcw ats. ''Nowadays, nobody prepares this food.'' 52 Xlhalhamkilhalulukw’ s7alhq’pstayniiclhilh. ''We still crave it now and then, because we know the taste of it.'' 53 Axwts’tuu tikayalh7ayakmitsutilh skakstulh. ''But we don’t get the opportunity to prepare it.'' 54 Wicsts’ taayutsmit waq’umsciwa7ats s''luu''s tisipaaxulh kaaqw’waycilh. ''That’s because what the whitemen call ''“the law”'' makes us afraid of being taken to jail.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 8ooj4o96bcsr813l9i4eg6yplyilrzv 0 458924 1365326 2026-09-24T17:18:32Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365326 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Way, alats’its alhtismat’ayc, tismas tapatsalhhitst’axts’, Lhaluuxmana, takukwpitstx, wiclhhSatskw ulhTl’xwtsaytxw ats. ''Well, I will tell this story, a story that belongs to my ancestor, Lhaluuxmana, my grandfather, and is from a region that stretches from Satskw (Kimsquit area) to Tl’xwtsaytxw (Kitlope).'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alapatsalhs t’ax sstaltmcs timans tatsaatstitx, Lhaluuxmana. ''This is long ago, before this young boy’s father, Lhaluuxmana, was chief.'' 3 Nusclits’kw tamnatx. ''The son was ugly.'' 4 Talawstumkwalukw’ tsimna ulht’ax. ''They tried a few times to get a young woman to marry him.'' 5 Tmmak’matklhkw’iluuk tsitalawsts’ayc swalistuts’ s7alh7ays tisnusclits’skwma tatl’mstatx. ''Each of these wives stayed only one night, then left him because that man was so ugly.'' 6 S7á ymiskw t’ax s7alhtl’lustimuts. ''He was always behind a curtain.'' 7 Alhitimutskw alatcatl’sikus s7aymis. ''He always stayed in the back room.'' 8 Axw nutwinmtimuts ulakastamtl’mstas. ''He didn’t show himself to people in the neighborhood.'' 9 Tsaynaw taamatalaaxtstxw s7alhk’ct in tustamsusqwimtmacwstxw. ''Only his parents and younger siblings ever saw him.'' 10 Aytumkw’italuuk syatum, way, camnmntss taapsulhtx. ''And I’m sure that the people in the village kept giving him their daughters.'' 11 Úlhtsistamnumú samts’ayc s7ayskwma taslq’s tatl’mstatx skasclcliktms. ''When he was with his fourth wife, the man made up his mind to abscond.'' 12 Iclq’mskwmats’ skaays. ''He was thinking about what he was going to do.'' 13 Úlhtismawaaxkw tisuncw alaínacw. ''Then one day came along, early morning.'' 14 Tl’isku alaamlh7ats sxims. ''The sun rises early in the summer.'' 15 Q’lhkwtsutskwmats’ t’ax skaits’amayanms ctatl’ayanlhstx, mukwstuu txw, n tats’ulaplas taalhkwnis. ''He dressed himself with a bearskin blanket, his collar too, and he brought his quiver.'' 16 Nut’ksnimtayks t’ayc, puts’tns tx, stl’aps skausqas alhtusulhtxw. ''This (quiver) was filled with arrows, (he brought) his bow, and he started leaving the house.'' 17 Txuuxnkalhs alhtamnmntatxw kulhuutsam. ''He went down on the steps to the riverbank.'' 18 Lhulhnicimkwmats’ cilhsuuxis7ilh, Qwik’iis. ''His little sister, Qwik’iis, must have heard him.'' 19 Awlhim cilh, qiqtiskwlú ts’ayc. ''She followed him, she was still a little girl.'' 20 “Ustamnuks?” tsutsutmimkwts’ t’ax cilha7ilh. ''“Where are you going?” she was saying to him.'' 21 “Uu, tl’apts ulxlh, ixq’miits,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''“Oh, I’m going for a short walk upriver,” he said.'' 22 “Tl’lhax ustcwnu ulhtaamatalaaxtlhilh!” ''“Go back inside, to our parents!”'' 23 “Alh7naycts alhinu,” tsutsutkw’itk ilha7ilh. ''I’m coming with you,” she said.'' 24 “Axku, axw alhnapits skatculh7ayliktts skalip’aycts alhtisuncwt,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulhilhsuuxis7ilh. ''“No you can’t, I don’t know how long it will be before I come back today,” he said to his little sister.'' 25 Kalaaqwsmiskwts’ t’ax tsiwinwints. ''Then he spotted a sandpiper.'' 26 Tl’aptuskw skatasis alhtutastxw, alhtut’ksnimtastxw. ''And he proceeded to shoot blunt arrows at it, from his (collection of) arrows.'' 27 Ip’iskwts’ ilhwinwintsi7ilh skatsyusis ilhsuuxis7ilh cilh. ''He picked up the little sandpiper and handed her to his little sister.'' 28 “Way, tl’lhax alhkwnicw ts’ayc ulh taamatalaaxtlhilh, kw’nusticw!” tsutskwtuu tc alaats ulhilh, ulasiclhyalh7ayakmis slip’aynicis ilhsuuxis7ilh s7ustcwstuts’. ''”Here, take this one to our parents, show her to them!” he said to her then, to make sure that his little sister would go back into the house again.'' 29 Tl’apskw t’ayc skatsikwalhms txulxlhalhs alhSatskw ulxlh, s7á y s7ays umats skaixq’ms. ''He now started moving upriver at Satskw, to wherever he was going as he walked.'' 30 Alh7ays tisnulhxanlhanmikmitsuts alhtastsnlhstx. ''That’s how bad he was feeling about himself.'' 31 Úlasmawkw anuxum wiclhhalhs tikulhals tismtt’ayc. ''He walked until he reached a river that flowed from the side of this mountain.'' 32 Kulhaaxutstuu taanuxumtxw wamntasts’ t’ayc. ''His path ran alongside that river.'' 33 Nutxaaxlhtum wamntas t’ayc s7itl’tsuts. ''The path that he was following is called Nutxaaxlh.'' 34 Nukaltustuts’ waanuxum7ats alhNutxaaxlh. ''He followed this river at Nutxaaxlh.'' 35 Ay s7ays umats t’ayc, axw alhnapis skaumats s7ixq’ms. ''He was just going anywhere, he didn’t know where he was walking to.'' 36 Alh7ays snukalalhtus waalh7ay camnmntatuuts. ''He was walking on what looked like a road indeed.'' 37 Alh7ays canuyayaalhts smntas. ''It looked like a good road.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skakaltmacwmis tinutsakwaaxt’ayc. ''As he was going, he met this wolf.'' 39 Alhk’ckw’its’ik s7anulhmalhmsts’ ulhtanutsakwaaxtx. ''Standing still, he looked at the wolf.'' 40 Putl’sts’ ulhtaslq’stx: “Tl’apamkitsts’ waanaykmitsts.” ''The thought entered his mind: “Now I will get what I want.”'' 41 Nutsutik skawnts’im ctanutsakwaaxtx. ''He thought he was going to be killed by the wolf.'' 42 Nunuk’calximkw’itk’uk tanutsakwaaxtx, way. ''But the wolf kept looking back.'' 43 Alh7ayliwaniciskwts’ ctiqaaxt’usmimtuutc ctx. ''It looked to him as though he (the wolf) was beckoning him.'' 44 Nuyulmaaxskw tanutsakwaaxtx skaixq’ms. ''The wolf started to walk back to where he had come from.'' 45 Alh7ilhmskwluts’ tatl’mstatx, way, s7axw tsikwalhms, alhllxwis. ''The man kept standing, well, he did not move for some reason, he was looking at him (the wolf).'' 46 Nuk’calximskw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtx. ''And the wolf was looking back at him.'' 47 Axkwmatuya tsikwalhms t’ax. ''But the man did not move at all.'' 48 Lip’tsutkw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtatl’mstatx skamú sams skayalquulhlatis. ''The wolf returned to the man, and circled him four times.'' 49 Tl’apskwtuts’ tx skatsikwalhms alhtumntalhstuutxw. ''Then he (the man) started to walk again on the same path that he had used before.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw s7awlhists’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''That’s when he followed the wolf.'' 51 T’ayc Lhaluuxmana tiawlhtts’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, who followed the wolf.'' 52 Alh7awlhiskwluts’ alamntas. ''He kept following him on his path.'' 53 Alh7á ynaw ctxw s7ixq’maw alhtasuncwtx ú la sts’ktaw ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''They were walking all day, until they reached this cave.'' 54 Ustcwalhtumkwts’ t’ayc ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''He was led into this cave.'' 55 Alhyannmkw tismtt’ayc. ''Here, the mountain was shaped into an overhang.'' 56 Nutl’lhalhllsts’ waastcws taamats tialhyannmt’ayc. ''The space under this overhang was dry.'' 57 Alh7aysts’ cayayulmcts takulhulmctx ú lhtialhyannmt’ayc. ''And the ground going into this overhang was level.'' 58 Kamalhk’ckw’its’ik titl’msta alakulhanks t’ayc uuxnk sstatpusskwts’ uuxnk alhtutpyanktxw. ''When one looks down the sides (of the overhang), it’s steep to down below on one side.'' 59 Alhists’ tatl’mstatx alht’ayc s7astcws alhtit’apalstt’ayc alhtasntl’tx. ''The man stayed inside this cave all night.'' 60 Alhiskwts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtaasutsliwastx s7axtss. ''The wolf stayed close to the entrance, and went to sleep there.'' 61 (Alh)tasntl’tx sk’matkawts’ alaats, way, alhtasntl’tx. ''They stayed overnight there, I’m sure, on that night.'' 60 Axkwts’ alh7napis t’ayc sstams wats’ktas alhtasntl’tx stsitumaskwmats’ s7alhq’uxlcs s7ixq’ms. ''He didn’t know what happened to him that night, as he was sleeping, tired from walking.'' 61 Axwts’ alhnapis skakstum ctikakstcw. ''He didn’t know if anyone was doing anything to him.'' 62 Xims alaats. ''Then the sun rose.'' 63 Tsikwalhmakwtuts’ ats. ''They started walking again.'' 64 Txuuxnkalhawts’ ats ú lhtisTl’xwtsaytxwts’t’ayc. ''They walked down towards the Kitlope region.'' 65 Ixq’mawtuts’ s7ixwanmaw, ixwanmaw tculhts ú lhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''They walked a long way again, and went as far as Kitlope.'' 66 Kulhaaxuts7its’ik waanuxum. ''Beside the road, there was a river.'' 67 Ixwams ats s7anuxums alhtikulhalss tismttc. ''It flows down a long way from the side of the mountain.'' 68 Wicluts’ ats wasikulhaaxutstuu watsalhts alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And right there, to the side of the road, is also a lake, at Kitlope.'' 69 Ayalhawts’ ú lhtists’ixikalhkwt’ayc. ''Then they walked to this sandbar.'' 70 Alh7aysts’ ctikw’nusimtc, tatl’mstatx, ctanutsakwaaxtx tpyaaxutsam ulhtisulhkw. ''The wolf seemed to be showing the man this village across the river.'' 71 Mú sulhkw tusulhtxw waq’upmiixw7ats. ''There were four houses, and smoke was rising from them.'' 72 Aytumkwsuts’ tx skayalquulhlatim skamú samskwtuts’ t’ayc syalquulhlatis swalim tatl’mstatx alhtasts’ixikalhtx. ''And again, he (the wolf) circled him, he circled him four times, then he left the man behind on the sandbar.'' 73 Ayalhkwsuts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtamntalhhawtxw tasixilcusawtxw, kulhankus taanuxumtxw. ''And again, the wolf went back on the same path they had followed earlier, where they had emerged, the side of the river.'' 74 Tsaxwmkw’its’ik Lhaluuxmana alhtaanuxumtxw tpyaaxutsam. ''Lhaluuxmana then waded across the river to the other side.'' 75 Tsaxwms ú lhtasulhtxw, ulhtisulht’ayc. ''He waded towards the houses, to this village.'' 76 Anaykskwts’ skak’ctis watl’msta7ats s7alh7aynaw. ''He wanted to see these people, to find out what they were like.'' 77 Axw alhk’yuktis, axw alhk’yukistuu takulhulmc taamatstxw. ''He did not recognize them, he did not know in what country he was.'' 78 Alhyannmkw’its’ik tistnt’ayc á lhtinustl’p tinuqlat’ayc. ''A tree was hanging over this pond, this water.'' 79 Wascwnalhs t’ayc alatcatl’saaxs tasulhtx, tiumatsts’ Lhaluuxmana sq’lums. ''This was actually a well, at the back of the village, where Lhaluuxmana went to climb the tree.'' 80 Anayksts’ skaalhllxwis skaalhkalhk’ctsuts ulats’kta. ''He wanted to observe things, to look at what went on down there.'' 81 Axkw’iluk ayk’s t’ax s7alhq’lumaycs sputl’s tsitsaatstits’ayc skaas7ulhqnaks ú lhtiqlat’ayc. ''And it was not long after he had climbed up that this girl came with a bucket to fetch water.'' 82 Was7asqup’tnakakw waalhi alhtutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''But they were beating the drums, the ones who lived at the location that the girl had come from.'' 83 Nuyamlhuksaw s7asqup’tnakuksaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw tutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''They were singing and drumming at the house where the girl had come from.'' 84 Mntcwaskwaluts’ ts’ayc ulhtiqlat’ayc skalaaqwsmis tialhkalhk’ctsutt’ayc ulhilh alhtuqlatxw stipusaycsts’. ''She was about to start dipping water when she saw this one looking at her, (she saw) his reflection in the water.'' 85 Apcwaqw’smskwts’ skak’cs ulhtx. ''She lifted her gaze to look at him.'' 86 Atl’smcnicists’ ts’ayc t’ayc stl’mstas. ''She thought he was a Tsilhqot’in man.'' 87 Nunusq’aaxmskwts’ ts’ayc skaalh7ayutss “Atl’smc!”, tsutsutkw. ''She hollered, saying “Tsilhqot’in!”, is what she said.'' 88 Tl’aps ulhtasulhs tatcamatlhhalhstxw. ''She went to the house that she had come from.'' 89 Putl’uksakwts’ watl’msta7ats skalitcwmuksaw. ''They all came out, these people, to see what was going on.'' 90 Asnutumutsakakw tuslaxtxw alhtxw. ''Many of them carried spears.'' 91 Tl’apaw skaalh7alhtsimawalhu ulhtitl’mstat’ayc skatxuuxnkalhs. ''They started talking to this man, telling him to climb down.'' 92 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 93 Way, yayatsutí kwlukuks tx, Lhaluuxmana, stxuuxnkalhs alhtialhyannm tistnt’ayc, txuuxnks ulhtxw. ''Well, slowly he, Lhaluuxmana, came down from this overhanging tree, down towards them.'' 94 Alhkwnimts’ t’ayc, alhlisliwatimts’ ctaanutumutstxw úlhtusulhtxw s7ustcwtum. ''They took him, sort of pushing him with the spears, to the house and brought him inside.'' 95 Alhllxwskwts’ t’ax, way, ulaastcws7ats, way, ulasulh7ats. ''Well, he viewed the inside of this house.'' 96 Alhllxwists’ tuspanyatxw, ast’nxwakw tuspanyatxw. ''He looked at the smoked fish, whose heads had not been cut off.'' 97 Alhtxuuxqnkiiqwawts’ stl’lhaw. ''They were hung to dry with the heads down.'' 98 Aqw’qw’alxyaycakwk’u t’axw, tl’mstatxw alhtuitsanaw tuspanyatxw. ''The men’s hair got constantly tangled on the teeth of the dried fish.'' 99 Tm7alhllxwsts’ t’ayc alaats. ''He was just looking at everything in there.'' 100 Alh7alhtsimakwaluts’ ulhtx. ''They kept trying to talk to him.'' 101 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 102 Lhk’mskwts’ t’ax. ''Then he spoke.'' 103 Way, ticskwts’tuu tisxlhalhhs tisi7ayutss ctxw. ''Well, his hunger made him talk.'' 104 “Slax tispanya,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax, way, slhk’msts’. ''“That’s a lot of dried fish,” I’m sure he said, now that he was talking.'' 105 “Tl’lhanaxw uq’xip lha7na!” tsutakw’ituts’ik t’axw way. ''“Go call her!” they said.'' 106 “Acwsan tsitl’mstatsc alhtislhk’mstasmakw t’ayc.” ''“I think she knows the language that this one is speaking.”'' 107 Uq’ximkwts’ tsitl’mstats’ayc. ''Then this woman was called.'' 108 “Ayutskwtuts’ tx “Slax tispanya,” tsutskwtuts’ tx. Spanyant’utumkw tsistanst’ayc, tsut t’ayc,” tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh way. ''“He said “That’s a lot of dried fish,” is what he said. He said that his mother’s name is Spanyant’u,” she said.'' 109 Tm7alhk’clhskwtuts’ t’ax ú lhilh tsialh7alh7ayutsts’ayc wasSpanyant’utum tsistans. ''He just looked at her, the woman who said that his mother’s name was Spanyant’u.'' 110 Axwts’ analhatis. ''He did not respond to her.'' 111 Aytu t’ayc ulaats, ulasulh7ats. ''He was accepted there, into this house.'' 112 Talawstumts’ ulhilhk’ct ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''They let him marry the young woman that had seen him.'' 113 Tsicluts’n ilh tsicnass. ''From now on, she was his wife.'' 114 Tculh7ayliktsts’ t’ayc s7axw lip’alhms ú lhSatskw, ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''And for a long time he did not return to Satskw, to his parents.'' 115 Clhmnmntslcsts’. ''He started a family.'' 116 Acwsalcuutsts’tu alhta slhk’mstanaw tuapsulhtxw, tuTl’xwtsaytxwtxw. ''He learned to speak the language of the village, Kitlope.'' 117 ItTl’xwtsaytxwsts’ s7alh7alhtsims. ''He spoke Kitlope whenever he talked.'' 118 Wickw’its’ika txw, way, s7alats’í tutis sstaltmcs timans alhSatskw. ''It was at this time, I’m sure, that he told them that his father was a chief at Satskw.'' 119 Papqists’ sSpanpatl’tnayctum timans. ''And he revealed his father’s name as Spanpatl’tnayc.'' 120 Nulhnúsamnakw’its’ik wamnmntss t’ax s7ayutss skalip’alhms skak’ctis taamatalaaxtstxw, tiasclcliktmlhht’ayc. ''He now had two children, and he said he would go back to see his parents, this onetime run-away man.'' 121 Alhkwnistu ilhcnass7ilh in tumnmntsstxw. ''He took his wife with him, as well as his children.'' 122 Alhxapatumkwts’ t’ayc caacwlh watl’msta waalh7nayc alhtx casluq’. ''Some of the people that went with him carried eulachon grease for him.'' 123 Alhkwntsis tamanstx casluq’ snuslaxaw ats stl’apaw alht’ayc. ''He brought some eulachon grease for his father, as many people were coming with him.'' 124 Ayalhsts’ t’ayc alhtumntalhhtumtx ctanutsakwaaxtx slip’alhmsts’ úlhSatskw. ''He followed the same road that the wolf had taken him on, and started going back to Satskw.'' 125 Alh7aynawsuts’ txw sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''And again, they spent the night in this cave.'' 126 K’matkaw alhtxw. ''They spent the night there.'' 127 Xims stsikwalhmawtuts’ stl’apawts’ úlhSatskw. ''In the morning, they started walking again, going to Satskw.'' 128 Alh7atmanicimts’ t’ayc ctaamatalaaxtstxw. ''His parents though that he had died.'' 129 Qw’lasts’ sts’kts ulhtxw, axwts’ tics tx. ''He looked different when he arrived there, he was not the same.'' 130 Axwts’ alhk’yukim. ''Nobody recognized him.'' 131 Ts’kts ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''He arrived at his parents’ place.'' 132 Wickw’its’ika txw spapqtsutsts’ caskwatstas txw. ''That’s when he identified himself by his names.'' 133 Papqlhists’ tamanstx in ilhstans7ilh sts’xanicim stics tx. ''He mentioned the names of his father and mother, and now they were convinced that it was him.'' 134 Way, alh7ayutsawk’u ct’axw ssmayuustsant tulhlkw’lctalhtstxw, wasi7alh7ays tiTl’xwtsaytxwankamlh. ''Well, that’s the story my elders told me, how it is that we are part Kitlope.'' 135 Ticsts’ t’ayc, Lhaluuxmana, tisi7ays wats’kta alaayk’. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, he’s the reason that this happened long ago.'' 136 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 137 Ays ctxw stalawss ulhtsiTl’xwtsaytxwts’ayc. ''He did marry this Kitlope woman.'' 138 Alh7ayslú ts’ alhtisuncwt s7alh7napilh swanaw watcamatlhhs ilhtsaatsi ilhumats7ilh alaTl’xwtsaytxwmc. ''Even today, we still know who they are, the people that this young woman came from, her place among the Kitlope people.'' 139 Nunanicikmlhits s7alh7aysts’ntsk slip’alhms Lhaluuxmana ulhSatskw s7alh7aynawtuts’ sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''I forgot to mention that on the way back to Satskw, Lhaluuxmana and his company spent the night in this cave again.'' 140 Wickw txw snuqulhalsists’ tit’apalstt’ayc casnuqulhalsistsk. ''It was then that he made decorations on the cave wall, these things that he drew on the wall.'' 141 Alhtisuncwt s7alh7ayskwlu ats s7anuqulhals tit’apalstt’ayc alhtikak’ct alakawayc. ''Today, it’s still like that, this cave with decorated walls, for anyone to see at any time.'' 142 Alhikwlú alhts, tsutsutmimkw’. ''It’s still there, so they say.'' 143 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 6fbkanfhvefdn9n3n8ea7barhhlvj3n 1365327 1365326 2026-09-24T17:19:07Z Quinlan83 458267 Requesting deletion 1365327 wikitext text/x-wiki {{delete|Test page}}1 Way, alats’its alhtismat’ayc, tismas tapatsalhhitst’axts’, Lhaluuxmana, takukwpitstx, wiclhhSatskw ulhTl’xwtsaytxw ats. ''Well, I will tell this story, a story that belongs to my ancestor, Lhaluuxmana, my grandfather, and is from a region that stretches from Satskw (Kimsquit area) to Tl’xwtsaytxw (Kitlope).'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alapatsalhs t’ax sstaltmcs timans tatsaatstitx, Lhaluuxmana. ''This is long ago, before this young boy’s father, Lhaluuxmana, was chief.'' 3 Nusclits’kw tamnatx. ''The son was ugly.'' 4 Talawstumkwalukw’ tsimna ulht’ax. ''They tried a few times to get a young woman to marry him.'' 5 Tmmak’matklhkw’iluuk tsitalawsts’ayc swalistuts’ s7alh7ays tisnusclits’skwma tatl’mstatx. ''Each of these wives stayed only one night, then left him because that man was so ugly.'' 6 S7á ymiskw t’ax s7alhtl’lustimuts. ''He was always behind a curtain.'' 7 Alhitimutskw alatcatl’sikus s7aymis. ''He always stayed in the back room.'' 8 Axw nutwinmtimuts ulakastamtl’mstas. ''He didn’t show himself to people in the neighborhood.'' 9 Tsaynaw taamatalaaxtstxw s7alhk’ct in tustamsusqwimtmacwstxw. ''Only his parents and younger siblings ever saw him.'' 10 Aytumkw’italuuk syatum, way, camnmntss taapsulhtx. ''And I’m sure that the people in the village kept giving him their daughters.'' 11 Úlhtsistamnumú samts’ayc s7ayskwma taslq’s tatl’mstatx skasclcliktms. ''When he was with his fourth wife, the man made up his mind to abscond.'' 12 Iclq’mskwmats’ skaays. ''He was thinking about what he was going to do.'' 13 Úlhtismawaaxkw tisuncw alaínacw. ''Then one day came along, early morning.'' 14 Tl’isku alaamlh7ats sxims. ''The sun rises early in the summer.'' 15 Q’lhkwtsutskwmats’ t’ax skaits’amayanms ctatl’ayanlhstx, mukwstuu txw, n tats’ulaplas taalhkwnis. ''He dressed himself with a bearskin blanket, his collar too, and he brought his quiver.'' 16 Nut’ksnimtayks t’ayc, puts’tns tx, stl’aps skausqas alhtusulhtxw. ''This (quiver) was filled with arrows, (he brought) his bow, and he started leaving the house.'' 17 Txuuxnkalhs alhtamnmntatxw kulhuutsam. ''He went down on the steps to the riverbank.'' 18 Lhulhnicimkwmats’ cilhsuuxis7ilh, Qwik’iis. ''His little sister, Qwik’iis, must have heard him.'' 19 Awlhim cilh, qiqtiskwlú ts’ayc. ''She followed him, she was still a little girl.'' 20 “Ustamnuks?” tsutsutmimkwts’ t’ax cilha7ilh. ''“Where are you going?” she was saying to him.'' 21 “Uu, tl’apts ulxlh, ixq’miits,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''“Oh, I’m going for a short walk upriver,” he said.'' 22 “Tl’lhax ustcwnu ulhtaamatalaaxtlhilh!” ''“Go back inside, to our parents!”'' 23 “Alh7naycts alhinu,” tsutsutkw’itk ilha7ilh. ''I’m coming with you,” she said.'' 24 “Axku, axw alhnapits skatculh7ayliktts skalip’aycts alhtisuncwt,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulhilhsuuxis7ilh. ''“No you can’t, I don’t know how long it will be before I come back today,” he said to his little sister.'' 25 Kalaaqwsmiskwts’ t’ax tsiwinwints. ''Then he spotted a sandpiper.'' 26 Tl’aptuskw skatasis alhtutastxw, alhtut’ksnimtastxw. ''And he proceeded to shoot blunt arrows at it, from his (collection of) arrows.'' 27 Ip’iskwts’ ilhwinwintsi7ilh skatsyusis ilhsuuxis7ilh cilh. ''He picked up the little sandpiper and handed her to his little sister.'' 28 “Way, tl’lhax alhkwnicw ts’ayc ulh taamatalaaxtlhilh, kw’nusticw!” tsutskwtuu tc alaats ulhilh, ulasiclhyalh7ayakmis slip’aynicis ilhsuuxis7ilh s7ustcwstuts’. ''”Here, take this one to our parents, show her to them!” he said to her then, to make sure that his little sister would go back into the house again.'' 29 Tl’apskw t’ayc skatsikwalhms txulxlhalhs alhSatskw ulxlh, s7á y s7ays umats skaixq’ms. ''He now started moving upriver at Satskw, to wherever he was going as he walked.'' 30 Alh7ays tisnulhxanlhanmikmitsuts alhtastsnlhstx. ''That’s how bad he was feeling about himself.'' 31 Úlasmawkw anuxum wiclhhalhs tikulhals tismtt’ayc. ''He walked until he reached a river that flowed from the side of this mountain.'' 32 Kulhaaxutstuu taanuxumtxw wamntasts’ t’ayc. ''His path ran alongside that river.'' 33 Nutxaaxlhtum wamntas t’ayc s7itl’tsuts. ''The path that he was following is called Nutxaaxlh.'' 34 Nukaltustuts’ waanuxum7ats alhNutxaaxlh. ''He followed this river at Nutxaaxlh.'' 35 Ay s7ays umats t’ayc, axw alhnapis skaumats s7ixq’ms. ''He was just going anywhere, he didn’t know where he was walking to.'' 36 Alh7ays snukalalhtus waalh7ay camnmntatuuts. ''He was walking on what looked like a road indeed.'' 37 Alh7ays canuyayaalhts smntas. ''It looked like a good road.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skakaltmacwmis tinutsakwaaxt’ayc. ''As he was going, he met this wolf.'' 39 Alhk’ckw’its’ik s7anulhmalhmsts’ ulhtanutsakwaaxtx. ''Standing still, he looked at the wolf.'' 40 Putl’sts’ ulhtaslq’stx: “Tl’apamkitsts’ waanaykmitsts.” ''The thought entered his mind: “Now I will get what I want.”'' 41 Nutsutik skawnts’im ctanutsakwaaxtx. ''He thought he was going to be killed by the wolf.'' 42 Nunuk’calximkw’itk’uk tanutsakwaaxtx, way. ''But the wolf kept looking back.'' 43 Alh7ayliwaniciskwts’ ctiqaaxt’usmimtuutc ctx. ''It looked to him as though he (the wolf) was beckoning him.'' 44 Nuyulmaaxskw tanutsakwaaxtx skaixq’ms. ''The wolf started to walk back to where he had come from.'' 45 Alh7ilhmskwluts’ tatl’mstatx, way, s7axw tsikwalhms, alhllxwis. ''The man kept standing, well, he did not move for some reason, he was looking at him (the wolf).'' 46 Nuk’calximskw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtx. ''And the wolf was looking back at him.'' 47 Axkwmatuya tsikwalhms t’ax. ''But the man did not move at all.'' 48 Lip’tsutkw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtatl’mstatx skamú sams skayalquulhlatis. ''The wolf returned to the man, and circled him four times.'' 49 Tl’apskwtuts’ tx skatsikwalhms alhtumntalhstuutxw. ''Then he (the man) started to walk again on the same path that he had used before.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw s7awlhists’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''That’s when he followed the wolf.'' 51 T’ayc Lhaluuxmana tiawlhtts’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, who followed the wolf.'' 52 Alh7awlhiskwluts’ alamntas. ''He kept following him on his path.'' 53 Alh7á ynaw ctxw s7ixq’maw alhtasuncwtx ú la sts’ktaw ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''They were walking all day, until they reached this cave.'' 54 Ustcwalhtumkwts’ t’ayc ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''He was led into this cave.'' 55 Alhyannmkw tismtt’ayc. ''Here, the mountain was shaped into an overhang.'' 56 Nutl’lhalhllsts’ waastcws taamats tialhyannmt’ayc. ''The space under this overhang was dry.'' 57 Alh7aysts’ cayayulmcts takulhulmctx ú lhtialhyannmt’ayc. ''And the ground going into this overhang was level.'' 58 Kamalhk’ckw’its’ik titl’msta alakulhanks t’ayc uuxnk sstatpusskwts’ uuxnk alhtutpyanktxw. ''When one looks down the sides (of the overhang), it’s steep to down below on one side.'' 59 Alhists’ tatl’mstatx alht’ayc s7astcws alhtit’apalstt’ayc alhtasntl’tx. ''The man stayed inside this cave all night.'' 60 Alhiskwts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtaasutsliwastx s7axtss. ''The wolf stayed close to the entrance, and went to sleep there.'' 61 (Alh)tasntl’tx sk’matkawts’ alaats, way, alhtasntl’tx. ''They stayed overnight there, I’m sure, on that night.'' 60 Axkwts’ alh7napis t’ayc sstams wats’ktas alhtasntl’tx stsitumaskwmats’ s7alhq’uxlcs s7ixq’ms. ''He didn’t know what happened to him that night, as he was sleeping, tired from walking.'' 61 Axwts’ alhnapis skakstum ctikakstcw. ''He didn’t know if anyone was doing anything to him.'' 62 Xims alaats. ''Then the sun rose.'' 63 Tsikwalhmakwtuts’ ats. ''They started walking again.'' 64 Txuuxnkalhawts’ ats ú lhtisTl’xwtsaytxwts’t’ayc. ''They walked down towards the Kitlope region.'' 65 Ixq’mawtuts’ s7ixwanmaw, ixwanmaw tculhts ú lhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''They walked a long way again, and went as far as Kitlope.'' 66 Kulhaaxuts7its’ik waanuxum. ''Beside the road, there was a river.'' 67 Ixwams ats s7anuxums alhtikulhalss tismttc. ''It flows down a long way from the side of the mountain.'' 68 Wicluts’ ats wasikulhaaxutstuu watsalhts alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And right there, to the side of the road, is also a lake, at Kitlope.'' 69 Ayalhawts’ ú lhtists’ixikalhkwt’ayc. ''Then they walked to this sandbar.'' 70 Alh7aysts’ ctikw’nusimtc, tatl’mstatx, ctanutsakwaaxtx tpyaaxutsam ulhtisulhkw. ''The wolf seemed to be showing the man this village across the river.'' 71 Mú sulhkw tusulhtxw waq’upmiixw7ats. ''There were four houses, and smoke was rising from them.'' 72 Aytumkwsuts’ tx skayalquulhlatim skamú samskwtuts’ t’ayc syalquulhlatis swalim tatl’mstatx alhtasts’ixikalhtx. ''And again, he (the wolf) circled him, he circled him four times, then he left the man behind on the sandbar.'' 73 Ayalhkwsuts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtamntalhhawtxw tasixilcusawtxw, kulhankus taanuxumtxw. ''And again, the wolf went back on the same path they had followed earlier, where they had emerged, the side of the river.'' 74 Tsaxwmkw’its’ik Lhaluuxmana alhtaanuxumtxw tpyaaxutsam. ''Lhaluuxmana then waded across the river to the other side.'' 75 Tsaxwms ú lhtasulhtxw, ulhtisulht’ayc. ''He waded towards the houses, to this village.'' 76 Anaykskwts’ skak’ctis watl’msta7ats s7alh7aynaw. ''He wanted to see these people, to find out what they were like.'' 77 Axw alhk’yuktis, axw alhk’yukistuu takulhulmc taamatstxw. ''He did not recognize them, he did not know in what country he was.'' 78 Alhyannmkw’its’ik tistnt’ayc á lhtinustl’p tinuqlat’ayc. ''A tree was hanging over this pond, this water.'' 79 Wascwnalhs t’ayc alatcatl’saaxs tasulhtx, tiumatsts’ Lhaluuxmana sq’lums. ''This was actually a well, at the back of the village, where Lhaluuxmana went to climb the tree.'' 80 Anayksts’ skaalhllxwis skaalhkalhk’ctsuts ulats’kta. ''He wanted to observe things, to look at what went on down there.'' 81 Axkw’iluk ayk’s t’ax s7alhq’lumaycs sputl’s tsitsaatstits’ayc skaas7ulhqnaks ú lhtiqlat’ayc. ''And it was not long after he had climbed up that this girl came with a bucket to fetch water.'' 82 Was7asqup’tnakakw waalhi alhtutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''But they were beating the drums, the ones who lived at the location that the girl had come from.'' 83 Nuyamlhuksaw s7asqup’tnakuksaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw tutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''They were singing and drumming at the house where the girl had come from.'' 84 Mntcwaskwaluts’ ts’ayc ulhtiqlat’ayc skalaaqwsmis tialhkalhk’ctsutt’ayc ulhilh alhtuqlatxw stipusaycsts’. ''She was about to start dipping water when she saw this one looking at her, (she saw) his reflection in the water.'' 85 Apcwaqw’smskwts’ skak’cs ulhtx. ''She lifted her gaze to look at him.'' 86 Atl’smcnicists’ ts’ayc t’ayc stl’mstas. ''She thought he was a Tsilhqot’in man.'' 87 Nunusq’aaxmskwts’ ts’ayc skaalh7ayutss “Atl’smc!”, tsutsutkw. ''She hollered, saying “Tsilhqot’in!”, is what she said.'' 88 Tl’aps ulhtasulhs tatcamatlhhalhstxw. ''She went to the house that she had come from.'' 89 Putl’uksakwts’ watl’msta7ats skalitcwmuksaw. ''They all came out, these people, to see what was going on.'' 90 Asnutumutsakakw tuslaxtxw alhtxw. ''Many of them carried spears.'' 91 Tl’apaw skaalh7alhtsimawalhu ulhtitl’mstat’ayc skatxuuxnkalhs. ''They started talking to this man, telling him to climb down.'' 92 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 93 Way, yayatsutí kwlukuks tx, Lhaluuxmana, stxuuxnkalhs alhtialhyannm tistnt’ayc, txuuxnks ulhtxw. ''Well, slowly he, Lhaluuxmana, came down from this overhanging tree, down towards them.'' 94 Alhkwnimts’ t’ayc, alhlisliwatimts’ ctaanutumutstxw úlhtusulhtxw s7ustcwtum. ''They took him, sort of pushing him with the spears, to the house and brought him inside.'' 95 Alhllxwskwts’ t’ax, way, ulaastcws7ats, way, ulasulh7ats. ''Well, he viewed the inside of this house.'' 96 Alhllxwists’ tuspanyatxw, ast’nxwakw tuspanyatxw. ''He looked at the smoked fish, whose heads had not been cut off.'' 97 Alhtxuuxqnkiiqwawts’ stl’lhaw. ''They were hung to dry with the heads down.'' 98 Aqw’qw’alxyaycakwk’u t’axw, tl’mstatxw alhtuitsanaw tuspanyatxw. ''The men’s hair got constantly tangled on the teeth of the dried fish.'' 99 Tm7alhllxwsts’ t’ayc alaats. ''He was just looking at everything in there.'' 100 Alh7alhtsimakwaluts’ ulhtx. ''They kept trying to talk to him.'' 101 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 102 Lhk’mskwts’ t’ax. ''Then he spoke.'' 103 Way, ticskwts’tuu tisxlhalhhs tisi7ayutss ctxw. ''Well, his hunger made him talk.'' 104 “Slax tispanya,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax, way, slhk’msts’. ''“That’s a lot of dried fish,” I’m sure he said, now that he was talking.'' 105 “Tl’lhanaxw uq’xip lha7na!” tsutakw’ituts’ik t’axw way. ''“Go call her!” they said.'' 106 “Acwsan tsitl’mstatsc alhtislhk’mstasmakw t’ayc.” ''“I think she knows the language that this one is speaking.”'' 107 Uq’ximkwts’ tsitl’mstats’ayc. ''Then this woman was called.'' 108 “Ayutskwtuts’ tx “Slax tispanya,” tsutskwtuts’ tx. Spanyant’utumkw tsistanst’ayc, tsut t’ayc,” tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh way. ''“He said “That’s a lot of dried fish,” is what he said. He said that his mother’s name is Spanyant’u,” she said.'' 109 Tm7alhk’clhskwtuts’ t’ax ú lhilh tsialh7alh7ayutsts’ayc wasSpanyant’utum tsistans. ''He just looked at her, the woman who said that his mother’s name was Spanyant’u.'' 110 Axwts’ analhatis. ''He did not respond to her.'' 111 Aytu t’ayc ulaats, ulasulh7ats. ''He was accepted there, into this house.'' 112 Talawstumts’ ulhilhk’ct ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''They let him marry the young woman that had seen him.'' 113 Tsicluts’n ilh tsicnass. ''From now on, she was his wife.'' 114 Tculh7ayliktsts’ t’ayc s7axw lip’alhms ú lhSatskw, ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''And for a long time he did not return to Satskw, to his parents.'' 115 Clhmnmntslcsts’. ''He started a family.'' 116 Acwsalcuutsts’tu alhta slhk’mstanaw tuapsulhtxw, tuTl’xwtsaytxwtxw. ''He learned to speak the language of the village, Kitlope.'' 117 ItTl’xwtsaytxwsts’ s7alh7alhtsims. ''He spoke Kitlope whenever he talked.'' 118 Wickw’its’ika txw, way, s7alats’í tutis sstaltmcs timans alhSatskw. ''It was at this time, I’m sure, that he told them that his father was a chief at Satskw.'' 119 Papqists’ sSpanpatl’tnayctum timans. ''And he revealed his father’s name as Spanpatl’tnayc.'' 120 Nulhnúsamnakw’its’ik wamnmntss t’ax s7ayutss skalip’alhms skak’ctis taamatalaaxtstxw, tiasclcliktmlhht’ayc. ''He now had two children, and he said he would go back to see his parents, this onetime run-away man.'' 121 Alhkwnistu ilhcnass7ilh in tumnmntsstxw. ''He took his wife with him, as well as his children.'' 122 Alhxapatumkwts’ t’ayc caacwlh watl’msta waalh7nayc alhtx casluq’. ''Some of the people that went with him carried eulachon grease for him.'' 123 Alhkwntsis tamanstx casluq’ snuslaxaw ats stl’apaw alht’ayc. ''He brought some eulachon grease for his father, as many people were coming with him.'' 124 Ayalhsts’ t’ayc alhtumntalhhtumtx ctanutsakwaaxtx slip’alhmsts’ úlhSatskw. ''He followed the same road that the wolf had taken him on, and started going back to Satskw.'' 125 Alh7aynawsuts’ txw sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''And again, they spent the night in this cave.'' 126 K’matkaw alhtxw. ''They spent the night there.'' 127 Xims stsikwalhmawtuts’ stl’apawts’ úlhSatskw. ''In the morning, they started walking again, going to Satskw.'' 128 Alh7atmanicimts’ t’ayc ctaamatalaaxtstxw. ''His parents though that he had died.'' 129 Qw’lasts’ sts’kts ulhtxw, axwts’ tics tx. ''He looked different when he arrived there, he was not the same.'' 130 Axwts’ alhk’yukim. ''Nobody recognized him.'' 131 Ts’kts ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''He arrived at his parents’ place.'' 132 Wickw’its’ika txw spapqtsutsts’ caskwatstas txw. ''That’s when he identified himself by his names.'' 133 Papqlhists’ tamanstx in ilhstans7ilh sts’xanicim stics tx. ''He mentioned the names of his father and mother, and now they were convinced that it was him.'' 134 Way, alh7ayutsawk’u ct’axw ssmayuustsant tulhlkw’lctalhtstxw, wasi7alh7ays tiTl’xwtsaytxwankamlh. ''Well, that’s the story my elders told me, how it is that we are part Kitlope.'' 135 Ticsts’ t’ayc, Lhaluuxmana, tisi7ays wats’kta alaayk’. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, he’s the reason that this happened long ago.'' 136 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 137 Ays ctxw stalawss ulhtsiTl’xwtsaytxwts’ayc. ''He did marry this Kitlope woman.'' 138 Alh7ayslú ts’ alhtisuncwt s7alh7napilh swanaw watcamatlhhs ilhtsaatsi ilhumats7ilh alaTl’xwtsaytxwmc. ''Even today, we still know who they are, the people that this young woman came from, her place among the Kitlope people.'' 139 Nunanicikmlhits s7alh7aysts’ntsk slip’alhms Lhaluuxmana ulhSatskw s7alh7aynawtuts’ sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''I forgot to mention that on the way back to Satskw, Lhaluuxmana and his company spent the night in this cave again.'' 140 Wickw txw snuqulhalsists’ tit’apalstt’ayc casnuqulhalsistsk. ''It was then that he made decorations on the cave wall, these things that he drew on the wall.'' 141 Alhtisuncwt s7alh7ayskwlu ats s7anuqulhals tit’apalstt’ayc alhtikak’ct alakawayc. ''Today, it’s still like that, this cave with decorated walls, for anyone to see at any time.'' 142 Alhikwlú alhts, tsutsutmimkw’. ''It’s still there, so they say.'' 143 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} dduuc2qv6gpiwed0gnc7a5lnl5wxzgl 1365351 1365327 2026-09-24T20:36:31Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365351 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Ugly Man | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, alats’its alhtismat’ayc, tismas tapatsalhhitst’axts’, Lhaluuxmana, takukwpitstx, wiclhhSatskw ulhTl’xwtsaytxw ats. ''Well, I will tell this story, a story that belongs to my ancestor, Lhaluuxmana, my grandfather, and is from a region that stretches from Satskw (Kimsquit area) to Tl’xwtsaytxw (Kitlope).'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alapatsalhs t’ax sstaltmcs timans tatsaatstitx, Lhaluuxmana. ''This is long ago, before this young boy’s father, Lhaluuxmana, was chief.'' 3 Nusclits’kw tamnatx. ''The son was ugly.'' 4 Talawstumkwalukw’ tsimna ulht’ax. ''They tried a few times to get a young woman to marry him.'' 5 Tmmak’matklhkw’iluuk tsitalawsts’ayc swalistuts’ s7alh7ays tisnusclits’skwma tatl’mstatx. ''Each of these wives stayed only one night, then left him because that man was so ugly.'' 6 S7á ymiskw t’ax s7alhtl’lustimuts. ''He was always behind a curtain.'' 7 Alhitimutskw alatcatl’sikus s7aymis. ''He always stayed in the back room.'' 8 Axw nutwinmtimuts ulakastamtl’mstas. ''He didn’t show himself to people in the neighborhood.'' 9 Tsaynaw taamatalaaxtstxw s7alhk’ct in tustamsusqwimtmacwstxw. ''Only his parents and younger siblings ever saw him.'' 10 Aytumkw’italuuk syatum, way, camnmntss taapsulhtx. ''And I’m sure that the people in the village kept giving him their daughters.'' 11 Úlhtsistamnumú samts’ayc s7ayskwma taslq’s tatl’mstatx skasclcliktms. ''When he was with his fourth wife, the man made up his mind to abscond.'' 12 Iclq’mskwmats’ skaays. ''He was thinking about what he was going to do.'' 13 Úlhtismawaaxkw tisuncw alaínacw. ''Then one day came along, early morning.'' 14 Tl’isku alaamlh7ats sxims. ''The sun rises early in the summer.'' 15 Q’lhkwtsutskwmats’ t’ax skaits’amayanms ctatl’ayanlhstx, mukwstuu txw, n tats’ulaplas taalhkwnis. ''He dressed himself with a bearskin blanket, his collar too, and he brought his quiver.'' 16 Nut’ksnimtayks t’ayc, puts’tns tx, stl’aps skausqas alhtusulhtxw. ''This (quiver) was filled with arrows, (he brought) his bow, and he started leaving the house.'' 17 Txuuxnkalhs alhtamnmntatxw kulhuutsam. ''He went down on the steps to the riverbank.'' 18 Lhulhnicimkwmats’ cilhsuuxis7ilh, Qwik’iis. ''His little sister, Qwik’iis, must have heard him.'' 19 Awlhim cilh, qiqtiskwlú ts’ayc. ''She followed him, she was still a little girl.'' 20 “Ustamnuks?” tsutsutmimkwts’ t’ax cilha7ilh. ''“Where are you going?” she was saying to him.'' 21 “Uu, tl’apts ulxlh, ixq’miits,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''“Oh, I’m going for a short walk upriver,” he said.'' 22 “Tl’lhax ustcwnu ulhtaamatalaaxtlhilh!” ''“Go back inside, to our parents!”'' 23 “Alh7naycts alhinu,” tsutsutkw’itk ilha7ilh. ''I’m coming with you,” she said.'' 24 “Axku, axw alhnapits skatculh7ayliktts skalip’aycts alhtisuncwt,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulhilhsuuxis7ilh. ''“No you can’t, I don’t know how long it will be before I come back today,” he said to his little sister.'' 25 Kalaaqwsmiskwts’ t’ax tsiwinwints. ''Then he spotted a sandpiper.'' 26 Tl’aptuskw skatasis alhtutastxw, alhtut’ksnimtastxw. ''And he proceeded to shoot blunt arrows at it, from his (collection of) arrows.'' 27 Ip’iskwts’ ilhwinwintsi7ilh skatsyusis ilhsuuxis7ilh cilh. ''He picked up the little sandpiper and handed her to his little sister.'' 28 “Way, tl’lhax alhkwnicw ts’ayc ulh taamatalaaxtlhilh, kw’nusticw!” tsutskwtuu tc alaats ulhilh, ulasiclhyalh7ayakmis slip’aynicis ilhsuuxis7ilh s7ustcwstuts’. ''”Here, take this one to our parents, show her to them!” he said to her then, to make sure that his little sister would go back into the house again.'' 29 Tl’apskw t’ayc skatsikwalhms txulxlhalhs alhSatskw ulxlh, s7á y s7ays umats skaixq’ms. ''He now started moving upriver at Satskw, to wherever he was going as he walked.'' 30 Alh7ays tisnulhxanlhanmikmitsuts alhtastsnlhstx. ''That’s how bad he was feeling about himself.'' 31 Úlasmawkw anuxum wiclhhalhs tikulhals tismtt’ayc. ''He walked until he reached a river that flowed from the side of this mountain.'' 32 Kulhaaxutstuu taanuxumtxw wamntasts’ t’ayc. ''His path ran alongside that river.'' 33 Nutxaaxlhtum wamntas t’ayc s7itl’tsuts. ''The path that he was following is called Nutxaaxlh.'' 34 Nukaltustuts’ waanuxum7ats alhNutxaaxlh. ''He followed this river at Nutxaaxlh.'' 35 Ay s7ays umats t’ayc, axw alhnapis skaumats s7ixq’ms. ''He was just going anywhere, he didn’t know where he was walking to.'' 36 Alh7ays snukalalhtus waalh7ay camnmntatuuts. ''He was walking on what looked like a road indeed.'' 37 Alh7ays canuyayaalhts smntas. ''It looked like a good road.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skakaltmacwmis tinutsakwaaxt’ayc. ''As he was going, he met this wolf.'' 39 Alhk’ckw’its’ik s7anulhmalhmsts’ ulhtanutsakwaaxtx. ''Standing still, he looked at the wolf.'' 40 Putl’sts’ ulhtaslq’stx: “Tl’apamkitsts’ waanaykmitsts.” ''The thought entered his mind: “Now I will get what I want.”'' 41 Nutsutik skawnts’im ctanutsakwaaxtx. ''He thought he was going to be killed by the wolf.'' 42 Nunuk’calximkw’itk’uk tanutsakwaaxtx, way. ''But the wolf kept looking back.'' 43 Alh7ayliwaniciskwts’ ctiqaaxt’usmimtuutc ctx. ''It looked to him as though he (the wolf) was beckoning him.'' 44 Nuyulmaaxskw tanutsakwaaxtx skaixq’ms. ''The wolf started to walk back to where he had come from.'' 45 Alh7ilhmskwluts’ tatl’mstatx, way, s7axw tsikwalhms, alhllxwis. ''The man kept standing, well, he did not move for some reason, he was looking at him (the wolf).'' 46 Nuk’calximskw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtx. ''And the wolf was looking back at him.'' 47 Axkwmatuya tsikwalhms t’ax. ''But the man did not move at all.'' 48 Lip’tsutkw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtatl’mstatx skamú sams skayalquulhlatis. ''The wolf returned to the man, and circled him four times.'' 49 Tl’apskwtuts’ tx skatsikwalhms alhtumntalhstuutxw. ''Then he (the man) started to walk again on the same path that he had used before.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw s7awlhists’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''That’s when he followed the wolf.'' 51 T’ayc Lhaluuxmana tiawlhtts’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, who followed the wolf.'' 52 Alh7awlhiskwluts’ alamntas. ''He kept following him on his path.'' 53 Alh7á ynaw ctxw s7ixq’maw alhtasuncwtx ú la sts’ktaw ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''They were walking all day, until they reached this cave.'' 54 Ustcwalhtumkwts’ t’ayc ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''He was led into this cave.'' 55 Alhyannmkw tismtt’ayc. ''Here, the mountain was shaped into an overhang.'' 56 Nutl’lhalhllsts’ waastcws taamats tialhyannmt’ayc. ''The space under this overhang was dry.'' 57 Alh7aysts’ cayayulmcts takulhulmctx ú lhtialhyannmt’ayc. ''And the ground going into this overhang was level.'' 58 Kamalhk’ckw’its’ik titl’msta alakulhanks t’ayc uuxnk sstatpusskwts’ uuxnk alhtutpyanktxw. ''When one looks down the sides (of the overhang), it’s steep to down below on one side.'' 59 Alhists’ tatl’mstatx alht’ayc s7astcws alhtit’apalstt’ayc alhtasntl’tx. ''The man stayed inside this cave all night.'' 60 Alhiskwts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtaasutsliwastx s7axtss. ''The wolf stayed close to the entrance, and went to sleep there.'' 61 (Alh)tasntl’tx sk’matkawts’ alaats, way, alhtasntl’tx. ''They stayed overnight there, I’m sure, on that night.'' 60 Axkwts’ alh7napis t’ayc sstams wats’ktas alhtasntl’tx stsitumaskwmats’ s7alhq’uxlcs s7ixq’ms. ''He didn’t know what happened to him that night, as he was sleeping, tired from walking.'' 61 Axwts’ alhnapis skakstum ctikakstcw. ''He didn’t know if anyone was doing anything to him.'' 62 Xims alaats. ''Then the sun rose.'' 63 Tsikwalhmakwtuts’ ats. ''They started walking again.'' 64 Txuuxnkalhawts’ ats ú lhtisTl’xwtsaytxwts’t’ayc. ''They walked down towards the Kitlope region.'' 65 Ixq’mawtuts’ s7ixwanmaw, ixwanmaw tculhts ú lhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''They walked a long way again, and went as far as Kitlope.'' 66 Kulhaaxuts7its’ik waanuxum. ''Beside the road, there was a river.'' 67 Ixwams ats s7anuxums alhtikulhalss tismttc. ''It flows down a long way from the side of the mountain.'' 68 Wicluts’ ats wasikulhaaxutstuu watsalhts alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And right there, to the side of the road, is also a lake, at Kitlope.'' 69 Ayalhawts’ ú lhtists’ixikalhkwt’ayc. ''Then they walked to this sandbar.'' 70 Alh7aysts’ ctikw’nusimtc, tatl’mstatx, ctanutsakwaaxtx tpyaaxutsam ulhtisulhkw. ''The wolf seemed to be showing the man this village across the river.'' 71 Mú sulhkw tusulhtxw waq’upmiixw7ats. ''There were four houses, and smoke was rising from them.'' 72 Aytumkwsuts’ tx skayalquulhlatim skamú samskwtuts’ t’ayc syalquulhlatis swalim tatl’mstatx alhtasts’ixikalhtx. ''And again, he (the wolf) circled him, he circled him four times, then he left the man behind on the sandbar.'' 73 Ayalhkwsuts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtamntalhhawtxw tasixilcusawtxw, kulhankus taanuxumtxw. ''And again, the wolf went back on the same path they had followed earlier, where they had emerged, the side of the river.'' 74 Tsaxwmkw’its’ik Lhaluuxmana alhtaanuxumtxw tpyaaxutsam. ''Lhaluuxmana then waded across the river to the other side.'' 75 Tsaxwms ú lhtasulhtxw, ulhtisulht’ayc. ''He waded towards the houses, to this village.'' 76 Anaykskwts’ skak’ctis watl’msta7ats s7alh7aynaw. ''He wanted to see these people, to find out what they were like.'' 77 Axw alhk’yuktis, axw alhk’yukistuu takulhulmc taamatstxw. ''He did not recognize them, he did not know in what country he was.'' 78 Alhyannmkw’its’ik tistnt’ayc á lhtinustl’p tinuqlat’ayc. ''A tree was hanging over this pond, this water.'' 79 Wascwnalhs t’ayc alatcatl’saaxs tasulhtx, tiumatsts’ Lhaluuxmana sq’lums. ''This was actually a well, at the back of the village, where Lhaluuxmana went to climb the tree.'' 80 Anayksts’ skaalhllxwis skaalhkalhk’ctsuts ulats’kta. ''He wanted to observe things, to look at what went on down there.'' 81 Axkw’iluk ayk’s t’ax s7alhq’lumaycs sputl’s tsitsaatstits’ayc skaas7ulhqnaks ú lhtiqlat’ayc. ''And it was not long after he had climbed up that this girl came with a bucket to fetch water.'' 82 Was7asqup’tnakakw waalhi alhtutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''But they were beating the drums, the ones who lived at the location that the girl had come from.'' 83 Nuyamlhuksaw s7asqup’tnakuksaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw tutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''They were singing and drumming at the house where the girl had come from.'' 84 Mntcwaskwaluts’ ts’ayc ulhtiqlat’ayc skalaaqwsmis tialhkalhk’ctsutt’ayc ulhilh alhtuqlatxw stipusaycsts’. ''She was about to start dipping water when she saw this one looking at her, (she saw) his reflection in the water.'' 85 Apcwaqw’smskwts’ skak’cs ulhtx. ''She lifted her gaze to look at him.'' 86 Atl’smcnicists’ ts’ayc t’ayc stl’mstas. ''She thought he was a Tsilhqot’in man.'' 87 Nunusq’aaxmskwts’ ts’ayc skaalh7ayutss “Atl’smc!”, tsutsutkw. ''She hollered, saying “Tsilhqot’in!”, is what she said.'' 88 Tl’aps ulhtasulhs tatcamatlhhalhstxw. ''She went to the house that she had come from.'' 89 Putl’uksakwts’ watl’msta7ats skalitcwmuksaw. ''They all came out, these people, to see what was going on.'' 90 Asnutumutsakakw tuslaxtxw alhtxw. ''Many of them carried spears.'' 91 Tl’apaw skaalh7alhtsimawalhu ulhtitl’mstat’ayc skatxuuxnkalhs. ''They started talking to this man, telling him to climb down.'' 92 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 93 Way, yayatsutí kwlukuks tx, Lhaluuxmana, stxuuxnkalhs alhtialhyannm tistnt’ayc, txuuxnks ulhtxw. ''Well, slowly he, Lhaluuxmana, came down from this overhanging tree, down towards them.'' 94 Alhkwnimts’ t’ayc, alhlisliwatimts’ ctaanutumutstxw úlhtusulhtxw s7ustcwtum. ''They took him, sort of pushing him with the spears, to the house and brought him inside.'' 95 Alhllxwskwts’ t’ax, way, ulaastcws7ats, way, ulasulh7ats. ''Well, he viewed the inside of this house.'' 96 Alhllxwists’ tuspanyatxw, ast’nxwakw tuspanyatxw. ''He looked at the smoked fish, whose heads had not been cut off.'' 97 Alhtxuuxqnkiiqwawts’ stl’lhaw. ''They were hung to dry with the heads down.'' 98 Aqw’qw’alxyaycakwk’u t’axw, tl’mstatxw alhtuitsanaw tuspanyatxw. ''The men’s hair got constantly tangled on the teeth of the dried fish.'' 99 Tm7alhllxwsts’ t’ayc alaats. ''He was just looking at everything in there.'' 100 Alh7alhtsimakwaluts’ ulhtx. ''They kept trying to talk to him.'' 101 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 102 Lhk’mskwts’ t’ax. ''Then he spoke.'' 103 Way, ticskwts’tuu tisxlhalhhs tisi7ayutss ctxw. ''Well, his hunger made him talk.'' 104 “Slax tispanya,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax, way, slhk’msts’. ''“That’s a lot of dried fish,” I’m sure he said, now that he was talking.'' 105 “Tl’lhanaxw uq’xip lha7na!” tsutakw’ituts’ik t’axw way. ''“Go call her!” they said.'' 106 “Acwsan tsitl’mstatsc alhtislhk’mstasmakw t’ayc.” ''“I think she knows the language that this one is speaking.”'' 107 Uq’ximkwts’ tsitl’mstats’ayc. ''Then this woman was called.'' 108 “Ayutskwtuts’ tx “Slax tispanya,” tsutskwtuts’ tx. Spanyant’utumkw tsistanst’ayc, tsut t’ayc,” tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh way. ''“He said “That’s a lot of dried fish,” is what he said. He said that his mother’s name is Spanyant’u,” she said.'' 109 Tm7alhk’clhskwtuts’ t’ax ú lhilh tsialh7alh7ayutsts’ayc wasSpanyant’utum tsistans. ''He just looked at her, the woman who said that his mother’s name was Spanyant’u.'' 110 Axwts’ analhatis. ''He did not respond to her.'' 111 Aytu t’ayc ulaats, ulasulh7ats. ''He was accepted there, into this house.'' 112 Talawstumts’ ulhilhk’ct ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''They let him marry the young woman that had seen him.'' 113 Tsicluts’n ilh tsicnass. ''From now on, she was his wife.'' 114 Tculh7ayliktsts’ t’ayc s7axw lip’alhms ú lhSatskw, ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''And for a long time he did not return to Satskw, to his parents.'' 115 Clhmnmntslcsts’. ''He started a family.'' 116 Acwsalcuutsts’tu alhta slhk’mstanaw tuapsulhtxw, tuTl’xwtsaytxwtxw. ''He learned to speak the language of the village, Kitlope.'' 117 ItTl’xwtsaytxwsts’ s7alh7alhtsims. ''He spoke Kitlope whenever he talked.'' 118 Wickw’its’ika txw, way, s7alats’í tutis sstaltmcs timans alhSatskw. ''It was at this time, I’m sure, that he told them that his father was a chief at Satskw.'' 119 Papqists’ sSpanpatl’tnayctum timans. ''And he revealed his father’s name as Spanpatl’tnayc.'' 120 Nulhnúsamnakw’its’ik wamnmntss t’ax s7ayutss skalip’alhms skak’ctis taamatalaaxtstxw, tiasclcliktmlhht’ayc. ''He now had two children, and he said he would go back to see his parents, this onetime run-away man.'' 121 Alhkwnistu ilhcnass7ilh in tumnmntsstxw. ''He took his wife with him, as well as his children.'' 122 Alhxapatumkwts’ t’ayc caacwlh watl’msta waalh7nayc alhtx casluq’. ''Some of the people that went with him carried eulachon grease for him.'' 123 Alhkwntsis tamanstx casluq’ snuslaxaw ats stl’apaw alht’ayc. ''He brought some eulachon grease for his father, as many people were coming with him.'' 124 Ayalhsts’ t’ayc alhtumntalhhtumtx ctanutsakwaaxtx slip’alhmsts’ úlhSatskw. ''He followed the same road that the wolf had taken him on, and started going back to Satskw.'' 125 Alh7aynawsuts’ txw sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''And again, they spent the night in this cave.'' 126 K’matkaw alhtxw. ''They spent the night there.'' 127 Xims stsikwalhmawtuts’ stl’apawts’ úlhSatskw. ''In the morning, they started walking again, going to Satskw.'' 128 Alh7atmanicimts’ t’ayc ctaamatalaaxtstxw. ''His parents though that he had died.'' 129 Qw’lasts’ sts’kts ulhtxw, axwts’ tics tx. ''He looked different when he arrived there, he was not the same.'' 130 Axwts’ alhk’yukim. ''Nobody recognized him.'' 131 Ts’kts ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''He arrived at his parents’ place.'' 132 Wickw’its’ika txw spapqtsutsts’ caskwatstas txw. ''That’s when he identified himself by his names.'' 133 Papqlhists’ tamanstx in ilhstans7ilh sts’xanicim stics tx. ''He mentioned the names of his father and mother, and now they were convinced that it was him.'' 134 Way, alh7ayutsawk’u ct’axw ssmayuustsant tulhlkw’lctalhtstxw, wasi7alh7ays tiTl’xwtsaytxwankamlh. ''Well, that’s the story my elders told me, how it is that we are part Kitlope.'' 135 Ticsts’ t’ayc, Lhaluuxmana, tisi7ays wats’kta alaayk’. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, he’s the reason that this happened long ago.'' 136 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 137 Ays ctxw stalawss ulhtsiTl’xwtsaytxwts’ayc. ''He did marry this Kitlope woman.'' 138 Alh7ayslú ts’ alhtisuncwt s7alh7napilh swanaw watcamatlhhs ilhtsaatsi ilhumats7ilh alaTl’xwtsaytxwmc. ''Even today, we still know who they are, the people that this young woman came from, her place among the Kitlope people.'' 139 Nunanicikmlhits s7alh7aysts’ntsk slip’alhms Lhaluuxmana ulhSatskw s7alh7aynawtuts’ sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''I forgot to mention that on the way back to Satskw, Lhaluuxmana and his company spent the night in this cave again.'' 140 Wickw txw snuqulhalsists’ tit’apalstt’ayc casnuqulhalsistsk. ''It was then that he made decorations on the cave wall, these things that he drew on the wall.'' 141 Alhtisuncwt s7alh7ayskwlu ats s7anuqulhals tit’apalstt’ayc alhtikak’ct alakawayc. ''Today, it’s still like that, this cave with decorated walls, for anyone to see at any time.'' 142 Alhikwlú alhts, tsutsutmimkw’. ''It’s still there, so they say.'' 143 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} rkjs1ioegrpkgbaiwha8zcub6gna3q9 1365355 1365351 2026-09-24T20:45:02Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365355 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Ugly Man | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Way, alats’its alhtismat’ayc, tismas tapatsalhhitst’axts’, Lhaluuxmana, takukwpitstx, wiclhhSatskw ulhTl’xwtsaytxw ats. ''Well, I will tell this story, a story that belongs to my ancestor, Lhaluuxmana, my grandfather, and is from a region that stretches from Satskw (Kimsquit area) to Tl’xwtsaytxw (Kitlope).'' 2 Alaayk’kw, alapatsalhs t’ax sstaltmcs timans tatsaatstitx, Lhaluuxmana. ''This is long ago, before this young boy’s father, Lhaluuxmana, was chief.'' 3 Nusclits’kw tamnatx. ''The son was ugly.'' 4 Talawstumkwalukw’ tsimna ulht’ax. ''They tried a few times to get a young woman to marry him.'' 5 Tmmak’matklhkw’iluuk tsitalawsts’ayc swalistuts’ s7alh7ays tisnusclits’skwma tatl’mstatx. ''Each of these wives stayed only one night, then left him because that man was so ugly.'' 6 S7á ymiskw t’ax s7alhtl’lustimuts. ''He was always behind a curtain.'' 7 Alhitimutskw alatcatl’sikus s7aymis. ''He always stayed in the back room.'' 8 Axw nutwinmtimuts ulakastamtl’mstas. ''He didn’t show himself to people in the neighborhood.'' 9 Tsaynaw taamatalaaxtstxw s7alhk’ct in tustamsusqwimtmacwstxw. ''Only his parents and younger siblings ever saw him.'' 10 Aytumkw’italuuk syatum, way, camnmntss taapsulhtx. ''And I’m sure that the people in the village kept giving him their daughters.'' 11 Úlhtsistamnumú samts’ayc s7ayskwma taslq’s tatl’mstatx skasclcliktms. ''When he was with his fourth wife, the man made up his mind to abscond.'' 12 Iclq’mskwmats’ skaays. ''He was thinking about what he was going to do.'' 13 Úlhtismawaaxkw tisuncw alaínacw. ''Then one day came along, early morning.'' 14 Tl’isku alaamlh7ats sxims. ''The sun rises early in the summer.'' 15 Q’lhkwtsutskwmats’ t’ax skaits’amayanms ctatl’ayanlhstx, mukwstuu txw, n tats’ulaplas taalhkwnis. ''He dressed himself with a bearskin blanket, his collar too, and he brought his quiver.'' 16 Nut’ksnimtayks t’ayc, puts’tns tx, stl’aps skausqas alhtusulhtxw. ''This (quiver) was filled with arrows, (he brought) his bow, and he started leaving the house.'' 17 Txuuxnkalhs alhtamnmntatxw kulhuutsam. ''He went down on the steps to the riverbank.'' 18 Lhulhnicimkwmats’ cilhsuuxis7ilh, Qwik’iis. ''His little sister, Qwik’iis, must have heard him.'' 19 Awlhim cilh, qiqtiskwlú ts’ayc. ''She followed him, she was still a little girl.'' 20 “Ustamnuks?” tsutsutmimkwts’ t’ax cilha7ilh. ''“Where are you going?” she was saying to him.'' 21 “Uu, tl’apts ulxlh, ixq’miits,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax. ''“Oh, I’m going for a short walk upriver,” he said.'' 22 “Tl’lhax ustcwnu ulhtaamatalaaxtlhilh!” ''“Go back inside, to our parents!”'' 23 “Alh7naycts alhinu,” tsutsutkw’itk ilha7ilh. ''I’m coming with you,” she said.'' 24 “Axku, axw alhnapits skatculh7ayliktts skalip’aycts alhtisuncwt,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ax ulhilhsuuxis7ilh. ''“No you can’t, I don’t know how long it will be before I come back today,” he said to his little sister.'' 25 Kalaaqwsmiskwts’ t’ax tsiwinwints. ''Then he spotted a sandpiper.'' 26 Tl’aptuskw skatasis alhtutastxw, alhtut’ksnimtastxw. ''And he proceeded to shoot blunt arrows at it, from his (collection of) arrows.'' 27 Ip’iskwts’ ilhwinwintsi7ilh skatsyusis ilhsuuxis7ilh cilh. ''He picked up the little sandpiper and handed her to his little sister.'' 28 “Way, tl’lhax alhkwnicw ts’ayc ulh taamatalaaxtlhilh, kw’nusticw!” tsutskwtuu tc alaats ulhilh, ulasiclhyalh7ayakmis slip’aynicis ilhsuuxis7ilh s7ustcwstuts’. ''”Here, take this one to our parents, show her to them!” he said to her then, to make sure that his little sister would go back into the house again.'' 29 Tl’apskw t’ayc skatsikwalhms txulxlhalhs alhSatskw ulxlh, s7á y s7ays umats skaixq’ms. ''He now started moving upriver at Satskw, to wherever he was going as he walked.'' 30 Alh7ays tisnulhxanlhanmikmitsuts alhtastsnlhstx. ''That’s how bad he was feeling about himself.'' 31 Úlasmawkw anuxum wiclhhalhs tikulhals tismtt’ayc. ''He walked until he reached a river that flowed from the side of this mountain.'' 32 Kulhaaxutstuu taanuxumtxw wamntasts’ t’ayc. ''His path ran alongside that river.'' 33 Nutxaaxlhtum wamntas t’ayc s7itl’tsuts. ''The path that he was following is called Nutxaaxlh.'' 34 Nukaltustuts’ waanuxum7ats alhNutxaaxlh. ''He followed this river at Nutxaaxlh.'' 35 Ay s7ays umats t’ayc, axw alhnapis skaumats s7ixq’ms. ''He was just going anywhere, he didn’t know where he was walking to.'' 36 Alh7ays snukalalhtus waalh7ay camnmntatuuts. ''He was walking on what looked like a road indeed.'' 37 Alh7ays canuyayaalhts smntas. ''It looked like a good road.'' 38 Tl’apskwts’ t’ax skakaltmacwmis tinutsakwaaxt’ayc. ''As he was going, he met this wolf.'' 39 Alhk’ckw’its’ik s7anulhmalhmsts’ ulhtanutsakwaaxtx. ''Standing still, he looked at the wolf.'' 40 Putl’sts’ ulhtaslq’stx: “Tl’apamkitsts’ waanaykmitsts.” ''The thought entered his mind: “Now I will get what I want.”'' 41 Nutsutik skawnts’im ctanutsakwaaxtx. ''He thought he was going to be killed by the wolf.'' 42 Nunuk’calximkw’itk’uk tanutsakwaaxtx, way. ''But the wolf kept looking back.'' 43 Alh7ayliwaniciskwts’ ctiqaaxt’usmimtuutc ctx. ''It looked to him as though he (the wolf) was beckoning him.'' 44 Nuyulmaaxskw tanutsakwaaxtx skaixq’ms. ''The wolf started to walk back to where he had come from.'' 45 Alh7ilhmskwluts’ tatl’mstatx, way, s7axw tsikwalhms, alhllxwis. ''The man kept standing, well, he did not move for some reason, he was looking at him (the wolf).'' 46 Nuk’calximskw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtx. ''And the wolf was looking back at him.'' 47 Axkwmatuya tsikwalhms t’ax. ''But the man did not move at all.'' 48 Lip’tsutkw tanutsakwaaxtx ulhtatl’mstatx skamú sams skayalquulhlatis. ''The wolf returned to the man, and circled him four times.'' 49 Tl’apskwtuts’ tx skatsikwalhms alhtumntalhstuutxw. ''Then he (the man) started to walk again on the same path that he had used before.'' 50 Wickw’its’ika txw s7awlhists’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''That’s when he followed the wolf.'' 51 T’ayc Lhaluuxmana tiawlhtts’ tanutsakwaaxtx. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, who followed the wolf.'' 52 Alh7awlhiskwluts’ alamntas. ''He kept following him on his path.'' 53 Alh7á ynaw ctxw s7ixq’maw alhtasuncwtx ú la sts’ktaw ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''They were walking all day, until they reached this cave.'' 54 Ustcwalhtumkwts’ t’ayc ulhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''He was led into this cave.'' 55 Alhyannmkw tismtt’ayc. ''Here, the mountain was shaped into an overhang.'' 56 Nutl’lhalhllsts’ waastcws taamats tialhyannmt’ayc. ''The space under this overhang was dry.'' 57 Alh7aysts’ cayayulmcts takulhulmctx ú lhtialhyannmt’ayc. ''And the ground going into this overhang was level.'' 58 Kamalhk’ckw’its’ik titl’msta alakulhanks t’ayc uuxnk sstatpusskwts’ uuxnk alhtutpyanktxw. ''When one looks down the sides (of the overhang), it’s steep to down below on one side.'' 59 Alhists’ tatl’mstatx alht’ayc s7astcws alhtit’apalstt’ayc alhtasntl’tx. ''The man stayed inside this cave all night.'' 60 Alhiskwts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtaasutsliwastx s7axtss. ''The wolf stayed close to the entrance, and went to sleep there.'' 61 (Alh)tasntl’tx sk’matkawts’ alaats, way, alhtasntl’tx. ''They stayed overnight there, I’m sure, on that night.'' 60 Axkwts’ alh7napis t’ayc sstams wats’ktas alhtasntl’tx stsitumaskwmats’ s7alhq’uxlcs s7ixq’ms. ''He didn’t know what happened to him that night, as he was sleeping, tired from walking.'' 61 Axwts’ alhnapis skakstum ctikakstcw. ''He didn’t know if anyone was doing anything to him.'' 62 Xims alaats. ''Then the sun rose.'' 63 Tsikwalhmakwtuts’ ats. ''They started walking again.'' 64 Txuuxnkalhawts’ ats ú lhtisTl’xwtsaytxwts’t’ayc. ''They walked down towards the Kitlope region.'' 65 Ixq’mawtuts’ s7ixwanmaw, ixwanmaw tculhts ú lhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''They walked a long way again, and went as far as Kitlope.'' 66 Kulhaaxuts7its’ik waanuxum. ''Beside the road, there was a river.'' 67 Ixwams ats s7anuxums alhtikulhalss tismttc. ''It flows down a long way from the side of the mountain.'' 68 Wicluts’ ats wasikulhaaxutstuu watsalhts alhTl’xwtsaytxw. ''And right there, to the side of the road, is also a lake, at Kitlope.'' 69 Ayalhawts’ ú lhtists’ixikalhkwt’ayc. ''Then they walked to this sandbar.'' 70 Alh7aysts’ ctikw’nusimtc, tatl’mstatx, ctanutsakwaaxtx tpyaaxutsam ulhtisulhkw. ''The wolf seemed to be showing the man this village across the river.'' 71 Mú sulhkw tusulhtxw waq’upmiixw7ats. ''There were four houses, and smoke was rising from them.'' 72 Aytumkwsuts’ tx skayalquulhlatim skamú samskwtuts’ t’ayc syalquulhlatis swalim tatl’mstatx alhtasts’ixikalhtx. ''And again, he (the wolf) circled him, he circled him four times, then he left the man behind on the sandbar.'' 73 Ayalhkwsuts’ tanutsakwaaxtx alhtamntalhhawtxw tasixilcusawtxw, kulhankus taanuxumtxw. ''And again, the wolf went back on the same path they had followed earlier, where they had emerged, the side of the river.'' 74 Tsaxwmkw’its’ik Lhaluuxmana alhtaanuxumtxw tpyaaxutsam. ''Lhaluuxmana then waded across the river to the other side.'' 75 Tsaxwms ú lhtasulhtxw, ulhtisulht’ayc. ''He waded towards the houses, to this village.'' 76 Anaykskwts’ skak’ctis watl’msta7ats s7alh7aynaw. ''He wanted to see these people, to find out what they were like.'' 77 Axw alhk’yuktis, axw alhk’yukistuu takulhulmc taamatstxw. ''He did not recognize them, he did not know in what country he was.'' 78 Alhyannmkw’its’ik tistnt’ayc á lhtinustl’p tinuqlat’ayc. ''A tree was hanging over this pond, this water.'' 79 Wascwnalhs t’ayc alatcatl’saaxs tasulhtx, tiumatsts’ Lhaluuxmana sq’lums. ''This was actually a well, at the back of the village, where Lhaluuxmana went to climb the tree.'' 80 Anayksts’ skaalhllxwis skaalhkalhk’ctsuts ulats’kta. ''He wanted to observe things, to look at what went on down there.'' 81 Axkw’iluk ayk’s t’ax s7alhq’lumaycs sputl’s tsitsaatstits’ayc skaas7ulhqnaks ú lhtiqlat’ayc. ''And it was not long after he had climbed up that this girl came with a bucket to fetch water.'' 82 Was7asqup’tnakakw waalhi alhtutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''But they were beating the drums, the ones who lived at the location that the girl had come from.'' 83 Nuyamlhuksaw s7asqup’tnakuksaw alhtxw alhtusulhtxw tutcamatlhhalhs ilhtsaatsi7ilh. ''They were singing and drumming at the house where the girl had come from.'' 84 Mntcwaskwaluts’ ts’ayc ulhtiqlat’ayc skalaaqwsmis tialhkalhk’ctsutt’ayc ulhilh alhtuqlatxw stipusaycsts’. ''She was about to start dipping water when she saw this one looking at her, (she saw) his reflection in the water.'' 85 Apcwaqw’smskwts’ skak’cs ulhtx. ''She lifted her gaze to look at him.'' 86 Atl’smcnicists’ ts’ayc t’ayc stl’mstas. ''She thought he was a Tsilhqot’in man.'' 87 Nunusq’aaxmskwts’ ts’ayc skaalh7ayutss “Atl’smc!”, tsutsutkw. ''She hollered, saying “Tsilhqot’in!”, is what she said.'' 88 Tl’aps ulhtasulhs tatcamatlhhalhstxw. ''She went to the house that she had come from.'' 89 Putl’uksakwts’ watl’msta7ats skalitcwmuksaw. ''They all came out, these people, to see what was going on.'' 90 Asnutumutsakakw tuslaxtxw alhtxw. ''Many of them carried spears.'' 91 Tl’apaw skaalh7alhtsimawalhu ulhtitl’mstat’ayc skatxuuxnkalhs. ''They started talking to this man, telling him to climb down.'' 92 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 93 Way, yayatsutí kwlukuks tx, Lhaluuxmana, stxuuxnkalhs alhtialhyannm tistnt’ayc, txuuxnks ulhtxw. ''Well, slowly he, Lhaluuxmana, came down from this overhanging tree, down towards them.'' 94 Alhkwnimts’ t’ayc, alhlisliwatimts’ ctaanutumutstxw úlhtusulhtxw s7ustcwtum. ''They took him, sort of pushing him with the spears, to the house and brought him inside.'' 95 Alhllxwskwts’ t’ax, way, ulaastcws7ats, way, ulasulh7ats. ''Well, he viewed the inside of this house.'' 96 Alhllxwists’ tuspanyatxw, ast’nxwakw tuspanyatxw. ''He looked at the smoked fish, whose heads had not been cut off.'' 97 Alhtxuuxqnkiiqwawts’ stl’lhaw. ''They were hung to dry with the heads down.'' 98 Aqw’qw’alxyaycakwk’u t’axw, tl’mstatxw alhtuitsanaw tuspanyatxw. ''The men’s hair got constantly tangled on the teeth of the dried fish.'' 99 Tm7alhllxwsts’ t’ayc alaats. ''He was just looking at everything in there.'' 100 Alh7alhtsimakwaluts’ ulhtx. ''They kept trying to talk to him.'' 101 Axwts’ alh7acwsnictis. ''But he did not understand them.'' 102 Lhk’mskwts’ t’ax. ''Then he spoke.'' 103 Way, ticskwts’tuu tisxlhalhhs tisi7ayutss ctxw. ''Well, his hunger made him talk.'' 104 “Slax tispanya,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ax, way, slhk’msts’. ''“That’s a lot of dried fish,” I’m sure he said, now that he was talking.'' 105 “Tl’lhanaxw uq’xip lha7na!” tsutakw’ituts’ik t’axw way. ''“Go call her!” they said.'' 106 “Acwsan tsitl’mstatsc alhtislhk’mstasmakw t’ayc.” ''“I think she knows the language that this one is speaking.”'' 107 Uq’ximkwts’ tsitl’mstats’ayc. ''Then this woman was called.'' 108 “Ayutskwtuts’ tx “Slax tispanya,” tsutskwtuts’ tx. Spanyant’utumkw tsistanst’ayc, tsut t’ayc,” tsutkw’its’ik ilha7ilh way. ''“He said “That’s a lot of dried fish,” is what he said. He said that his mother’s name is Spanyant’u,” she said.'' 109 Tm7alhk’clhskwtuts’ t’ax ú lhilh tsialh7alh7ayutsts’ayc wasSpanyant’utum tsistans. ''He just looked at her, the woman who said that his mother’s name was Spanyant’u.'' 110 Axwts’ analhatis. ''He did not respond to her.'' 111 Aytu t’ayc ulaats, ulasulh7ats. ''He was accepted there, into this house.'' 112 Talawstumts’ ulhilhk’ct ilhtsaatsti7ilh. ''They let him marry the young woman that had seen him.'' 113 Tsicluts’n ilh tsicnass. ''From now on, she was his wife.'' 114 Tculh7ayliktsts’ t’ayc s7axw lip’alhms ú lhSatskw, ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''And for a long time he did not return to Satskw, to his parents.'' 115 Clhmnmntslcsts’. ''He started a family.'' 116 Acwsalcuutsts’tu alhta slhk’mstanaw tuapsulhtxw, tuTl’xwtsaytxwtxw. ''He learned to speak the language of the village, Kitlope.'' 117 ItTl’xwtsaytxwsts’ s7alh7alhtsims. ''He spoke Kitlope whenever he talked.'' 118 Wickw’its’ika txw, way, s7alats’í tutis sstaltmcs timans alhSatskw. ''It was at this time, I’m sure, that he told them that his father was a chief at Satskw.'' 119 Papqists’ sSpanpatl’tnayctum timans. ''And he revealed his father’s name as Spanpatl’tnayc.'' 120 Nulhnúsamnakw’its’ik wamnmntss t’ax s7ayutss skalip’alhms skak’ctis taamatalaaxtstxw, tiasclcliktmlhht’ayc. ''He now had two children, and he said he would go back to see his parents, this onetime run-away man.'' 121 Alhkwnistu ilhcnass7ilh in tumnmntsstxw. ''He took his wife with him, as well as his children.'' 122 Alhxapatumkwts’ t’ayc caacwlh watl’msta waalh7nayc alhtx casluq’. ''Some of the people that went with him carried eulachon grease for him.'' 123 Alhkwntsis tamanstx casluq’ snuslaxaw ats stl’apaw alht’ayc. ''He brought some eulachon grease for his father, as many people were coming with him.'' 124 Ayalhsts’ t’ayc alhtumntalhhtumtx ctanutsakwaaxtx slip’alhmsts’ úlhSatskw. ''He followed the same road that the wolf had taken him on, and started going back to Satskw.'' 125 Alh7aynawsuts’ txw sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''And again, they spent the night in this cave.'' 126 K’matkaw alhtxw. ''They spent the night there.'' 127 Xims stsikwalhmawtuts’ stl’apawts’ úlhSatskw. ''In the morning, they started walking again, going to Satskw.'' 128 Alh7atmanicimts’ t’ayc ctaamatalaaxtstxw. ''His parents though that he had died.'' 129 Qw’lasts’ sts’kts ulhtxw, axwts’ tics tx. ''He looked different when he arrived there, he was not the same.'' 130 Axwts’ alhk’yukim. ''Nobody recognized him.'' 131 Ts’kts ulhtaamatalaaxtstxw. ''He arrived at his parents’ place.'' 132 Wickw’its’ika txw spapqtsutsts’ caskwatstas txw. ''That’s when he identified himself by his names.'' 133 Papqlhists’ tamanstx in ilhstans7ilh sts’xanicim stics tx. ''He mentioned the names of his father and mother, and now they were convinced that it was him.'' 134 Way, alh7ayutsawk’u ct’axw ssmayuustsant tulhlkw’lctalhtstxw, wasi7alh7ays tiTl’xwtsaytxwankamlh. ''Well, that’s the story my elders told me, how it is that we are part Kitlope.'' 135 Ticsts’ t’ayc, Lhaluuxmana, tisi7ays wats’kta alaayk’. ''It’s him, Lhaluuxmana, he’s the reason that this happened long ago.'' 136 Aynaw ctxw. ''That’s what they did.'' 137 Ays ctxw stalawss ulhtsiTl’xwtsaytxwts’ayc. ''He did marry this Kitlope woman.'' 138 Alh7ayslúts’ alhtisuncwt s7alh7napilh swanaw watcamatlhhs ilhtsaatsi ilhumats7ilh alaTl’xwtsaytxwmc. ''Even today, we still know who they are, the people that this young woman came from, her place among the Kitlope people.'' 139 Nunanicikmlhits s7alh7aysts’ntsk slip’alhms Lhaluuxmana ulhSatskw s7alh7aynawtuts’ sk’matkaw alhtit’apalstt’ayc. ''I forgot to mention that on the way back to Satskw, Lhaluuxmana and his company spent the night in this cave again.'' 140 Wickw txw snuqulhalsists’ tit’apalstt’ayc casnuqulhalsistsk. ''It was then that he made decorations on the cave wall, these things that he drew on the wall.'' 141 Alhtisuncwt s7alh7ayskwlu ats s7anuqulhals tit’apalstt’ayc alhtikak’ct alakawayc. ''Today, it’s still like that, this cave with decorated walls, for anyone to see at any time.'' 142 Alhikwlú alhts, tsutsutmimkw’. ''It’s still there, so they say.'' 143 Way. ''That’s it.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} lbxh7hhnfiquwqq0bilvqkxb9hwwu3v 0 458925 1365328 2026-09-24T17:44:23Z Gattonero2001 1002869 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365328 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’its alhTs’ayxlilh alats’ktastsk alaayk’. ''I will tell a story about Ts’ayxlilh, about the things that happened to him long ago.'' 2 Tsaatstislú tsk, kmalayckw t’ax, q’sllsliwas skmalaycs tascaakstatimkwmakutx. ''He was still young when he fell ill, he was very sick as somebody had cast a spell on him.'' 3 Piq’ulhlatumkw tiayak alhtx, tiscak alaayk’. ''Piq’ulhla is the name of the witch doctor who did that to him.'' 4 Tl’apskw t’ayc, Ts’ayxlilh, skaatmas. ''As a result, Ts’ayxlilh died.'' 5 Nacliwatumkw skaq’awim. ''They prepared him for burial.'' 6 Nmpim ulapaaqi7yala. ''They placed him in this box.'' 7 Pampatsalhaalhtutimlhú alhtxw ulapaaqi7yala qiqipaalhi7ats snmptim snuxuluulhtim ulapaaqi7yalaats. ''He was placed feet first into this small box, they put him in there and folded him.'' 8 Tpiixwtim, alhq’awamsí s ats. ''They put a lid on the box and tied it down.'' 9 Axw7its’ik smq’awamsim taamatst’ax s7alhnmps snacliwatimutawts’ watl’msta7ats skaq’awit Ts’ayxlilh. ''They did not tie it all the way, that box he was in, as these people were preparing to bury Ts’ayxlilh.'' 10 Wickw’iluts’ik skatl’apaw ats skaq’amutaw. ''Then finally they were ready to start the funeral.'' 11 Axwlú alhq’awamss t’ayc slip’aycs Anuninitsaktnm* ulhtas7unkwtstastx snitsms. ''The box was not tied shut yet when Anuninitsaktnm returned to his body and came back to life.'' (*Anuninitsaktnm is one of Ts’ayxlilh’s other names) 12 Qwiixwiskwts’ taamatliktstxw. ''He opened his coffin.'' 13 Lhk’mskwts’ tialhts’ktiilh ulhtx tismatmcs stpinpiixwimkwaluts’ t’ayc ctanumaw taalhxlaktx ulhtx. ''Then his closest relative spoke to his friend, the one who had been hired to assist in the funeral, the one who tried to close the box again.'' 14 Sculhlaskwts’ taalhts’ktiilhtx alhtx skaaytum skatpiixwim wic s7alhk’cis s7alh7ays sqwinqwiixwas taalh7atmatx. ''This close relative told him not to go ahead and close the box on him (Ts’ayxlilh) because he saw that the dead one was opening the box.'' 15 Qwiixwaynicists’ Ts’ayxlilh taamatliktstxw. ''Now Ts’ayxlilh managed to open his coffin.'' 16 Lhk’mskw t’ayc skanulhkwmiixwim skatl’aptum ulasmaw wanuqla skayayatsutiitum skanmpim skaaytum ulhtuqlatxw skaalhnmpsluts’ alhtaamatliktstxw s7alh7aytum cats skwnkwntl’im ulhtuqlatxw snup’tsiixwim. ''He told people to carry him and take him to a pond where they were to slowly lower him into the water while he was still in the coffin, and they did this, they put him into the water, fully submerging him.'' 17 Músamtumkw t’ayc snunup’tsiixwim alhtaamatliktstxw stl’lhlctumtuts’. ''They submerged him four times in his coffin, then they let him dry up again.'' 18 Yayatsutiitum s7alh7alh7aytum cats snunup’tsiixwim. ''They were submerging him slowly.'' 19 Lhulhnictsutmiskw t’ax tas7unkwtstastx s7alh7ays ctilip’tsuttc ulhtastsnlhstx s7alh7ays ctinutlhlcikliwatc. ''He felt his own body as he was returning to himself, as he was gaining strength.'' 20 Nutlhlcikmitsuts s7alh7aysts’ snunup’tsiixwim ulhtuqlatxw. ''He was getting stronger as they were submerging him into the water.'' 21 Wickw’its’ik s7alh7umaycsts’ t’ax alhtaamatliktstx stl’aputss skaalats’í sts’ s7alh7ays wamntas sqw’xwmnimuts s7atmasts’. ''Now he got out of the coffin, and he started to describe the journey he undertook after he had died.'' 22 Kalaalhmiskw t’ayc wanuyayaalh wamnmnta. ''He had found a good path to travel on.'' 23 Alh7ayskw canusqts’alhts tumnmntatxw. ''It was like a gravel road.'' 24 Nukalalhtuskwts’ s7ixq’ms alhtxw alhtumnmntatxw úlasts’ktiilhs ulhtiumats sts’ktiilhs alamntas. ''He followed a straight course as he walked on this road, until he arrived at a certain location on his journey.'' 25 Axwts’ alhnapliwatsuts t’ayc skatcutl’uk’alhstuu alhtxw. ''He wasn’t aware that he had travelled upwards.'' 26 Lhk’mmimkwts’ ctilhk’mt; xltum skalip’tsuts. ''Then a voice spoke to him, telling him to go back.'' 27 “Axwlú tscwilcnu skaaynu cawcwts skaputl’nu ulhlhmilh,” tsutkw talhk’mtx ulhtx. ''“You are not yet ready to come to us,” said the voice to him.'' 28 “Lip’tsutx, lip’tsutnu!” ''“Go back, go back!”'' 29 “Wic7its’ik kalip’aycnu ulhtis7unkwtstanutc skaayutsnu skanunup’tsiixwtst ulaqlats skamú samtumt skayayatsutiitumt alhts skanunup’tsiixwtst, tsutsutnu ulhts,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ayc, “ulakstumtts waslhxusmtstts.” ''“And when you return to your body, you will tell them to submerge you into the water, to slowly submerge you four times, that’s what you will say to them,” he said, “to the ones that are busy working on you.”'' 30 Ulasi7aytumkwts’ t’ax snunup’tsiixwim slip’aycs ulhtas7unkwtstastx. ''That is why they submerged him after he had returned to his body.'' 31 Tamsulhtumkw’its’ik t’ayc s7yanimutsts’ alhtimaslancw úlhtiAcati alhNutl’l. ''Then they built him a house, and he observed chastity for a whole year after he had gone to Acati (a high mount by that name) at Nutl’l.'' 32 Samuulhísts’ t’ayc ssulhs, tusulhstxw alhtiAcati. ''He had this one house, his house at Acati.'' 33 Pumputl’mimkw’italuluuk t’ax ctiscak taalh7alh7aytcw. ''And for a while, the witch doctor that had cursed him kept trying to visit him.'' 34 Mú samkw tascaktx spumputl’salu. ''Four times that witch doctor attempted to visit him.'' 35 Ixwkw’iluuk titl’mstat’ayc stl’apsalu ulhTs’ayxlilh sk’cis. ''And every time he attempted to go to Ts’ayxlilh, this man was still far away, when Ts’ayxlilh saw him.'' 36 Tsitsyutsmsts’ ulhtx s7alh7alhtsims syasskalip’tsuts. ''He raised his voice as he told him that he should go back.'' 37 “Alhk’ctsinu, alhk’yuktsinutuu!” tsutsutmiskwkw’. ''“I can see you, and I know you too!” he said to him.'' 38 Paaxlciskwts’. ''And he started calling out his name.'' 39 Axw alhnapits kapaaxlcists’, axw alhnapits s7alh7ays sipaaxistsk, kawics taaluuxam ats, kawics taasikuulh ats. ''I don’t know if he (actually) called him by name, I don’t know when he called him by name, whether it was the last (fourth) time or the “middle” (second or third) time.'' 40 Skw’cusmskwmayalhuts’ t’ax s7itsk’canlhamtimutstuu caq’lhkwtas alaaluuxam7ats. ''He blackened his face, and he dressed in black at this last encounter.'' 41 Wicts’n txw waaluuxam stl’apmim cPiq’ulhla. ''That was the last time that Piq’ulhla went to him.'' 42 Papqists’tuu s7alhk’yukis. ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) named him (Piq’ulhla), (to show that) he recognized him.'' 43 Nuts’xancwikmimts’ntsk ctx s7alh7aystu s7alhk’yukis, sitsayliwamlcmists’ wic s7ayutsstuu Ts’ayxlilh ulhtx, s7axwts’ tikayalh7ayakmists’. ''He (Piq’ulhla) was now convinced that he (Ts’ayxlilh) did know him, that is why he had to stop bothering him, because Ts’ayxlilh said that to him, and he couldn’t do anything to him anymore.'' 44 Wastculh7aylikts t’ayc Ts’ayxlilh s7alhis alaats snmlcs alhtimaslancwt’ayc. ''Indeed, Ts’ayxlilh stayed here for a long time, for this entire year.'' 45 Alaaluuxts’7ats stalawss ulhtsiumats stalawss tsicnasts’ayc. ''Eventually, he found a woman, and married her.'' 46 Clhmnalcakwts’ t’axw ctimna tiimlk. ''They had a child, a boy.'' 47 Ts’kts was7usqalits’ alas7usqalits’tsk. ''Then came the smallpox, at the time of the smallpox, I figure.'' 48 Patsalhiixwkw’its’ik tamnast’ax s7atmas. ''His son was the first one to die.'' 49 Q’awiskwts’ ulhtaamatstu taAcatitx sq’awis. ''He took him to the location of Acati for burial, and buried him there.'' 50 Tsayakmis alhtxw, ustcws. ''When he had finished the work, he went inside.'' 51 Nuscickmitsutí kw’its’ik t’ax alhtasntl’tx, a7mtí s alhtaastcws tusulhtxw. ''He was sad that night, sitting inside the house.'' 52 Acwsniciskw’its’ik t’ax tinumutstat’ayc sxwiq’miilhs s7ustcws tiustcw ulhtsnlh. ''Then he heard the door screak as somebody entered, coming towards him.'' 53 Axkw’iluk nuk’calximstuu skak’cis swas tikaustcw ulhtsnlh. ''All the while, he did not even look back to see who it was that came in towards him.'' 54 Sak’ayalhkw titl’mstat’ayc ú lhtaasankstxw skaanu7ilhmankim. ''This man came straight towards him, and ended up standing in front of him.'' 55 Axkwtuts’ apcwaqw’sms skak’cs ulhtx. ''Again, he didn’t lift his eyes to look at him.'' 56 Kastsayulhimkwts’ s7alatsicws stams sinuscickmitsuts. ''He was asked what had happened that made him sad.'' 57 Ayutskwts’ s7atmnalsts ctamnastx sq’awis. ''He said that he had lost his son, and that he had buried him.'' 58 “Ustamlhtucw7lks sq’awlhicw? Kw’nustsx,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc. ''“Where have you buried him? Show me the place,” he (the stranger) said to him.'' 59 Ip’iskwts’ t’ayc taalhkwlhaaxutsstx. ''Now he grabbed his torch.'' 60 Ntl’sts’ ats skanut’tsuulhiiqwis s7usqatus t’awstx skakw’nusis ulaamats taalhq’awstx. ''As it was night time, he lit his torch, and took him (the stranger) outside to show him where he had dug the grave.'' 61 “Alh7alatsicw7iks tisqnklhtucw?” ''“How deep did you bury him?”'' 62 Kastsayulhimts’ ctx skaalh7ays tisqnktus. ''He was asked by him how deep it was.'' 63 Mntskisamiluk Ts’ayxlilh ulht’ax s7alh7ays tisqnkstsk. ''Ts’ayxlilh must have shown (“counted”) to him however deep it was.'' 64 “Way, axku tikayalh7ayakmits skanitsmnicits,” tsutkw’its’ik talhk’mtuts’tx, way. ''“Well, I don’t have the means to bring him back to life,” he said when he spoke again.'' 65 Axkw apcwaqw’sms t’ayc skak’cusis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc ulhtsnlh. ''He didn’t lift his eyes to look the one who was talking to him in the face.'' 66 Lip’tsutskwtuts’ tx skaustcws Ts’ayxlilh ulhtusulhtxw, wicskwtuts’ taamataaxlhstxw waumats s7mts. ''Ts’ayxlilh went back into the house, to the same spot where he had sat down before.'' 67 Mtstuts’, alh7awlhimtu ctitl’mstat’ayc. ''He sat down again, and was followed by this man.'' 68 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ip’aakimts’ t’ax ctislhxaakslhhs. ''Then he (the stranger) took hold of his (Ts’ayxlilh’s) left hand.'' 69 Mk’mlqsakimkwts’ t’ayc ctinmnmllxs tsialh7ay ctitsaakwliwatc. ''And a ring was placed on his finger, a ring that looked like a worm with two heads, one on each end.'' 70 Nmnmllxskw t’ax catsutsas. ''It had a mouth on both ends.'' 71 Kwtl’imkwts’ ú lhtsik’itas ilh skamk’mlqsakim ctx. ''It was put on his little finger so as to encircle it.'' 72 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ tat’nxwaw wanmnmllxs7ats tialh7ayt’ayc ctitsaakwliwatc. ''The two heads of the thing that looked like a worm were located on the inside of his finger.'' 73 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ ulatcastcwankusllxsaks tsik’itas ilh. ''They were placed on the inside of his little finger (opposite the ring finger).'' 74 “Way, skwatstatsinu cats was7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc ctamk’mlqsakttx. ''“Well, I hereby name you Anuninitsaktnm (He who resurrects fellow people with his hands),” said the one who had put the ring on him.'' 75 “S7aymicwluts’ skakamalhkwtl’akmnu ulhtikawa tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu skaskimicw skaqw’alayaluss waskmalaycs tikaskimicw.” ''“From now on, any time that you put your hands on someone, whoever it is that you put your hands on, you will massage him, and you will make the disease disappear from the one you massage.”'' 76 “Wicanawts’ ats kaknict tiskmalaycs titl’mstatc tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu sipaaxtsinu cas7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutsutmimkw t’ayc. ''“It is these (heads) that will devour the person’s disease, the one that you put your hands on, that’s why I’m naming you Anuninitsaktnm,” he told him.'' 77 Wickwts’ ats slhms t’ayc skaanalhatis taalh7alhtsimtx ulhtsnlh skak’cusists’tuu. ''Then he (Ts’ayxlilh) stood up to answer the one who had spoken to him, and to look him in the face.'' 78 Analhatiskwts’, ayutsskwts’: “Atma tamnalhts. Axw tikayalh7ayliwats skaalh7ayts castl’yuknuts skatmninitslhtutits wamnmntsaw watl’msta7ats wic s7atmas tamnalhts,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ayc s7analhatis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc. ''He answered him, he said: “My son has died. I will not be able to do what you mentioned, to just go ahead and revive the children of these people, because my son has died,” he said as he answered the one who had spoken to him.'' 79 Alhk’cusiskwts’. ''He looked him in the face.'' 80 Way, alh7ay cats wats’ktatumalhu t’ayc, slhukwalatumalhutsk ct’axw. ''So, that is what is supposed to have happened to him, he was supposedly given this special talent at that time.'' 81 Tickw’its’ik takukwpilhilhtx, Saycnaas. ''Then there was our grandfather, Saycnaas.'' 82 Wasticstuu Ts’ayxlilh tipustcwt’ayc wiclhhwasqiqtí s. ''You know, it is the same Ts’ayxlilh who raised him as a child.'' 83 Kwtl’ayckw’its’ik t’ax s7alhis alhTs’aamas. ''He (Saycnaas) caught the disease when he lived in Victoria.'' 84 TcalhTs’aamaslhhalhs t’ayc slhulhnictsutsts’ alhtxw. ''He started to feel it on his way home from Victoria.'' 85 Putl’s skalip’alhms ulhNutl’l. ''He was coming back to Nutl’l (Kimsquit).'' 86 Sak’ayalhsts’ ulhtasissistx, Ts’ayxlilh. ''He went straight to his uncle Ts’ayxlilh.'' 87 Ustcws ulhtx, alats’itus skwtl’aycs, tl’apamkis was7usqalits’. ''He went in and told him that he was ill, he had caught smallpox.'' 88 Tic7its’ik t’ayc tipatsalh tiumatakst’ayc Ts’ayxlilh slhts’as ulhtx. ''He was the first one that Ts’ayxlilh laid his hands on.'' 89 Alh7ayskwtutuku tx ctustl’yuks taalh7alhtsimtx. ''He did exactly what that person had told him to do.'' 90 Ts’xlhmaycskw ssmyalcs Saycnaas alaats sskimimts’ ctasissistx. ''And surely, Saycnaas began to recover right away as he was massaged by his uncle.'' 91 Tic t’ayc tipatsalh tiumataks skwtl’akms. ''He (Saycnaas) was the first one that he laid his hands on.'' 92 Axw tmkwtl’akms t’ayc ulhtikawa. ''He did not just put his hands on anyone.'' 93 Tickwtu tiputl’ ulhtx tinu7ustcwmt tiumataks skwtl’akmsts’. ''He only treated the ones who came to his house to see him.'' 94 Axw alh7ays skanusak’as skanitstutis. ''He did not go from door to door to save people.'' 95 Wicanaw (wa)putl’ ulhtx waaytutis snitstutis alas7usqalits’. ''It was the ones who came to him that he saved from the smallpox.'' 96 Was7axwsamatski paaxtsuts taputl’tax ulhtsnlh swatstumtski ulasi7axw alhnapis swas.* ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) did not know who that man (the stranger) was, because he had not identified himself to him, I guess, to let him know who he was.'' *(sa… may be an allomorph of su…, and the use of tax is odd (but may here be associated with uncertainty as implied by …ma… and tski)) 97 Alhqulhuuskw’its’ik tisik’cis alawaycliwní kwts’. ''But he saw him in a picture later on.'' 98 Wasticsts’ t’ayc timnas timanlhtsk alhtutl’uk’t’axw, taalhpaaxtut waq’umsciwa7ats casJesus tik’cis alhtaalhqulhuustxw. ''Indeed, this was the son of our assumed father in heaven, the one that whitemen call Jesus, the one that he saw in pictures.'' 99 Tickwmaku tx taputl’tx ulhtx tapaaxttx cas7anuninitsaktnm. ''He was the one that came to him, the one who named him Anuninitsaktnm.'' 100 K’yukists’ alaalhqulhuus alawaycnú lí ts’. ''He recognized him in a picture later on.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 77ffgs5c7xk5jg67q7i8amfymb1wrvr 1365329 1365328 2026-09-24T17:44:47Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365329 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’its alhTs’ayxlilh alats’ktastsk alaayk’. ''I will tell a story about Ts’ayxlilh, about the things that happened to him long ago.'' 2 Tsaatstislútsk, kmalayckw t’ax, q’sllsliwas skmalaycs tascaakstatimkwmakutx. ''He was still young when he fell ill, he was very sick as somebody had cast a spell on him.'' 3 Piq’ulhlatumkw tiayak alhtx, tiscak alaayk’. ''Piq’ulhla is the name of the witch doctor who did that to him.'' 4 Tl’apskw t’ayc, Ts’ayxlilh, skaatmas. ''As a result, Ts’ayxlilh died.'' 5 Nacliwatumkw skaq’awim. ''They prepared him for burial.'' 6 Nmpim ulapaaqi7yala. ''They placed him in this box.'' 7 Pampatsalhaalhtutimlhú alhtxw ulapaaqi7yala qiqipaalhi7ats snmptim snuxuluulhtim ulapaaqi7yalaats. ''He was placed feet first into this small box, they put him in there and folded him.'' 8 Tpiixwtim, alhq’awamsí s ats. ''They put a lid on the box and tied it down.'' 9 Axw7its’ik smq’awamsim taamatst’ax s7alhnmps snacliwatimutawts’ watl’msta7ats skaq’awit Ts’ayxlilh. ''They did not tie it all the way, that box he was in, as these people were preparing to bury Ts’ayxlilh.'' 10 Wickw’iluts’ik skatl’apaw ats skaq’amutaw. ''Then finally they were ready to start the funeral.'' 11 Axwlú alhq’awamss t’ayc slip’aycs Anuninitsaktnm* ulhtas7unkwtstastx snitsms. ''The box was not tied shut yet when Anuninitsaktnm returned to his body and came back to life.'' (*Anuninitsaktnm is one of Ts’ayxlilh’s other names) 12 Qwiixwiskwts’ taamatliktstxw. ''He opened his coffin.'' 13 Lhk’mskwts’ tialhts’ktiilh ulhtx tismatmcs stpinpiixwimkwaluts’ t’ayc ctanumaw taalhxlaktx ulhtx. ''Then his closest relative spoke to his friend, the one who had been hired to assist in the funeral, the one who tried to close the box again.'' 14 Sculhlaskwts’ taalhts’ktiilhtx alhtx skaaytum skatpiixwim wic s7alhk’cis s7alh7ays sqwinqwiixwas taalh7atmatx. ''This close relative told him not to go ahead and close the box on him (Ts’ayxlilh) because he saw that the dead one was opening the box.'' 15 Qwiixwaynicists’ Ts’ayxlilh taamatliktstxw. ''Now Ts’ayxlilh managed to open his coffin.'' 16 Lhk’mskw t’ayc skanulhkwmiixwim skatl’aptum ulasmaw wanuqla skayayatsutiitum skanmpim skaaytum ulhtuqlatxw skaalhnmpsluts’ alhtaamatliktstxw s7alh7aytum cats skwnkwntl’im ulhtuqlatxw snup’tsiixwim. ''He told people to carry him and take him to a pond where they were to slowly lower him into the water while he was still in the coffin, and they did this, they put him into the water, fully submerging him.'' 17 Músamtumkw t’ayc snunup’tsiixwim alhtaamatliktstxw stl’lhlctumtuts’. ''They submerged him four times in his coffin, then they let him dry up again.'' 18 Yayatsutiitum s7alh7alh7aytum cats snunup’tsiixwim. ''They were submerging him slowly.'' 19 Lhulhnictsutmiskw t’ax tas7unkwtstastx s7alh7ays ctilip’tsuttc ulhtastsnlhstx s7alh7ays ctinutlhlcikliwatc. ''He felt his own body as he was returning to himself, as he was gaining strength.'' 20 Nutlhlcikmitsuts s7alh7aysts’ snunup’tsiixwim ulhtuqlatxw. ''He was getting stronger as they were submerging him into the water.'' 21 Wickw’its’ik s7alh7umaycsts’ t’ax alhtaamatliktstx stl’aputss skaalats’í sts’ s7alh7ays wamntas sqw’xwmnimuts s7atmasts’. ''Now he got out of the coffin, and he started to describe the journey he undertook after he had died.'' 22 Kalaalhmiskw t’ayc wanuyayaalh wamnmnta. ''He had found a good path to travel on.'' 23 Alh7ayskw canusqts’alhts tumnmntatxw. ''It was like a gravel road.'' 24 Nukalalhtuskwts’ s7ixq’ms alhtxw alhtumnmntatxw úlasts’ktiilhs ulhtiumats sts’ktiilhs alamntas. ''He followed a straight course as he walked on this road, until he arrived at a certain location on his journey.'' 25 Axwts’ alhnapliwatsuts t’ayc skatcutl’uk’alhstuu alhtxw. ''He wasn’t aware that he had travelled upwards.'' 26 Lhk’mmimkwts’ ctilhk’mt; xltum skalip’tsuts. ''Then a voice spoke to him, telling him to go back.'' 27 “Axwlú tscwilcnu skaaynu cawcwts skaputl’nu ulhlhmilh,” tsutkw talhk’mtx ulhtx. ''“You are not yet ready to come to us,” said the voice to him.'' 28 “Lip’tsutx, lip’tsutnu!” ''“Go back, go back!”'' 29 “Wic7its’ik kalip’aycnu ulhtis7unkwtstanutc skaayutsnu skanunup’tsiixwtst ulaqlats skamú samtumt skayayatsutiitumt alhts skanunup’tsiixwtst, tsutsutnu ulhts,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ayc, “ulakstumtts waslhxusmtstts.” ''“And when you return to your body, you will tell them to submerge you into the water, to slowly submerge you four times, that’s what you will say to them,” he said, “to the ones that are busy working on you.”'' 30 Ulasi7aytumkwts’ t’ax snunup’tsiixwim slip’aycs ulhtas7unkwtstastx. ''That is why they submerged him after he had returned to his body.'' 31 Tamsulhtumkw’its’ik t’ayc s7yanimutsts’ alhtimaslancw úlhtiAcati alhNutl’l. ''Then they built him a house, and he observed chastity for a whole year after he had gone to Acati (a high mount by that name) at Nutl’l.'' 32 Samuulhísts’ t’ayc ssulhs, tusulhstxw alhtiAcati. ''He had this one house, his house at Acati.'' 33 Pumputl’mimkw’italuluuk t’ax ctiscak taalh7alh7aytcw. ''And for a while, the witch doctor that had cursed him kept trying to visit him.'' 34 Mú samkw tascaktx spumputl’salu. ''Four times that witch doctor attempted to visit him.'' 35 Ixwkw’iluuk titl’mstat’ayc stl’apsalu ulhTs’ayxlilh sk’cis. ''And every time he attempted to go to Ts’ayxlilh, this man was still far away, when Ts’ayxlilh saw him.'' 36 Tsitsyutsmsts’ ulhtx s7alh7alhtsims syasskalip’tsuts. ''He raised his voice as he told him that he should go back.'' 37 “Alhk’ctsinu, alhk’yuktsinutuu!” tsutsutmiskwkw’. ''“I can see you, and I know you too!” he said to him.'' 38 Paaxlciskwts’. ''And he started calling out his name.'' 39 Axw alhnapits kapaaxlcists’, axw alhnapits s7alh7ays sipaaxistsk, kawics taaluuxam ats, kawics taasikuulh ats. ''I don’t know if he (actually) called him by name, I don’t know when he called him by name, whether it was the last (fourth) time or the “middle” (second or third) time.'' 40 Skw’cusmskwmayalhuts’ t’ax s7itsk’canlhamtimutstuu caq’lhkwtas alaaluuxam7ats. ''He blackened his face, and he dressed in black at this last encounter.'' 41 Wicts’n txw waaluuxam stl’apmim cPiq’ulhla. ''That was the last time that Piq’ulhla went to him.'' 42 Papqists’tuu s7alhk’yukis. ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) named him (Piq’ulhla), (to show that) he recognized him.'' 43 Nuts’xancwikmimts’ntsk ctx s7alh7aystu s7alhk’yukis, sitsayliwamlcmists’ wic s7ayutsstuu Ts’ayxlilh ulhtx, s7axwts’ tikayalh7ayakmists’. ''He (Piq’ulhla) was now convinced that he (Ts’ayxlilh) did know him, that is why he had to stop bothering him, because Ts’ayxlilh said that to him, and he couldn’t do anything to him anymore.'' 44 Wastculh7aylikts t’ayc Ts’ayxlilh s7alhis alaats snmlcs alhtimaslancwt’ayc. ''Indeed, Ts’ayxlilh stayed here for a long time, for this entire year.'' 45 Alaaluuxts’7ats stalawss ulhtsiumats stalawss tsicnasts’ayc. ''Eventually, he found a woman, and married her.'' 46 Clhmnalcakwts’ t’axw ctimna tiimlk. ''They had a child, a boy.'' 47 Ts’kts was7usqalits’ alas7usqalits’tsk. ''Then came the smallpox, at the time of the smallpox, I figure.'' 48 Patsalhiixwkw’its’ik tamnast’ax s7atmas. ''His son was the first one to die.'' 49 Q’awiskwts’ ulhtaamatstu taAcatitx sq’awis. ''He took him to the location of Acati for burial, and buried him there.'' 50 Tsayakmis alhtxw, ustcws. ''When he had finished the work, he went inside.'' 51 Nuscickmitsutí kw’its’ik t’ax alhtasntl’tx, a7mtí s alhtaastcws tusulhtxw. ''He was sad that night, sitting inside the house.'' 52 Acwsniciskw’its’ik t’ax tinumutstat’ayc sxwiq’miilhs s7ustcws tiustcw ulhtsnlh. ''Then he heard the door screak as somebody entered, coming towards him.'' 53 Axkw’iluk nuk’calximstuu skak’cis swas tikaustcw ulhtsnlh. ''All the while, he did not even look back to see who it was that came in towards him.'' 54 Sak’ayalhkw titl’mstat’ayc ú lhtaasankstxw skaanu7ilhmankim. ''This man came straight towards him, and ended up standing in front of him.'' 55 Axkwtuts’ apcwaqw’sms skak’cs ulhtx. ''Again, he didn’t lift his eyes to look at him.'' 56 Kastsayulhimkwts’ s7alatsicws stams sinuscickmitsuts. ''He was asked what had happened that made him sad.'' 57 Ayutskwts’ s7atmnalsts ctamnastx sq’awis. ''He said that he had lost his son, and that he had buried him.'' 58 “Ustamlhtucw7lks sq’awlhicw? Kw’nustsx,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc. ''“Where have you buried him? Show me the place,” he (the stranger) said to him.'' 59 Ip’iskwts’ t’ayc taalhkwlhaaxutsstx. ''Now he grabbed his torch.'' 60 Ntl’sts’ ats skanut’tsuulhiiqwis s7usqatus t’awstx skakw’nusis ulaamats taalhq’awstx. ''As it was night time, he lit his torch, and took him (the stranger) outside to show him where he had dug the grave.'' 61 “Alh7alatsicw7iks tisqnklhtucw?” ''“How deep did you bury him?”'' 62 Kastsayulhimts’ ctx skaalh7ays tisqnktus. ''He was asked by him how deep it was.'' 63 Mntskisamiluk Ts’ayxlilh ulht’ax s7alh7ays tisqnkstsk. ''Ts’ayxlilh must have shown (“counted”) to him however deep it was.'' 64 “Way, axku tikayalh7ayakmits skanitsmnicits,” tsutkw’its’ik talhk’mtuts’tx, way. ''“Well, I don’t have the means to bring him back to life,” he said when he spoke again.'' 65 Axkw apcwaqw’sms t’ayc skak’cusis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc ulhtsnlh. ''He didn’t lift his eyes to look the one who was talking to him in the face.'' 66 Lip’tsutskwtuts’ tx skaustcws Ts’ayxlilh ulhtusulhtxw, wicskwtuts’ taamataaxlhstxw waumats s7mts. ''Ts’ayxlilh went back into the house, to the same spot where he had sat down before.'' 67 Mtstuts’, alh7awlhimtu ctitl’mstat’ayc. ''He sat down again, and was followed by this man.'' 68 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ip’aakimts’ t’ax ctislhxaakslhhs. ''Then he (the stranger) took hold of his (Ts’ayxlilh’s) left hand.'' 69 Mk’mlqsakimkwts’ t’ayc ctinmnmllxs tsialh7ay ctitsaakwliwatc. ''And a ring was placed on his finger, a ring that looked like a worm with two heads, one on each end.'' 70 Nmnmllxskw t’ax catsutsas. ''It had a mouth on both ends.'' 71 Kwtl’imkwts’ ú lhtsik’itas ilh skamk’mlqsakim ctx. ''It was put on his little finger so as to encircle it.'' 72 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ tat’nxwaw wanmnmllxs7ats tialh7ayt’ayc ctitsaakwliwatc. ''The two heads of the thing that looked like a worm were located on the inside of his finger.'' 73 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ ulatcastcwankusllxsaks tsik’itas ilh. ''They were placed on the inside of his little finger (opposite the ring finger).'' 74 “Way, skwatstatsinu cats was7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc ctamk’mlqsakttx. ''“Well, I hereby name you Anuninitsaktnm (He who resurrects fellow people with his hands),” said the one who had put the ring on him.'' 75 “S7aymicwluts’ skakamalhkwtl’akmnu ulhtikawa tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu skaskimicw skaqw’alayaluss waskmalaycs tikaskimicw.” ''“From now on, any time that you put your hands on someone, whoever it is that you put your hands on, you will massage him, and you will make the disease disappear from the one you massage.”'' 76 “Wicanawts’ ats kaknict tiskmalaycs titl’mstatc tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu sipaaxtsinu cas7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutsutmimkw t’ayc. ''“It is these (heads) that will devour the person’s disease, the one that you put your hands on, that’s why I’m naming you Anuninitsaktnm,” he told him.'' 77 Wickwts’ ats slhms t’ayc skaanalhatis taalh7alhtsimtx ulhtsnlh skak’cusists’tuu. ''Then he (Ts’ayxlilh) stood up to answer the one who had spoken to him, and to look him in the face.'' 78 Analhatiskwts’, ayutsskwts’: “Atma tamnalhts. Axw tikayalh7ayliwats skaalh7ayts castl’yuknuts skatmninitslhtutits wamnmntsaw watl’msta7ats wic s7atmas tamnalhts,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ayc s7analhatis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc. ''He answered him, he said: “My son has died. I will not be able to do what you mentioned, to just go ahead and revive the children of these people, because my son has died,” he said as he answered the one who had spoken to him.'' 79 Alhk’cusiskwts’. ''He looked him in the face.'' 80 Way, alh7ay cats wats’ktatumalhu t’ayc, slhukwalatumalhutsk ct’axw. ''So, that is what is supposed to have happened to him, he was supposedly given this special talent at that time.'' 81 Tickw’its’ik takukwpilhilhtx, Saycnaas. ''Then there was our grandfather, Saycnaas.'' 82 Wasticstuu Ts’ayxlilh tipustcwt’ayc wiclhhwasqiqtí s. ''You know, it is the same Ts’ayxlilh who raised him as a child.'' 83 Kwtl’ayckw’its’ik t’ax s7alhis alhTs’aamas. ''He (Saycnaas) caught the disease when he lived in Victoria.'' 84 TcalhTs’aamaslhhalhs t’ayc slhulhnictsutsts’ alhtxw. ''He started to feel it on his way home from Victoria.'' 85 Putl’s skalip’alhms ulhNutl’l. ''He was coming back to Nutl’l (Kimsquit).'' 86 Sak’ayalhsts’ ulhtasissistx, Ts’ayxlilh. ''He went straight to his uncle Ts’ayxlilh.'' 87 Ustcws ulhtx, alats’itus skwtl’aycs, tl’apamkis was7usqalits’. ''He went in and told him that he was ill, he had caught smallpox.'' 88 Tic7its’ik t’ayc tipatsalh tiumatakst’ayc Ts’ayxlilh slhts’as ulhtx. ''He was the first one that Ts’ayxlilh laid his hands on.'' 89 Alh7ayskwtutuku tx ctustl’yuks taalh7alhtsimtx. ''He did exactly what that person had told him to do.'' 90 Ts’xlhmaycskw ssmyalcs Saycnaas alaats sskimimts’ ctasissistx. ''And surely, Saycnaas began to recover right away as he was massaged by his uncle.'' 91 Tic t’ayc tipatsalh tiumataks skwtl’akms. ''He (Saycnaas) was the first one that he laid his hands on.'' 92 Axw tmkwtl’akms t’ayc ulhtikawa. ''He did not just put his hands on anyone.'' 93 Tickwtu tiputl’ ulhtx tinu7ustcwmt tiumataks skwtl’akmsts’. ''He only treated the ones who came to his house to see him.'' 94 Axw alh7ays skanusak’as skanitstutis. ''He did not go from door to door to save people.'' 95 Wicanaw (wa)putl’ ulhtx waaytutis snitstutis alas7usqalits’. ''It was the ones who came to him that he saved from the smallpox.'' 96 Was7axwsamatski paaxtsuts taputl’tax ulhtsnlh swatstumtski ulasi7axw alhnapis swas.* ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) did not know who that man (the stranger) was, because he had not identified himself to him, I guess, to let him know who he was.'' *(sa… may be an allomorph of su…, and the use of tax is odd (but may here be associated with uncertainty as implied by …ma… and tski)) 97 Alhqulhuuskw’its’ik tisik’cis alawaycliwní kwts’. ''But he saw him in a picture later on.'' 98 Wasticsts’ t’ayc timnas timanlhtsk alhtutl’uk’t’axw, taalhpaaxtut waq’umsciwa7ats casJesus tik’cis alhtaalhqulhuustxw. ''Indeed, this was the son of our assumed father in heaven, the one that whitemen call Jesus, the one that he saw in pictures.'' 99 Tickwmaku tx taputl’tx ulhtx tapaaxttx cas7anuninitsaktnm. ''He was the one that came to him, the one who named him Anuninitsaktnm.'' 100 K’yukists’ alaalhqulhuus alawaycnú lí ts’. ''He recognized him in a picture later on.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 6w5edrekoa86ilcwjltfgo943kbk6ik 1365330 1365329 2026-09-24T17:47:03Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365330 wikitext text/x-wiki 1 Alats’its alhTs’ayxlilh alats’ktastsk alaayk’. ''I will tell a story about Ts’ayxlilh, about the things that happened to him long ago.'' 2 Tsaatstislútsk, kmalayckw t’ax, q’sllsliwas skmalaycs tascaakstatimkwmakutx. ''He was still young when he fell ill, he was very sick as somebody had cast a spell on him.'' 3 Piq’ulhlatumkw tiayak alhtx, tiscak alaayk’. ''Piq’ulhla is the name of the witch doctor who did that to him.'' 4 Tl’apskw t’ayc, Ts’ayxlilh, skaatmas. ''As a result, Ts’ayxlilh died.'' 5 Nacliwatumkw skaq’awim. ''They prepared him for burial.'' 6 Nmpim ulapaaqi7yala. ''They placed him in this box.'' 7 Pampatsalhaalhtutimlhú alhtxw ulapaaqi7yala qiqipaalhi7ats snmptim snuxuluulhtim ulapaaqi7yalaats. ''He was placed feet first into this small box, they put him in there and folded him.'' 8 Tpiixwtim, alhq’awamsí s ats. ''They put a lid on the box and tied it down.'' 9 Axw7its’ik smq’awamsim taamatst’ax s7alhnmps snacliwatimutawts’ watl’msta7ats skaq’awit Ts’ayxlilh. ''They did not tie it all the way, that box he was in, as these people were preparing to bury Ts’ayxlilh.'' 10 Wickw’iluts’ik skatl’apaw ats skaq’amutaw. ''Then finally they were ready to start the funeral.'' 11 Axwlú alhq’awamss t’ayc slip’aycs Anuninitsaktnm* ulhtas7unkwtstastx snitsms. ''The box was not tied shut yet when Anuninitsaktnm returned to his body and came back to life.'' (*Anuninitsaktnm is one of Ts’ayxlilh’s other names) 12 Qwiixwiskwts’ taamatliktstxw. ''He opened his coffin.'' 13 Lhk’mskwts’ tialhts’ktiilh ulhtx tismatmcs stpinpiixwimkwaluts’ t’ayc ctanumaw taalhxlaktx ulhtx. ''Then his closest relative spoke to his friend, the one who had been hired to assist in the funeral, the one who tried to close the box again.'' 14 Sculhlaskwts’ taalhts’ktiilhtx alhtx skaaytum skatpiixwim wic s7alhk’cis s7alh7ays sqwinqwiixwas taalh7atmatx. ''This close relative told him not to go ahead and close the box on him (Ts’ayxlilh) because he saw that the dead one was opening the box.'' 15 Qwiixwaynicists’ Ts’ayxlilh taamatliktstxw. ''Now Ts’ayxlilh managed to open his coffin.'' 16 Lhk’mskw t’ayc skanulhkwmiixwim skatl’aptum ulasmaw wanuqla skayayatsutiitum skanmpim skaaytum ulhtuqlatxw skaalhnmpsluts’ alhtaamatliktstxw s7alh7aytum cats skwnkwntl’im ulhtuqlatxw snup’tsiixwim. ''He told people to carry him and take him to a pond where they were to slowly lower him into the water while he was still in the coffin, and they did this, they put him into the water, fully submerging him.'' 17 Músamtumkw t’ayc snunup’tsiixwim alhtaamatliktstxw stl’lhlctumtuts’. ''They submerged him four times in his coffin, then they let him dry up again.'' 18 Yayatsutiitum s7alh7alh7aytum cats snunup’tsiixwim. ''They were submerging him slowly.'' 19 Lhulhnictsutmiskw t’ax tas7unkwtstastx s7alh7ays ctilip’tsuttc ulhtastsnlhstx s7alh7ays ctinutlhlcikliwatc. ''He felt his own body as he was returning to himself, as he was gaining strength.'' 20 Nutlhlcikmitsuts s7alh7aysts’ snunup’tsiixwim ulhtuqlatxw. ''He was getting stronger as they were submerging him into the water.'' 21 Wickw’its’ik s7alh7umaycsts’ t’ax alhtaamatliktstx stl’aputss skaalats’í sts’ s7alh7ays wamntas sqw’xwmnimuts s7atmasts’. ''Now he got out of the coffin, and he started to describe the journey he undertook after he had died.'' 22 Kalaalhmiskw t’ayc wanuyayaalh wamnmnta. ''He had found a good path to travel on.'' 23 Alh7ayskw canusqts’alhts tumnmntatxw. ''It was like a gravel road.'' 24 Nukalalhtuskwts’ s7ixq’ms alhtxw alhtumnmntatxw úlasts’ktiilhs ulhtiumats sts’ktiilhs alamntas. ''He followed a straight course as he walked on this road, until he arrived at a certain location on his journey.'' 25 Axwts’ alhnapliwatsuts t’ayc skatcutl’uk’alhstuu alhtxw. ''He wasn’t aware that he had travelled upwards.'' 26 Lhk’mmimkwts’ ctilhk’mt; xltum skalip’tsuts. ''Then a voice spoke to him, telling him to go back.'' 27 “Axwlú tscwilcnu skaaynu cawcwts skaputl’nu ulhlhmilh,” tsutkw talhk’mtx ulhtx. ''“You are not yet ready to come to us,” said the voice to him.'' 28 “Lip’tsutx, lip’tsutnu!” ''“Go back, go back!”'' 29 “Wic7its’ik kalip’aycnu ulhtis7unkwtstanutc skaayutsnu skanunup’tsiixwtst ulaqlats skamúsamtumt skayayatsutiitumt alhts skanunup’tsiixwtst, tsutsutnu ulhts,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ayc, “ulakstumtts waslhxusmtstts.” ''“And when you return to your body, you will tell them to submerge you into the water, to slowly submerge you four times, that’s what you will say to them,” he said, “to the ones that are busy working on you.”'' 30 Ulasi7aytumkwts’ t’ax snunup’tsiixwim slip’aycs ulhtas7unkwtstastx. ''That is why they submerged him after he had returned to his body.'' 31 Tamsulhtumkw’its’ik t’ayc s7yanimutsts’ alhtimaslancw úlhtiAcati alhNutl’l. ''Then they built him a house, and he observed chastity for a whole year after he had gone to Acati (a high mount by that name) at Nutl’l.'' 32 Samuulhísts’ t’ayc ssulhs, tusulhstxw alhtiAcati. ''He had this one house, his house at Acati.'' 33 Pumputl’mimkw’italuluuk t’ax ctiscak taalh7alh7aytcw. ''And for a while, the witch doctor that had cursed him kept trying to visit him.'' 34 Mú samkw tascaktx spumputl’salu. ''Four times that witch doctor attempted to visit him.'' 35 Ixwkw’iluuk titl’mstat’ayc stl’apsalu ulhTs’ayxlilh sk’cis. ''And every time he attempted to go to Ts’ayxlilh, this man was still far away, when Ts’ayxlilh saw him.'' 36 Tsitsyutsmsts’ ulhtx s7alh7alhtsims syasskalip’tsuts. ''He raised his voice as he told him that he should go back.'' 37 “Alhk’ctsinu, alhk’yuktsinutuu!” tsutsutmiskwkw’. ''“I can see you, and I know you too!” he said to him.'' 38 Paaxlciskwts’. ''And he started calling out his name.'' 39 Axw alhnapits kapaaxlcists’, axw alhnapits s7alh7ays sipaaxistsk, kawics taaluuxam ats, kawics taasikuulh ats. ''I don’t know if he (actually) called him by name, I don’t know when he called him by name, whether it was the last (fourth) time or the “middle” (second or third) time.'' 40 Skw’cusmskwmayalhuts’ t’ax s7itsk’canlhamtimutstuu caq’lhkwtas alaaluuxam7ats. ''He blackened his face, and he dressed in black at this last encounter.'' 41 Wicts’n txw waaluuxam stl’apmim cPiq’ulhla. ''That was the last time that Piq’ulhla went to him.'' 42 Papqists’tuu s7alhk’yukis. ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) named him (Piq’ulhla), (to show that) he recognized him.'' 43 Nuts’xancwikmimts’ntsk ctx s7alh7aystu s7alhk’yukis, sitsayliwamlcmists’ wic s7ayutsstuu Ts’ayxlilh ulhtx, s7axwts’ tikayalh7ayakmists’. ''He (Piq’ulhla) was now convinced that he (Ts’ayxlilh) did know him, that is why he had to stop bothering him, because Ts’ayxlilh said that to him, and he couldn’t do anything to him anymore.'' 44 Wastculh7aylikts t’ayc Ts’ayxlilh s7alhis alaats snmlcs alhtimaslancwt’ayc. ''Indeed, Ts’ayxlilh stayed here for a long time, for this entire year.'' 45 Alaaluuxts’7ats stalawss ulhtsiumats stalawss tsicnasts’ayc. ''Eventually, he found a woman, and married her.'' 46 Clhmnalcakwts’ t’axw ctimna tiimlk. ''They had a child, a boy.'' 47 Ts’kts was7usqalits’ alas7usqalits’tsk. ''Then came the smallpox, at the time of the smallpox, I figure.'' 48 Patsalhiixwkw’its’ik tamnast’ax s7atmas. ''His son was the first one to die.'' 49 Q’awiskwts’ ulhtaamatstu taAcatitx sq’awis. ''He took him to the location of Acati for burial, and buried him there.'' 50 Tsayakmis alhtxw, ustcws. ''When he had finished the work, he went inside.'' 51 Nuscickmitsutí kw’its’ik t’ax alhtasntl’tx, a7mtí s alhtaastcws tusulhtxw. ''He was sad that night, sitting inside the house.'' 52 Acwsniciskw’its’ik t’ax tinumutstat’ayc sxwiq’miilhs s7ustcws tiustcw ulhtsnlh. ''Then he heard the door screak as somebody entered, coming towards him.'' 53 Axkw’iluk nuk’calximstuu skak’cis swas tikaustcw ulhtsnlh. ''All the while, he did not even look back to see who it was that came in towards him.'' 54 Sak’ayalhkw titl’mstat’ayc ú lhtaasankstxw skaanu7ilhmankim. ''This man came straight towards him, and ended up standing in front of him.'' 55 Axkwtuts’ apcwaqw’sms skak’cs ulhtx. ''Again, he didn’t lift his eyes to look at him.'' 56 Kastsayulhimkwts’ s7alatsicws stams sinuscickmitsuts. ''He was asked what had happened that made him sad.'' 57 Ayutskwts’ s7atmnalsts ctamnastx sq’awis. ''He said that he had lost his son, and that he had buried him.'' 58 “Ustamlhtucw7lks sq’awlhicw? Kw’nustsx,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc. ''“Where have you buried him? Show me the place,” he (the stranger) said to him.'' 59 Ip’iskwts’ t’ayc taalhkwlhaaxutsstx. ''Now he grabbed his torch.'' 60 Ntl’sts’ ats skanut’tsuulhiiqwis s7usqatus t’awstx skakw’nusis ulaamats taalhq’awstx. ''As it was night time, he lit his torch, and took him (the stranger) outside to show him where he had dug the grave.'' 61 “Alh7alatsicw7iks tisqnklhtucw?” ''“How deep did you bury him?”'' 62 Kastsayulhimts’ ctx skaalh7ays tisqnktus. ''He was asked by him how deep it was.'' 63 Mntskisamiluk Ts’ayxlilh ulht’ax s7alh7ays tisqnkstsk. ''Ts’ayxlilh must have shown (“counted”) to him however deep it was.'' 64 “Way, axku tikayalh7ayakmits skanitsmnicits,” tsutkw’its’ik talhk’mtuts’tx, way. ''“Well, I don’t have the means to bring him back to life,” he said when he spoke again.'' 65 Axkw apcwaqw’sms t’ayc skak’cusis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc ulhtsnlh. ''He didn’t lift his eyes to look the one who was talking to him in the face.'' 66 Lip’tsutskwtuts’ tx skaustcws Ts’ayxlilh ulhtusulhtxw, wicskwtuts’ taamataaxlhstxw waumats s7mts. ''Ts’ayxlilh went back into the house, to the same spot where he had sat down before.'' 67 Mtstuts’, alh7awlhimtu ctitl’mstat’ayc. ''He sat down again, and was followed by this man.'' 68 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ip’aakimts’ t’ax ctislhxaakslhhs. ''Then he (the stranger) took hold of his (Ts’ayxlilh’s) left hand.'' 69 Mk’mlqsakimkwts’ t’ayc ctinmnmllxs tsialh7ay ctitsaakwliwatc. ''And a ring was placed on his finger, a ring that looked like a worm with two heads, one on each end.'' 70 Nmnmllxskw t’ax catsutsas. ''It had a mouth on both ends.'' 71 Kwtl’imkwts’ ú lhtsik’itas ilh skamk’mlqsakim ctx. ''It was put on his little finger so as to encircle it.'' 72 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ tat’nxwaw wanmnmllxs7ats tialh7ayt’ayc ctitsaakwliwatc. ''The two heads of the thing that looked like a worm were located on the inside of his finger.'' 73 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ ulatcastcwankusllxsaks tsik’itas ilh. ''They were placed on the inside of his little finger (opposite the ring finger).'' 74 “Way, skwatstatsinu cats was7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc ctamk’mlqsakttx. ''“Well, I hereby name you Anuninitsaktnm (He who resurrects fellow people with his hands),” said the one who had put the ring on him.'' 75 “S7aymicwluts’ skakamalhkwtl’akmnu ulhtikawa tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu skaskimicw skaqw’alayaluss waskmalaycs tikaskimicw.” ''“From now on, any time that you put your hands on someone, whoever it is that you put your hands on, you will massage him, and you will make the disease disappear from the one you massage.”'' 76 “Wicanawts’ ats kaknict tiskmalaycs titl’mstatc tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu sipaaxtsinu cas7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutsutmimkw t’ayc. ''“It is these (heads) that will devour the person’s disease, the one that you put your hands on, that’s why I’m naming you Anuninitsaktnm,” he told him.'' 77 Wickwts’ ats slhms t’ayc skaanalhatis taalh7alhtsimtx ulhtsnlh skak’cusists’tuu. ''Then he (Ts’ayxlilh) stood up to answer the one who had spoken to him, and to look him in the face.'' 78 Analhatiskwts’, ayutsskwts’: “Atma tamnalhts. Axw tikayalh7ayliwats skaalh7ayts castl’yuknuts skatmninitslhtutits wamnmntsaw watl’msta7ats wic s7atmas tamnalhts,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ayc s7analhatis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc. ''He answered him, he said: “My son has died. I will not be able to do what you mentioned, to just go ahead and revive the children of these people, because my son has died,” he said as he answered the one who had spoken to him.'' 79 Alhk’cusiskwts’. ''He looked him in the face.'' 80 Way, alh7ay cats wats’ktatumalhu t’ayc, slhukwalatumalhutsk ct’axw. ''So, that is what is supposed to have happened to him, he was supposedly given this special talent at that time.'' 81 Tickw’its’ik takukwpilhilhtx, Saycnaas. ''Then there was our grandfather, Saycnaas.'' 82 Wasticstuu Ts’ayxlilh tipustcwt’ayc wiclhhwasqiqtí s. ''You know, it is the same Ts’ayxlilh who raised him as a child.'' 83 Kwtl’ayckw’its’ik t’ax s7alhis alhTs’aamas. ''He (Saycnaas) caught the disease when he lived in Victoria.'' 84 TcalhTs’aamaslhhalhs t’ayc slhulhnictsutsts’ alhtxw. ''He started to feel it on his way home from Victoria.'' 85 Putl’s skalip’alhms ulhNutl’l. ''He was coming back to Nutl’l (Kimsquit).'' 86 Sak’ayalhsts’ ulhtasissistx, Ts’ayxlilh. ''He went straight to his uncle Ts’ayxlilh.'' 87 Ustcws ulhtx, alats’itus skwtl’aycs, tl’apamkis was7usqalits’. ''He went in and told him that he was ill, he had caught smallpox.'' 88 Tic7its’ik t’ayc tipatsalh tiumatakst’ayc Ts’ayxlilh slhts’as ulhtx. ''He was the first one that Ts’ayxlilh laid his hands on.'' 89 Alh7ayskwtutuku tx ctustl’yuks taalh7alhtsimtx. ''He did exactly what that person had told him to do.'' 90 Ts’xlhmaycskw ssmyalcs Saycnaas alaats sskimimts’ ctasissistx. ''And surely, Saycnaas began to recover right away as he was massaged by his uncle.'' 91 Tic t’ayc tipatsalh tiumataks skwtl’akms. ''He (Saycnaas) was the first one that he laid his hands on.'' 92 Axw tmkwtl’akms t’ayc ulhtikawa. ''He did not just put his hands on anyone.'' 93 Tickwtu tiputl’ ulhtx tinu7ustcwmt tiumataks skwtl’akmsts’. ''He only treated the ones who came to his house to see him.'' 94 Axw alh7ays skanusak’as skanitstutis. ''He did not go from door to door to save people.'' 95 Wicanaw (wa)putl’ ulhtx waaytutis snitstutis alas7usqalits’. ''It was the ones who came to him that he saved from the smallpox.'' 96 Was7axwsamatski paaxtsuts taputl’tax ulhtsnlh swatstumtski ulasi7axw alhnapis swas.* ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) did not know who that man (the stranger) was, because he had not identified himself to him, I guess, to let him know who he was.'' *(sa… may be an allomorph of su…, and the use of tax is odd (but may here be associated with uncertainty as implied by …ma… and tski)) 97 Alhqulhuuskw’its’ik tisik’cis alawaycliwní kwts’. ''But he saw him in a picture later on.'' 98 Wasticsts’ t’ayc timnas timanlhtsk alhtutl’uk’t’axw, taalhpaaxtut waq’umsciwa7ats casJesus tik’cis alhtaalhqulhuustxw. ''Indeed, this was the son of our assumed father in heaven, the one that whitemen call Jesus, the one that he saw in pictures.'' 99 Tickwmaku tx taputl’tx ulhtx tapaaxttx cas7anuninitsaktnm. ''He was the one that came to him, the one who named him Anuninitsaktnm.'' 100 K’yukists’ alaalhqulhuus alawaycnú lí ts’. ''He recognized him in a picture later on.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 48x40q30c6xczv8256kfddql36eqg8z 1365352 1365330 2026-09-24T20:36:44Z Gattonero2001 1002869 1365352 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Man who Received Healing Power | author = Margaret Siwallace | translator = Hank Nater | notes = Nater, Hank (2022-01-16). "The Nuxalk Language : (lexicon, narratives, grammar)". ''ScienceOpen Preprints''. https://doi.org/10.14293%2FS2199-1006.1.SOR-.PPC20XL.v1 }} 1 Alats’its alhTs’ayxlilh alats’ktastsk alaayk’. ''I will tell a story about Ts’ayxlilh, about the things that happened to him long ago.'' 2 Tsaatstislútsk, kmalayckw t’ax, q’sllsliwas skmalaycs tascaakstatimkwmakutx. ''He was still young when he fell ill, he was very sick as somebody had cast a spell on him.'' 3 Piq’ulhlatumkw tiayak alhtx, tiscak alaayk’. ''Piq’ulhla is the name of the witch doctor who did that to him.'' 4 Tl’apskw t’ayc, Ts’ayxlilh, skaatmas. ''As a result, Ts’ayxlilh died.'' 5 Nacliwatumkw skaq’awim. ''They prepared him for burial.'' 6 Nmpim ulapaaqi7yala. ''They placed him in this box.'' 7 Pampatsalhaalhtutimlhú alhtxw ulapaaqi7yala qiqipaalhi7ats snmptim snuxuluulhtim ulapaaqi7yalaats. ''He was placed feet first into this small box, they put him in there and folded him.'' 8 Tpiixwtim, alhq’awamsí s ats. ''They put a lid on the box and tied it down.'' 9 Axw7its’ik smq’awamsim taamatst’ax s7alhnmps snacliwatimutawts’ watl’msta7ats skaq’awit Ts’ayxlilh. ''They did not tie it all the way, that box he was in, as these people were preparing to bury Ts’ayxlilh.'' 10 Wickw’iluts’ik skatl’apaw ats skaq’amutaw. ''Then finally they were ready to start the funeral.'' 11 Axwlú alhq’awamss t’ayc slip’aycs Anuninitsaktnm* ulhtas7unkwtstastx snitsms. ''The box was not tied shut yet when Anuninitsaktnm returned to his body and came back to life.'' (*Anuninitsaktnm is one of Ts’ayxlilh’s other names) 12 Qwiixwiskwts’ taamatliktstxw. ''He opened his coffin.'' 13 Lhk’mskwts’ tialhts’ktiilh ulhtx tismatmcs stpinpiixwimkwaluts’ t’ayc ctanumaw taalhxlaktx ulhtx. ''Then his closest relative spoke to his friend, the one who had been hired to assist in the funeral, the one who tried to close the box again.'' 14 Sculhlaskwts’ taalhts’ktiilhtx alhtx skaaytum skatpiixwim wic s7alhk’cis s7alh7ays sqwinqwiixwas taalh7atmatx. ''This close relative told him not to go ahead and close the box on him (Ts’ayxlilh) because he saw that the dead one was opening the box.'' 15 Qwiixwaynicists’ Ts’ayxlilh taamatliktstxw. ''Now Ts’ayxlilh managed to open his coffin.'' 16 Lhk’mskw t’ayc skanulhkwmiixwim skatl’aptum ulasmaw wanuqla skayayatsutiitum skanmpim skaaytum ulhtuqlatxw skaalhnmpsluts’ alhtaamatliktstxw s7alh7aytum cats skwnkwntl’im ulhtuqlatxw snup’tsiixwim. ''He told people to carry him and take him to a pond where they were to slowly lower him into the water while he was still in the coffin, and they did this, they put him into the water, fully submerging him.'' 17 Músamtumkw t’ayc snunup’tsiixwim alhtaamatliktstxw stl’lhlctumtuts’. ''They submerged him four times in his coffin, then they let him dry up again.'' 18 Yayatsutiitum s7alh7alh7aytum cats snunup’tsiixwim. ''They were submerging him slowly.'' 19 Lhulhnictsutmiskw t’ax tas7unkwtstastx s7alh7ays ctilip’tsuttc ulhtastsnlhstx s7alh7ays ctinutlhlcikliwatc. ''He felt his own body as he was returning to himself, as he was gaining strength.'' 20 Nutlhlcikmitsuts s7alh7aysts’ snunup’tsiixwim ulhtuqlatxw. ''He was getting stronger as they were submerging him into the water.'' 21 Wickw’its’ik s7alh7umaycsts’ t’ax alhtaamatliktstx stl’aputss skaalats’í sts’ s7alh7ays wamntas sqw’xwmnimuts s7atmasts’. ''Now he got out of the coffin, and he started to describe the journey he undertook after he had died.'' 22 Kalaalhmiskw t’ayc wanuyayaalh wamnmnta. ''He had found a good path to travel on.'' 23 Alh7ayskw canusqts’alhts tumnmntatxw. ''It was like a gravel road.'' 24 Nukalalhtuskwts’ s7ixq’ms alhtxw alhtumnmntatxw úlasts’ktiilhs ulhtiumats sts’ktiilhs alamntas. ''He followed a straight course as he walked on this road, until he arrived at a certain location on his journey.'' 25 Axwts’ alhnapliwatsuts t’ayc skatcutl’uk’alhstuu alhtxw. ''He wasn’t aware that he had travelled upwards.'' 26 Lhk’mmimkwts’ ctilhk’mt; xltum skalip’tsuts. ''Then a voice spoke to him, telling him to go back.'' 27 “Axwlú tscwilcnu skaaynu cawcwts skaputl’nu ulhlhmilh,” tsutkw talhk’mtx ulhtx. ''“You are not yet ready to come to us,” said the voice to him.'' 28 “Lip’tsutx, lip’tsutnu!” ''“Go back, go back!”'' 29 “Wic7its’ik kalip’aycnu ulhtis7unkwtstanutc skaayutsnu skanunup’tsiixwtst ulaqlats skamúsamtumt skayayatsutiitumt alhts skanunup’tsiixwtst, tsutsutnu ulhts,” tsutsutkw’its’ik t’ayc, “ulakstumtts waslhxusmtstts.” ''“And when you return to your body, you will tell them to submerge you into the water, to slowly submerge you four times, that’s what you will say to them,” he said, “to the ones that are busy working on you.”'' 30 Ulasi7aytumkwts’ t’ax snunup’tsiixwim slip’aycs ulhtas7unkwtstastx. ''That is why they submerged him after he had returned to his body.'' 31 Tamsulhtumkw’its’ik t’ayc s7yanimutsts’ alhtimaslancw úlhtiAcati alhNutl’l. ''Then they built him a house, and he observed chastity for a whole year after he had gone to Acati (a high mount by that name) at Nutl’l.'' 32 Samuulhísts’ t’ayc ssulhs, tusulhstxw alhtiAcati. ''He had this one house, his house at Acati.'' 33 Pumputl’mimkw’italuluuk t’ax ctiscak taalh7alh7aytcw. ''And for a while, the witch doctor that had cursed him kept trying to visit him.'' 34 Mú samkw tascaktx spumputl’salu. ''Four times that witch doctor attempted to visit him.'' 35 Ixwkw’iluuk titl’mstat’ayc stl’apsalu ulhTs’ayxlilh sk’cis. ''And every time he attempted to go to Ts’ayxlilh, this man was still far away, when Ts’ayxlilh saw him.'' 36 Tsitsyutsmsts’ ulhtx s7alh7alhtsims syasskalip’tsuts. ''He raised his voice as he told him that he should go back.'' 37 “Alhk’ctsinu, alhk’yuktsinutuu!” tsutsutmiskwkw’. ''“I can see you, and I know you too!” he said to him.'' 38 Paaxlciskwts’. ''And he started calling out his name.'' 39 Axw alhnapits kapaaxlcists’, axw alhnapits s7alh7ays sipaaxistsk, kawics taaluuxam ats, kawics taasikuulh ats. ''I don’t know if he (actually) called him by name, I don’t know when he called him by name, whether it was the last (fourth) time or the “middle” (second or third) time.'' 40 Skw’cusmskwmayalhuts’ t’ax s7itsk’canlhamtimutstuu caq’lhkwtas alaaluuxam7ats. ''He blackened his face, and he dressed in black at this last encounter.'' 41 Wicts’n txw waaluuxam stl’apmim cPiq’ulhla. ''That was the last time that Piq’ulhla went to him.'' 42 Papqists’tuu s7alhk’yukis. ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) named him (Piq’ulhla), (to show that) he recognized him.'' 43 Nuts’xancwikmimts’ntsk ctx s7alh7aystu s7alhk’yukis, sitsayliwamlcmists’ wic s7ayutsstuu Ts’ayxlilh ulhtx, s7axwts’ tikayalh7ayakmists’. ''He (Piq’ulhla) was now convinced that he (Ts’ayxlilh) did know him, that is why he had to stop bothering him, because Ts’ayxlilh said that to him, and he couldn’t do anything to him anymore.'' 44 Wastculh7aylikts t’ayc Ts’ayxlilh s7alhis alaats snmlcs alhtimaslancwt’ayc. ''Indeed, Ts’ayxlilh stayed here for a long time, for this entire year.'' 45 Alaaluuxts’7ats stalawss ulhtsiumats stalawss tsicnasts’ayc. ''Eventually, he found a woman, and married her.'' 46 Clhmnalcakwts’ t’axw ctimna tiimlk. ''They had a child, a boy.'' 47 Ts’kts was7usqalits’ alas7usqalits’tsk. ''Then came the smallpox, at the time of the smallpox, I figure.'' 48 Patsalhiixwkw’its’ik tamnast’ax s7atmas. ''His son was the first one to die.'' 49 Q’awiskwts’ ulhtaamatstu taAcatitx sq’awis. ''He took him to the location of Acati for burial, and buried him there.'' 50 Tsayakmis alhtxw, ustcws. ''When he had finished the work, he went inside.'' 51 Nuscickmitsutí kw’its’ik t’ax alhtasntl’tx, a7mtí s alhtaastcws tusulhtxw. ''He was sad that night, sitting inside the house.'' 52 Acwsniciskw’its’ik t’ax tinumutstat’ayc sxwiq’miilhs s7ustcws tiustcw ulhtsnlh. ''Then he heard the door screak as somebody entered, coming towards him.'' 53 Axkw’iluk nuk’calximstuu skak’cis swas tikaustcw ulhtsnlh. ''All the while, he did not even look back to see who it was that came in towards him.'' 54 Sak’ayalhkw titl’mstat’ayc ú lhtaasankstxw skaanu7ilhmankim. ''This man came straight towards him, and ended up standing in front of him.'' 55 Axkwtuts’ apcwaqw’sms skak’cs ulhtx. ''Again, he didn’t lift his eyes to look at him.'' 56 Kastsayulhimkwts’ s7alatsicws stams sinuscickmitsuts. ''He was asked what had happened that made him sad.'' 57 Ayutskwts’ s7atmnalsts ctamnastx sq’awis. ''He said that he had lost his son, and that he had buried him.'' 58 “Ustamlhtucw7lks sq’awlhicw? Kw’nustsx,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc. ''“Where have you buried him? Show me the place,” he (the stranger) said to him.'' 59 Ip’iskwts’ t’ayc taalhkwlhaaxutsstx. ''Now he grabbed his torch.'' 60 Ntl’sts’ ats skanut’tsuulhiiqwis s7usqatus t’awstx skakw’nusis ulaamats taalhq’awstx. ''As it was night time, he lit his torch, and took him (the stranger) outside to show him where he had dug the grave.'' 61 “Alh7alatsicw7iks tisqnklhtucw?” ''“How deep did you bury him?”'' 62 Kastsayulhimts’ ctx skaalh7ays tisqnktus. ''He was asked by him how deep it was.'' 63 Mntskisamiluk Ts’ayxlilh ulht’ax s7alh7ays tisqnkstsk. ''Ts’ayxlilh must have shown (“counted”) to him however deep it was.'' 64 “Way, axku tikayalh7ayakmits skanitsmnicits,” tsutkw’its’ik talhk’mtuts’tx, way. ''“Well, I don’t have the means to bring him back to life,” he said when he spoke again.'' 65 Axkw apcwaqw’sms t’ayc skak’cusis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc ulhtsnlh. ''He didn’t lift his eyes to look the one who was talking to him in the face.'' 66 Lip’tsutskwtuts’ tx skaustcws Ts’ayxlilh ulhtusulhtxw, wicskwtuts’ taamataaxlhstxw waumats s7mts. ''Ts’ayxlilh went back into the house, to the same spot where he had sat down before.'' 67 Mtstuts’, alh7awlhimtu ctitl’mstat’ayc. ''He sat down again, and was followed by this man.'' 68 Wickw’its’ika txw s7ip’aakimts’ t’ax ctislhxaakslhhs. ''Then he (the stranger) took hold of his (Ts’ayxlilh’s) left hand.'' 69 Mk’mlqsakimkwts’ t’ayc ctinmnmllxs tsialh7ay ctitsaakwliwatc. ''And a ring was placed on his finger, a ring that looked like a worm with two heads, one on each end.'' 70 Nmnmllxskw t’ax catsutsas. ''It had a mouth on both ends.'' 71 Kwtl’imkwts’ ú lhtsik’itas ilh skamk’mlqsakim ctx. ''It was put on his little finger so as to encircle it.'' 72 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ tat’nxwaw wanmnmllxs7ats tialh7ayt’ayc ctitsaakwliwatc. ''The two heads of the thing that looked like a worm were located on the inside of his finger.'' 73 Tcastcwankustumkwts’ ulatcastcwankusllxsaks tsik’itas ilh. ''They were placed on the inside of his little finger (opposite the ring finger).'' 74 “Way, skwatstatsinu cats was7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutmimkw’its’ik t’ayc ctamk’mlqsakttx. ''“Well, I hereby name you Anuninitsaktnm (He who resurrects fellow people with his hands),” said the one who had put the ring on him.'' 75 “S7aymicwluts’ skakamalhkwtl’akmnu ulhtikawa tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu skaskimicw skaqw’alayaluss waskmalaycs tikaskimicw.” ''“From now on, any time that you put your hands on someone, whoever it is that you put your hands on, you will massage him, and you will make the disease disappear from the one you massage.”'' 76 “Wicanawts’ ats kaknict tiskmalaycs titl’mstatc tikaumataknu skakwtl’akmnu sipaaxtsinu cas7anuninitsaktnm,” tsutsutmimkw t’ayc. ''“It is these (heads) that will devour the person’s disease, the one that you put your hands on, that’s why I’m naming you Anuninitsaktnm,” he told him.'' 77 Wickwts’ ats slhms t’ayc skaanalhatis taalh7alhtsimtx ulhtsnlh skak’cusists’tuu. ''Then he (Ts’ayxlilh) stood up to answer the one who had spoken to him, and to look him in the face.'' 78 Analhatiskwts’, ayutsskwts’: “Atma tamnalhts. Axw tikayalh7ayliwats skaalh7ayts castl’yuknuts skatmninitslhtutits wamnmntsaw watl’msta7ats wic s7atmas tamnalhts,” tsutkw’its’ik t’ayc s7analhatis tialh7alhtsimt’ayc. ''He answered him, he said: “My son has died. I will not be able to do what you mentioned, to just go ahead and revive the children of these people, because my son has died,” he said as he answered the one who had spoken to him.'' 79 Alhk’cusiskwts’. ''He looked him in the face.'' 80 Way, alh7ay cats wats’ktatumalhu t’ayc, slhukwalatumalhutsk ct’axw. ''So, that is what is supposed to have happened to him, he was supposedly given this special talent at that time.'' 81 Tickw’its’ik takukwpilhilhtx, Saycnaas. ''Then there was our grandfather, Saycnaas.'' 82 Wasticstuu Ts’ayxlilh tipustcwt’ayc wiclhhwasqiqtí s. ''You know, it is the same Ts’ayxlilh who raised him as a child.'' 83 Kwtl’ayckw’its’ik t’ax s7alhis alhTs’aamas. ''He (Saycnaas) caught the disease when he lived in Victoria.'' 84 TcalhTs’aamaslhhalhs t’ayc slhulhnictsutsts’ alhtxw. ''He started to feel it on his way home from Victoria.'' 85 Putl’s skalip’alhms ulhNutl’l. ''He was coming back to Nutl’l (Kimsquit).'' 86 Sak’ayalhsts’ ulhtasissistx, Ts’ayxlilh. ''He went straight to his uncle Ts’ayxlilh.'' 87 Ustcws ulhtx, alats’itus skwtl’aycs, tl’apamkis was7usqalits’. ''He went in and told him that he was ill, he had caught smallpox.'' 88 Tic7its’ik t’ayc tipatsalh tiumatakst’ayc Ts’ayxlilh slhts’as ulhtx. ''He was the first one that Ts’ayxlilh laid his hands on.'' 89 Alh7ayskwtutuku tx ctustl’yuks taalh7alhtsimtx. ''He did exactly what that person had told him to do.'' 90 Ts’xlhmaycskw ssmyalcs Saycnaas alaats sskimimts’ ctasissistx. ''And surely, Saycnaas began to recover right away as he was massaged by his uncle.'' 91 Tic t’ayc tipatsalh tiumataks skwtl’akms. ''He (Saycnaas) was the first one that he laid his hands on.'' 92 Axw tmkwtl’akms t’ayc ulhtikawa. ''He did not just put his hands on anyone.'' 93 Tickwtu tiputl’ ulhtx tinu7ustcwmt tiumataks skwtl’akmsts’. ''He only treated the ones who came to his house to see him.'' 94 Axw alh7ays skanusak’as skanitstutis. ''He did not go from door to door to save people.'' 95 Wicanaw (wa)putl’ ulhtx waaytutis snitstutis alas7usqalits’. ''It was the ones who came to him that he saved from the smallpox.'' 96 Was7axwsamatski paaxtsuts taputl’tax ulhtsnlh swatstumtski ulasi7axw alhnapis swas.* ''He (Ts’ayxlilh) did not know who that man (the stranger) was, because he had not identified himself to him, I guess, to let him know who he was.'' *(sa… may be an allomorph of su…, and the use of tax is odd (but may here be associated with uncertainty as implied by …ma… and tski)) 97 Alhqulhuuskw’its’ik tisik’cis alawaycliwní kwts’. ''But he saw him in a picture later on.'' 98 Wasticsts’ t’ayc timnas timanlhtsk alhtutl’uk’t’axw, taalhpaaxtut waq’umsciwa7ats casJesus tik’cis alhtaalhqulhuustxw. ''Indeed, this was the son of our assumed father in heaven, the one that whitemen call Jesus, the one that he saw in pictures.'' 99 Tickwmaku tx taputl’tx ulhtx tapaaxttx cas7anuninitsaktnm. ''He was the one that came to him, the one who named him Anuninitsaktnm.'' 100 K’yukists’ alaalhqulhuus alawaycnú lí ts’. ''He recognized him in a picture later on.'' [[category:It7Nuxalkmc]] {{CC-by-4.0}} 9ljbc2lgv49qjmscpzgw8dc666a2mrr 104 458926 1365331 2026-09-24T18:30:55Z Edfyr 34099 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365331 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Edfyr" />{{rh||BIBLIOGRAFIO|345}}</noinclude>Recensante traduko di la prefaco di la ''Semantiko'' da D{{sup|o}} M. {{sc|Bréal}}, on pozas la frazo : «&nbsp;Certe Esperanto estas mirinda kreitajo de la homa volo kaj inteligenteco&nbsp;» tale, ke la lektanto necese kredos, ke co esas la opiniono di la famoza linguisto. Analoge ''Lingvo Internacia'', ante du yari, raportis tante habile pri leciono di S{{sup|o}} {{sc|Meillet}}, ke ol donis ad olca senco tute kontra a la vera. La du franca linguisti opinionas, ke la «&nbsp;evoluco&nbsp;» di la lingui ne esas pure fatala, automatala, sed dependas grandaparte de la koncio e de la volo di la homi. Ek ta teorio on povas nur tirar konkluzi favoroza a la ''reformo'' di Esperanto. Cetere, nia lektanti konocas la ''vera'' opiniono di la du linguisti per la recenso quan ni facis di lia artikli en la ''Revue critique'' (''Progreso'', p. 155 sqq). Pri la malvera recenso di la diskurso di S{{sup|o}} {{sc|Jespersen}} ''Brit. Esp.'' nule emendas nek exkuzas sa kulpo. Sed du Esperantisti de Genève venas oportune sokursar ol, riprochante a ni neexakta raporto pri la diskurseto di S{{sup|o}} {{sc|Boubier}}. Sed, unesme, nia kulpo, se ol existus, tute ne exkuzus ta di ''Brit. Esp.''; duesme la neexakteso, quan on imputas a ni, tuchas nur la plu o min granda ''suceso'' di ta diskursi, pri qua ni ne esas obligata kredar testi malmulte senpartia : ol esas do nule komparebla a ta di ''Brit. Esp., qua havis en Dana Esperantisto la kompleta analizo di la diskurso''. To esas do simpla moyeno por eskapar (tre malhabile) yusta riprocho e resendar ol a ni, quale facas sempre la kulpozi. Cetere, on lektis supre decido di la ''Birmingham kaj Mezlanda Esp. Klubo'' pri la jurnali, qui malbone informas sa lektanti. Ni parias, ke ''Brit., Esp.'' ne kurajos insertar ol! {{prog vspace}} '''Germana Esperanto Gazeto''', ''oficiala organo de la Saksa-Turinga Esperantista Ligo'' e. c. (editata da S{{sup|o}} {{sc|Stark}} en Magdeburg) 1{{sup|a}} yaro n{{sup|o}} 11 (junio 1908). {{--}} Interesanta e tre saja artiklo da S{{sup|o}} K. {{sc|Feder}} pri ''Internacia Esperantista Akademio''. L’autoro expozas ed aprobas la proyekto di S{{sup|o}} {{sc|Michaux}} pri Akademo reguloze elektita da omna Esperantisti. Il asertas, ke «&nbsp;la deklaracioj de fideleco valoras nenion,… ĉar ''fideloj'' estas ankaŭ tiuj kiuj, vidante konsekvencojn de la ĝisnuna libera evolucio, volas iri nun alian ne danĝeran vojon!&nbsp;» Pri la ''Lingva Komitato'', il memorigas, ke sa kompetenteso esis forte kombatita quik pos sa komenco, ke la komitatani ipsa dubas pri lia kompetenteso; ke pro to la L.K. «&nbsp;til nun ne facis pozitiva laboro&nbsp;», ed il konkluzas : «&nbsp;Al la kompetenteco de la Lingva Komitato neniu konfidas, kaj eĉ la komitatanoj ne konfidas al si mem&nbsp;». La sama jurnalo informas, ke la delegiti di kelka esp. grupi (Dessau, Halle, Leipzig, Magdeburg e Wolmirstedt) kunvenis en Halle e fondis ligo nomizita «&nbsp;''Saksa-Turinga Esperantista Ligo''&nbsp;». S{{sup|o}} K. {{sc|Feder}} esis elektita provizora prezidanto di ta federo. {{prog vspace}} '''Internacia Socia Revuo''' (transformita, mi-monata, n{{sup|o}} 6−7 junio–julio 1908). {{--}} ''Pri Socia Vortaro'' : ''novaj afiksoj'' S{{sup|o}} J. L. {{sc|Bruyn}}<noinclude></noinclude> tf6sehz2r0n2wggn198pndwjh98p2k8 104 458927 1365332 2026-09-24T19:39:11Z Edfyr 34099 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365332 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Edfyr" />{{rh|346|PROGRESO|}}</noinclude>aprobas la prefixo '''anti-''' en internaciona vorti, sed deziras konservar '''kontraŭ''' (''kontre'') en cetera kazi. Il aprobas la sufixi '''ism''' e '''ist''', precize en la senco, quan E S. atribuas a li. Sed il malaprobas decide la sufixo '''-aci''', pro ke ol esas «&nbsp;nelogika&nbsp;» : nam ol ne suficas por distingar l’ago e la rezultato di l’ago (on savas, quale ES. solvas ta questiono per la sufixo '''ur'''). Plue, la sufixo '''-aci''' esus tre malbela sive kun germana radiki ('''helpacio''', '''sendacio'''!) sive kun romana radiki ('''indukacio''', '''redukacio'''). Omno to esas tre justa. L’autoro aceptas '''acio''' nur eu vorti internaciona t. e. en substantivi, qui en LI. ne esas derivita ('''korporacio'''); sed lor on devas, quale ES. restaurar lia etimologia radiko en '''-ion'''. L’autoro konkluzas : «&nbsp;La tuta denando lernigas nin, ke ekzistas ankoraŭ iom da nereguleco en Esperanto, aŭ pli bone, ''tro multe da libereco en vortfarado''. Ofte oni ne scias, kion fari : formi verbon el la substantivo aŭ adjektivo, aŭ formi substantivon kaj adjektivon el verbo?&nbsp;» Ed il timas, ke la libera enkondukado de novaj afiksoj… disfaligos la lingvon en naciajn barbarismojn, kiuj.... detruos la forton kaj la konfidon pri Esperanto&nbsp;». Yen ankore nuva atesto di la anarkia stando di la linguo, e di la neceseso di reformo. S{{sup|o}} {{sc|Bruijn}} en semblas savar, ke la questioni, quin il sagace pozas, esas komplete e praktike solvita en ES. {{prog vspace}} '''L’Étoile Espérantiste''' (mayo) divenas sempre plu jokoza; ni ne parolas, cetere, pri la rabyoza diatribo di S{{sup|o}} Paul {{sc|Berthelot}}, sed pri la ''Libera paroli'' di S{sup|o}} {{sc|Trac}}, qua dicas kelkfoje la verajo jokante. Exemple, il rimarkas, ke EP. havas nula vorto por tradukar F. ''citoyen'', sed «&nbsp;Ido, qua omno previdis, zorge elektis por to radiko specala kapabla entuziasmigar la elektanti&nbsp;» (di la futura Esperantal Parlamento). Vu ne kredis esar tante justa, kara kunfrato : nam tute ridinda esas tradukar ''citoyen'' per '''regnano''' (F. ''sujet''!) o per '''burĝo''' (F. ''bourgeois''!). Ni ne savas, kad Ido previdis omno, sed il previdis adminime la bezono di specala radiko por tradukar F. ''cité'' en antiqua senco (tute ne '''urbo'''!), nome '''civito'''; de qua on derivas reguloze '''civitano''' {{==}} ''citoyen''. Dum ke la konservemi jokas, mokas, polemikas, ni laboras; e quale dicas franca proverbo, ''bone ridos qua lasta ridos''! {{--}} Altraloke, ''l’Etoile Espérantiste'' manifestas vere grosa nesavo, questionante pri la rango di la franca linguo segun la nombro di sa adepti, ed hezitante inter la franca, la hispana, la rusa e l’araba<ref>L’araba, qua kun la hebrea havas nur 24 milion adepti!</ref>! Por instruktar ol e samtempe cetera samideani, ni publikigas supre la statistiko di l’europana lingui (p. 295). En la n{{sup|o}} di junio, ''L’Etoile'' apertas konkurso (sempre jokoza) por «&nbsp;eltrovi la plej taŭgan nomon por la eroj ({{==}} artamantoj<ref>Maljusta expresuro; ni dicas ''amatori''.</ref>, kiuj istas ({{==}} sin okupas) per la ifo ({{==}} produktado) de konstanta {{hws|per|perfektigado}}<noinclude></noinclude> p3s5hznj3f7b9jiziadjfn6py4riqny 104 458928 1365356 2026-09-24T21:00:07Z Edfyr 34099 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365356 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Edfyr" />{{rh||BIBLIOGRAFIO|347}}</noinclude>{{hwe|fektigado|perfektigado}} de la «&nbsp;definitiva&nbsp;» nova linguo&nbsp;». Ta spritajo pretendas esar satiro di ES. : sed (quale altra simila spritaji) ol esas tute maljusta; nam, tute kontre, Ido rekomendas ''ne uzar la afixi quale nedependanta radiki''. Sed on savas, ke to esas un ek la max kara kustumi di Esperanto, qua multe plezas la «&nbsp;fideli&nbsp;», sed qua igas ol tute malklara e nekomprenebla a la profani. Nu! se la supre citita spritajo havas ula senco, ol esos nur satiro di {{--}} Esperanto primitiva! En EP. on ne dicas «&nbsp;istas&nbsp;» nek «&nbsp;ifo&nbsp;», sed on dicas ofte ''eroj'' (en altra senco), ''ulo, aĵo, ano, aro, cjo, emo, ilo, edzo, estro, ino, ido, ege, etulo, inda, ingo'', e c. e c. : e tala expresuri ravisas multa Esperantisti, qui ne reflektas pri la grava malutileso di tala enigmata elementi en linguo, qua pretendas esar ''internaciona''. Tala linguo meritas sola la nomi «&nbsp;fuŝlingvo&nbsp;» e «&nbsp;terura ĵargono&nbsp;», quan on atribuas tante jentile a la nia. La n{{sup|o}} de julio kontenas nur malnobla ataki e malspritoza satiri, quin ni ne degnas diskutar. Ni volas nur respondar ad un objekto, quan on facas a ni kelkafoye. On dicas, ke la difekti, quin ni kritikas en EP., venas nur de l’uzado di malbona o malhabila adepti, e ke, kande ES. esos tam multe praktikata kam EP., ol sufros anke la sama o tam multa malregulaji. {{--}} Ni respondas, unesme, ke se la difekti quin ni kritikas esus nur erori di uzado, on ne komprenus la indigno e rezisto di la konservemi, nam on povus korektigar l’uzado per l’uzado. Sed reale ta difekti esas kontenata en la ''Fundamento'' ipsa, e pro to on ne povas o ne volas korektigar li. La ''Fundamento'' donas ''konstante'' exempli di ta malbona uzadi, e pro co on ne povas extirpar li, se on ne abolisas la netuchebleso di la santa libro. E to esas la grava, esencala difero inter EP. ed ES; certe, ica esos malbone e malhabile uzata, ed on facos en ol erori e kulpi; sed ta erori e kulpi esos ''nur'' erori di uzado, e povos sempre emendesar sen ula rompo kun la principi; nultempe on santigos li ed on prizentos li quale bona ed imitinda. Un sola exemplo : de longe multa Esperantisti denuncis la mallogikajo, qua konsistas uzar adverbo vice adjektivo quale atributo di verbo : «&nbsp;Estas necese ke…&nbsp;» Sed, mem inter ti, qui vidis klare ta difekto, trovesis «&nbsp;fideluloj&nbsp;» qui dicis : «&nbsp;To esas en la ''Fundamento'', do on devas tale dicar, mem se to esas maljusta&nbsp;». Nu! to esas simpla eroro di uzado, quan l’uzado suficus emendar tre rapide e simple, sen ula impedo o detrimento; e tamen on ne povas extirpar ol, pro la ''Fundamento''! Kad on komprenas nun, ke per ta fetishismo on igis la ''Fundamento'' malaminda e malestiminda da omna bona e libera spiriti, e ke la supreso di la ''Fundamento'' esas la precipua postulo di omna reformema o sole progresema Esperantisti? {{prog vspace}} '''Amerika Esperantisto''' (mayo 1908). {{--}} S{{sup|o}} Arthur {{sc|Baker}} konsakras a ''Progreso'' artiklo vere stranja e tute ne konsequanta, sed qua karakterizas per to tre bone la kontredicanta spiritostando di<noinclude></noinclude> m7uckxd7r9xmg61y2nix1eb2sghlun8 105 458929 1365360 2026-09-25T01:06:10Z ~2026-51254-20 1004144 /* On the first letter of this page */ new section 1365360 wikitext text/x-wiki == On the first letter of this page == I have been transcribing this page. I'm having difficulty reading the first letter of this page. I thought it was a ligature of 't' and 'r', as this allows us to read the first word as "''tradicionali''", which means 'traditional names' in this context. What do you think of this interpretation? If you have a better transcription, please let me know. [[Special:Contributions/~2026-51254-20|~2026-51254-20]] ([[User talk:~2026-51254-20|talk]]) 01:06, 25 September 2026 (UTC) 19ar58l926uq3872ccohk8kokqnpkw9 104 458930 1365364 2026-09-25T03:45:17Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365364 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|65}}</noinclude>tschil; nil matta pili auwen lelemawip mizin schuk Pipe- metonhetschik nechoha. Schita matta ktakindamowune- wo Wtappandewoaganink, Pipemetonhetpanik Sabbath- deke Tempelink elgiqui pallitonewo Sabbath Gischgu, woak pallapoak quajaqui? Schuk ktelenewo, jun achpo eluwi Mechakgilit Tempel elgilen. Schuk nostameque elaptonenk: Nowinginamen Gettemagelowoagan, schuk natta Wihungewoagan: Kiluwa matta a gendelemawipa- nik Pelachpitschik. Woak wtellapanil: Sabbath Gischgu gischiechenuntschiju enda Lauchsit, Schuk ju enda Lauch- sit atta gischihawi untschi Sabbath Gischgunk. Wequi- semukuk Lennowall woak Nehellatank Sabbath Gischgu. {{c|{{sc|Section 41.}}}} Nanne untschi allumsgep, woak tacquoak Sabbathdeke enda Mawewink ndemigep woak achgegingep; woak talli achpop Lenno Wunachk wdellenabawan metschihil- lep. Woak Lepoatschik, woak Pharisak natschihapa- nil, gachenatsch kikenhen Sabbathdeke, woak ntutema- woapanil, luepanil: majawi eet wulit kikeuhen Sabbath- deke? wentschitsch mochgunde Wtakenimink. Schuk necama woahapanil elitehachtit, woak wtellawall Lenno- wall Wunachk metschibillep: pochisucquil jun lelawi ni- pawil. Naune pachsucquip woak ika nipop. Woak Je- sus wtellawoapanil: Ntutemolenewo: taan a majawi leu, wentschi tepi mikindanke Sabbathdeke, Wellik schita Medhik pommauchsohen, schitta palliton? Schuk Eschitquihhillepanik. Nanne necama wtellawoapanil : Auwen eet kiluwa achpo ngutti Memekisch wetallemunsite, Sabbathdeke Woalink penihhillate, matta cet schawitsch wdannan woak untschi ktinnaan? atta eet, Wetschitschan- quit allowiwi Welilissit Memekisch elsit? Newentschi schachachki wulit welhik mikindank Sabbathdeke. Woak pennawoapanik wiwuniwi manunginaxop, woak schiwe- lendamop esenik Wdehuwawunk untschi, woak Lenno- 6%<noinclude></noinclude> 46wuakyuawjhn4ptad4yxi6fok8url6 104 458931 1365365 2026-09-25T03:46:14Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365365 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|66}}</noinclude>wall wtellapanil: Schachachgeunim Genachk. Woals schachachgennemenep: Nanne Wunachk lappi majawih- hillep, woak wulamallsop ktakan linaquachtop. Nanue Pharisæisak untschi ktschipanik, manungilbillepanik. woak wtackenutemenewoap, tatsch elikind; woak Hero- dianitschik witatschimolchapanik eleuumhittit wentschi nhillinde. Schuk Jesus woataque, untschi palli eep, woak mchelook wiegauwoapanil, woak wemi kikehapanil. Schuk quittelapanik mattatsch ktschihhillalachtit. Wen- tschitsch pakantschi leke elaptonetup Niganiweuchsit Je- saias, elowetup: Loquel, won Ndallogagan, nan ugischi- map, woak eluwi ndahoala, necama nolilawchuk Ntschi- tschangunk. Hokenk ndaton Ni Ntschitschank, woak Ekhokewitschik woatelantsch Schachachgauchsowoagan; Mattatsch gelogewi, woak mattatsch ganschalamuiwi, woak Ganschalamoagan mattatsch pendaquachtowi ko- tschemunk. Wigenask schauwoppeu, mattatsch poquihi!- lachtowon, woak waseleniwi Pimenatan maitatsch atewi, sekitsch gischiechen Schachachgapewoagan woak Patach- wilsit. Woak Nelowauchsitschik nagatamenewotsch Wtel- lewunsowoagan. {{c|{{sc|Section 42.}} Woak apatschichtite mechelgik lappi mawehhellapanik, wentschi matta tepi Achpoan miziwipanik. Woak Wita- wematschik pendaunichtite, kotschemunk epannik gatta glennan, ntite luepaunik: atta wuliwoatamowi. Nanue peschuwoapanil Mezit epitaguk Lenno achgepinquep woak kpittonep, woak kikehapanil, wentschi Achipequin- quot woak Kpittonet nemenep woak aptonep. Woak wemi auwen ganschelendamop, luepanik: Atta eet won David Wequisemukuk? Schuk Phariseisak woak Lel- poatschik Jerusalem Wengik pendamichtite luepanik: Beclzabub wdappitagol, woak won Machtandowall Saki- mawall untschi kigamasu Machtandowak. Nanne Jesus<noinclude></noinclude> b4fs3v273zf2epwnpvbm0fj74lclbgc 1365366 1365365 2026-09-25T03:46:29Z Cwrwgl 937938 1365366 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|66}}</noinclude>wall wtellapanil: Schachachgeunim Genachk. Woals schachachgennemenep: Nanne Wunachk lappi majawih- hillep, woak wulamallsop ktakan linaquachtop. Nanue Pharisæisak untschi ktschipanik, manungilbillepanik. woak wtackenutemenewoap, tatsch elikind; woak Hero- dianitschik witatschimolchapanik eleuumhittit wentschi nhillinde. Schuk Jesus woataque, untschi palli eep, woak mchelook wiegauwoapanil, woak wemi kikehapanil. Schuk quittelapanik mattatsch ktschihhillalachtit. Wen- tschitsch pakantschi leke elaptonetup Niganiweuchsit Je- saias, elowetup: Loquel, won Ndallogagan, nan ugischi- map, woak eluwi ndahoala, necama nolilawchuk Ntschi- tschangunk. Hokenk ndaton Ni Ntschitschank, woak Ekhokewitschik woatelantsch Schachachgauchsowoagan; Mattatsch gelogewi, woak mattatsch ganschalamuiwi, woak Ganschalamoagan mattatsch pendaquachtowi ko- tschemunk. Wigenask schauwoppeu, mattatsch poquihi!- lachtowon, woak waseleniwi Pimenatan maitatsch atewi, sekitsch gischiechen Schachachgapewoagan woak Patach- wilsit. Woak Nelowauchsitschik nagatamenewotsch Wtel- lewunsowoagan. {{c|{{sc|Section 42.}}}} Woak apatschichtite mechelgik lappi mawehhellapanik, wentschi matta tepi Achpoan miziwipanik. Woak Wita- wematschik pendaunichtite, kotschemunk epannik gatta glennan, ntite luepaunik: atta wuliwoatamowi. Nanue peschuwoapanil Mezit epitaguk Lenno achgepinquep woak kpittonep, woak kikehapanil, wentschi Achipequin- quot woak Kpittonet nemenep woak aptonep. Woak wemi auwen ganschelendamop, luepanik: Atta eet won David Wequisemukuk? Schuk Phariseisak woak Lel- poatschik Jerusalem Wengik pendamichtite luepanik: Beclzabub wdappitagol, woak won Machtandowall Saki- mawall untschi kigamasu Machtandowak. Nanne Jesus<noinclude></noinclude> 11e553vpeqsyf8d8jdxxqkcdxkifzdz 104 458932 1365367 2026-09-25T03:47:10Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365367 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|67}}</noinclude>woataque elitehachtit, untschimapanil, woak mawemapa- nil, woak aptonalate Enendhakewoagan wundamauwap, luep Ta hatsch hitta leu, mauchsu Satan wentschi kta- kan Satan getisgauwate? Endchi Sakimawoagan nihil- latschi mamachtangundinke, logililleu; woak endchi Uteney schita Wiquoam mamachtangundinke nihillatschi, matta kaski ischitauigapawiwi. Newentschi mauchsu Satan ktakan getisgauwate, nihillatschi a tschetschpissi- newo, ta ha untschitsch tschitanissin Sakimawoagan? Woak ni untschi Beelzebub ktigamasiane mezitschi Man- towitschik, taan auwen untschi ktigamasowak Genitscha- nuwawak; Newentschi necamawa gigischachgenimgeh- himo. Schuk ni ktigamasia mezitsch Mantowitschik untschi Getanittowit Wunachk, woak untschi Wtschit- schank, schachachki Patamawos Sakimawongan gotchuk- guna. Schitta tepi eet auwen Tschitanessit Lenno Wikit ndemiken, wentschi Amintschihat, gentsch nhittami gach- pilate Tschitanissit Lenno, nahhena Amintschihat Wiqua- hemunk etek? Tschitanessit Kinsit Lenno nutematanke Wikit, nallauwi hatte Elatschesowet. Schuk allowiwi Tschitanessit quilutawate, woak patahate, .natsch wtschi- kenawall negatangup, woak achgekhammen endehi wsihu- wetup. Auwen atta witauchsique, ngoquekhemagun, woak auwen niatta witschi Nhakey mawenasike, nan schuk achsehhelachton. Newentschi ktellenewo: Wemi Matschlissowoaganall pakitatamauwanall ju enda Lauchsitschil, woak Mattapto- naganal li Getanittowitink, wentschi mattaptonalachiti Getanittowit; schuk Mattaptonaganall li Welsit Mtschi- tschangunk, matta pakitatamagewiwak ju enda Lauchsit. Woak auwen tschanaptonalate Wequisemukuk Lennowall, nan pakitatamauwan: Schuk auwen tschanaptonete li Welsit Mtschitschangunk, atta a pakitatamauwi jun Pem- hakamigek, woak matta Mekenicchink, eli pataton Gi- schachigenimgussowoagan hallamagamik. Eli Inepanik:<noinclude></noinclude> kbgkk2x13u35p9py5la9z774n1yvjju 104 458933 1365368 2026-09-25T03:47:41Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365368 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|68}}</noinclude>Mezit Manitto wdappitagol. Na gentsch nipalinde Welsit Hittuk, natsch Welhik wentschiken; schitta Mezinsit Hit- tuk nipalinde, natsch Mezinsikil wentschikinkil; ntite Me- hittuk woachgussu wentschikingil untschi. Kiluwa quisch- gumowijeque, ahanhocquijeque, ta guntschi wulaptona- mohhumo kaski, seki metapewijek? ta koecu pagachtschi- hilleu auwen Wdehall, untschi Wdon pallischpehhelleu. Welilissit Lenno Welbik Latschessowet Wdehenk, Welhik penundhikeu; woak Metschilissil Lenno, Medhik schuk Latschessowet Wdchenk, Medhik penundhikeu. Schuk ktellohhumo, wemi auwen ntutemauwantsch Mekeniech- ink Gischquike endchen tschanaptonechtit untschii. Ktap- touaganal uutschi gischachgenimgetsch, woak Ktap- tonaganal untschitsch gendelcmukge. Nanne alende Lepoatschik, woak Phariscitschik nachgutinke Inepa- nik: Rabbi! ktajandamoleneen Kigenolewoagan penun- dellijenk untschi Awossagame. Woak nachgutem, wtel- lapanil: Juk Metapewit Ellakewit Kigenolewoagan wu- nattochtonewo, woak matta pili milawaktsch Kigenole- woagan, schuk Pipemetonhetpaninga Jonas Okigenole- woagan. Ntitechquo Jonas elsitup, nacha Gischque, woak nachen Tpoquike wdappinep Mbiachk Wachtenk : tpisquitsch woak ju enda Lauchsit Quisall nach Gisque, woak nachen Tpoquik Allamhakinksch wdappin. Nik Ni- nive epitpannik nipawitawaktsch Mekeniechink Gisch- quike witsche won Elhakewit woaktsch gendelemawawall; ntite allacquelendamewoap Jonas pemetonhalachtite, woak walilissopanik. Woak penna, Allowiłek Jonasink elecup. Sakimechque Schawanewunk untschi pachsucqui- achtsch Mekeniechiuk Gisquike witsche jun Elhakewit, woaktsch gendclemawawall: Ntite Wikhakamike umenep, gatta pendamenep Salomo Wewoatamoagan. Woak penna, jun Allowilek Salomonink elckup. Mezit Manitto metschi ktschite Wenhokeyit untschi, missamehhelleu enda gageut, ndonamen enda uallowi Achpit, schuk atta moch- gamowi. Wentschi tamse Luet: lappitsch ngutkin Wikia<noinclude></noinclude> 7nu7da1gfp0mo5rro0epgio8g89xk2b 104 458934 1365369 2026-09-25T03:48:55Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365369 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|69}}</noinclude>enda ngitschin. Woak pejate wunemen nechohelet, kschiechhamen woak wulitasu. Nau ne eu woak wunala- wall nischasch tchoall Mantowitschil, allowiwi nietape- wall nihillatschi elsit; woak ika pejachtite, nan wtenda wikinewo; Nan wtenk untschi Lenno Hokenk allowiwi machtschi leu elekup uhittami. Woak tpisquitsch leu jun metapewi Elhakewitink. Nelaptonetup, Ochque untschi mechelgik Epitschik amangaptonep woak wtellapanil : Welapensit Wachtenk cpijannup, woak Nonacan nonejap. Schuk necama luep: Gohan, Welapensitschik Pendangik Patamawos Wtaptonagan woak gelenumbittit. Nelaptonalachtite Epitschik; Gobessall woak Wimach- tall pepanik, kotsehemunk nipopanik, allogemopanik wentschiminde, eli wsami machelook wiwuniwi lemattach- popanik wentschi matta kaski otchawoapanik. Nanne mauchsu wtellapanil: Schela, Galiowes woak Kimachitak kotschemunk nipoak, gatta koecu lakgun. Schuk nach- gominde luep: Auwen Ngahowet, woak auwenik Nimach- tak? Woak aspinachgep Gegegimatschil li, woak gage- linquamapanil wiwuniwi Elemappitschil woak lucp: penno jun Ngaltowes, woak jukik Nimachitak Patamawos Wtap- tonagan pendamichtit, woak nosogamiclitit. Ntitechquo auwen lissite Nooch Awossagame Welelendank, nanne Ni- mat woak Nechesmus, woak Ngahowes. {{c|{{sc|Section 43.}}}} Nanne Gischquike Jesus Wiquabemank untschi palli eep, woak Scheyjunuppekink lemattachpop, woak ach gegingenep. Ne talli Mechelgik mauwelthellepanik, woak uutschi Uteneyall ika schihellepanik epitup: Nan Amocholunk pusop, ika lemattachpop. Woak wemi Epitschik japewi nipopanik., Woak macheli aptonala- panil, woak achgegimapanil untschi Enendhakewoa- woaganall, woak laptonep: Glistamook, loquek! Sehlse- nehhiket wdanep mauwi senehhin Owochganim. Woak neli senelihikete, alende Ktemacanink machtecchenop<noinclude></noinclude> s6fn4eb397wjk5ku48khtur3icvygeh 104 458935 1365370 2026-09-25T03:49:29Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365370 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|70}}</noinclude>woak damachgigasop; woak Tcholensak Pemapanik pe- panik, wequitamenewoap. Alende machtechenop Schin- gachteapuchki teapuchki, Haki enda schuk tatchittop hatte, woak metschimi sakenop eli tatchenop Haki; schuk Gi- schuch kschilandeke, schauwihhillep, woak eli matta tschuphicquiwip, woak eli gachtep Haki metoochtép. Alen- de Wochganim aschitta Gawunschigewunk machtechenop, woak Gawunschak allemi gunaquachtop, wentschi ap- tasque, woak matta koecu wentschikenowip. alende machtechenop enda wulik Haki, sakenop woaks wulikenep, woak gischikenammenep, alende nachenachket tchinkop; alende guttasch tchenachk, alende guttapachki tchink wentschikingup. Woak wtellapanil: Auwen Hit- tawakit, hitta pendam, pendanketsch. Woak nechobaleni- te Gegegimatschil Witawematschil, witsche attach nischa Endehitschil, ntutemawoapanil, luepanik: taan eet Win- dasik jun Enendhakewoagan, woak koecu cet wentschi Enendhakejan peminetonhalachke? Nachgutem luep: Kilawa gemilgenewo wentschi gowoatonewo gatschiechen Patamawos Sakimawoagan; schuk kotschemunk Epit- schik schuk untschi Enendhakewoagavall wundamanwa- nall. Ntite auwen Welhattak milauchtsch wentschi wiaxu: schuk auwen matta welhattaque, woaktsch ajummawan endchi wulaton. Na untschi Enendhakewoaganall un- tschi ndaptonalawak. Ntite Wuschginguwawink untschi matta wunemowunewo, woak Kittawawunk untschi atta pendamowunewo, woak atta nostamownnewo; wentschi matta gluppiwunewo, woak matta pakitatamawiwall Ma- tschilissow oaganall. Newentschi talli pakantschi leu Je- saias nigani penundhiketup, clowetup: Hittawakuwawink untschi kpendamohhumotsch, woak matta nostamohhu- motsch, woak Geschginguwawunk untschi genemene- wotsch, woak mattatsch kteliuamowek. Ntite jun Elha- kewit Wdehin tschitanissu, woak Hittawawunk untschi matta walipendamenewo, woak soppinquenewo; wen-<noinclude></noinclude> ch4kj9tzt6iewjxof3svlrjq7n1t5wi 104 458936 1365371 2026-09-25T03:50:02Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365371 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|71}}</noinclude>tschi matta nemowunewo Wuschginguwawunk, woak matta pendamowunewo Hittawakuwawunk untschi, woak matta nostamowunewo Wdehuwawunk untschi, wentschi atta ktukiwak, wentschi nowitahemapanne. Schuk gulapensihhimo Geschginguwawunk eli Nemck: woak Kittawakuwawunk untschi eli Pendamek. Kitschiwi ktellohhumo : Machelook Pipemetonhetschik woak Schachachgauchsitschik gatta nemenewoap kiluwa eli Ne- inck, woak miatta wunemowunewoap, woak gatta penda- menewoap eli Pendamek, woak matta pendamowunewoap. Woak wtellapanil: Atta nostamoweque jun Enendha- kewoagan, ta guntschitsch Nostamek wemi takanil En- endhakewoaganall. Newentschi glistamook Enendha- kewoagan untschi Sechsenehhiket. Lenno Senchhit Ap- tonagan schhelachton. Ntite Patamawos Wtaptonagan wochganimo. Auwen pendanke Aptonagan untschi Sakimawoagan, schuk atta nostamoque: natsch Mezit peu, woak amintschihawall Aptonagan Wdehenk sench- hingup wentschi matta wulistamowi, woak atta Kikewit. Nan wdelinaxin Ktemacanink Senehhingup. Woak enda Schingachteapuchki Haki sehhellachtongup, nan wiellsin; pendanke Aptonagan, woak schawi nateninge, woak wul- elendam, schrik matta tschubhicquiwi Hokenk, woak matta tschitanitelewi; shaki likhicqui olsittamen, schuk- tamse machtschileke, Schinginawachtowoagan pachste- quike Aptonagan untschi, metschimi achschalawech- gussu, woak logahhellen. Seluk enda Gawunschige- wink, schhellachtongup, na wtellsin; pendanke Ap- tonagan; schuk Lachauwelendamoagan untschi Pemileek, woak Achgiwalitto woagan untschi Pawallessowoagan, woak Wingelendamoagan Pemliakamigck wdeliton wen- ischitsch Aptonagan matta wulikenowi, woak matta gischikenamowi. Woak wulik Haki Senehhingup nan wtellsin; pendanke Aptonagan, woak nostanke, naten- inke, woak glenniuke Welilissit, woak Welamoet Wde- hinink, woak Welhik Wentschit Penchtowoaganink. Woak<noinclude></noinclude> szee6f2ndrmbknh4eslrlnqggnzhygq 104 458937 1365372 2026-09-25T03:50:51Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1365372 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|72}}</noinclude>manchisu Gischikenammit, nguttapachki tchinke, takan guttaschtchenachki tchink, tacquoak nachenachk tchink. Woak wtellapanil: Nachxummen eet auwen Waselenican, woak allamunk Hallpaugellink schita Chansonink wda- don? Schachachki matta; ulaha eheuda Nipachtonk hatton, wentschitsch Mattemigetschik nemhittit Waseleni- can. Ntitechquo atta koecu wsani gatschiechenowi, wen- tschitsch atta neichquottowi, woak matta a kaski koecu kimi leu, wentschitsch matta pendaquachtowi wemi ta li. Auwen Hittawoakit hitta pendamen, pendanketsch. Woak wtellawoapanil: Nechasik, ta koecu, schita elinakhoke Pendamek Nanne Kikhican ewegejek kikhammeque, lappitsch kikhammogenewo. Woak kiluwa jun Penda- mek ika lissitsch kteliechgenewo. Woak pili Enendhakewoagan wundamawoapanil, luep: Awossagame Sakimawoagan Lennunk linakhoke na wel- hik Wochganim, Senebhit Wdagihacanink. Schuk Len- nowak gewichtite, Schingalatschil peep woak Alsqueu wiamochki senehhinep, woak allumsgep. Nanne metschi sakeninke, woak allemikinke, na woak neichquottop Als- queu etekit. Nanne Allogaganak epannik Nihillalquich- titschil wtellapanil: Nihillalijenk, matta eet welhik Woch- ganim senehhwip Ktagihacanink? taan eet wentschijey Alsquen? Wtellapanil: Schingalowet nan wdeliton. Al- logaganak luepannik Ktite ajenque a mauwi monemenk Alsqnokil? luep matta! wentschi matta Wheat witsche monumoweque Alsquewall monameque. Lino eliwitsch allemiken petschitsch manschasquen, endatsch ntellawak Manschaskhittitschik: Nhittami mawenemok wemi Als- queki woak wulamptik wentschitsch lusasike, schuk Wheat mawenemook Wikia. Woak laptoucp: Patamawos Sakimawoagan jun lin- akhoke, tat auwen Wochiganim Hackink lanehhinke, Tpo- quik Gewit, Gischquik Amuit; Wochiganim saken woak allemiken, matta necama awoatowon. Ntite Haki nihilla- ischi gischikenammen nhittami Asgiquall, aschite Saque<noinclude></noinclude> rfo0o56beiizeudrana6ymecchy497o 104 458938 1365374 2026-09-25T09:36:02Z Catonif 622571 165 delijrete nzi, y... 1365374 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>165 delijrete nzi, yoveceſee lijron ſcpijrtineevet, ſengiritze menijſcim, eſcerbetȣreze dyaallit mallecuom, po aſctu ende geɛon enguſcellon giξξe coretee engijvet, ete ſcintenet chiyane mbechiellt: Praaſctu atȣ nyeerij tue cuytuom, emire tue vuũ roe tapeſciognie ſeſaa imaξ eykech, eꝑ dampte ſcpijrtit, aſcte mpcati, eſaa imire ey vyeyteſcim, eꝑſaa ndimete ſcpijrtit aſcte keta ſcinte rrefȣem metezijt achie udob epaagiξξachie temaξefedige, ꝑserij mune nkξξeyme mbevetehe, hijrreetineɛot, egiξξatote mira chipak maampari ipatme vdierre eleſciuom, cbaam tebiyteemenijſe meſaafaye empcate tepaagniefuna, poſicundreſe yane ꝑmendune ꝑſiperij. Siduhete nierij meuparechiuom emeubaam gatij mbete cunguomit, maapare me peſe arreſegnie chiyane keto, feeya, ſcepereſa, teprugnietite, deſciri, tedaſciunitee plote chi chiuhete, Charitat. M Aapare ξξoteſe mbatehere cuur caandemend ndoognia meucunguom neſeret, mbate mbraame mbaſite kiete mire vuum roe, eckȣretune, conſcientiene, egiξξe ſaayane deſcirete, etecuytuometee mendet ete ɛemereſevet, ebaam aſctu ende, chiſcdo tetyera urate tedevotſcime chitemundgnie, ndeevone metemaξte prugniete eſcpereſe, teluſe Chriſctnee meſcerierſcim, chiꝑtemaξet meſceriertevet ete merituomite ɛotL 3 gnieſe<noinclude></noinclude> nid82eb0eo966uovh1oqztgttaw1ftd 1365375 1365374 2026-09-25T09:37:46Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365375 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||165}}</noinclude>delijrete nzi, yoveceſee lijron ſcpijrtineevet, ſengiritze menijſcim, eſcerbetȣreze dyaallit mallecuom, po aſctu ende geɛon enguſcellon giξξe coretee engijvet, ete ſcintenet chiyane mbechiellt: Praaſctu atȣ nyeerij tue cuytuom, emire tue vuũ roe tapeſciognie ſeſaa imaξ eykech, eꝑ dampte ſcpijrtit, aſcte mpcati, eſaa imire ey vyeyteſcim, eꝑſaa ndimete ſcpijrtit aſcte keta ſcinte rrefȣem metezijt achie udob epaagiξξachie temaξefedige, ꝑserij mune nkξξeyme mbevetehe, hijrreetineɛot, egiξξatote mira chipak maampari ipatme vdierre eleſciuom, {{SIC|cbaam|ebaam}} tebiyteemenijſe meſaafaye empcate tepaagniefuna, poſicundreſe yane ꝑmendune ꝑſiperij. {{c|Siduhete nierij meuparechiuom emeubaam gatij mbete cunguomit, maapare me peſe arreſegnie chiyane keto, feeya, ſcepereſa, teprugnietite, deſciri, tedaſciunitee plote chi chiuhete, Charitat.}} MAapare ξξoteſe mbatehere cuur caandemend ndoognia meucunguom neſeret, mbate mbraame mbaſite kiete mire vuum roe, eckȣretune, conſcientiene, egiξξe ſaayane deſcirete, etecuytuometee mendet ete ɛemereſevet, ebaam aſctu ende, chiſcdo tetyera urate tedevotſcime chitemundgnie, ndeevone metemaξte prugniete eſcpereſe, teluſe Chriſctnee meſcerierſcim, chiꝑtemaξet meſceriertevet ete merituomite ɛot<noinclude> {{rh||L 3|gnieſe}}</noinclude> s3xrcnr4w1pckur9nfi6kgvdnik6boi 104 458939 1365376 2026-09-25T09:44:25Z Catonif 622571 166 gnieſe beecuome ... 1365376 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>166 gnieſe beecuome ſelumeſe Ameſevet ete giξξe ſcintenet tyere, medritet erreɛeete ſcpijrtit ſcint, mbate arreſȣe tandritgnie etadelijrgnie, ſcpijrtine eɛemerene emendne eſchiſeneetij, ſaa teyeetiɛoti tatijne ſcintenij, metedegnie, etedereyte arreſȣe, emeato devotione ereverentie, chi meriton, ecaaꝑlig yatilli ſachrament mechiene, levduom endeerune meeꝑɛane ndete paa degniet krahanuortevet, chitiyeete ꝑte maξ fruyt edobijte ſcpijrtit, eyo ꝑndoogniedam ete denuom ekſctu mbramanet tuebaam, mengieſit poſaa ncionete, mbaſite kietebaam krȣch, echiſcdo aſctu tyera urate, mbatecias meſaa devotione, tenkξξenete prey engiellit ſctraɛetaar eaſctu chiſcdo tyere ſcintene chite kietemaa ndedevotione, tue ilutune chi mbatedite maatepere ſecuurraay, teſciochienohene meta atȣe ndyere mbate ſcinte trȣeſe egostijteengijvet ete lavdit tineɛot, eta ndimogniene megiξe arreſegniet, ndergiξξato cafsce chiteſciohoneſe ayvete ſaſctiɛoti mey mbaruom: ani ndeevone premenite tineɛot mbaſite yeete vote nkiſce, ebaam urateteeɛaconſcime atȣ mbegiugnie teɛanefill pakeɛe, ete cuytognie ndoognie pyeſe mundimit emortieze Chriſctit, chi ꝑɛuuꝑnee fayetoret, evece engiξξe cafsceſcize tyera, ſinacꝑbleu mete paacmuomit giaktevet, eſaatemira tepaagniefuna, nabani mekete ſcint Sachrament chinala, ſicuur gniepeng teſcinteſefee, metezijt ndeevone ayneeſc enaanzi aſcuurraay maa tedaam eteſcte mangune temoskiemi: eaſctu ende ſaa cafsce tetyera ndate arreſȣe atȣ teveneroe, nde chioftiɛoti, endemoſe atȣ<noinclude></noinclude> 98v7nzw8sgb46jruf9866hc8jqj56sv 1365377 1365376 2026-09-25T09:46:01Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365377 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|166}}</noinclude>{{hwe|gnieſe|ɛotgnieſe}} beecuome ſelumeſe Ameſevet ete giξξe ſcintenet tyere, medritet erreɛeete ſcpijrtit ſcint, mbate arreſȣe tandritgnie etadelijrgnie, ſcpijrtine eɛemerene emendne eſchiſeneetij, ſaa teyeetiɛoti tatijne ſcintenij, metedegnie, etedereyte arreſȣe, emeato devotione ereverentie, chi meriton, ecaaꝑlig yatilli ſachrament mechiene, levduom endeerune meeꝑɛane ndete paa degniet krahanuortevet, chitiyeete ꝑte maξ fruyt edobijte ſcpijrtit, eyo ꝑndoogniedam ete denuom ekſctu mbramanet tuebaam, mengieſit poſaa ncionete, mbaſite kietebaam krȣch, echiſcdo aſctu tyera urate, mbatecias meſaa devotione, tenkξξenete prey engiellit ſctraɛetaar eaſctu chiſcdo tyere ſcintene chite kietemaa ndedevotione, tue ilutune chi mbatedite maatepere ſecuurraay, teſciochienohene meta atȣe ndyere mbate ſcinte trȣeſe egostijteengijvet ete lavdit tineɛot, eta ndimogniene megiξe arreſegniet, ndergiξξato cafsce chiteſciohoneſe ayvete ſaſctiɛoti mey mbaruom: ani ndeevone premenite tineɛot mbaſite yeete vote nkiſce, ebaam urateteeɛaconſcime atȣ mbegiugnie teɛanefill pakeɛe, ete cuytognie ndoognie pyeſe mundimit emortieze Chriſctit, chi ꝑɛuuꝑnee fayetoret, evece engiξξe cafsceſcize tyera, ſinacꝑbleu mete paacmuomit giaktevet, eſaatemira tepaagniefuna, nabani mekete ſcint Sachrament chinala, ſicuur gniepeng teſcinteſefee, metezijt ndeevone ayneeſc enaanzi aſcuurraay maa tedaam eteſcte mangune temoskiemi: eaſctu ende ſaa cafsce tetyera ndate arreſȣe atȣ teveneroe, nde chioftiɛoti, endemoſe<noinclude> {{rh|||atȣ}}</noinclude> 530t912k63cjijz6ln2r0h8g93fykmh 104 458940 1365378 2026-09-25T09:57:50Z Catonif 622571 167 atȣ mbegiugnie t... 1365378 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>167 atȣ mbegiugnie teɛane fijll teξξoete aſctu chiſcdo urate tedevotſcime, ſicuur cunorenee Chriſctit. oote ɛotgnyeſe, oo Roſariene, eſaatyera mbate arreſȣe, ani ndeevone, pareſe afronete mecunguom, nde chiofti ɛoti, teɛanefijll tecuytognie, eteveneroe, keto tepeſe cafsce ndevetehe: Emaapare ſcintenefee chi aſcte ξξemeli, efundamenti, mbetezijt yane mpſctetune embahene giξξe cafscetee tyera ꝑte ſcelbuom: ndetezijt me arreſȣe tricafsce duhene mechiene conſideruom evuum roe ndevetehe, Eparaſe izilli epa ſaa imaξ aſcte, yatilli ɛot imeſcerierſcim chi yeeniſune meeꝑɛane emeemarre ndevetehe, paandoognie tedegnie ete delire ɛemere, tuechiene iverteti ɛotȣȣne, enyeerij, baſi ekrijyuoſij giξξe cafscevet: Etedȣȣytene mevuum roeſe paſaa eſaa cafsce aycaabaam ekrijyuom ꝑteſcelbuomit tat, chi vece engiξξe cafsceſcize tyera, mbaſitebani etekrijyoy aſndoognijcafsce, egiξξe ſaayane krautȣretee tyera, tȣȣti prugni, etiξa ꝑſcerbetȣre, ndeevone aſvetevetehene ſecurſey meeξane, mbegiξξachie mundime embe Mort ꝑteſcelbuomitat: Ete tretene aſctu ende mevuum roeſe, paa ſaa eteziate cafsce ndeevone tecaa ꝑmetuom, chiyane, maapare hijrreevet ndegiξξe yetet tande ſaateyeeſc giaall ꝑmbijξeet, endeevone mbas Mortie Parrijſine elavdineevet techiellet ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe. Ete dȣȣytene tekiete cuydes mee Armatiſune vetevetehene eɛemereneevet, megnie temaξte prugniete, eteꝑvuute, endeer erreverentie, chi mbetatijt vend eꝑpara tatijllt ſcinti ſachramenti duhete mechiene baam, tue vuum L 4 ꝑpara<noinclude></noinclude> k4fpqu2w2vdiqs6elt9snbfnmzhxmi0 1365379 1365378 2026-09-25T09:59:38Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365379 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||167}}</noinclude>atȣ mbegiugnie teɛane fijll teξξoete aſctu chiſcdo urate tedevotſcime, ſicuur cunorenee Chriſctit. oote ɛotgnyeſe, oo Roſariene, eſaatyera mbate arreſȣe, ani ndeevone, pareſe afronete mecunguom, nde chiofti ɛoti, teɛanefijll tecuytognie, eteveneroe, keto tepeſe cafsce ndevetehe: Emaapare ſcintenefee chi aſcte ξξemeli, efundamenti, mbetezijt yane mpſctetune embahene giξξe cafscetee tyera ꝑte ſcelbuom: ndetezijt me arreſȣe tricafsce duhene mechiene conſideruom evuum roe ndevetehe, Eparaſe izilli epa ſaa imaξ aſcte, yatilli ɛot imeſcerierſcim chi yeeniſune meeꝑɛane emeemarre ndevetehe, paandoognie tedegnie ete delire ɛemere, tuechiene iverteti ɛotȣȣne, enyeerij, baſi ekrijyuoſij giξξe cafscevet: Etedȣȣytene mevuum roeſe paſaa eſaa cafsce aycaabaam ekrijyuom ꝑteſcelbuomit tat, chi vece engiξξe cafsceſcize tyera, mbaſitebani etekrijyoy aſndoognijcafsce, egiξξe ſaayane krautȣretee tyera, tȣȣti prugni, etiξa ꝑſcerbetȣre, ndeevone aſvetevetehene ſecurſey meeξane, mbegiξξachie mundime embe Mort ꝑteſcelbuomitat: Ete tretene aſctu ende mevuum roeſe, paa ſaa eteziate cafsce ndeevone tecaa ꝑmetuom, chiyane, maapare hijrreevet ndegiξξe yetet tande ſaateyeeſc giaall ꝑmbijξeet, endeevone mbas Mortie Parrijſine elavdineevet techiellet ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe. Ete dȣȣytene tekiete cuydes mee Armatiſune vetevetehene eɛemereneevet, megnie temaξte prugniete, eteꝑvuute, endeer erreverentie, chi mbetatijt vend eꝑpara tatijllt ſcinti ſachramenti duhete mechiene baam, tue vuum<noinclude> {{rh||L 4|ꝑpara}}</noinclude> 4218baeglf7tor94km08plt2ciu9u0d 104 458941 1365380 2026-09-25T10:13:02Z Catonif 622571 168 ꝑpara ſȣȣvet, gi... 1365380 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>168 ꝑpara ſȣȣvet, giξξachie temaξe eterande ɛotenij, teſcintit emenit tineɛot, izilli mbaſij caakrijyuom miri ruon, eyguvernon, eymbaa giξξe cafscete, eſe ay aſcte gnia ivetemi, iɛotij eengijvet eyſcintenet, eygiξξe cafscevet tezijne ξξoteſe ſyane tedegnie, chierubinte, eſerafinte, egiξξeengij teetyere, meyu afruom as ndefachiet meeſciucuom. Eti oyhelmuom, ey nevoyſcim cuſcdoyee, tuechiene giξξe pegaam epalavuom, epſctielle engaterruom yeta yoteꝑmbijξξeet, megiξξe duorſcize mpcatevet enzechielbeſinevet, mechiſc ɛemere, oomeſaa ſȣȣefachie, do yoveceſe medalle emeucalleɛuom, ꝑpara tatijllt ɛoti eperandori, chi chiellya eξeu e Deeti, egiξξe krautȣretee tyera, driξene etristonene, ꝑpara ſelevduomeſe ſachieſetij, poaſctu ende meemarre emeeꝑɛane mbate arreſȣe nda chietepaadegniet, egiξξachie tepalavuomet ɛemeretande, chi ſaſcte edegnia aſebukeſe chihaa, yoſe tatijne ſcintenij, ecafſce giξξachie televduome meemarre emeeꝑɛane ndevetehe, ooh vaay evaayme, e cuymi haaruom, ocuaſcte mendya eſchiſeya yone, mbatehere cuur ꝑpara Papeſe, oochiſcdo tieter Perandori eɛotitmaξ, banete giξξachie temaξte prugniete erreverentiee, emeſaafrike etmeer yeſene giudya ꝑpara tȣne chi poſiξξaſceſe yaſcte anzo puctetye, edignitati chicane ſod mbevetehe, ndeevone tyeter ſyane veceſe hij epluhune poſi giξξe gindyatyetere, ſaa maatepere doligia meubaam atȣ ꝑpara tatijllt ɛoti eperandori chi ioveceſe caabaam ekrij yuom giξξe cafscete, po aſctu ende iguvernon, eyruon,<noinclude></noinclude> 4q1lcpncwago8c8y0sehdmivnjfyb36 1365381 1365380 2026-09-25T10:15:18Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365381 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|168}}</noinclude>ꝑpara ſȣȣvet, giξξachie temaξe eterande ɛotenij, teſcintit emenit tineɛot, izilli mbaſij caakrijyuom miri ruon, eyguvernon, eymbaa giξξe cafscete, eſe ay aſcte gnia ivetemi, iɛotij eengijvet eyſcintenet, eygiξξe cafscevet tezijne ξξoteſe ſyane tedegnie, chierubinte, eſerafinte, egiξξeengij teetyere, meyu afruom as ndefachiet meeſciucuom. Eti oyhelmuom, ey nevoyſcim cuſcdoyee, tuechiene giξξe pegaam epalavuom, epſctielle engaterruom yeta yoteꝑmbijξξeet, megiξξe duorſcize mpcatevet enzechielbeſinevet, mechiſc ɛemere, oomeſaa ſȣȣefachie, do yoveceſe medalle emeucalleɛuom, ꝑpara tatijllt ɛoti eperandori, chi chiellya eξeu e Deeti, egiξξe krautȣretee tyera, driξene etristonene, ꝑpara ſelevduomeſe ſachieſetij, poaſctu ende meemarre emeeꝑɛane mbate arreſȣe nda chietepaadegniet, egiξξachie tepalavuomet ɛemeretande, chi ſaſcte edegnia aſebukeſe chihaa, yoſe tatijne ſcintenij, ecafſce giξξachie televduome meemarre emeeꝑɛane ndevetehe, ooh vaay evaayme, e cuymi haaruom, ocuaſcte mendya eſchiſeya yone, mbatehere cuur ꝑpara Papeſe, oochiſcdo tieter Perandori eɛotitmaξ, banete giξξachie temaξte prugniete erreverentiee, emeſaafrike etmeer yeſene giudya ꝑpara tȣne chi poſiξξaſceſe yaſcte anzo puctetye, edignitati chicane ſod mbevetehe, ndeevone tyeter ſyane veceſe hij epluhune poſi giξξe gindyatyetere, ſaa maatepere doligia meubaam atȣ ꝑpara tatijllt ɛoti eperandori chi ioveceſe caabaam ekrij yuom giξξe cafscete, po aſctu ende iguvernon,<noinclude> {{rh|||eyruon,}}</noinclude> 05guwj3q5ouufidu8a9k8vgpl47z8uz 104 458942 1365400 2026-09-25T11:32:36Z Catonif 622571 169 eyruon, eymbaa, ... 1365400 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>169 eyruon, eymbaa, poſicundreſe ξξaſceꝑſiperi eaſcuurraay nde ndoognie cafsce ſnameengon memos chiene, achie temaξ etepaacore, tepaacuydeste, etepaadij ytunite, etepaagniofunite tane. Eetreta aſcte gniefrike etmeer chidiſa marrene endvetehe keto cafsce tue icuytuom, e maa ſumbaston ɛemera meu afruom mbe ɛacont, tatijlleſcint ſachrament meeꝑɛane emeemarre ndevetehe: tezijte tue incele bucur ſȣȣtee mendet, letevene ende pakeɛe maatey tuecuytuom, etue kercuom ndyere tempichiene mbate fyale chi vete ſcinteiagoiaetij mbet eξξa, ſe urſerξsce megriſciune tedereytete, poteꝑmcatenuomite mbe Peendeſet, eꝑſerij giξξe coretee eengijvet eteſcintenet geɛonene enguſcellonene ꝑmbij gnie teꝑmpcatenuom, chite nkξξenete mbepeendeſet: eksctu tue cuytuõ ndeevone megiξξe ɛomere emend eſchiſe, tempſctetene mbetemaξet meſceriertetineɛot, chiaſpak ſiaſcte pelchȣẽ aſyacaanta Mortnee tꝑmcatenuomit, pote nkξξenete etegiellignie, tueelutune aſctu ende ateɛote meſcerierſcim, chi ſicundreſeycaa ndritune mendne eɛemereneetij, meu rrefȣem emeu peenduom engiξξe fayeſcit empcateſcit, emeu afruom atȣ mbate ſcinte trȣeſe, mecunguom emeeꝑɛane ndevetehe, teyape aſctu ende ndimeneehirit ete meſcerierſevet, chi taꝑɛane etamarre ndevetehe, aſctu delijr mendye eɛemere, emetatijt ſcpereſe edevotione, ſaatemoſi yeete ꝑndoognie dam, oote denuom, poꝑte maξ fruyt edobijte ſcpijrtit, ꝑse na tue chiene giξξehee ſicuur ſemunne epaafuchij, giξξachijnze tandi nze mpca¬<noinclude></noinclude> 6ly3ihrk5vrt7tbawduf492vnfszgea 1365401 1365400 2026-09-25T11:34:09Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365401 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|||169}}</noinclude>eyruon, eymbaa, poſicundreſe ξξaſceꝑſiperi eaſcuurraay nde ndoognie cafsce ſnameengon memos chiene, achie temaξ etepaacore, tepaacuydeste, etepaadij ytunite, etepaagniofunite tane. Eetreta aſcte gniefrike etmeer chidiſa marrene endvetehe keto cafsce tue icuytuom, e maa ſumbaston ɛemera meu afruom mbe ɛacont, tatijlleſcint ſachrament meeꝑɛane emeemarre ndevetehe: tezijte tue incele bucur ſȣȣtee mendet, letevene ende pakeɛe maatey tuecuytuom, etue kercuom ndyere tempichiene mbate fyale chi vete ſcinteiagoiaetij mbet eξξa, ſe urſerξsce megriſciune tedereytete, poteꝑmcatenuomite mbe Peendeſet, eꝑſerij giξξe coretee eengijvet eteſcintenet geɛonene enguſcellonene ꝑmbij gnie teꝑmpcatenuom, chite nkξξenete mbepeendeſet: eksctu tue cuytuõ ndeevone megiξξe ɛomere emend eſchiſe, tempſctetene mbetemaξet meſceriertetineɛot, chiaſpak ſiaſcte pelchȣẽ aſyacaanta Mortnee tꝑmcatenuomit, pote nkξξenete etegiellignie, tueelutune aſctu ende ateɛote meſcerierſcim, chi ſicundreſeycaa ndritune mendne eɛemereneetij, meu rrefȣem emeu peenduom engiξξe fayeſcit empcateſcit, emeu afruom atȣ mbate ſcinte trȣeſe, mecunguom emeeꝑɛane ndevetehe, teyape aſctu ende ndimeneehirit ete meſcerierſevet, chi taꝑɛane etamarre ndevetehe, aſctu delijr mendye eɛemere, emetatijt ſcpereſe edevotione, ſaatemoſi yeete ꝑndoognie dam, oote denuom, poꝑte maξ fruyt edobijte ſcpijrtit, ꝑse na tue chiene giξξehee ſicuur ſemunne epaafuchij, giξξachijnze tandi nze<noinclude> {{rh|||mpca-}}</noinclude> h9b2xo3l8ge8zq962iynjwvha0c2t78 104 458943 1365402 2026-09-25T11:41:30Z Catonif 622571 170 mpcatevet, ſduhe... 1365402 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="" /></noinclude>170 mpcatevet, ſduhete achie ndyere ndanet maatepere mbetyeter meu mpſctetune, emee paſune ſcpereſene, veceſe mbetemaξet meſceriertetineɛot, aſctu chi giξξechiſcte mengoymena ꝑte paadijytunit etepaa cuydestane, teyeete ndritune endimuõ mete maξet emeſceriertetij, izilli maaveeroe ſciucon ꝑmbrenda deſcijrree eɛemereſe, etecuytuomitee keſaay mendſe ſane, ſegiξξe keto cafscetee ꝑyaſctſcime, chi maateſciumene bahene veceſe ꝑfaehieteſcecullit: ꝑseξξoteſe ndooneſe chie levduom giξξata temaξte prugniete, tatij Centurionit, chi ſimbastoy ɛemera, meegriſciune emeeꝑɛane ndeſctepij tevet Chriſctnee meſcerierſcim, asgiaa mangu chie levduom aſctu ende ayo ſcpereſa giξξachieemaξe eefruytuoſcime, eatij zzakeut ꝑmcatenuom, chi meſaa temaξ deſcijr eteprugniete, emeſaa teplote ſcpereſe erreverentie, eꝑɛuu ndeſctepijtevet, meendeerune, eychie ꝑte ſcelbuomite ſcpijrtit, ſitatijt aſctu ende ꝑteſciume tyereve chipaane, eunkξξene mbuξete ſcinteſe Peendeſe: Praaſctu duoteξξomſe eſe ndooniſcte maymaξi iꝑmpcatenuom mbeſcecullit, ſiteyete nkξξȣem epeenduom megiξξeɛemere, e Armatiſune megnietemaξe ſcpereſe, ſiay mbatehere, ꝑtevertete, ende paagiξξachie temaξe fedige veceſe meachie temaξte prugniete, evaay elot poſijſcempietrijbeecuom mbatehere, ꝑserij kiſc menkξξȣem mbevetehe hijrree tineɛot, ende pakmot meubaam ꝑserij idegnij ketij ſcinti ſachramenti, ey lavdit tineɛot ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe: ꝑse aygnij vetemi miridi eygnief giξξe ſaayane ɛȣrete ene¬ voyete<noinclude></noinclude> 6r7r2zi8mvsghxjifgw1xpxjnzbftgk 1365403 1365402 2026-09-25T11:43:48Z Catonif 622571 /* Proofread */ 1365403 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" />{{rh|170}}</noinclude>mpcatevet, ſduhete achie ndyere ndanet maatepere mbetyeter meu mpſctetune, emee paſune ſcpereſene, veceſe mbetemaξet meſceriertetineɛot, aſctu chi giξξechiſcte mengoymena ꝑte paadijytunit etepaa cuydestane, teyeete ndritune endimuõ mete maξet emeſceriertetij, izilli maaveeroe ſciucon ꝑmbrenda deſcijrree eɛemereſe, etecuytuomitee keſaay mendſe ſane, ſegiξξe keto cafscetee ꝑyaſctſcime, chi maateſciumene bahene veceſe ꝑfaehieteſcecullit: ꝑseξξoteſe ndooneſe chie levduom giξξata temaξte prugniete, tatij Centurionit, chi ſimbastoy ɛemera, meegriſciune emeeꝑɛane ndeſctepij tevet Chriſctnee meſcerierſcim, asgiaa mangu chie levduom aſctu ende ayo ſcpereſa giξξachieemaξe eefruytuoſcime, eatij zzakeut ꝑmcatenuom, chi meſaa temaξ deſcijr eteprugniete, emeſaa teplote ſcpereſe erreverentie, eꝑɛuu ndeſctepijtevet, meendeerune, eychie ꝑte ſcelbuomite ſcpijrtit, ſitatijt aſctu ende ꝑteſciume tyereve chipaane, eunkξξene mbuξete ſcinteſe Peendeſe: Praaſctu duoteξξomſe eſe ndooniſcte maymaξi iꝑmpcatenuom mbeſcecullit, ſiteyete nkξξȣem epeenduom megiξξeɛemere, e Armatiſune megnietemaξe ſcpereſe, ſiay mbatehere, ꝑtevertete, ende paagiξξachie temaξe fedige veceſe meachie temaξte prugniete, evaay elot poſijſcempietrijbeecuom mbatehere, ꝑserij kiſc menkξξȣem mbevetehe hijrree tineɛot, ende pakmot meubaam ꝑserij idegnij ketij ſcinti ſachramenti, ey lavdit tineɛot ꝑgiξξe yetete yeteſe: ꝑse aygnij vetemi miridi eygnief giξξe ſaayane ɛȣrete {{hws|ene|enevoyete}}<noinclude> {{rh|||voyete}}</noinclude> q0tnhi7zub7ebbx7n8q170et78pflk7